PJfiPliil illillillillHilM-i ! .., :. .• : i ;'» . • r^ ■ ;■ . ^tatc of (tonnttlimi State Geological and Natural History Survey Bulletin No. 64 GUIDE TO THE INSECTS OF CONNECTICUT U.S. HATL^ W3St PART VI. THE DIPTERA OR TRUE FLIES OF CONNECTICUT First Fascicle External Morphology; Key to Families; Tanyderidae, Ptychopteridae, Trichoceridae, Anisopodidae, Tipulidae. By GUY C. CRAMPTON, Ph. D. Professor of Entomology, Massachusetts State College CHARLES H. CURRAN, D. Sc. Curator of Insects, American Museum of Natural History. CHARLES P. ALEXANDER, Ph. D. Professor of Entomology, Massachusetts State College With an introduction by ROGER B. FRIEND, Ph. D. Entomologist, Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station HARTFORD Published by the State 1942 Wilton Everett Britton Tlie Guide to the Insects of Connecticut, of which this is Part VI, was directed by Dr. Britton until his death in 1939. STATE OF CONNECTICUT PUBLIC DOCUMENT No. 47 State Geological and Natural History Survey Edward L. Troxell, Saperintendent Bulletin No. 64 HARTFORD Printed for the State Geological and Natural History Survey 1942 State Geological and Natural History Survey of Connecticut COMMISSIONERS Robert A. Hurley, Governor of Connecticut Charles Seymour, President of Yale University James Lukens McConaughy, President of JVesleyan University Remsen Brinckerhoff Ogilby, President of Trinity College Albert N. Jorgensen, President of Connecticut State College Katherine Blunt, President of Connecticut College for Women SUPERINTENDENT Edward L. Troxell Trinity College, Hartford DISTRIBUTION AND EXCHANGE AGENT James Bre\vster State Library, Hartford Printed under authority of Section 142, General Statutes of Connecticut, Revision of 1930. John M. Dowe, State Comptroller. T. F. Rady & Co. Rockville, Conu. q L pr/tj- TO THE INSECTS OF CONNECTICUT PART VI. The Diptera or True Flies of Connecticut First Fascicle External Morphology; Key to Families; Tanyderidae, Ptychopteridae, Trichoceridae, Anisopodidae, Tipulidae. By GUY C. CRAMPTON, Ph. D. Professor of Iliilnnioloyy, Massachusetts State College CHARLES H. CURRAN, D. Sc. Curator of Insects, American Museum of Natural History CHARLES P. ALEXANDER, Ph. D. Professor of Eutomohxiy, Massachuseiis State College With an introduction by ROGER B. FRIEND, Ph. D. Entomologist, Coiiuecticiit Agricultural Experiment Slatuvi HARTFORD Printed by the State Geological and Natural History Survey 1942 GUIDE TO THE INSECTS OF CONNECTICUT Part I. Introduction. By W. E. Britton. Bulletin 16. Part 11. Euplexoptera and Orthoptera. B}^ B. H. AValden. Bul- letin 16. Part III. Hymenoptera. By H. L. Viereck, Messrs. MacGillivray, Brues, AVheeler and Rohwer. Bulletin 22. Part IV. Hemiptera. By W. E. Britton, Messrs. Abbott, Baker, Barber, Davis, DeLong, Funkhouser, Knight, Maxson, Osborn, Parshley, Stearns, Bueno, Van Duzee, Wilson and Miss Patch. Bulletin 34. Part V. Odonata. By Philip Garman. Bulletin 39. Part VI. Diptera, First Fascicle. By G. C. Crampton. C. H. Curran, C. P. Alexander. Bulletin 64. Check-List of the Insects of Connecticut. By W. E. Britton. Bulletin 31. Additions to the Check-List of the Insects of Connecticut. By W. E. Britton. Bulletin 60. Check-List of the Spiders of Connecticut. By B. J. Kaston. Bulletin 60. 348750 JUL 18 1952 CONTENTS Page Illustrations viii Explanation of collectors' initials x Introduction 1 The external morphology of the Diptera 10 Variations in size 10 Variations in form and structure 10 Morphology of the head and its appendages 12 Morphology of the thorax and its appendages 41 Morphology of the abdomen and its appendages 67 Phylogenetic conclusions 115 Bibliography 119 Abbreviations 132 Taxonomy 166 Wing venation 166 Key to families 175 Tanyderidae 183 Ptychopteridae ^. 184 Trichoceridae 188 Anisopodidae 192 Tipulidae 196 Index 487 Morphology 487 Taxonomy 501 ILLUSTRATIONS PLATES Frontispiece Wilton Everett Britton Plate 1. Diptera 1. Xcfhroioma fcrnigiuca Fabr. (Tipulidae). x 1 2. Bibio albipcnnis Say (Bibionidea) male, female, and larva, x 4 3. Asilus scriceus Say (Asilidae). x 2 4. Bulb fly, Mcrodon cqucstris Fabr. (Syrphidae). x 2 5. Microdon tristis Loew ( Syrphidae ) . x 1 6. Apple maggot fly, Rluuinlctis pofiiourlhi Walsh (Trupancidae). x 2 II. Diptera 1. Housefly, Musca domcstica Linn. (Muscidae). x 5 2. Parasitic fly, Tachina mcUa Walk. ( Tachinidae). x 2 3. Parasitic fly, Winthcmia qnadrifynshtlata Fabr. (Tachinidae). x 2 4. Stable fly, Muschui stahitlaus Fall (Muscidae). x 2 5. Cabbage maggot, Phorbia brassicac Bouche (Muscidae). x 2- 0. Green bottle fly, Lucilia sericafa Meigen (Metopiidae). x 1. Killed by fungus, on magnolia leaf. III. Gall-forming Diptera 1. Cccidoinyia occllaris O. S. ( Cecidoniyidae). Galls on red maple. 2. Honey locust pod gall, I>as\uciira ijlcditschiac O. S. (Cecidoniyidae), on honey locust. 3. Pine cone gall, RJiabdopliac/a stroi'Uflides Walsh (Cecidomyidae), on willow. 4. Ash midrib gall, Coiilnriniti caiuidciisis Felt (Cecidomyidae), on ash. 5. Goldenrod ball gall, Eiirosta snlidai/iiiis Fitch (Trupaneidae), on goldenrod. 6. Wheat ear gall, Rludnio/^luu/d Iriticnidcs Walsh (Cecidomyidae), on willow. 1\ . Injtu'v to plants by Diptera 1. Blotch mines of the spinach leaf miner. Pcgomyia hyoscyami Panz. (Muscidae). x 1 2. Serpentine mine of the columbine leaf miner, PJiytomyca aquilcgiae Hardy ( Agromyzidae). x 1 3. Larvae of pear midge, Contarinia l^yrivora Riley (Cecidom3'idae), in young pears, x 2 4. Larvae of the cabbage maggot, Hylojiyia brassicae Bouche C Mus- cidae), injuring cabbage plant, x 1 vm TEXT FIGURES 8. 9. 9a 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. IS. 19. 20. 21. -77 ^0. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. Anterior views of head capsules. Posterior views of mouthparts and head capsules. Anterior and lateral views of head capsules. Head capsules, sections of mouthparts, etc. Antennae. Lateral view of thoraces. Heads, thoraces, and male genitalia. Modifications of legs. Lateral views of terminal ahdominal structures of female. Posterior abdominal structures. Lateral views of terminalia. Terminalia of male mosquitoes. Lateral views of male terminalia. Lateral views of terminalia of male Cyclorrhapha. Lateral views of terminalia of male Cyclorrhapha. Wings of Diptera. Wings of Diptera. Wings of Diptera. Profof^la.sa fitcJiii O. S. ; venation. Ptychopteridae ; venation. Trichoccra garrctti Alex. ; venation. Anisopodidae ; venation. Tipi'la jacohits .\le.x. ; head, thorax, abdomen. Epiphragma fascipennis Say; c^ hypopygium. P.<;cudoUmnophUa inornata O. S. ; mesonotum. Tipulidae ; venation. Tipulinae ; venation. Tipulinae ; antennae. Dolichopcza (Oropeza) ; $ hypopygia. Tipiila ( Vestiplex, Arctotipula) ; $ hypopygia. Tip'ihi ( Yamatotipula) ; $ hypopygia. Tipiihi (Tipula. Oreomyza) ; S hypopygia. Tiptihi (Oreomyza) ; $ hypopygia. Tipula (Lunatipula) ; $ hypopygia. Tipula (Lunatipula); $ hypopygia. Cylindrotominae ; antennae, venation. Liinoiiia; head, antennae, claw, venation; hypopygia. Li))wiua ( Dicranomyia) ; $ hypopygia. Liiiioiiia (Dicranomyia); $ hypopygia. Liiiioiiia ( Discobola, Rhipidia, Geranomyia) ; d hypopygia. Limoniini ; head, venation. Antocha and Dicranoplycha; $ hypopygia. Pediciini ; venation. Pediciini ; i hypopygia. hypopygia. venation. venation. hypopygia. i Pediciini ; $ Hexatomini ; Hexatomini ; He.xatomini ; Liinitopltila { Phylidorea ) Eriopterini ; venation. Goiioniyia, cognatclla group; Gonomyia : $ hypopygia. Eriopterini ; venation. Eriopterini ; c5 hypopygia. Eriopterini ; c5 hypopygia. Onnosia; $ hypopygia. Onno.^ia; i hypopygia. Eriopterini ; i hypopygia. hypopygia. Elcphantomyia; head. o hypopygia. IX EXPLANATION OF COLLECTORS" INITIALS C. J. A. — C. J. Anderson C. P. A. — C. P. Alexander M. M. A — Mabel M. Anderson G. B. — George Biecher W. H. B.— S. W. B.— S. W. Bromley W. F. B.— W. F. Bissell W. E. B. — W. E. Britton P. L. B.— P. L. Buttrick B. T, R. L. — Bartlett Tree Research Laboratory C. S. C. — Connecticut State College G. C. C. — G. C. Crampton C. F. C— C. F. Clagg C. H. C— C. H. Curran A. B. C. — A. B. Champlain H. W. C— H. W. Chapman I. W. D.— I. W. Davis G. P. E.— G. P. Engelhardt Ely— C. R. Ely R. B. F.— R. B. Friend G. M. F.— G. M. Finley P. G. — P. Garman I. N. G. — I. N. Gabrielson G. H. G.— G. H. Geissler B. Gerry — B. I. Gerry C. C. G.— C. C. Gillette D. Galbraith R. H. — R. Herman C. H.— C. Haims J. A. H.— J. A. Hyslop C. W. J.— C. W. Johnson J. P. J.— J. P. Johnson H. L. J. — H. L. Johnson Q. S. L. — Q. S. Lowry H. L.— H. Lange E. J. S. M.— E. J. S. Moore A. W. M.— A. W. Morrill. Jr. W. L. M.— W. L. McAtee W. M — W. Marchand H. M.— H. Mallett J. A. M.— J. A. Manter R. C. N.— R. C. Newton Norton — E. Norton G. H. P.— G. H. Plumb Peirce Wm. Procter L. B. R.— L. B. Ripley J. L. R. — J. L. Rogers S. N. S.— S. N. Spring L. S.— L. Stone O. S. — Osten-Sacken N. T.— N. Turner H. L. v.— H. L. Viereck Unger — B. Unger B. H. W.— B. H. Walden A. J. W.— A. J. Warren K. W.— K. Wilcox W. M. W.— W. M. WTieeler G. S. Walley M. P. Z.—M. P. Zappe H. W. W.— H. W. Winkley THE DIPTERA OR TRUE FLIES OF CONNECTICUT Introduction The Diptera, or true flies, constitute an important order of insects which are rather easily distinguished as a group from the other orders but which nevertheless exhibit a considerable diversity of structure, habits, and habitat. Their numbers may be verj^ great under certain conditions, and their economic importance is significant. An adult fly possesses typically but one pair of well-developed wings, the posterior wings being degenerate, club-shaped organs called hal- teres. The mouth parts are adapted for sucking liquid food and in many species form a piercing apparatus. The larvae are legless mag- gots which may or may not have a well-defined head. The species found in Connecticut vary in size, as adults, from minute midges scarcely a millimeter long to relatively large species of crane-flies, horse-flies, and robber flies, which ma}' measure 25 or 30 millimeters in length. There are many different species of flies in the state, and some of these mav be extraordinarily abundant at certain times of the year. The "Check-List of the Insects of Connecticut" (1) published in 1920, contains 1,111 species and varieties, which are definitely recorded up to that date, and the first supplement, published in 1938, contains an additional 454, but this does not include all the forms which doubtless occur here. The "Diptera of New England" (2) lists 3,304 species, and the "List of the Insects of New York" (3) contains 3,615 species. It ma}^ be safely assumed that close to 3,000 species of flies occur in Connecticut. The abundance of flies, when suitable breeding places are avail- able, may be very great. The surfaces of stagnant pools on salt marshes sometimes appear blackened with thousands of mosquito larvae. Matheson (4) estimated that over 100,000 adult females of Culex fiinens^ the house mosquito, hibernated in a cellar 4' x 6' x 7' in dimensions. Dr. Deev}^ of Yale University, found 42,000 Corethra larvae per square meter on the bottom of a pond in Branford. In 1935 a swarm of Athenx variegata^ a rhagionid fly, emerged from the Housatonic River at Cornwall (5). The females laid their eggs on the under side of two bridges over the river. One spot about 50 square feet in area was completely covered with eggs, and the sup- porting timbers of one of the bridges were encrusted with a deposit of eggs and dead flies one-half inch thick. Houseflies breed ext/cn- sively in manure piles. Herms (6) has published an estimate, based on samples of a 1000-pound horse-manure pile exposed only four days 11 IM -I Q IQCO 2 CONXEC'TICUT GEOL. AND XAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. to adult flies, of a total of 450,000 larvae, or 900,000 per ton. This particular manure pile was only one of several in the city. Other species of flies, not so commonly noticed, may be quite abundant. An examination of wild flowers in any field in Connecticut on a warm summer day will reveal many syrpliid flies hovering around and alighting on the blossoms, and crane-flies are often abundant in moist woodland areas. The liabitats of adult flies are usually limited to areas adjacent to favoi-able breeding places, although under certain conditions they may fly or be blown by winds some distance away. The presence of swarms of midges, numerous mosquitoes, or an abundance of house- flies, usually indicates that breeding has taken place in the vicinity. This is particularly important in the control of species of economic significance. In an}^ discussion of habitat, then, it is the larval habitat that is more important. The variety of places in w^iich these insects breed and their flying ability accounts for their presence in all parts of the state. Although the requirements of fly larvae are diverse, for the majority of species a moist environment is essential. Many species are aquatic, living in ponds, pools, or streams. The volume of water necessa]-v need not be large. The reservoirs of pitcher ])lants serve as the breeding place for some. Others occur in the water in cavities in trees. The imprints of cattle hoofs in low pastures frecpiently serve as breeding places for mosquitoes, and temporary pools on the salt marshes are notorious in this respect. Some species, as our black-flies and net-winged midges, live only in rapidly running streams. In large ponds and lakes the species which breed in the small shallow marginal pools may differ from those found in deep water, and cer- tain t3'pes of lakes may have distinctive bottom-dwelling species. Some fly larvae, as rat-tailed maggots of the genus Eristalis, })refer water containing a great amount of decomposing organic matter and live in filth. The larvae of manj^ species live in soil or decaying organic mat- ter of varying water content. Some horse-fly and crane-fly larvae live in mud, and other species are found in rotton stumi)s and logs. The larvae of some muscids and stratiomyids breed in privies. The soil of woodlands, pastures, and cultivatecl fields is a common habitat of larvae which feed upon dead organic matter, the roots of plants, or small soil-dwelling animals. Even ant nests are inhabited by a few species. The living parts of plants above ground have their fly fauna, although these species may not be feeding on the plants themselves. Leaves of herbaceous and woody plants, stalks of herbaceous plants, and the cambium layer of trees have their mining and boi'ing mag- gots. Fruits are infested with fruit fly larvae. A large number of species live in nnishrooms. Many larvae which live in the leaves, stems and flowers of plants cause galls to develop. Syrphid fly larvae crawl about on the stems and leaves and feed on the aphids found there. Xo. 04 I DIPTERA or COXMXTICTT 3 Aside from the habit of feediiiiir on cadavers, a characteristic of blow-flies, there are many species of Diptera which parasitize livinjj: warm and cold-blooded animals. Spiders form the sole hosts of one family of fiies, the Cyrtidae, and some other species are found in spider cocoons where they prey upon the eggs. Some phorid larvae live in the lieads of ants. Almost all insect orders contain some species wliich are the prey of certain flies. The Tachinidae are noted as para- sites of caterpillars and sawfly larvae. Rodents, ungulates, bats, and birds serve as hosts for internal and external parasites. Some of these parasites live as maggots in the intestinal tract, nasal passages, or flesh of mammals, and are known as bot-flies and w^arbles. The larvae of Protocalliphora live on nestling birds. Adult pupiparous flies live as external parasites on sheep, bats and birds. The life cycle of the Diptera involves a complete metamorphosis, that is, the immature stages difter markeiUy from the adults and a transitional more or less quiescent stage, the pupa, intervenes between the tAvo. Duriiifo; this stage a transformation occurs, the larval struc- tures disapi^ear, and the adult structures are formed. There are thus four stages in the typical life cycle of a fly — egg, larva (usually called a maggot), ])upa. and adult. These four stages may occur in different places. Warble flies show a great diversity in this respect. The eggs are laid on the hair of the legs of cattle, the larvae spend the last part of their lives under the skin of the back, and the pupae are found in the soil. Even in the case of the housefly, which may spend its entire existence in and around a manure ]ule, the difl'erent stages of the life C3'cle occur in different parts of the pile. The eggs are laid on or close to the surface, the larvae live in the wet parts, the pupae are found in the drier sections or in the earth about the pile, and the adults hover in the air above. The northern house mosquito is more restricted in its habitat. The eggs are laid on the surface of the water and the larvae and pupae live in it. Among the pupiparous flies, such as the sheep tick and bird flies, the habitat is confined to the body of the host. The larvae are retained within the abdomen of the adult female until fully grown and the pupae adhere to the wool or feathers. The al)un(hince of flies depends, as does the abundance of any animal, on the reproductive power of the species and on the piessure of the environment which restricts its realizaticm. The reproductive power is limited by the number of females present, the number of progeny per fenuile. and the number of generations a year. Most species reproduce bisexually, so that an average population includes an equal number of males and females. A notable exception occurs in the case of certain cecidomyids, as Miastor, which reproduce in the larval stage, a phenomenon known as paedogenesis. Paedogenesis is not continuous, however, but is interrupted by a generation which reproduces bisexually. Most adult flies deposit eggs, but many species of the family Metopiidae produce young maggots, and the Pupipara produce fully grown maggots. 4 CONNf:CTICIT OEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. The number of esTfrs produced per female is often fairly larg-e, but there is some correlation with the life cycle and habits. The crane-fly, Eriocera longicornis. lays about 950 eggs, and the house mosquito lays 100 to 400. The tachinid Whifhemm qv^dripustulata^ which oviposits on caterpillars, probably lays between 50 and 60 eggs at most, whereas Sturmia scuteUata, which deposits its eggs on leaves where they are swallowed by feeding caterpillars, lays about 5,000. The common housefly lays its eggs in batches, and one female may deposit between 2,000 and 3,000 during its life. Pupiparous flies, in contrast to the above, have few progeny per female. The female sheep tick deposits 10 or 12 fully grown larvae singly at inter- vals of 7 or 8 daj^s. The eggs or larvae are as a rule deiDosited on or near the larval food supply. Thus blow-flies oviposit on carrion, houseflies in a manure heap, mosquitoes on the surface of pools or in depressions which will later be flooded, black-flies on rocks in flowing streams, and fruit flies in f!"uit. The females of s])ecies parasitic on other animals commonly lay their eggs on the body surface of the host. Most tachinids place their eggs on the integument of host insects, but some, as mentioned above, lay their eggs on leaves where leaf- feeding caterpillars can swallow them, and others deposit larvae inside caterj^illars by slitting tlie integument with a larvipositor. Female Avarble flies lay their eggs on the hairs of the host, and horse- bots have a like habit. Predaceous species lay their eggs in the region where the prey of the larvae, occur. Horse-fly larvae are predaceous on small invertebrate animals whicli they find in wet earth or in the water. The eggs are laid on vegetation or stones close to the larval habitat. 'i'he ]:)eriod of incubation of most fly eggs is relatively short, although it may depend entirely on en vironmentaL conditions. Where the larval food supply is temporary, or the survival of the larva is otherwise endangered by a delay in hatching, a short incubation ])eriod is essential. High temperatures accelerate the incubation of eggs, and low temperatures prolong it. Dryness inhibits the hatching of the eggs of many species, but the larvae emerge quickly if moisture is supplied. The housefly egg hatches in 8 to 12 hours at 77° F. to 95° F., and in 2 or 3 days at 50° F. Blow-fly (Calliphora) eggs hatch in 6 to 48 hours. The minute eggs of leaf -ovipositing tachinids hatch within a very short time after getting into the intestines of caterpillars. The eggs of the apple maggot, which are laid in the fruit, have an incubation period of 5 to 10 days. Some species of mosquitoes have a long period of incubation of the eggs mider certain conditions. Aedes stimulans deposits its eggs in dry woodland depressions in the j summer, and these hatch when the areas are flooded the following I spring. The eggs of Aedes soUicltans are deposited on the surface of * a salt marsh where a pool has dried. Submergence with water after a few days in summer causes them to hatch, but it is said that hatch- ing may not occur for three years if the marsh remains dry during the intervening summers. The eggs of sj^ecies of Psorophora^ a fresh- No. 64] DIPTEHA OF CONNECTICUT 5 water genus of mosquito, may remain dormant on the ground for months or even years. The hirval period of many flies is very short under favorable conditions, but that of some species is quite long. Temperature has an important effect, as larvae grow rapidly in warm weather, so one generation may have a longer developmental period than another. The larvae of the little vinegar fly, Drosophila. complete their de- velopment in 3 or i days in the laboratory. ]SIosquito larvae and housefly larvae develop in a very few days in the summer. The develo])ment of tachinids is generally correlated with the life cycle of the host, and the larval period may be days or months in length. Bot-fly and warble-fly maggots have a developmental period months in length. Some species of black-flies, crane-flies, and horse-flies hibernate as larvae. The pupal period also shows much variation among species, and temperature again mav be the determining factor in the variability within a species. Pupation may occur in the fall, and adult emer- gence in the spring. AVhen hibernation occurs in the larval stage, the pupal period in the spring is relatively short. Species with many generations a year must obviously have a short pupal period during the summer. The length of the life cycle, from egg to adult, is determined by both inherent and environmental factors, as is indicated by the remarks on the duration of the different stages. A warm summer may produce more generations of multivoltine species than one that is cool, and continued warm weather well into the fall may increase the number of generations. The occurrence of frequent rains during the summer may result in an increase in the number of generations of mosquitoes as compared with a driej' season. Species that are in- herently univoltine are not so markedly affected by temporary fluctua- tions in environmental factors during the summer, and the phenom- enon of a single generation a year remains unaltered. A considerable difference in size among individuals of the same species of fly is sometimes noticed. This is usually due to two factors, a sexual difference and a variation in food supply. The females of some species are larger than the males. If the food supply is not sufficient for normal growth, the larvae may mature, but the adults, although perfect in form, will be small. Most species of flies exhibit a fairly obvious diff'erence between sexes. This is found in the abdominal structures if nowhere else. The tip of the adbomen of the male is strikingly unlike that of the female, due to the development of external sexual organs. The male genitalia may be held partly withdrawn in the tip of the abdomen or they may be conspicuously exposed, as in crane-flies and many dolichopodids. In addition to this difference in genitalia, the anten- nae, eyes, and even wings of the sexes may show marked differences. The antennae of male mosquitoes and chironomids, for example, are much more hairy than those of females. The eyes of males of many species are closer together at the top of the head than are those of the C) CONXECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HTST. SITKVEY fBull. females. In some species the eyes of the males touch, a condition known as holoptic, while the eyes of the female remain separated, a dichoptic condition. This ditference is not always found, for the eyes of both sexes may be widely sepai-ated m some species and may touch in others. The extreme of sexual dimorphism in wing structure is reached among flies of which the female sex is wingless and the males winged, as some Phoridae. The wings of the males of some mosquitoes are smaller and narrower than those of the females of the same species. Flies are of great economic importance to the people of Con- necticut, not being exceeded in this respect by any other grou}) of insects. They are both deleterious and useful. Aside from their role in the mechanical and CTclical transmission of diseases of man and as irritating nuisances, tliey directly affect nuui's economy in several ways. It is not possible to go into great detail in the nuitter here, so a few illustrations will have to suffice. Several species are of more or less value to man. The larvae of many aquatic crane-flies and midges serA^e as food for small Hsh. Adult syrphids pollinate flowers. Many species of muscoid flies feed on dead and decaying organic matter and can be considered useful in disj^osing of this material. The larvae of a great many flies are parasitic on other insects, and larvae or adults, or both, of other species are predaceous on insects. Whether or not such species are usef id to man depends on what they attack. If the prey is deleterious to man, the parasite or predator ma}^ usually be considered beneficial, liobber-flies (Asilidae) are predaceous in both adult and larval stages, the adults capturing other insects, sometimes honey bees, on tiie wing and the larvae seeking their prey in the soil. The larvae of bee-flies (Boudndiidae) are parasitic (m bees, wasps, grasshoppers, etc., and cyrtid larvae parasitize spiders. Adult dolichopodids capture | and eat smaller insects, and larvae of many Syrphidae prey uj^on aphids. Our white grubs are parasitized by the larvae of the Pyrgo- i tidae. The most important and best known family of parasitic flies is the Tachinidae. Their larvae live in the larvae or adults of nuuiy otlier species of insects, and some are very valuable in reducino- the abundance of certain pests. Some tachinids attack a large number of different insects, and others are very restricted in their host relation- ships. One species commonly found in Connecticut. Compsilnra con- cinnafa, was brought to the' United States from Europe to combat tlie gypsy moth. It attacks a number of different species of cater- l)ij]ars. The very connnon little reddish tachinid. Trkhopoda pm- nipe^-, confines itself mainly to the common squash bug. The army worm is lieavily parasitized by flies of this family, and during an army woruj (nitbreak, fly eggs can be seen on a large proportion of the catei-pillai's. The use of flies in purely scientific investigations should be mentioned. The little red-eyed* vinegar fly. Drosophila. is probably the most famous animal known to geneticists and has been the source of more information on hei-edity than any other species of aninud. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICrT 7 Although flies have some g-oocl attributes, they are as a group undoubtedly much more detrimental than useful. JNfany species are disgusting nuisances, as cheese skippers and fruit maggots, which cause food to be rejected. However, if we consider for a moment the injury of some species to useful plants, the diseases of man transmitted by others, the parasites of domesticated animals, and the nuuiber of intolerable venomous biters included among- these insects, we can obtain some conception of their economic importance. Species injurious to useful plants are found in many families of Diptera. The crane-fl}^, Nephrototna ferruginea^ sometimes becomes a serious pest of young tobacco stands, eating the parts of the plant under ground. The gall midges of the family Cecidomyidae are frequently serious pests. The Hessian fly, although not of economic importance in Connecticut, has a bad reputation in wdieat-growing regions of the country. The leaf-miner of boxwood also belongs in this group. The fruit flies of the family Trupaneidae include the apple maggot, Rhagoletis pomoneUa^ two other species of the same genus which cause wormy cherries, and the leaf-miner of parsnip, Acidia fratria. The larvae of two species of the agromyzid genus Phytomyza mine the leaves of columbine, and species of the genus Agromyza mine the cambium of birch and maple trees, causing "pith flecks". The larvae of the Psilidae live in roots of plants and in galls, and one species, the carrot rust fly {Psila I'osae), injures car- rots. The family IMuscidae has among its members four notorious species, the cabbage maggot {H ylemy'm brassicae) , the seed-corn mag- got {S. cillcrm^a), the onion maggot {H. aniigua) ^ and the spinach leaf-miner {Pegomyia hyoseymni). Even the Syrphidae, beneficial in many instances, include such pests as the bulb-flies {Merodon). There are a great number of blood-sucking flies the adult females of which bite man and domesticated animals. Some of these are simply venomous biters, and they may be serious pests, but many also transmit diseases when they bite. The very small "no-see-ums", midges of the family Ceratopogonidae, often make life miserable near bodies of water in the summer. Both salt marsh and fresh- water mosquitoes are frequently iniquitous, and the species of Anoph- eles are the sole carriers of malaria. The horse-flies (Tabanidae) are notorious pests of live-stock, and members of the genus Chrysops often attack man. They may be implicated in the transmission of some diseases of horses and cattle in parts of the United States. Black-flies (Simuliidae) are also serious pests of man and domesticat- ed animals by virtue of their poisonous biting. Among the ^luscidae are two well-known pests of live-stock, the stable-fly • {Stomoseys calcitiuns) and the horn-fly {Ilaenmtobia irritanH). Both sexes of these last two species suck blood. Some fly larvae are important parasites of warm-blooded animals, a condition known as myiasis. The horse-bots {G aster opMlus) live in the stomach, throat, and nasal passages of horses. Cuterebrid larvae live under the skin of rabbits and squirrels, and the well-known ox warbles are larvae of Oestridae. Other oestrid larvae live m the 8 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. nasal sinuses of sheep. Xestling songbirds are sometimes killed by the larvae of Protocalliphora. There is a group of flies, the Pupipara, which are parasitic as adults on birds, bats, and other animals. Some of these are wingless, and some have functional wings. The sheep tick is a well-known representative. Large birds are frequently infested with members of this group. These flies cannot survive long away from the host, and soon desert it if it dies. Connecticut is an interesting collecting ground for students of insects. The northeastern and northwestern parts are in the Transi- tion zone, and species indigenous to northern habitats should be found there if they occur anywhere in the state. The southern part and the Comiecticut River Valley are in the Upper- Austral zone and the climate is warmer. The presence of salt marshes along the shore, a broad river valley cutting througli the center, and wooded hills and valleys,, lakes and streams, each side of this river give a variety of natural conditions with a consequent variety in the fauna. It is obviously absurd to claim that any one species of Diptera is confined to the limits of such a relatively small region as Connecticut which is neither unique in its natural characteristics nor isolated. In this work all of the species which are likely to be found in the state are included. The Diptera of Connecticut is a compilation by several authors who have used the sources of information available to them. Each is a specialist on that section of the work which bears his name. This has led to some lack of uniformity in the terminology, but each sec- tion is a complete unit and is accompanied by explanatory text figures, so no confusion should result. In any phase of entomological work, be it economic or otherwise, the correct identification of the species concerned is the first essential. This is the major purpose of the present work. The localities in which the species occurs and the frequency with which it is found are also important. This information, along with some of a relevant nature, will be found in the fcUowing pages. The classification of such a large group of animals as the Diptera is never in a completely satis- factory state, and the interrelations of families and genera can only be expressed as the view of the author. However, the statement has been made to the effect that the important point is the correct deter- mination of the species, for God made that, and families and genera are i^urely human conceptions and hence of less significance. This first part of the Diptera of Connecticut contains a section on comparative morphology, the key to the families and a section on the primitive tipuloicl flies. Other sections will follow. A sepa- rate bibliography of the more important literature accompanies each section. LiTEKATUKE CiTED 1. Britton, W. E. 1920: — Check-list of the insects of Connecticut. Connecticut State Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 31. 1938 : — Additions to the check-list of the insects of Connecticut. Conn. State Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 60. No. 64] DIPTERA OF OONXECTICUT 9 2. Johnson, C. W. 1925: — Fauna of New England. 15. List of the Diptera or two-winged flies. Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 7. 2. Leonard, M. D. 1928: — A Hst of the insects of New York. Cornell Univ. Agri. Exp. Sta. Mem. 101. 4. Matheson, R. 1929 : — A handbook of the mosquitoes of North America. 5. Britton, W. E. 1936 : — 35th Report of the State Entomologist of Connecticut. 326-327. 6. Herms. W. B. 1923 : — Medical and veterinarj' entomology. Roger B. Friend. Agricultural Experiment Station New Haven, Connecticut. 10 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. The External Morphology of the Diptera by G. C. Crampton, Ph. D.* Massachusetts State Colletje Variations in Size It has been said that if all of the species of the animal kingdom were arranged in an ascending series from the smallest protozoon to tlie largest whale, a common housefly would be seen to be of average size, and from this standpoint the average dipteran is not unduly small, but most members of the order Diptera are of moderate size, and do not, as a rule, exhibit wide variations in size within a single family. Willi.-ton (1908)' states that the largest dipteran observed by him was a Brazilian species of Mydas which measured 52 mm. in length, while the smallest fly observed by him was a cecidomyid measuring less than half a millimeter in length (the antennae were not included in these measurements) ; and, as he points out, the Mydas fly was more than a million times the size of the cecidomyid. Williston further states that "In no single family of Diptera are the differences in size anywhere nearly so great as those between the mydaid and cecido- myid. Seldom do the differences in linear measurements in any one family exceed ten fold." Perhaps the greatest wing expanse to be found in any dipteran occurs in the Burmese tipulid, Gteyiacroscelis rex, which measures over 100 mm. from tip to tip of the expanded wings, while the North Amer- ican tipulid, DasymolopMl'us ursinus, has a wing expanse of a little more than 4 mm. The former is more than a thousand times the size of the latter, and this difference in size is perhaps the greatest to be found withm the limits of a single family, although the linear meas- urements of the two tipulids would not bring out this fact, since the forms m question are extremely elongated and slender. The largest and bulkiest representatives of the order are to be found m the orthorrhaphous brachyceran families Tabanidae, Pantoph- thalmidae,. Asilidae, Mydaidae and Cyrtidae, and in the cyclorrha- phous family Syrphidae, while the smallest Diptera are to be found in the nematocerous families Ceratopogonidae and Cecidomyidae. Variations in Form and Structure As a rule the Diptera are rather conservative in form, but wide departures from the typical body habitus do occur among them, as *The writer wishes to make use of this opportunity of expressing- his sincere thanks to Drs. C. P. Alexander and C. H. Curran for identifying the insects here figured, and for many valuable suggestions during the preparation of this chapter, to Dr. Philip Levereault for making many of the accompanying drawings, and to Dr. Inez Williams for assembling many of the drawings and labeling the figures. N'O. 64] DIPTERA or CONNECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 11 may be seen by comparing the broad, greatly flattened body of a nycteribiid, streblid, or hippoboscid, with the markedly compressed body of certain mycetophilids, or by comparing the compact thickset body of a cyrtid with the extremely slender elongated body of a tipulid of the genus Tanypreinna^ which apparently includes the slenderest species of Diptera. The somewhat slender type of body characteristic of most Nematocera is evidently the primitive one, while the more ro- bust type of body is encountered in the higher Diptera. Variations in the structure of the head, thorax and abdomen will be described under the detailed discussions of these regions of the body, but since the modifications of the wings are not discussed under these headings, it may be of interest to point out some of the modi- ficational extremes occurring in the development of the wings. In the remarkably aberrant nematocerous fly, Nynvphomyia alba, recently de- scribed by Tokunaga (1932b) — shown in Plate 34 of Vol. 13, Annota- tiones Zool. Japonenses — the wings are extremely long and slender and are bordered with very long hairs to compensate for the loss of wing surface necessary for flight. In the peculiar anthomyid, Exul sing- ularis, on the other hand (see Plate 2 of the ''Insects of Australia and New Zealand" by Tillyard, 1926), the wings are enonnously ex- i^anded, and their breadth almost equals their length in this peculiar fly. In the asilid, Eurhahdus zephrjrea, shown in Fig. 140, p. 182 of the "North American Diptera" by Curran (1934), the basal half of the wing is narrowed to form a long slender petiole, while in the helomyzid Griddlerlu hemiptera, shown in Fig. 16, p. 381 of the same book, the distal two-thirds of the wing becomes drawn out into a long slender process. The winga are usually well developed in the tipulicls, but they are vestigial in the tipulid Ghionea which lives on the snow, and both wings and halteres have completely disappeared in the tipulid Lvmno- phila ( Roraiinoinyia) perm.onstrata, although the halteres are usually retained when the wings are lost. Comstock (1924), in his 'Tntroduc- tion to Entomology," p. 793, states that both wings and halteres are absent in the mycetophilid Pnyxia (female), and also lists the Chiro- nomidae, Phoridae, Borboridae, Ephydridae, Nycteribiidae, Hippo- boscidae and Braulidae, as the families in which the wings may be vestigial or wanting. A more nearly complete list is given by Brues and Melander (1932, p. 347-352), who likewise include the Cecido- myidae, Scatopsidae, Chiromyzidae, Termitoxenidae, Thaumatotoxen- idae, Empidae, Dolichopodidae, Ephydridae, Drosophilidae, Dry- omyzidae, Caelopidae, Anthomyidae, Micropezidae, Chloropsidae, Streblidae, etc., as the families in which wingless forms, or those with vestigial wings, may occur. No comprehensive studies of the entire external morphology of the Diptera in general are available at the present time, although Hen- del (1928) has discussed many characters of taxonomic importance in the Diptera, and Walton (1909) describes the head and thoracic struc- tures of the higher Cyclorrhapha in connection with the chaetotaxy of these parts (see also the morphological sections of Townsend's "Manual of Myology"), while figures of the heads, wings, etc., of var- 12 COXNECTICIT GEOL. AND XAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. ions Diptera are to be found in the general treatises of Limdbeck (1907-1927). Yen-all (1901-1909), Williston (1908), Curran (1934), Brues and Melander (1932), and others. Textbooks of medical en- tomology, such as that of Patton and Cragg (1913), (recently revised by Patton and Evans. 1929), frequently contain figures of the struc- tures of the Diptera which are involved in the spread of disease: and the moutli parts of certain Diptera are described in many of the recent textbooks of entomology, such as that of Weber (1933), Metcalf and Flint (1932), Snodgrass (1935), etc., while the wings of most of the dipterous families "are figured in Comstock's "Introduction to En- tomology,'' but the other parts of the body are either omitted, or are treated very briefly in these general works. (Many structures of Dip- tera are also figured in the recent work of Snodgrass. 1935.) A few studies of the external morphology of individual species of Diptera have been published, and among those dealing with the external anatomy of individual Cyclorrhapha and Orthorrhapha Bra- chycera may be mentioned the works of Lowne (1890-1895) on Calli- phora (two volumes), Hewitt (1914) on Musca (one volume), Parker (1914) on Ravinla, Worthley (1924) on Trkhopoda, Seamans (1920) on Anthomym, Kuenckel d'Herculais (1875-1881) on Volucella (two volumes), Bromley (1926) on Tahofivs, and Cragg (1912) on Ilaema- topota. The external morphology of individual Nematocera is discussed in the papers by Tokunaga (1930) on Limonia (a very thorough study), Tokunaga (1932) on Pontomyia, Tokunaga (1935) on NympliO'myia, Williams (1933) on ProtopJasa (including figures of the wings of all of the tanyderid genera), Crampton (1926) on a fossil MacioehUe^ Miall and Hammond (1900) on Chiponomus (one volume). Christo- phers (1901) on a female mosquito, and Eees and Ferris (1939) on both sexes of Tipula. Morphology of the Head and Its Appendages The excellent general study of the head and the mouth parts of the Diptera by Peterson (1916) is by far the best work on the sub- ject, although a different interpretation for some of the parts is sug- gested by Crampton (1925). The discussion of the dipterous head by de Meijere (1916) is quite comprehensive, and the descriptions by Snodgrass (1935), Curran (1934). Hendel (1928), Frey (1913-1921), Becher (1882) and Meinert (1882) are very valuable, as are also the studies of Dimmock (1881). Gruenberg (1907), Hansen (1884). Kel- logg (1899), Menzbier (1880), Smith (1890), and Wesche (1904- 1909), although the interpretations proposed by some of these inves- tigators need revising. Of the papers dealing with one or two types of Diptera, the fine series by Jobling (1926-1933) is worth}' of especial mention, and the works of Cragg (1912-1913). Adler and'Theodor (1926), Christophers, Shorrt and Barrand (1926). Frew (1923), Giles (1906), Graham- Smith (1930), Hammond (1874), Hansen (1903), Kraepelin (1883). Kulagin (1905), Leon (1924), Miall (1892), Minchin (1905), Mug- Xo. 0)4] DIPTEKA OF COXXECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 13 <^enburg (1892), Patton and Evans (1929). Stevens and Newstead (1907), Stuhlmann (1907), Vogel (1921). and Wandolleck (1894) are of value for the study of various features of the heads of individual Diptera. Descriptions of the sclerites and vestiture of the heads of typical muscoidean flies are given in the publications of Wainwright (1928), Walton (1909), and Townsend (1908).. Various types of an- tennae found in the Diptera are figured in the papers of "Wandolleck (1894), Alexander (1919), Peterson (1916), Patton and MacGill (1925), and Curran (1934), etc. 1. Modifications of tlie head In the diopsid genera Sphyrocephala, Diopdmi and Diopsis^ the lateral regions of the head which bear the eyes and antennae exhibit an increasing tendency to jut out on each side of the head until they finally develop into extraordinarily elongated eye-stalks bearing the e3'es and antennae at their tips, as in the male diopsid Teleopsis shown in Fig. 3, B. In males of the otitid fly, Richardki telescopica^ figured by Curran (1934, p. 20), the eyes are also borne at the ends of long eye-stalks, but the antennae remain in their normal position near the median region of the head. In some species of the tipulid genus Hellus^ the head region be- low the eyes is moderately prolonged to form a short ''rostrum" (bear- ing the reduced mouth parts at its tip) which in other species of Helms becomes half as long as the body, while in the genus EJepluin- tomyki the rostrum may be half as long as the body, or it may greatly exceed the body in length (Fig. 3, A). A similar ventral prolongation of the head region below the eyes, bearing the mouth parts at its tip, occurs in the tipulid genus Toxorhina and in the tanyderid genus Per'ni(jueyomyhut. In mycetophilids of the Gnorlste type (Fig. 4, D), the region of the head extending along the anteclypeus, «c, is the principal one in- volved in the formation of the elongated rostrum or "proboscis", and the mouth parts, borne at its tip, remain small. In the head of a female mosquito (Fig. 3. E), the labrum and mouth parts are the structures which beco)ne greatly elongated, and the head capsule itself is but slightly affected by the process. In this type, the elongation of the labium is effected by the lengthening of the prementum {pm of Fig. 3, E) while the labella, la, are not greatly elongated, as is also the case in the head of the cyrtid shown in Fig. 3,C. In the type of head exhibited by the tipulid Geranomyia shown in Fig. 4, H, the parts which become extremely elongated are the labrum, Ir, the hypopharynx, hp, and the labial palpi or labella, la. while the rest of the labium and other mouth parts are not greatly affected by the process. The labella are extremely long and slender in Geran- omyia, but Edwards (1931) has described a chironomid, Rhinocladius longirostris, in which the labella are as long as the body, and the la- . bella of this chironomid are probably longer than the labella of any other Diptera. 14 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. In the richardiine fly Gnatho-plasma infestans, shown in Fig. 3, F, the region of the head just below each of the eyes becomes prolonged to form two horn-like projections which give the name "stag-flies" to these insects ; and in the lauxaniine genus Monocera and siniilar forms figured by de Meijere (1916a), other projections of the anterior region of the head give it a very peculiar appearance in these insects.* As might be expected, the heads of the Diptera which live as •ectoparasites on bats and other hosts, are frequently greatly modified, along with the rest of the bod}-, in adaptation to the parasitic mode of existence. Thus, in the nycteribiid shown in Fig. 7, B, the small, narrow, pyriform head is laid back in a groove of the thorax of this curious insect. The head of the streblid Megistopoda (or Pterellip- sis) figured by Williston (1908, p. 384) is very irregular in shape, with protruding prominences which give it a most unusual appearance, while in other streblicls, such as the one shown in Fig. 7, F and G, the head is greatly flattened dorso-ventrally, its surface is divided up into irregular patches, and it is bordered posteriorly by a ctenidium, or dense row of stout, backwardly-projecting, black bristles. In the parasitic forms, there is a marked tendency toward a re- duction of the compound eyes, while in such forms as the pipunculids, cyrtids, etc., the compound eyes occupy most of the area of the head capsule, and their development greatly affects the general appearance of the head. The eyes are usually dichoptic, or separated from each other, but in some Diptera they are holoptic, or contiguous, partic- ularly in the male sex. When the eyes become approximated, they may meet above the bases of the antennae, and separate them widely from the ocelli, as in Oncodes glhhosus (Fig. 1, D), or the eyes may meet below the bases of the antennae, and leave the antennae in the neighborhood of the ocelli, as in Acrocera gJohulus (Fig. 1, E). Oth- er modifications of the eyes which do not have such a pronounced effect upon the appearancci of the head will be described in the more detailed discussion of these structures taken up later on. 2. External landmarks of the head capsule Riley (1904) has very clearlj^ shown that even in such a primitive insect as the roach Blatta^ the segments of the head region of the em- bryo fuse so completely, to form the definitive head capsule of the adult insect, that the original segmentation can no longer be distinguished in the completed head capsule. The same is evidently true to an even greater extent in such highly specialized insects as the Diptera (in which the formation of the various head-sclerites has never been eatisfactorily traced from the embryo to the adult stages) so that Hendel (1928), de Meijere (1916), and others who interpret various superficial markings on the head capsule of adult Diptera as the boundary lines between the original segments of the head, are hardly justified in so doing. Furthermore, manj' of the sutures and similar markings of the head capsule of adult Di])tera do not correspond ex- *In the phytalmiid fly Phytalmodes shown In Fig. 627 of the "Classification of Insects" by Brues and Melander (1932), the head has a very peculiar shape, with tlie reduced proboscis borne on the concave ventral portion of the broad head in which the genal regions beneath the eyes are prolonged downward on each side, to some extent. N"0. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 15 actly to the primary sutures deiiiarkin<^ the principal vsclerites of the head in the orthopteroid insects, and are for the most part second- arily-formed lines, occurring only in the Diptera and their immediate relatives. It is therefore inadvisable to use these secondarily-formed lines for delimiting the primary sclerites of the head capsule in adult Diptera, and other structures must be relied upon for this purpose. The principal landmarks of value for delimiting the sclerites and areas of the head capsule are the frontal or pretentorial pits, the points of attachment of the antennae, the median ocellus (when pres- ent) and the compound eyes. The frontal or pretentorial pits {fp of Fig. 1, A, B, G and L, Fig. 3, D, etc.) which are the external apertures of the internal invagina- tions forming the anterior arms of the tentorium, demark the pos- terior limits of the clypeus and the anterior limits of the frons, while the median ocellus, when present, demarks the posterior extent of the frons. The median ocellus lies in the posterior angle of the frontal suture (demarking the posterior limits of the frons) in lower insects, and when the frontal suture is lost, as is the case in most Diptera, the median ocellus may remain, and in such cases serves to mark the posi- tion of the posterior angle of the frontal suture, which formerly marked the posterior extent of the frons. Some clipterists mistake the ptilinal fissure {ptc of Fig. 4, J) for the frontal suture of lower insects. The ptilinal fissure, however, is formed by the infolding of the ptilinum, or eversible sac which is pro- truded to push open the top of the puparium wdien the fly emerges from its pupal case, and is therefore a wholly different structure from the frontal suture, formed by the arms of the inverted Y-shaped epi- cranial suture in lower insects (which have no ptilinum), so that the ptilinal suture cannot be used to delimit the frons posteriorly, as these dipterists maintain. The points of attachment of the antennae may serve in a general way to divide the frons into a prefrons and a postfrons (^z-/ and fof of Fig. 1, G and L) , and they likewise serve to demark the posterior limits of the region called the face by AValton (1909), wdio defines the face as "that area of the head bounded by the base of the antennae, the oral margin eyes and cheeks." The compound eyes divide the vertex into an anterior and pos- terior vertex {av and pov of Fig. 1, F) in the Tipulidae, and in certain holoptic Diptera, the contiguous compound eyes may demark the pos- terior boundary of the frontal triangle or the anterior boundary of the vertical triangle, as will be discussed later. 3. Sclerites of the head capsule The labrum, Ir, which probably represents a portion of the pro- stomium of the annelid ancestor of the Arthropoda, is morphologically a portion of the head capsule, while the mouth parts are modified limbs of the gnathal segments of the head, but since the labruni is function- ally one of the mouth parts in the Diptera, it ^vill be considered under the discussion of the mouth parts. The epipharynx is a modified por- 16 COIs^NECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BuU. tion of the '"inner" or posterior linino; of the L^brum, and since it is merely a modified j^ortion of the labrum, it is not necessary to refer to the Labrum of higher Diptera as the ^'habrum-epipharvnx" as though it were a composite structure formed by the union of a distinct labrmn and epipharynx. The posterior limits of the labrum may be marked by a clypeolabral suture, but in most insects the most constant land- mark indicating the posterior limits of the labrum is furnished by the position of the tormae, or hinge-like thickenings (one on each side) at the base of the labrum, on the "inner'' or posterior surface of the upper lip. The sclerites which are supposed to represent the tormae which have migrated to the anterior surface of the head capsule in certain Diptera, are probably secondary formations, like those occurring in the anteclypeal region of the orthopteroid insects, such as GryUotalpa, SynterTnes, etc. The clypeus, d, is the region betAveen the labrum and the frons: and IS demarked anteriorly by the tormae, while the posterior limits are demarked by the fronto-clypeal suture, or bv a line drawn across from one frontal pit. />, to the other (Fig. 1, G) when the fronto- clypeal suture is absent. In orthopteroid insects such as GinjUm, St/ntermes, etc., the clypeal region is divided into an anteclypeus and a postclvpeus (or epistoma), and the sclerite labelled ac in the Diptera shown in Fig. 1,L, Fig. 4, A, B, E, J, etc., may possibly be a sclerite of the anteclyp- eal region=^ serving to support the fulcrum, fu. which is attached' to It m such Diptera as the ones shown in Fig. 4, B, E, etc. Since the anteclypeus is merely an anterior region of the clvpeus it is not entirely incorrect to refer to the sclerite ac as the ''clypeus"' (as is done by niany dipterists), although it is more accurate to call it the ante- clypeus Hendel (19:?8) and de Meijere (1916a) call it the "prela- brum; (although it is postlabral in position), while Peterson (1916) calls it the "tormae" since he thinks that the tormae migrate to the anterior surface of the clypeal region to form the sclerite in question : but it IS much more probable that the sclerite in question in the Dip- tera IS formed by the distinct anteclypeal sclerites such as those found in some termites, mole crickets, and other orthopteroid insects de- scribed by Crampton (1932)— see Plate 4, Fig. 1, Plate 6, Fig. 20. etc. The narrow marginal sclerite, 2Joc of Fig. 1, B and L, Fio- 3D etc., corresponds in a general way to the sclerite called the post?iypeus or epistoma m the orthopteroid insects, and in fact the designation epistoma is applied to the region poc of Fig. 4, J, by some dipterists although the term epistoma may include a greater area than the post- ciypeal region according to other dipterists. Thus. Smith (1906) dehnes the epistoma in the Diptera as "'that part of the face between tlie front and the labrum; the oral margin and an indefinite space im- mediately contiguous thereto and so equivalent to peristoma,*" and then clefanes the peristoma as ''the border or the mouth or oral maro-in m Diptera; sometimes used as equivalent to epistoma." It is prefer- able to restrict the term epistoma to the post clypeal region, poc, in *(In certain muscoids such as Calliphora, etc., an interclypeus. or sclerite between the anteclypeus and postclypeus, is formed just behind the anteclypeal sclerite ) No. 64] DIPTERA or CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 17 the Diptera (as is done in the lower insects), and the term peristoma may then be used to refer to the general ''oral margin" or border ol" the "oral cavity". The cavity into which the base of the proboscis is retracted should be called the subcranial cavity and its margin should be called the subcranial margin, however, since the true oral cavity is a wholly different region in relation to the mouth parts, and it is therefore incorrect to refer to the cavity into which the base of the proboscis is withdrawn as the "oral cavity", or to refer to its margin as the "oral margin". The frons or front (Trif and fv of Fig. 4, J, etc.) extends from the fronto-clypeal suture (or from a line drawn across from one frontal pit to the other) to the frontal suture (formed by the arms of the Y- shaped ej^icranial suture) in the lower insects. In the Diptera. how- ever, the true frontal suture, which contains the median ocellus in its posterior angle, is apparently absent, despite the fact that Peterson (1916) and others regard the ptilinal suture, j>tc of the dipteran shown in Fig. 4, J, as the frontal suture in the higher Diptera, and interpret the fronto-clypeal suture, /cs, bordering the postclypeus or epistoma posteriorly in the Diptera shown in P'ig. 1, H, etc., as the frontal suture in the lower Diptera. Some feature other than the frontal suture must therefore be used to demark the posterior limits of the frons in the Diptera, and on this account the position of the median ocellus has been accepted for this purpose, although it has also been suggested that the bases of the antennae would make ideal landmarks for delimiting the frons posteriorly were it not for the fact that the median ocellus is typically borne in the postero-median region of the Irons in lower insects, and the region between the bases of the an- tennae and the median ocellus (i.e., fv of Fig. 4, J) must therefore also belong to the true frons in the Diptera. Walton (1909) limits the frons or front to the "space between the eyes in dichoptic flies, limited by the upper margin of the head and a line drawn through the root of the antennae," but if the frontal region of the Diptera is to be homologized with the frontal region of lower insects, it must also include the region m/ below the antennae down as far as the frontal pits in both cases. Since some other designation should be used for the region called the front in Walton's definition of the frons of the higher Diptera, the term "postf acial area" has been suggested as a possible substitute. The points of attachment of the antennae divide the frons into a preantennal region of the frons and a postantennal region of the frons {prf and jjof of Fig. 1, G and L, etc.) to which the terms prefrons and postf rons might be applied, although the boundaries of these re- gions do not coincide quite exactly with those of the regions called the prefrons and postf rons by Hendel (1928) and de Meijere (1916), who have attempted to apply Berlese's terminology to the areas of the head in the Diptera. The lunula, frontal lunule, or frontal crescent, is an oval or cres- centric area, lu of Fig. 4, J, occupying the space between the bases of the antennae and the hinder angle of the ptilinal suture, ftc^ in the Schizophora. Townsend (1908, p. 21) considers that the lunula is 18 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. formed as "an anterior cliitinized portion of the sac or ptilinum," al- though the hniiila may possibly bear some relation to the posterior area po of the Diptera shown in Fig. 1, L, J, etc. The fades or face is the "area of the head bounded by the base of the antennae, the oral margin, eyes and cheeks" according to Walton (1909) who applies the designation mesofacial plate (Lowne, 1890) to that portion of the face enclosed by the ptilinal suture, ftc^ and the , vibrissal ridges, in such muscoidean flies as the one shown in Fig. 4, J. In the mesofacial plate are situated the vertical depressions or shallow grooves called the antennal foveae (also called the antennal fossae or grooves) in which the antennae rest. The lateral borders of these grooves are bounded b}^ the facialia (Desvoidy, 1830) or vibrissal ridges (Hough, 1898), at the lower ends of which are two prominences (one on each side) called the vibrissal angles. In some flies a vertical median ridge, or facial carina, separates the antennal fossae. The terms parafacials (Townsend, 1908) or parafacialia (Bezzi, 1925) are applied to \\\^ lateral areas of the face (labelled fj in Fig. 4, J) which are situated on each side of the mesofacial plate, and lie be- tween the arms of the ptilinal suture, ftc^ and the anterior borders of the eye^. These areas correspond in a general way to the areas called \X\% facial orbits by Loew (1862) and are homologous with the lower portions, at least, of the regions called the parafrontal sclerites in lower insects. The designation "parafrontals", however, is usually restricted to the genovertical plates, gv (Fig. 4, J), in the Diptera, and it would create considerable confusion to apply the term para- frontal sclerites to the areas p/, which may therefore be referred to as the parafacial sclerites. Wainwright (1928) misapplies the term "genae" to the parafacial areas, yf of Fig. 4, J, and Walton (1909) does the same, although he calls the true genae, ge of Fig. 4, J, the "cheeks'', apparently not real- izing that the terms genae and cheeks are sjaionymous. Verrall (1909) in criticizing Walton's application of these terms, states that the parafacials, ff of Fig. 4, J, should be called the "side cheeks" and refers to the true genae, ge. as the "jowls". Curran (1934) states that there is such a disconcerting confusion in the application of the desig- nation genae in the Diptera that the term should be dropped, but the students of other orders of insects have always applied the designation genae to the region below (and also slightly behind) the compound eyes, corresponding to the area ge of the fly shown in Fig. 4, J, and there is no reason why the dipterists should not do the same, if they wish to bring their terminology into harmony with that employed by other entomologists. The designation "cheeks" should likewise be restricted to the region ge^ since the terms genae and cheeks are syn- onymous. Hendel (1928, p. 19) applies the designation malae to the genae. ge of Fig. 4, J, but the desig-nation malae has always been applied to the lobes of the maxilla (i. e., to the galea or lacinia, or to both united) in coleopterous larvae and other insects, and there is no advantage in further increasing the confusion in anatomical terminology by apply- ing the tenn malae to any other structures than the maxillary lobes. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 19 ^aine area (i e., as a svnonym of buccae). Wamwiiglit {UM) ap oUes Desvoi y's term later/lia to the buccae (or to the genae) and app ies D^vSc^^^ term medianae to the upper region of the gei.ae. ffibeck (1927) applies the designation intermediate triangle to an "o^espondmg to the latter i^egion (compare also the transverse iSieSon) which corresponds in a general way to the mferior orbit of Loew's terminology. . Walton (1909) considers that the '^genae ' ^rf ^onti^^f /^P'lJ^f^f; toward the tip of the head to form the areas gv (Fig. 4 J) to which HmMi (1898) applied the designation genovertical plates. Theie is no Ob ectLii to Hough^s term for the areas in question, provided that t is unSood that'the true genae, ge, take no part m the formation oVthriTovertica plates. Lowne (1890) calls these areas the para- ^roi alf ti e pa^^^^^^^^^ of Bezzl 1925), bui they represent only t^e ipp^^^^ of the parafrontal ai^as of lower -^-f^ (--^^ the mrafacials of the Diptera represent the lower areas of the paia- frLS Series of lower insects) and the designation parafrontals sWd not b r stric ed to the genovertical plates alone. Wainwright (1928) Jails the o-enovertical plates the frontorbita a modification of Loew'l deiignatmn frontal o4its) ami states tl-t they W^^^ .t- ferred to al the optica frontis by Desvoidy (1830), the orbites ' perioresbyPandelle (1888),etc. , i ,,Ut. The designations frontalia (Desvoidy, 1830) and ^^o^f^^^'^ vertical plates are regarded as the lateral areas of ^^^^^^J^f |. ^^Jj^ in ton (1909), (who defines the front as '^^^'^ ^l^'^'f ^,^''\'^^^^^^^ dichoptic flies; limited by the upper margin of ^^^ \^^^^^^^ drawn through the root of the antennae '). Ihe teim ±i ^i^]' |^^'^\f ' tifiable ^^Idpl (1998 p 17) would include under "schizometopie" that eondS^^Jf ^he^lSr relion of th..l.ad ^ the^^-^^^^^^S^ the membranous frontal vitta (which l^f^*^ll ,^^^^^^^^^^^^ side emerged fly) is limited to ^^^^^^^'^l^;:^^^^^ the frontal orbit, of it a continuous sclerotized strip, ^oiresponaiiip lu ,, ^^^_ extends along the border of the eye and ^'^^^"^^^^^ out a break, in the paraf acial plate (as ^^^^ ^^^, ^^^^^/^l^^^fs^^^^^^ con- ocordylura, etc.). Hendel regards as ^'\'f^'^2^^^^ of the dition exhibited by Tephnt.s^^n ^^ V^^^^^^^^Xide an^ *^« median frontal vitta extends ^^^^era ly, on each si^^^^ ^^_ frontal orbit into a dorsal portion and a lowei portion v 2*^ CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. ino- connected with the parafacial area). Finally, in the condition which he nicludes under '-holometopie'', the encroaching area of the frontal vitta obliterates the lower portion of each frontal orbit com- pletely, and extends across from one eye to the other, as in Suillia, etc. When the membranous area of the frontal vitta becomes more extensive, sclerotized areas of the head capsule may persist to form sclerotized strips or ''interfrontal strips", which converge anteriorly, as in Desmometopa, ColUnella, Tefhhm, etc. The large ocellar plates' or mterfrontalia, which extend far forward between the frontalia in the Ohloropidae (e. g., Cwpnoptera) are regarded as secondary forma- tions by Hendel. Hendel further states that whereas the coronal or sagittal suture bisects the region of the head bearing the ocelli in the Nematocera, in the i3rachycera, on the other hand, what appear to be two branchintr arms, or posterior branches of this suture, demark an ocellar plate, or ocellar triangle, m which the ocelli are situated ; and Hendel makes these designations synonymous with the interfrontalia of Desvoidy's terminology (i. e., the areas extending forward between the frontalia m some flies). Wamwright (1928) calls this area the ocellarium, and both he and Townsend (1908) state that Desvoidv refers to this area (1. e., the ocellar plate) as the "stemmata". It Would appear, how- ever, that Desvoidy probably applied the term stemmata to the ocelli themselves (since this term is frequently used for the ocelli) and ac- cording to Hendel, Desvoidy referred to the ocellar plate as the inter- frontalia. The ocelli are sometimes borne on a raised area or tubercle called the ocellar prominence, to which Wainwright's term ocellarium might well be applied. nqn?/^'T"f ^/^^-^?. '^'*'' *^'^* Williston (1908) and Wingate (190b) refer to the ocellar triangle "as being on and surrounded bv the vertical triangle, ' and Walton (1909) indicates that the ocellar triangle may be marked off in the vertical triangle by grooves de- pressions or colorations, although most dipterists do not distinguish between the ocellar triangle and the vertical triangle. In some holop- tic forms m which the ocelli are absent (e. g., in the males of certain iabanidae, etc.) the term vertical triangle is more appropriate than the designation ocellar triangle for the triangular median area pos- terior to the contiguous portions of the eyes, and the former term is so used by most dipterists, while the designation frontal triangle is usually applied to the triangular median'area anterior to the'con- f Sl""fi 1'°''^'°^^^ f,}^''^ eyes (i. e., the area occupying the space be- t^^ een the eyes and the bases of the antennae) . Some dipterists, how- hlln' f^ r ""'' i"'^ ^^'' desio-nation frontal triangle to this area in Hn?^ f .^"f ^^Tl «"^ce Walton (1909) also includes in his defini- tion of the frontal triangle, the "triangle indicated bv color or de- pression in the dichoptic front." Bromley (1926) refers to the verti- cal triangle as the posterior vertex, and refers to the frontal triano-k- as the anterior vertex, in his description of the holoptic male of Tohamts r/^m/./,, although the areas which he calls the anterior and ?b!lT''r'r ^''i ^^'' dichoptic female of this insect appear to be felightlv different from the areas designated bv these names in the >^0. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 21 Tf the term vertex is used, in the broad sense, to indicate the gen- this sense alone. • -i7;„ i f Fio- 3 \ Fio- 4, H., etc., and iiiiiipii! The t'enn parietalia, or par.eta ^,'=^2,°";,;^ ^^1 tS f Si moi-pholodsts to the region pa * 't-'^l' ^' '^V'=*;-' ,,*l"^i" anium'' are uoDer recrion of the head including the tions as was ^ uppei i^iuii /iQOQ\ who introduced the term, in lact, Strauss-Duerckheim (1928), ^^ho " |i<^>^^! • ^^ "epicran- comparative morphology haye discarded it "f^"' "If, VeU^en the parietal region, for that T'--'^-P^^^^i:^lt,TC;M,.g.o< f:b*dTin°I?'fLXeSjwhir;r:\rt;d ahoye^he compound eyes, are called the temples or tempora. ^ An infolding of the head capsule con igumis ^o e^™^^;^^^ ^ pound eyes forins the so-called occular f l^^'^Jf;^, J^^^^^.f,^^^^^^^^ the seen in aii interior view of the head, ^^?^^ ^f^^/f^^re Ja led ?he or- exterior. The external areas surrounding ^l^^f^^^^Xilil regions, bits: and these are sometimes referred ^ .^^ *^f^ Pf ^eVrbits as the Loew (186-2, p. xiii) refers to the ^^^^^^^^ he posterior or anterior or facial orbits, the inferior o ge at oibits t p ^^^^.^^^ occipital orbits, the superior or vertical ^^^^f ^' ^^^'^.^^^^le .enovertical The frontal orbits correspond m a g.^^;"^! \\^,,^^J,1 ^fates previ- plates. and the facial orbits correspond to the paraiaciai i i ouslv described, etc. anvmnnds each of the an- 'In some Diptera, an antenna! s^l^^-^^e fi ounds eac^ ^^^^^ tennal sockets, but it is not readdy seen m mo.t Uiptera ^^ CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. (1916) mistakes the reduced first aiitennal segment for this sclerite in tlie culicids, etc._ An antennifer, or process upon which the antenna pivots IS found in the Diptera shown in Fig. 1, G, H, etc., in which it bears the label af. Peterson (1916) designates the sockets in which the antennae are attached as the ''antennal fossae", but it is prefer- able to refer to them simply as the antennal sockets, since the desio-na- tion antennal fossae is applied to the grooves in which the ant«mae he, m the higher Diptera, and this usage of the designation antennal * tossae is the one generally accepted by most dipterists. The location of the points of attachment of the antennae varies greatly m ditferent Diptera; and the extent of such areas as the face or facies, etc is largely determined by the position of the points of attachment of the antennae. Thus in the Phoridae, for example the antennae are situated far down the head, on the "oral margin", 'and the face or facial region, is thereby reduced to a negligible a?ea, while m such forms as L^ichoptem, etc., the antennae are situated high in the dorsal region of the head, and the facial region is of correspond- ingly greater extent in this fly. ^ The points of attachment of the antennae mav be far removed dorsally from the frontoclypeal suture (i. e., the suture fcs demrki^L' the hinder region of the postclypeus poc of Fig. 1, B and L) or the pomts.o attachment of the antennae may be located in htimme^! ate neighborhood of the frontoclypeal suture (i. e., /.. of Fig. 1, H and J) The amount of variation in the location of the antennae with reference to the frontoclypeal suture is as great in the OrthorX! pha Brachycera shown m J and L of Fig. 1, as it is in the \em-it ZV'TJIZ ^ ""^'^ '' ""'^r ''• '^^ ''''' ^^ ^•-^-- does not\'p;e:; OvfW 1.^ 1 importance m distinguishing the Nematocera from the Oithorrhapha Brachycera (as Hendel considers to be the case). The S™ to do '^T^l'^'f "f"f ' ^^'^ ^^ ^'^^- '' J ^-^^^^^^' 1-----^ ha^ ennae^on t]? .^ f frontoclypeal suture), above the base of the an- tennae, on the other hand, is a feature of considerable importance in d^tinguishing the Cyclorrhapha from the Orthorrhapha Brachycera ?he ct: w fwh 1 '^'^ ^'f "^"f '' '^'' '''''''' ^' niore^constant than is tne case with the frontoclypeal suture. In the^tipulid sho^n in Fig. 1, F, the mouth parts are directed for- ward; and the long axis of the head lies more nearly in the same teT^::if" f"' Y^- f"7 "*■ '^^' }i''^^ ^'' '' ^^«« the case, to some S^ in«ll. t^^^t'-^^lf^ei'id shown m Fig. 2,H), and this arrangement nat- uially afiects the position of the occipital foramen, of, (l^r foramen magnum, through which the alimentary tract, nerVous system, etc pass from the head into the thorax) situated at the hinder end of the narrow posterior region of the head in these insects. The occiput or occipital region, oc, of the tipulid shown in Fig. 1, F, is situated in the narrow posterior region of the head behind the parietal region, pa, which separates the occiput rather widely from the compound evCs and m most tipulids the occiput is fairly well marked off from^the parietal region m front of it. In the aiiisopodid shown in Fig. 2, K, which approaches the Or- thorrhapha Brachycera in many respects, tlie mouth parts are directpd No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 23 more vertically downward and the long axis of the head makes an angle with the long axis of the body. The occipital foramen, o/, con- sequently takes up a somewhat dift'erent position in the hinder region of the head, which becomes more flattened posteriorly as its surface (including that of the occiput, oc) assumes a position more nearly vertical to the long axis of the body. While the occipital foramen, c>/, is not so centrally located in the anisopodid shown in Fig. 2, K, as it is in the syrphid show^n in Fig. 1,K, the condition exhibited by the anisopodid is somewhat intermediate between that exhibited by the tipulids, etc. (Fig. 1,F), and the higher Diptera (Fig. 1,K), and clearly indicates a modificational tendency in the direction of the higher Diptera. The occipital region, oc, of Anisopiis (Fig. 2, K) extends ventrad on each side of the occipital foramen to a point half-way down the sides of the foramen, of, where it merges wath the postgenae, pff, or areas behind the compound eyes. The narrow marginal sclerites la- belled pag in the anisopodid shown in Fig. 2, K, which are homologous with the paragular sclerites of lower insects, are called the parapost- genae by Peterson (1916). In the higher Diptera, the hinder region of the head is usually rather sharply differentiated from the anterior region of the head, and its surface is frequently greatly flattened, or it may even become concave, as is the case in the syrphid shown in Fig. 1, K. The entire posterior region of the head is sometimes called the "occiput" in the higher Diptera, but the true occipital region includes only the upper region of the posterior portion of the head, and it is preferable to refer to the entire hinder region of the head as the postcranium (in contradistinction to the "]3recranium") in these insects. The posterior surface of the head usually lies at right angles to the long axis of the body, and the occipital foramen, of, occupies a central location in the postcranium of the higher Diptera (Fig. 1,K). Superficial markings of the posterior surface of the head of the higher Diptera may divide it into areas to which various terms have been applied by different writers. Thus, the median sclerite, labelled m in Fig. 1, K (which may extend much further back toward the oc- cipital foramen, of, in some Cyclorrhapha), is sometimes called the occiput by some dipterists. while those who follow Lowne call it the epicephalon, and those who follow Desvoidy call it the cerebrale. Hendel (1928) considers that the occurrence of the "cerebrale" is one I of the chief distinguishing characters of the higher Diptera, as con- trasted with the Nematocera. The lateral occipital region, loc (Fig. 1,K), together with the postgenal region, pgr, make up an area designated as the paracephalon or paracephalic plate by Walton (1909) who applies the designation metacephalon to the "gular" region, gu, having adopted most of these designations from Lowne's terminology. The area pao (Fig. 1, K) surrounding the occipital foramen, of, is called the parocciput by Peterson (1916). Snodgrass (1928, p. 39) designates this region as the postocciput in lower insects. 24 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. In the primitive blepharocericl Echuardsina, shown in Fig. 2, J, the so-called "gula" or throat region, gu, extends from the occipital foramen, of, to the gular or postentorial pits,, gj) (i. e., the extei-nal apertnres of the invaginations forming the posterior arms of the ten- torium) ; and in the syrphid shown in Fig. 1,K, secondarily formed sutures demark the so-called "gular" region, gu., from the postgenae, 2)g. It has been shown, however, that in the Diptera the so-called ••gular"' region is a '•pseudogula"' formed l)y the mesad approximation and union of the postgenae (or hypostonuil areas), so that the so-called ''gular'' region of the Diptera is not strictly homologous with the gula of lower insects, and might be called a pseudogula to indicate this fact. 4. The compound eyes The cornea of the compound eyes contains a number of facets (or lenses of the ommatidia or visual elements of the eye), which vary considerably in number and size. A common housefly, for example, may have about four thousand facets in each eye, while there is only one facet in the e3'es of some streblicls. Compound eyes with larger facets are better adapted for vision at night, or in dim light, while those in which the facets are smaller and more numerous are better adapted for vision by day — and the image produced by the latter type is probably much sharper. . The facets of one region of the eye may be larger than those of another region, and in such cases the larger facets are usually located in the dorsal portion of the eye. as in certain lilepharocerids, etc. The larger facets may be in the middle of the eye, however, as in cer- tain asilids, or they may be in the ventral region of the eye, as in certain enipids, etc. In some blepharocerids, in which the facets of the upper half of the eye are larger than those of the lower half, the two regions of the eye are divided by a constriction, or narrow band in which there are no facets, and a somewhat similar constriction oc- curs in the postero-ventral region of the compound eyes of certain bibionids. When the eyes are dichoptic (separated) in one sex, and holoptic (contiguous) in the other, they are typically holoptic in the males alone, as is true of the Leptidae, Stratiomyidae, Tabanidae, Pantoph- thalmidae, Therevidae, Scenopinidae, Nemestrinidae, Bombyliiclae, Syrphidae, Pipunculidae, Platj'pezidae and other higher Diptera in which the eyes are contiguous, but in such empids as Flyhos, or in the bombyliid Si/sfropus, and in certain C^^rtidae, the ej^es are contiguous in the fenuiles also. In some Xematocera, such as the Anisopodidae (excepting Mesochria), Bibionidae, Simuliidae. etc., holoptic eyes ma}^ occur in the males alone, while in certain Blepharoceridae, and in the Orphnephilidae. the eyes may be holoptic in both sexes. In some scatopsids, cecidomyids and sciarids, the narrow upper portions of the compound eyes become approximated to form a narrow bridge extending from one eye to the other across the area between the ocelli and the bases of the antennae. This condition is called '"zygoph- thalmie" by Enderlein. who considers that its occurrence indicates such a close relationship in the few Nematocera in which it occurs, that ]S"0. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY :25 the sciarids should be separated from the mycetophilids, and should be grouped with the cecidomyids and scatopsids instead, although nu- merous fundamental resemblances between the sciands and mjxe- tophilids clearh^ indicate that the}' should be grouped together, as is done by most dipterists. The compound eyes are contiguous above in many cecidomyids, but in the genera Ti^omiixata (Barnes) and Trisopsis (Kieffer) the lower portions of each eye become separated from the contiguous up- per portions, with the result that there appear to be three compound eyes in these insects, two eyes being lateral and the composite third being dorsal in position. In Trlommafa^ the median dorsal composite eye is connected with the lateral eyes by a narrow strand on each side, but in Trisopsis the connecting strip on each side is lost, and the three distinct parts of the eyes have the appearance of three compound eyes as is shown in Fig. 1, 1. When the eyes are contiguous, they are usually approximated above the bases of the antennae, although they may become approxi- mated below the antennae in some empids, dolichopodids and cyrtids. In Oneodes gibhosus (Fig. 1,D) the ej^es are contiguous for a consid- erable distance between the ocelli, o, and the antennae, ant, and widely separate the antennae from the ocelli, while in Acrocera globulus (Fig. 1, E) the eyes are contiguous below the antennae, which remain near the ocelli in the latter case. The eyes rarely extend onto the ventral surface of the head, as they do in the mosquito Psorophora, but in some tipulids, such as the males of Erioptera meg ophthalmia^ they are contiguous on the ventral surface of the head behind the rostrum. The compound eyes are hugely developed and occupy most of the surface of the head region in certain cj^rtids, pipunculids, etc., while in some of the wingless myrmecophilous and termitophilous phorids, and in the parasitic braulids, streblids and n^ycteribiids, they are I greatly reduced. According to de Meijei-e (1916, p. 51), the com- pound eyes appear to be completely lost in some of the wingless phorids. "streblids and nycteribiids, although minute vestiges of the eyes might escape detection in such small insects, unless they were examined under the higher power of the microscope. In the Diptera which live as ectoparasites on various hosts, the ' eyes and antennae alike are reduced, but in other Diptera there is j| frequently a correlation between the development of the eyes and that of the antennae. Thus, in the Nematocera, in which the antennae are longer and are better developed, the eyes are usually smaller with larger facets, while the Orthorrhapha Brachycera and Cyclorrhapha, in which the antennae are shorter and more reduced, usually have somewhat larger eyes with smaller facets, which are more densely crowded together. The eyes are usually bare in the Nematocera ; and in the tipulids, for example, only the "Pediciini have short erect setae between the facets. In the Tanyderidae, on the other hand, all of the species have hairs between the facets of the eyes, and in the males of certain bibion- ids, the haii-s on the eyes are long and numerous. Pilose eyes occur more frequently in the"^ higher Diptera and are fomid in some of the stratiomyids. tabanids, empids, cyrtids, ephj^lrids, tachinids, etc. 26 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BulL 5. Ocelli There are typically three ocelli in the Diptera, although some of them, such as the anisopoclid Mycetobia and the cyrtid Oncodes. lose the median ocellus, and in other Diptera all of the ocelli may be want- ing. The presence or absence of the ocelli is a feature of considerable phylogenetic importance in the Nematocera, but it is of less signifi- cance in the other Diptera. The ocelli are wanting in the Tipulidae, and in the psychodoid families Psychodidae, Tanyderidae and Ptychopteridae, and are typ- ically absent in the Orphnephilidae, Simuliidae, Chironomidae, Dixidae and Culicidae, which are apparently descended from psy- chodoid ancestors. They are present, on the other hand, in the Tri- choceridae, and in the Anisopodidae, which lead up to the bibionoid forms ; and the ocelli are also present in the Bibionidae, Mycetophili- dae, etc., which were descended from ancestors related to the Ani- sopodidae. Ocelli are likewise present in the rather isolated family Blepharoceridae, whose closest affinities have not as yet been deter- mined. The ocelli are preserved in many of the Orthorrhapha Brachycera and Cyclorrhapha, and their presence in these forms is one of the many features which indicate that they were descended from ances- tors resembling the Anisopodidae. The ocelli become atrophied in some of the Tabanidae, and are vestigial or absent in the Mydaidae. They are also wanting in certain aberrant Phoridae, in some Con- opidae, and in certain Hippoboscidae ; and they are also said to be ab- sent in the Braulidae, Streblidae and Nycteribiidae, but the absence of the ocelli in these forms is a later specialization, and has no connec- tion with the loss of the ocelli in any of the Xematocera. 6. Antennae Although the function of the antennae is ])rimarily tactile, they also contain well-developed olfactory organs, and may likewise be modified for receiving auditory stimuli, etc. The so-called Johnston'ssj organ* is found in the second antennal segment of such diverse Dip- tera as Ghaohorus and GallipJioi'a, and is gxeatly developed in the male mosquito, whose long antennal hairs are thrown into sympathetic vibration by the humming note of the female. The occurrence of this^ organ in the enlarged second segment labelled p in Fig. 5, V, proves- that this segment of the antenna of a mosquito is the true second seg- ment, or pedicel, (and not the first segment or scape as Peterson (1916) maintains), as is also shown by comparing the parts in a series of Diptera leading back through the chironomids to the dixids andl tanyderids, etc. The antennae are usually situated rather close together, and they may even be connected basally, as in the cyrtid Pialea. In the diopsid' series represented by the genera Sphyrocephala, Diopsina and Diopsis (Curran (1934), p. 358), they become increasingly more widely sepa- * According to Eggers these structures may serve as "tension receptors" or chordo- tonal organs, or being stimulated by displacement of the antenna, may serve to de- tect air currents, etc. [ No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 27 rated, as the eye-stalks on which they are borne become more and more lengthened. In the male of Richardia telescopica^ however, the an- tennae remain close together, while the eye-stalks become greatly pro- longed (as a sexual character exhibited bj^ the male alone). The antennae may exhibit some very striking sexual differences in the Diptera. Thus the segments of the antennae of the male of the tipulid Gerozodia plumosa bear long processes which give a feather}' appearance to the antennae (compare Fig. 5, U) in this sex, although the antennae of the sub-apterous female of this species are of the normal type. A more familiar type of sexual dimorphism in the an- tennae is illustrated by the densely verticillate '"feathery" antenna of a male mosquito, such as the one shown in Fig. 5, V, which presents a marked contrast to the sparcely verticillate type of antenna occurring in the female (Fig. 3, E). Among the higher Diptera, the tachinid fly Talarocera nigt'ipenyiis, figured by Williston (1908, p. 31), has the third segment of the antenna of the male modified in the peculiar fashion shown in Fig. 5, R, while the third segment of the antenna of the female is rather deeply cleft, giving it a somewhat furcate ap- pearance. The antennae of the males of such tipulids as Megistocera fZipes, Macroiiuistix costalis^ etc., are extremely elongated, although the num- ber of antennal segments is reduced to about eight, and the length- ening of the antenna (which may be one or more times the length of the body) takes place through the lengthening of the individual seg- ments, rather than by an increase in the number of the segments. In I the mycetophilid genus Macrocera^ the antennae are extremely elon- gated in both sexes. The antennae are extremely reduced in the Hippoboscidae ; and the segments are so greatly modified that Dufour (1845) thought they consist of but a single immobile segment in these flies. Traces of three segments may be found in the antennae of the hippoboscids. however, although the first segment is so reduced and so highly modi- fied that it is difficult to recognize it. The second segment, labelled p in Fig. 5, 0, is the largest, and conceals the third segment, which is withdrawn into the sacciform second segment (from which the arista, «r, borne by the third segment, may be protruded). According to Felt (1921), "The normal number of antennal seg- ments among generalized Nematocera is probably 16 — ^that is, a greater or smaller nmnber means specialization by addition or reduc- tion." Felt (1925) likewise records the remarkably great number of 41 segments* for the antenna of the cecidomyid Lasioptera perarticu- lafa, while the Mexican cecidomyid Ceratomijia, described by him, has the antennae reduced to "comparatively insignificant and presum- ably functionless organs with but six segments" (which is the mini- mum for the Nematocera in general), so that the cecidomyids present as great a variation in the number of antennal siegpients as is to be ♦Alexander (1936) has described a cecidomyid from Panama, Feltomyia polymera (chang-ed to Feltomyina polymera hv Alexander, 1937), having 65 antennal segments; and Tonnoir (1939) has described an African bruchomyine psychodid, Bruchomyia edwardsi (changed to Eutonnoiria edwardsi by Alexander, 1940), having the remark- ably large number of 113 antennal segments— the greatest number of antennal seg- ments thus far recorded for the Diptera. 28 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. PIIST. SURVEY [Bull. found in any famil}^ of Diptera. The binodo-^e condition occurrino^ in the individual antennal segments of certain cecidomyids makes it very difficult to determine the exact number of segments in the extremely delicate antennae of these insects, but in the tipulids it is quite easy to distinguish the segmentation of the antennae, and the amount of var- iation found in the tipulids, ranging from the maximum of 39 seg- ments found in Cerozodm to a minimum of 6 segments found in He:c- atoma, compares rather closelv with that recorded for the cecidomyids by Felt. The antennae furnish excellent taxonomic characters which are much used in the classification of the Diptera, but there is no general agreement concerning the proper application of some of the terms employed in referring to the parts of the antennae. Thus, the word "joint", in the strict sense of the term, should indicate the membran- ous articulatory region which is usually devoid of bristles or setae. ; so that it is quite inaccurate to speak of the bristles, etc., borne on the , '•joints" of the antennae, and it is preferable to refer to the region be- tween the joints as a segment. In all other groups of insects, the first, or basal, segment of the antenna is called the scape, and the second segment is called the pedi- cel, but dipterists frequently misapply the term "scape" to the two basal segments of the antemiae, although there is no reason why they ; should not be as accurate as other taxonomists in this respect. The ; third segment of the antenna is called the postpedicel in lower insects, and it constitutes the first segment of the fi^agellum, or ]3ortion of the antennae distal to the second segment (pedicel) in these forms. Hen- del (1928), however, would make the three terms postpedicel, funic- | ulus and flagellimi, synonymous with designations applied to the en- j tire antenna distal to the pedicel, leaving no term available for the ' true postpedicel, or third segment, although such a designation should \ be very useful in such Diptera as the Cyclorrhapha, etc., in which the \ three basal segments form most of the antennae, and the latter usage \ has been adopted here. In the higher Diptera, the segments distal to the third segment, or postpedicel, are so greatly reduced that the portion of the antenna Avhich they form appears to be merely a slender appendage of the trimerous antenna. When this appendage is slender and flexible, or bristle-like, it is called an arista. The arista may be dorsal, if it is borne on top of the third segment, or it may be sub-basal, if it is borne near the base of the third segment, or it may be terminal or apical, if it is borne at the tip of the third seirment. The arista may be bare, plumose, pectinate, etc., according to the occurrence and ar- rangement of the hairs, etc., it bears; and the character of the arista has considerable classificator}' value in some groups of higher Diptera. When the reduced segments distal to the third segment form a stouter and more rigid appendage, it is called a style ; and the style is always terminal. Unfortunately, the term, styli, is applied to the , styliform abdominal appendages of lower insects, and according to f some investigators certain of these styli are supposed to form the distal portion of the forceps, or claspers, of male insects: and in tlie Xo. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 29 females of higher Diptera the piercing tip of the "ovipositor" is also called a style. If the Latin form ''stylus" is used for the abdominal st^'li, it is possible to use tlie English form of the ^Yord for the an- tennal ""style" without creating undue confusion, but the designation ""ceratostyle" is more specific for tlie antennal structure, and should be used where there is any chance of confusing the terms. The dis- tinction between a style and an arista is not always very clear, since the two types of structures intergrade, but in such cases it is unim- portant which term is applied to the structure — except that a style is always terminal, while an arista may be either terminal or dorsal. The arista-bearing type of antenna mentioned above is called aristate (Fig. o.W), while the stylus-bearing type is called stylate (Fig, 5, Gr). When the segments of the antenna bear processes giving it a comb-like appearance, it is called pectinate; and if the processes are double, it is called bipectinate (Fig. 5, H). If the processes are very long, as in Fig. 5, U, the antenna is called flabellate, although this type of antenna is not quite the same as tlie flabellate type in the Coleoptera. When the segments of the antenna bear wliorls of hairs, as in Fig. 3, E, the antenna is called verticillate, and when the whorls of hairs are very dense, giving the antenna a feathery appearance, as in Fig. 5, V, it is called plumose, although this type of antenna is not the same as the plumose antenna of a male moth, for example, and it would be more accurate to refer to it as densely verticillate. The verticillate antenna of the psychodid shown in Fig. 5, C, approaches the nodose type occurring in many cecidomyids, in which the central portion of the segments is swollen to form a knot. If the knots are not widely sej^arated, and give a beaded appearance to the antenna, it is called moniliform. The club-shaped antennae of certain asilids, mydaids, etc., are called clavate; and the slender thread-like antenna of the trichocerid shown in Fig. 5, A, is called filiform.* It has been suggested that a 16-segmented, filiform type of an- tenna, like that of Tricliocera (Fig. 5, A), in which the scape, s, and pedicel, ^, are rather short, and the postpedicel. ;?/?, is fairly long, represents the basic type for the Diptera in general,** and this type is very like the antenna of the mecopteron Bittacus. which has retained many of the features of the ancestors of the Diptera. A slight ad- vance is illustrated by the Anisopus ty]:)e shown in Fig. 5. E. in Avhich the segments become somewhat broader: and in some of the higher Nematocera, such as the simuliid shown in Fig. o,D, the antenna be- comes greatly shortened, and the number of segments is reduced. In the tabanids (Fig. 5, 1), the four distal segments become much smaller than the three basal ones, while in the asilids (Fig. 5,G), the distal segments become still more reduced, although the three basal segments are well developed. In the oscinid fly shown in Fig. 5, Q, the post- pedicel, pp, still bears the smaller segments at its tip, but its ventral region becomes prolonged downward to some extent, and this tendency ♦Many more types of antennae occur in the Diptera, and some of tliese are of con- siderable interest — e. g.. the broad compressed antennae of the mycetophilid Cero- platus (Pig. 5, P) which have "fohaceous", flattened. leaf-Hke segments, etc. **It is probable, however, that the ancestors of the Diptera had antennae composed of more numerous segments. 30 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HTST. SURVEY [Bull. becomes increasingly more pronounced, until in such a fly as the psilid shoAvn in Fig. 5, T, the Aentral prolongation of the postpedicel re- sults in the formation of an extremely elongated segment bearing the arista in the region which was originally terminal, but now has the appearance of being dorsal or subbasal in position. Some of the segments which normally enter into the composition of the arista apparently unite with the third antenna! segment, in- stead, in some forms, as is the case in the stratiomyid shown in Fig. 5, K, in which the apparent third segment is divided into four "an- nulations*', which probably represent four uniting segments. The aris- ta of the South American tachinid shown in Fig. 5, S, is rather inter- esting from the fact that its terminal segment is greatly enlarged. The row of long branched hairs borne on the arista of the tsetse fly shown in Fig. .5, W, gives it a verv peculiar appearance in the antenna ^ of this fly. From the morphological standpoint, it is very unfortunate that the former incorrect method of referring to the number of antenna! segments is still retained by many modern dipterists, despite the f act , that many of them have abandoned the old division of tlie Diptera into : the suborders Nematocera and ''Brachycera" {sensu lato), which was ! based upon a misconception of the number of segments composing the antennae. When any of the "Brachycera" were found to have more than three antenna! segments, those segments distal to the third were formerly interpreted as secondary "annulations" of the tliird segment, j and the small segments visible in the arista, etc., of some Diptera were i regarded as subdivisions of an appendage of the supposedly three- j segmented antenna. The number of antenna! segments in the brachy- i cerous le^^tid (or rachicerid) fly, Rachicerus (Fig. 5, M), however,' may be as liigh as 28, while in the great majority of the Nematocera the number of antenna! segments is mucli less, and only a very few Nematocera equal or surpass Rachicerus in the number of segments found in the antennae. There are ten very distinct and well developed segments in the antenna of such a stratiomjdd as the one shown in Fig. 5, P, and no amount of arguing could convince an unbiased morphologist that the well developed, separate segments beyond the third are merely "annulations'' of the third segment. Even when tlie ' terminal segments of the antenna are reduced to form a style, as in the • asilid shown in Fig. 5, G, or an arista, as in the oscinid shown in Fig. . 5, Q, the segments can frequently be clearly seen, and it is morpholog- ically incorrect to speak of such an antenna as three-segmented, al- though it may be convenient to do so in taxonomic descriptions. 7. Mouth parts The labrum, Zr, or upper lip, is morphologically a portion of the' head capsule, while the true mouth parts (i. e., the mandibles, maxillae,, and labium or united second maxillae) are highly modified limbs off the gnathal segments entering into the composition of the head re-;- gion, but since the labrum is functionally one of the mouth parts, it; may be considered under this headinof. No. 04] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 31 The labriim is small in some Nematocera such as Trlchocera (Ficr. jl. G) and most myeetophilids (Fig. 1, H), and is membranous in RhahdojjJiagus and Ohironomus ; but in certain other Nematocera, such as the blepharocerid shown in Fig. 1, B, it is well developed and is strongly .sclerotized. The labrum is great!}' elongated in the tipulid Geranomy'm (Fig. 4. H) and in the female culicid shown in Fig. 3, E. It is well developed in the piercing mouth parts of the tabanids (Fig. 1, J), and is much elongated in the tabanid Pangonia longirostris. It is also considerably elongated in the cj^rtid shown in Fig. 3, C. As a rule, the labrum is onh' moderately developed in the Cyclorrhapha, but it may become rather long in some of these also, as is the case in the syrphid shown in Fig. 4, B. The labrum usually forms the roof of the food canal (or food channel), and the hypopharjiix usually forms its floor in the higher Diptera. Radial muscles, extending between the outer (anterior) walls of the labrum and the walls of the epipharynx, serve to dilate the lumen of the food channel extending between the labrum and the hypopharynx, and aid in sucking up liquid food. The epipharynx is formed by a sclerotization of the hinder or "inner*' surface of the labrum (i. e., the surface which would be ven- tral in the prognathous position) ; and the epi})harynx is therefore not a distinct and separate structure which has united with the labrum to form the so-called "labrum-epipharynx", as is claimed by some dip- terists. The epipharyngeal region of the labrum is not greatly modi- fied as a rule, but in some of the Dolichopodidae chitinized prongs project from the epipharyngeal region, and were mistaken for man- dibles by Langhoffer (1888). The hypopharynx. hp^ \s an unpaired, median, stylet-shaped structure immediately behind the labrum, Ir (Fig. 4, B), with which it is frequently associated to form the floor of the food-channel, whose roof, and sides, are formed by the labrum, Ir (Fig. 4, F). The sali- var}- duct, sd, of Fig. 4, E, enters the basal portion of the hypo- pharynx, and is continued as a channel extending to its tip, in many Diptera. A dilation of the salivary duct in this region forms the salivary bulb, or sj^ringe, occurring in many Diptera. The develop- ment of the hypopharynx frequently parallels that of the labrum, and in such a tipulid as Geranomyki (Fig. 4, H), the hypopharjaix, A^, becomes extremely elongated when the labrum, li\ becomes elongated, while it is greatly reduced in the tipulids which have a short labrum. In the nycteribiids the hypopharynx may be much longer than the labrum, but in the cyrtid Lasia shown in Fig. 3, C, it is nuich shorter than the elongated labrum, Ir. The hyoid sclerite, ho, of Fig. 4, E, is a sclei-otized area situated in the basal region of the labrum and hypopharynx, and forms a con- necting capsule between the food channel (extending between the la- brum and hypopharynx) and the food pump in the floor of the ful- crum. Hendel (1928) calls the hyoid sclerite the "theca", although other dipterists apply the designation "theca" to the prementum, etc. The fulcrum, fu, of Fig. 4, B and E, is a stirrup-shaped, internal structure, sometimes referred to as the "pharjTigeal skeleton", al- i£«s 32 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. though it is not reiiarded as a part of the pharyn occurring in the males of only three families. Peterson has found them in the males of two species of Simulhim: Wesche has recorded their occurrence (as abnormalities) in a few male mosquitoes: and Jobling describes them in males of Culicoides puUcarh. The man- dibles are usually slender, stylet-like structures, but in certain bleph- arocerids they are blunt at the tip, and are serrate along the mesal margins, which fit against the lateral margins of the hypopharynx. They are much elongated in the culicicls (Fig. •^>. E), and are <|uite long in the tabanid Pangonia longirosfris. In (JuJico/des and Tolxnnis (Fig. 4, (i), the mandibles, md^ intervene between the hypopharynx. liy^ and the labrum, Zr, and ventrally close the food channel, whose dorsal and lateral walls are formed by the labrum, Ir^ although the hypopharynx usually forms the floor of the food channel in the higher Diptera. The mandibles likewise intervene betAveen the labrum and the hypopharynx in such simuliids as Sinudiu'nv hirtipes. The mandibles are attached to the head capsule between the base of the labrum and the base of the maxillae, and are usually associated with the anterior arms of the tentorium. Unless the mandibles aie identified by the location of their points of attachment to the head (in front of the base of the maxilla, and behind the base of the labrum), all sorts of structures may be mistaken for the mandibles, such as the epipharyngeal prongs of the Dolichopodidae (Langholfer, 1888), the labral hooks of the Simuliidae (Smith. 1890), the maxillary stipes of Mtisca, (MacCloskie, 1880), and the sclerotized bands of the labium in various Diptera (Wesche, 1909), etc., so that the importance of this feature should be emphasized very strongly. The maxillae of the primitive Diptera (Fig. 2, K) are extremely like those of the mecopteron Nannocho/^fa (Fig. 2.1), and are made up of a laterally directed basal segment, or cardo, ca (Fig. 2, K), an Xo. 64] DIPTERA OF COXXECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 33 elongated stipes, sti, a slender galea,* g^ and a maxillary palpus, nip^ which may be composed of five segments in some primitive Diptera. and is borne on a palpifer in such primitive forms as Tanyderim {pfr of Fig. 2, H) and some female mosquitoes (Fig. 3, E), in which the palpifer. pfr, has the appearance of a small vestigial segment of the maxillary palpus. The so-called "lacinia" of certain Diptera, such as Tabanus and Simuliurn^ is apparently homologous with the sclerite labelled il (the interlorum) in the maxilla of the hymenopteron Bracon liherator shown in Fig. 69, Plate 16, Vol. 31 of the Journal N. Y. Ent. Society for 1923, and is connected with the hypopharynx in all of these insects. The cardines, ca, are rather typically developed in many Ani- sopodiae (Fig. 2, K), Trichoceridae** and Dixidae, and also in the females of the Tabanidae. They are greatly developed in the Sim- uliidae, but are not clearly distinguishable in most Diptera other than these forms. The (Sardines are usually associated with the invagina- tions of the posterior arms of the tentorium; but in the higher Dip- tera the maxillae are no longer associated with the tentorial structures. The stipites, sti^ are slender in such primitive Diptera as Aniso- pus (Fig. 2, K) ; but in such forms as Bittacamorpha (Fig. 2, A), they are broader, and become approximated mesally in the anterior region. In many asilids (Fig. 2, F) the stipites, sti^ merge mesally to form a "zygostipes", zs, or composite plate, formed largely by the connected stipites. In the mycetophilid Asyruhilum (Fig. 2, C), the stipital plate is demarked into a median region, m^i, (which occupies the same position as the mentum of certain other forms — mn of Fig. 2, E) and two lateral regions, sti, which represent the stipites, so that the stipital plate in such cases is probably formed by a combination of the stipites with the mentum. In the higher Diptera, according to Peterson (1916), the stipites gradually project more and more beneath the sur- face of the proboscis, and finally become internal, apodeme-like*** structures (cryptostipes), such as that labelled cr in Fig. 4, E and B (here referred to as the maxillary apodeme or tendon). The galeae, g, are usually short in the primitive Diptera (Fig. 2, K), and, according to Hendel (1928), they close the sides of the food channel formed by the labrum and hypopharynx in such lower Diptera as BolffophiJa\nd Dladocia, etc. In some Nematocera, such as the culicids (Fig. 3, E), they are cpiite long. In the tabanid Pati- gonia lo7igirostris they are extremely long, and are also quite long in such cyrtids as the one shown in Fig. 3, C. They are also well de- veloped in such syrphids as the one shown in Fig. 4, B. The galeae become rather short in most of the Cyclorrhapha, and are atrophied in some of the higher forms (and in some of the Nematocera as well). *Rees and Ferris (1939) interpret the galea as a lacinia in Tipula, although the com- parative studies of the maxillae bv Crampton (1923. Journal New York Ent. Society, 31, p. 77) indicate that the galea of the Diptera is homologous with the galea of other insects. **The character of the cardines and stipites of the Trichoceridae is essentially like that of the Anisopodidae and differs from that of the typical Tipuhdae. ***Snodgrass (1935) calls these structures the rostral apodemes, and considers tnat they are parts of the labrum, although Peterson (1916) regards them as parts of the maxillary stipites. Thev are here designated as the maxillary apodemes since they appear to be internal structures of the maxillae developed foi- nniscle attach- ment. 34 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BllU. The maxillary palpi, mp\ are best developed in the Nematocera, and the third segment of the palpus bears a peculiar sense organ, so, in such Nematocera as Edwardsina (Fig. 2, J), Anisopus (Fig. 2, K), etc., like that of the mecopteron Nannochorista (Fig. 2,1). In the Nematocera, the palpal segments may vary from one, in such tipulids as Gonosia and Ilexatoma, to five in the tanyderids (Fig. 2, H) and the culicids (Fig. 3, E) . According to Williston (1909, p. 26) , "Theo- bold says that some Culicidae have six (palpal) joints, but his state- ment needs confirmation." The supposed sixth palpal segment de- scribed by Theobold may possibly be the palpifer, p/r, of the culicid Anopheles shown in Fig. 3, E. This culicid, and the tanyderid shown in Fig. 2, H, are the only Diptera in which a true palpifer has been observed, and it is very probable that the so-called palpifer of fe- male tabanids is merely a prolongation of the stipital region of the maxilla. There is usually only one segment in the palpi of the bra- chycerous Orthorrhapha and the Cyclorrhapha, and this becomes re- duced to a small vestige in Mydas (which preserves the maxillary galea), and is completely lost in Gonops^ although a vestige of the galea is preserved in the latter insect. The maxillae are so greatly reduced in the higher Diptera, and their parts are so highly modified, that many of the earlier observers were unable to interpret these struc- tures correctly; and investigators, such as Wesche (1909), have inter- preted the maxillary galeae as the "palpi" of the maxillae, and have consequently interpreted the true maxillary palpi as "labial" palpi, etc. The labium, ?^, is usually the largest of the mouth parts, and fre- quently forms a trough or "gutter" in which the other mouth parts lie. The labium of the lower Diptera is strikingly similar to that of the mecopteron Nannochorista (Fig, 2,1), and a comparison between the two types of insects is veiy instructive for interpreting the parts in the Diptera, The mentum, nvn, is developed as a distinct plate in some species of Anisopus (Fig. 2, K). The mentum, mn, is extremely elongated in Tanydems (Fig. 2, H), and resembles that of the mecopteron Harpo- hittacus (Fig. 2, E) in this respect. In Asyndulum (Fig. 2, C) the mentum, mn, forms the median region of the stipital plate, whose lat- eral portions are formed by the stipites, sti\ and in Tanyderus (Fig, 2, H) the stipites, sti, likewise tend to unite with the elongated men- tum. The prementum, pin, which is one of the most important of the labial sclerites, is formed by the union of the columnar sclerites called the "palpigers" in the labium of the Coleoptera, but these sclerites in- clude a large portion of the labial stipites as well, — and in fact are largely composed of the labial stipites. A suture, or a deep groove, which marks the line of union of the two parts of the prementum, pm, is preserved in the labium of many primitive Diptera (Fig. 2, C), but nothing like this occurs in a typical mentum, mn (Fig. 2, K), which is typically a single undivided plate, so that it is difficult to understand why many investigators misinterpret the prementum as the "mentum" in the Diptera. Furthermore, the prementum of the Diptera bears 'No. 0)4] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 35 the labial palpi, la of Fig. 2, J, as it does in the more primitive forms (Fig. 2, E), while the true mentum never bears the palpi in this fash- ion, and there can be little doubt that the sclerite here designated as the prementum in the Diptera is homologous with the prementum of the lower forms. The prementum, pm, is a well developed plate in Bittacotnorpha (Fig. 2, A), and forms the principal sclerite of the proboscis of the higher Diptera (Fig. 2, G; Fig. 4, A, E and B). It is the portion of the labium which becomes elongated in the mosquito (Fig. 3, E), and the prementum is also greatly elongated in the cyrtid shown in Fig. 3, C, as well as in such tabanids as Pangonia longirostrls, etc. The prementum is usually called the theca by dipterists, although Hendel (1928) also applies the term theca to the hyoid sclerite. The crmnena of scale insects is also called the theca, and the basal region of the aedeagus of the male, in the higher Diptera, is likewise called the theca, while in the caddice worms this term is applied to the case carried by the larva, and the term theca is also applied to the outer covering of pujDal insects and various other structures, so that it is preferable to apply the designation prementum (instead of "theca") to the sclerite in the Diptera which is homologous with the premen- tum of other insects in general. The labella, la, of the lower Diptera are the slender, two-seg- mented structures borne on the distal ends of the halves of the pre- mentum, pTn, (Fig. 2, J), exactly as is the case with the slender, two- segmented labial palpi of the Mecoptera shown in Fig. 2, E and I. In the pupa of the primitive tanyderid Protoplasa, the labella arise ex- actly as the labial palpi do in the pupae of the Lepidoptera (compare Fig. 3 with Fig. 4 of Plate 3 of paper by Crampton, 1930), in which no one disputes that the structures in question are the labial palpi, so that it is difficult to understand how anyone could mistake the labial palpi of the Diptera for paraglossae, and other structures with which they have been homologized by diiferent investigators. The labella frequently bear labellar processes, or labellar lobes, Ip, in the low^er Diptera (Fig. 2, C, D and J), and these lobes are interpreted as the "glossae" by Peterson (1916), MacGillivray (1923), and others who consider that the labella represent the paraglossae of the labium. The basal segment (basilabellum) of the labella, hi, may be longer than the distal segment, dl, (distilabellum) in such primitive blepha- rocerids as Edwardsm-a (Fig. 2, J — compare also Fig. 2,1), in which the slender, two-segmented labial palpi are distinctly separated; but the distal segments usually develop at the expense of the basal ones, and become lobe-like structures, which are connected basally, and are known as the oral lobes in the higher Diptera. The labella are long and slender in such Nematocera as the tipulid Geranamtjia (Fig. 4, H) and in the blepharocerid shown in Fig. 3, D ; and Edwards (1931) has described a chironomid, Rhinocladius longirostrls, in which the labella are as long as the entire body — which is probably a record for the Diptera. In the empid Empis clausa, the labella are slender and elon- gated, but in the higher Diptera they are usually broad lobes. In the stable fly Stomoxys, 2ind in Glossina, and also in the hippoboscids, the 36 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BuU. labella are greatly reduced so that the}" will not impede the piercing- operations of the j)roboscis, while in certain mvcetophilids, on the other hand, they are extremely broad, membranous lobes, which may become united to form a single broad lobe as in Mycetophila. In the higher Diptera, the membranous, lobe-like labella can be dilated by blood pressure, and they are also operated ])y muscles at- tached to the anterior labellar sclerite, als, (also called the discal sclerite), and to the posterior labellar sclerite, pis, (also called the furca, although this term has been applied to the endosternal apophy- ses of the thorax, to the spring of certain Apterygota, etc.) shown in Fig. 4, E. The small basal sclerites labelled h in Fig. 2, A of the labium of Bittacomorpha, etc., are sometimes interpreted as the ves- tigial labial palpi in these foi-ms, but they belong in the same cate- gory with the numerous secondary plates developed in the basal region of the labella. Pseudotracheae, pt, or small sclerotized grooves, resembling tra- cheae in appearance, are developed on the "oral," mesal, or pseudo- tracheal surface of the labella; and in association with these, small prestomal teeth are formed in many muscoid flies, in which these ac- cessory ''teeth" are used as rasping structures which are exposed and brought into play when the labella are everted or foldeci back. These ''teeth" become increasingly larger and more important in the muscoids leading to the blood sucking forms,* such as Stomoxys and Glossina, in which the labella are reduced and the "teeth" are used in the pierc- ing operations of these flies. The pseudotracheae, pt, are represented by two simple, unbranched channels? on each labellum in a {n-imitive dipteran of the TipuJcf- type, while in such a higher type as Tahanus, each of the labella bears two main pseuclotracheal trunks, one anterior and one posterior, which give off more or less parallel branches extending over the pseudo- tracheal, or "oral", surface of each labellum; and from such a type, (he pseudotracheae of the Cyclorrhapha could be derived. In the housefly, according to Hewitt (1914, p. 16), twelve pseudotracheal branches extend over the oral, or pseudotracheal, surface of the label- lum from the anterior trunk, and about twenty branches are given off by the posterior trunk, while a ''median set of three or four pseudo- tracheae run direct into the oral aperture (which) lies at the base of the small oral pit, which is a space kept open between the oral lolies by means of the discal sclerites." The channels of the pseudotracheae are not complete tubes, since a zigzag, longitudinal cleft or Assure (/ of Fig. 4. K) extends down each of tliem, and interrupts the taenidia-like, incomplete hoops,, or loops, which preA^ent the channels from collapsing. The loops are bifld, or forked, at one end {i of Fig. 4,1 and K) and are broadened at the other end, which is not bifid ; and the loops are so arranged that the bifid end of one loop alternates with the broadened end (or base) of the next loop, in the series extending along the sides of the cleft *The prestomal teeth are so large and powerful in the fly M%isca crassirostris, that this flv can use them to scrape down to the blood-containing- tissues of cattle to ob- tain blood to feed upon despite the fact that the labella are not otherwise modified for piercing. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 37 (Fig. 4, K and I). The openings between the arms of the forks of the bifid ends of the loops are called the interbitid spaces (/ of Fig. 4, K and I) ; and small grooves on the surface of the labellum open through these interbifid spaces, into the lumen of the pseudotracheae. These ; interbifid spaces form a filtering apparatus for straining out the larger particles of food when the dissolved food is taken into the pseudo- tracheae (probably through capillarj' attraction), and passes from them into the collecting channels and "oral aperture", to be taken up into the food channel between the labrum and hypopharynx, etc. The proboscis is made up of the mouth parts (exclusive of the maxillary palpi), but the labium is by far the most prominent feature in its composition. Tlie proboscis is greatly reduced in Oncodes and Gastrophilus ; and in Oncodes there is no opening of the alimentary tract through it to the exterior, according to Peterson (1916). In most of the higher Diptera the proboscis is readily protruded and re- tracted; and the hinged regions, where the foldings take place, divide the proboscis into characteristic parts, or regions, to wdiich variou.s names have been aj^plied. The proximal region of the proboscis, hpr of Fig. 4, B, E and J, is called the oral cone, rostrum, or basiproboscis, and extends from the subcranial or "orar" margin, .07ii of L'ig. 4, B, to the hinge at the proximal end of the prementum, pm of Fig. 4, E. It bears the la- brum, hypopharynx, maxillary palpi and galeae (Fig. 4, A), and con- tains the internal fulcrum and the apodeme-like cryptostipes, or ros- tral apodemes {fu and cr of Fig. 4, E), and is largely made up of the membranous region around the anteclypeus, and that around the men- tum, together with the areas about the maxillae, etc. This portion of the proboscis is hinged above near the dorsal posterior end of the ante- clypeus, ac of Fig. 4. B. and is received into the subcranial cavity of the head (which is usually rather inappropriately called the "oral'" cavity— although the true oral cavity is a wholly different region, for the ingestion of food). The basal region of the proboscis is pro- truded largely by the pressure of the distended air sacs, which col- lapse to make room for the fulcrum, fu, (Fig. 4. B), when this portion \ of the proboscis is retracted. The action of the muscles which pro- trude the ''oral cone" is described bv Graham-Smith (1930), Weber (1933) and others. The median portion of the proboscis, mpr, extends from the tip of tlie ''oral cone" to the labella, and is called the haustellum, or medi- proboscis. This portion of the proboscis belongs wholly to the labium, and inchides the prementum, pm, posteriorly, while its anterior por- tion contains the labial gutter, or trough, in which the labrum and hypopharynx usually lie. It folds up against the basal portion of the proboscis when the latter is Avithdrawn into the subcranial, or "oral'' cavitv. The muscles operating this portion of the proboscis are like- wise described by Weber (1933^), Graham-Smith (1930), etc. The distal portion of the proboscis, called the distiproboseis, is composed of the lal)ella, la, or oral lobes. These are dilated by blood pressure, and are operated by various small muscles attached to the Irtbellar sclerites, etc., which bring about the complicated movements 38 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. of the labella described by Graham-Smith (1030) in the feeding oper- ations of the blowfly Call'ipJwra. In the "non-feeding position" of the labella of Callifhora^ the oral or pseudotracheal surfaces of the labella are apposed to each other, and the posterior ends of the labella lie back against the medi- proboscis in repose. In wliat Graham-Smith calls the "filtering po- sition", the labella of the blowfly are opened out to form a flat, oral disk; and the pseudotracheal surfaces of the labella are applied to the food dissolved in the fluids regurgitated from the proboscis, so as to take uj) the fluid through the interbiflcl spaces, and strain out the particles which cannot pass through the filter apparatus. In what he calls the "cupping position", the outer edges of the oral disk, formed hiN the labella, are turned do^vn to form a marginal rim around the now concave disk, which forms a cupping apparatus. In the so-called "intermediate position", the labella are separated sufficiently to par- tially expose the prestomal teeth and enable them to participate, to some extent, in the operations of the labella as they sponge up the fluid food through the filter apparatus; while in the so-called "scrap- ing position", the labella are everted sufficiently to completely expose the prestomal teeth, which are brought into play to scrape, or rasp, the food substances. In the "direct feeding position", the labella are everted and drawn back against the mediproboscis, out of the way of the tip of the food channel, through whose orifice the liquids, and small particles contained in them, can pass directly into the food chan- nel formed by the labrum and hypopharynx (Fig. 4, E and F). The mouth parts of the muscoid type of fly described above be- long to the absorbent, or sponging type (according to ]Metcalf and Flint, 1932), in which the labella are fleshy lobes, unfitted for piercing. In this type of mouth parts (Fig. 4, E and J), liquids entering the pseudotracheae, probably by capillary attraction, pass into the tra- cheal trunks, or collecting channels, and through the prestomum. on "oral" aperture, into the food channel (called the food meatus by> Snodgrass, 1935) formed by the labrum. It^ and the hypopharynx. A;?,, shown in Fig. 4, F, Hadial miLScles, extending between the epi-'f pharyngeal and anterior labral walls, may possibly serve to dilate thera lumen of tlie food channel, and aid in taking up the liquids into this*] region. From the food channel, the liquid food is drawn up into the chamber of the first food pump, or fulcral pump, located in the floor of the fulcrum, ju of Fig. 4, E. This fulcral pump (referred to as the basipharynx by Peterson (1916), or the cibarium by Snodgrass (1935), etc.) is formed by a double, or false, floor in the interior of the fulcrum, fii^ whose firm outer wall, v of Fig. 4, E, forms the floor of f| the pump chamber, while the pliable "false floor", d^ forms the rooff of the pump chamber. Muscles extending from the pliable roof off the chamber d to the anteclypeus, ao. etc., contract, and dilate th^fl lumen of the pump, to suck up the liquid food. When these muscles'^ relax, the liquids are compressed and forced back into the alimentaryi tube behind the fulcrum. In the housefly, regursritation into the food Xo. 64] DIPTERA OF COXXECTICUT : MORPTrOLO(;^ 39 channel may be prevented by a chitinous, valvular projection near the entrance into the fulcral pump chamber. In the Xematocera, and certain leptids, tabanids, therevids and asilids, a second food pump (called the oesophageal pump" by Peterson, 1916, or the post})harynx b}" Patton and Evans, 1929, etc.) occurs just t caudad of the fulcral region. Possibly this pmn}) developed first, and was later supplanted by the fulcral pump. Piercing or vulnerant mouth parts (as contrasted with the spong- ing tA'pe, etc.) are of two principal types in the Diptera. In one type of vulnerant mouth parts, which may be i-eferred to as the "sty- letovulnerant"' type (since the stylet-like mandibles, maxillary galeae, etc., are the principal piercing organs), the labium does not pierce, or enter the wound. ^Nlouth parts of this ty])e occur in sucl! Xematocera as the phlebotomine Psj'chodidae, the Ceratopogonidae, Simuliidae, Culicidae, etc., and in the Tabanidae, certain Leptidae {Symphoro- mylu^ etc.) etc., among the Orthorrliapha Braehycera. In a second type of piercing or vulnerant mouth parts, which may be referred to ii as the *'labiovulnerant'' type (since the labium is the principal pierc- ing organ), the labium enters the wound — largeh^ through the action of the prestomal teeth. This type is largely confined to the Cyclor- rhapha, and occurs in the stable fly, tsetse flies, etc. Some Xematocera, such as the Blepharoceridae, which attack other insects, might be included in the ''styletovulnerant"" type men- tioned above, and certain empids, asilids,* etc., among the higher Dip- tera have the mouth parts modified in adaptation to their predaceous habits, but these types need not be further discussed here, since their mouth parts have been described in the general work on dipterous mouth parts by Peterson (1916). It may be worth while, however, to discuss very briefly a few of tlie most important representatives of the two types of insects with piercing mouth parts mentioned above. In the mosquito type (Fig, 4, L and Fig. 3, E), the labium, //, forms a trough in which the other mouth parts, with the exception of the maxillary palpi, lie. The sides of the labrum curve downward, 'and their inflexed edges are approximated ventro-mesally to form the food channel (which is formed by the labrum alone). The hypo- pharynx, /;/?, which is traversed by the salivary canal, is situated be- low the labrum, and is received in a trough formed by the maxillary galeae, g^ while the mandibles, md^ lie along the sides of the labrum, Zr, above them. When the female mosquito prepares to puncture the skin, the labella, la^ of Fig. 3, E, are closely applied to it, and the maxillary galeae, - rax) ; and until it can be proven that the thorax is composed of more than three segments in the embryonic stages, it is futile to speculate concerning the supposed occurrence of additional segments in the thorax of adult Diptera and other insects, as is done by Feuerborn (1925) and others. A comparison of the thoracic sclerites of the Diptera with those of a series of more primitive forms leading back through the Mecoptera, and nemopterid Neuroptera. to the Sialidae. and through these to the Isoptera. Plecoptera. and other orthopteroid insects, very readily reveals the purely secondary character of the various grooves, etc., which have been interpreted as marking off an intercalary segment in the Psychodidae, and other Diptera, by Feuer- born. The prothorax and metathorax are extremely reduced in the Diptera, while the mesothorax is enormously enlarged to accommodate the powerful muscles of flight operating the mesothoracic wings, which are the only functional ones, the metathoracic wings having been modified to form the halteres (which are still Aving-like in certain mutants of Droso'phila). The displacement and distortion of the parts (due to the unequal development of the thoracic segments), and the formation of new sutures, and the re-combination of certain scle- rites, make it veiy difficult to interpret the sclerites in some instances; but the use of certain more or less fixed features may be of value for determining the location, and extent, of some of the regions of the thorax. 1. Landmarks of the thoracic region The position of the spiracles (which arise in the anterior region of the mesothorax and metathorax in the embryonic stages) is a^ feature of some value for determining the posterior extent of the I pronotum, 2)P^^i which extends posteriorly to the mesothoracic spiracle, sp, (located just behind the sclerite labelled pjyn in Fig. 6, A. C. E, etc.). and for determining the anterior limits of the metapleuron. which extends forward to the general region of the metathoracic spi- racle, sp^ (situated anteroventrad of the base of the halter, h). The region of the attachment of the wing (Avhich indicates the line of division between the terguui and pleuron), and the region of the attachment of the leg, are features of importance for indicating the course of the pleural suture, ps of Fig. 6, A, C. etc., which ex- tends between the episternum and epimeron, from the dorsal articu- lation of the coxa, cx^ to the pleural fulcrum of the wing (above the sclerite labelled sf), no matter how much it may be distorted by the No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT I MORPHOLOGY 43 disphicemeiit of the sclerites, forcing it to follow a zigzag course in the higher Diptera. The suture extending upward from the dorsal articulation of the prothoracic, or metathoracic coxa, marks the divi- sion of the pleuron of these segments into an episternal and epimeral reigion, so that the dorsal articulation of the coxa is of value for determining the anterior extent of the epimeral region when the epimeron is not clearly dift'erentiated. The halter is attached to the lateral margin of the metanotum, and its basal attachment is therefore of value for indicating the position of the metanotum when this region is greatly reduced. The small sclerites labelled aha in Fig. 6, A, C and E, are situated at each end of the transverse suture, ts^ and in most instances serve to indicate the position of the suture even when it shifts about so greatly that it might be mistaken for some other suture. The significance of the other landmarks of the thorax will be discussed later 2. The neck The cervix, or neck region (Fig. 6, A, B, C, D, etc.), is largely formed as a modified anterior portion of the prothorax (a portion of the labial segment may form a certain of the neck plates, also") situated between the head and the more strongly sclerotized region of the prothorax. The flexible membranous walls of the neck permit considerable freedom of movement of the head, while the cervical sclerites, or cervicalia, embedded in the membranous walls of the npplr. sprv-o fr, ciii^i^r.T'f +K^ Kanrl. and fumish points of attachm^ent for certain muscles extending to the Kaj^d reo-ion, Loew (1862) calls the neck the ''collum", and applies the designa- tion "cervix" to the postero-dorsal region of tlie head, corresponding to the region called the cerebrale by other dipterists. Coleopterists likewise apply the designation "'cervix" to the postero-dor.-al region of the head in beetles; and the membranous neck region behind the head is sometimes referred to as the eucervix, in order to avoid confusion in the application of the term cervix. ]\Iodern investigators, however, usually restrict the designation "cervix" to the neck region, behind the head, and this usage will doubtless become the generally accepted one. The lateral cervical sclerites, or laterocervicalia, Ic of Fig. 6, are the large lateral plates of the neck, which send forward a slender, anterior head-bearing process, or cephaliger, eg, articulating with the occipital condyles, and furnishing supports for the head. The lateral cervical sclerites are the principal plates of the neck region, and are greatly elongated in some tanyderids and tipulidt^. Each of the lateral neck plates, Jc of Fig. 6, D, may send downward a medio- veiitral extension, which joins a similar extension from the opposite side of the neck, in the mid-ventral region; and since such medio- ventral prolongations of the lateral neck plates occur in the simuliids, chironomids, dixids, corethrids, and culicids, this feature may be of some phylogenetic significance, since these insects are undoubtedly very closely related. i 44 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BuU. Small, anterior, lateral cervical sclerites, al of Fig. 6, A and E. V occur in some tipulids, mycetophilids, etc., but they are always small I and unimportant. The posterior lateral cervical sclerites, labelled j>l in Fig. 6, B and C, are of more general occurrence, and are found I in some Cyclorrhapha, stratiomyids, tabanids, anisopodids, bibionids, mycetophilids, etc. The sclerite, fl, may be free, as in Fig. 6, C, or it) may be attached to the anterior margin of the propleuron, as in Fig/ 6, B. The presternum, frs of Fig. 6, C, forms a ventral cervical sclerite in certain Cyclorrhapha, but it is usually absent in the lower Diptera. In some cases, the character of the neck plates is of considerable value for indicating the relationships of the members of the tribes or subtribes of the families of lower Diptera. Thus, the shape of the lateral cervical sclerites is a feature of considerable importance for distinguishing the members of the subtribe Eriopteraria from the members of the subtribe Claduraria, in the eriopterine tipulids (Crampton, 1925) ; and it is possible that these structures may proA'e to be of value in other families of Diptera. 3. The prothorax The prothorax is greatly reduced in the Diptera; and the pos- terior region of the pronotum exhibits a marked tendency to unite with the mesonotum in the higher Diptera — as is also the case in the higher Hymenoptera. The dorsal and lateral regions of the prothorax are quite closely" united in the Dipt^■^'" ^" g-o»^o«^i, i^^ai ti^o =.j-^,.,ir. region usually rWains sepovo^^o'^i ^'i-om the pleural region in the lowe Diptera. In certain Mycetophilidae, Bibionidae. Stratiomyidae and Tabnnidae, however, the principal sternal sclerite, or basisternum, Z>.s- (Fig. T), B), is connected with the episternum, (?5, by a pre-coxal bridge, fc^ or sclerotized band extending in front of the coxa, cx^ from the sternal to the pleural region of the prothorax ; and the arch formed in this fashion probably gives added rigidity to the sclerites which it connects. The Pronotum. The pronotum of the Diptera, like that of cer^ tain Hymenoptera and Mecoptera, is divided into an anterior region, or antepronotum, a/pn. and a posterior region, or postpronotum, pjm (Fig. 6, A,B,C, D and E). The antepronotum, apn.. is best develop- ed in the tanyderids, certain tipulids, etc., but it tends to become; much reduced in the higher Diptera, in which the postpronotum, pfn (Fig. 6, C) increases in size, and becomes closely united with the mesonotum (Fig. 6, E). The postpronotum, ppn of Fig. 6, C. is usually referred to as the humerus, or the humeral callus of the "mesonotum" in the higher Diptera, although Hammond (1881) long ago i^ointed out that in the blowfly the muscles attached to the "humeral callus" are prothoracic, not mesothoracic. The postpro- notum, ppn of Fig. 6. D, is usually incorrectly called the prothoraci( "epimeron" in mosquitoes (see Freeborn, 1924). In the sheep tick (Fig. 6, F) the pronotum becomes indistinguishably united with the No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 45 Qiesonotum; but the position of the mesothoiaeic, or anteriormost spiracle, sp, indicates that the region immediately in front of it be- longs to the pronotum, ppn of Fig. 6, E. The Propleuron. The pronotum is rather closely united with the pleural region in most Diptera (Fig. 6, A and B), and the trans- verse dividing line between the antepronotum. apn, and postpronotum, ^pw., (which corresponds in a general way to the transverse suture of the mesonotum), is continued downward, on each side, in the pleural suture betw^een the episternum, es, and the epimeron, em. A small incision separates the prothoracic episternum, fs, from the pronotum above it, in some tipulids (Fig. 6, A), and a rather faint suture is formed in the general region of this incision in a few Diptera, but in most cases the episternum merges with the pronotal region above it. In the lower Diptera (Fig. C, A and B) the protho- racic epimeron, em, is broader than the postpronotal region immedi- ately above it, and is distinct from the episternal region of the meso- thorax behind it. It sometimes forms an arch over the base of th<. coxa, extending from the coxal process, c/, to the mesothoracic epi- sternum. In the higher Di})tera (Fig. 6, C and E) the prothoracic epimeron, em, becomes closely united with the episternal region of the mesothorax, and may merge with the latter more or less com- pletely. The coxifer, c/, or ventral process of the pleural region forming the dorsal pivot of the coxa, ex, is formed by a ventral prolonga- tion of the parts of the episternum and epimeron adjacent to the pleural suture (Fig. 6, C and D). In the Avinged hippoboscids (Fig. 6, E), the coxifer, /\s- in Fig. 6, C, of the housefly represents the presternum of the lower insects, although this sclerite is absent in most of the lower Diptera. The basisternum, hs, is not connected with the pleural region in the tipulid or the muscid shoAvn in Fig. •>. A and C, but in tlie mycetophilid and culicid shown in Fig, 6, B 46 COXXECTICUT GEOL. AND XAT. HIST. SXiRVEY [Rull. and I), a pre-coxal bricl,ge, /><", extends in front of the coxa, from the , l)asisterniim, hs, to the episternuni, es. The furcasternum, or "ster- I nellum", is represented by the region labelled fs in the hippoboscid shown in Fig. 6, E^, but the fourth sternal sclerite, or spinasternum. is not represented b}^ a distinct area in typical Diptera. A descrip- tion of the sternal sclerites of the prothoracic region of such Diptera as HipfoboHCd, M ijdas^ Tabanufi. Anisopus, Johamiscnomyia and Lhn- nophila., is given in a paper hy Crampton (1926), in which these sclerites are compared throughout the orders of insects ; and, as is pointed out in the paper in question, the character of the sternal sclerites furnishes some very conclusive evidence that the Diptera were descended from ancestors extremely closel}' related to the Mecop- tera. 4. The mesothorax The enlargement of the mesothorax is accompanied by a length- ening and uparching of the mesonotum, which atfect the upper region of the pleuron as well, resulting in the displacement, and distortion, of the dorsal plates of the pleuron in the higher Diptera. As the mesothorax develops at the expense of the metathorax. the reduced nietanotum shrinks away from the posterior region of the mesonotum and exposes the postscutellum, which becoines a prominent feature of the dorsal region, as it does in the neuropterous family Nemopter- idae, in which the metathorax and hind wing are reduced in a fashion somewhat suggestive of the precursors of the Diptera (see Fig. 10, Plate 21 of paper by Crampton, 1931), The sternal region is not so much affected by the distorting process as the other parts are, al- though it is considerably affected by the modifications of the middle coxae, since the sternum is folded together between them, wdien the coxae become approximated in the mid-ventral region of the body, and the lateral wrings of the sternum extend along t^he mesal surfaces of the coxae to furnish the ventral pivotal points of the coxae in cer- tain Diptera. The Mesonotum. The notum, or tergum, of any segment includes the entire dorsal region of the segment (from the ridge of one phrag- ma to the ridge of the following one), and the designation mesonotum should therefore indicate the entire dorsal region of the mesothorax (from the anterior margin of the prescutum to the posterior marginj of the postscutellum), rather than the small portion of the true meso-^ notum to which the designation is applied in the Diptera. As is; the case in the wing-bearing segments of other insects, the mesonotum v of the Diptera contains an anterior wdng-bearing plate, or eunotum . ("alinotum" of Snodgrass, 1935), and a posterior plate behind the wdng, called the postnotum /or postscutellum. psl of Fig. 6, A. The anterior, wing-bearing plate becomes marked off into three principal areas (Fig. 6, C) called the prescutum, psc, scutum, sc, and scutellum, . si, while the postscutellum or postnotum, psh forms a fourth sclerite of the dorsal series, although it has a different origin from that of the first three subdivisions of the wing-bearing plate. [N^O. 64] DIPTERA OF COXXECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 47 Transverse, internal, shelf-like projections, called phragnias, furnish points of attachment for the lonoitndinal dorsal muscles which arch the notum in the movements of flight, and their ventral ridges mark the anterior and posterior limits of the segments, in the dorsal region of the segments of insects in general. The postscutel- lum of the mesothoi'ax bears a large, well-developed phragma (called the postphragma ) . to which are attached certain of the longitudinal muscles extending to the prescutal region of the notum. The phragma borne on the anterior region of the prescutum (called the prephrag- ma) is greatly reduced in the Diptera. Other names are sometimes applied to these phragmas, but since they are internal structures, they are of little interest to taxonomists, and are but seldom referred to by dipterists in general. The sclerite called the prescutum in the Diptera (i. e., psc of Fig. 0, C) is not exactly homologous with the sclerite designated as the prescutum in the Hymenoptera, etc., since the true prescutum is the region labelled 2^sc in Fig. G, A, to which are attached the dorsal longitudinal muscles extending to the postscutellum; and the prescu- 1 tal suture (notaulices of Hymenoptera), demarking the true prescu- tum, is either reduced to the small remnant labelled />.s.s in Fig. 6, B, or is completely obliterated in most Diptera. This vestige of the prescutal suture is sometimes called the '"pseudosuture" ; and the prescutal pits, psp of Fig. 6, A. whicli are called the pseudosutural foveae or humeral pits, indicate the true position of the prescutal suture formerly occurring in this region (but later lost in typical Diptera). These pseudosutural foveae, and the paired dots (one on each side of the mid-dorsal line) occurring in the anterior region of the prescutum, and called the tuberculate pits, are features of some importance in the classification of the Tipulidae. The character of tlie narrow, marginal sclerite, pat of Fig. G, A, called the paratergite, is also a feature of some value in the classification of the Tipulidae. In the Hymenoptera the so-called transscutal suture, or cleft, divides the scutum into an anterior and posterior region; and in the Diptera the corresponding suture, ts of Fig. 6, A, C and E, is called the transverse suture. The transverse suture may be incomplete in some Diptera, wdiile in the Tipulidae it forms the so-called V-shaped f suture, ts of Fig. 6, A. The anterior region of the scutum, asc of Fig. 6, A, lying in front of the transverse suture, ts^ merges with the I true prescutal region, psc of Fig. 6, A, to form a composite area which is usually called the "prescutum"' in the Diptera (i.e., psc of Fig. 6, C and E), and although this region is a pseudoprescutum not strictly homologous with the true prescutum of other insects, there is no serious objection to applying this designation, to it in the Diptera, for the sake of convenience. The notopleural region, labelled npl in Fig. 6. C, forms a sunken area sometimes called the presutural or sutural depression in the muscoid Diptera. in which the area in question may bear the so-called notopleural bristles. The cleft, or suture, just below the label, npl in Fig. G,C, extending from the humeral callus or postpronotum. ppn. 48 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT* HIST. SLAVEY [Bull. to the base of the wing, is called the dorsopleural or notopleiiral suture. The scutum, according to the dipterists, is the area, so, behind the transverse suture, ^^.s- of Fig. 6, C, but this region is not the entire scutum, since the anterior region of the scutum, asc of Fig. 6, A, com- bines Avith the tnie prescutum, pse of Fig. 6, A. to form the so-called prescutum, j)sc of Fig. 6, C, as was mentioned above. It should there- fore be understood that the region labelled jjos in Fig. 6, A, or that labelled sc in Fig. 6, C and E, is in reality only the posterior portion of the entire scutum, and is referred to as the "scutum" merely for convenience, in order to avoid further increasing an already very extensive terminology for the external morphology of the Diptera. The parascutellum, pas of Fig. 6,C, and of Fig. 7,1, is an area of the scutum lying on each side of the scutellum, s7. Its surface is usually somewhat declivitous, and in some Diptera it forms a trough- like area on each side of the scutellum. It comprises a fairly large area in the higher Diptera (Fig. G, C) but is greatly reduced in those insects in which the scutellum is small (Fig. r),D). The scutum bears the dorsal wing processes, or dorsal pivotal points involved in the movements of flight. The anterior wing- process is formed by the suralar sclerite, labelled sm. in Fig. 7.1, while the posterior wing process is formed by the so-called adanal pi-ocess, labelled anp in Fig. 7, 1. The axillary sclerites, referred to later, are situated between the bases of the wing-veins and these processes of the scutum. The following designations are applied to certain features of the scutum by writers on chaetotaxy. The small ridge on each side of the scutellum, connecting it with the scutum, is called the scutellar bridge. The swollen, antero-lateral area of the scutum, lying just behind the lateral ends of the transverse suture, and antero-mesad of the bases of the wings, is called the prealar callus; while the postalar callus is a tubercle between the scutellum and the wing, which, accord- ing to Imms (1929), "constitutes the prominent posterodorsal an^gle of the scutum." The supraalar groove or cavity is the lateral groove extending along the scutum immediately above the attachment of the wing; while the alar frenum, according to Comstock (1924), is "a little ligament dividing the supraalar cavity into an anterior and posterior part." The scutellum, si, is the posteriormost, median sclerite of the wing-bearing plate: and according to some entomologists, the scutel- lum includes not only the median region labelled si in Fig. 6, but also the lateral region, pas, as well. It is preferable, however, to restrict the designation scutellum to the median region, si. alone. There is usually an anterior and a posterior ridge on each side of the scutel- lum, to give it more rigidity; and the parascutellum lies between these two ridges, adjacent to the scutellum. The posterior ridge usually forks a short distance from the edge of the scutellum, and the anterior arm becomes folded over forward, while the posterior arm follows the posterior margin of the w^ing-bearing plate, which is No. 64] DIPTERA or CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 49 continued in the posterior margin of the wing (as the so-called axil- lary cord). Two extremely interesting modifications of the scutellum are shown in Fig. 7, A and C. In the South American stratiomyid Di- cranojjhm'a furcifera (Fig. T, C), the scutellum, sl^ is prolonged over the top of the abdomen as a slender forked process extending almost to the tip of the abdomen; and in other stratiomyids, diopsids, etc., the scutellum bears long pointed spines and similar processes. The most amazing modification of the scutellum, however, is exhibited by the lauxaniid (or celyphid) fly, Celyphus ohtectus, shown in Fig. 7, A, in which the broad, hemispherical scutellum, .s7, extends over, and largely conceals the abdomen, giving these flies somewhat the appear- ance of tortoise beetles, or scutellerid Hemiptera ; and this resemblance is sometimes heightened by a gleaming iridescence of the entire thor- acic region. The postscutellum, or postnotum, fsl of Fig. 6, is the posterior- most plate of the notum. It is hugely developed in most of the lower Diptera, but in some of the higher Diptera, such as the tabanids, sheep ticks (Fig. 6, F), etc., its external surface is considerably re- duced, although the internal phragma, or postphragma, wdiich it bears (i. e., the internal, transverse, shelf -like structure for muscle attachment), is greatly developed in the tabanids, and forms one of the most conspicuous internal features of these insects. The postscutellum, or postnotum, fsl^ is divided into a median region or mediotergite, mt^ (Fig. 6), and two lateral regions (one oxx «.ooh side) called the pleurotergites, ftg^ which form the postalar arches, or bridges conneciing me meaian roo-ion of the postscutellum with the epimeral region of the pleuron. The pleurotergite is fre- quently subdivided into an upper and lower region known as the superior and inferior pleurotergite, syt and ipt of Fig. 6, A and C, which are called the anapleurotergite and katapleurotergite by Young (1921). These designations are somewhat long and cumbersome, and might be shortened to "anatergite" and *'katatergite" if it is desirable to designate the regions in question by a single term. These areas are of some importance in the classification of the Tipulidae, etc. The subscutellum, ssl of Fig. 6,C, is an area of the mediotergite, mt^ (a median region of the postscutellum) situated immediately be- low the scutellum, 6??. It is usually concave in the muscoid flies, but, as is pointed out by Malloch and others, it becomes strongly convex in the tachinids, and is a character of considerable importance for dis- tinguishing them from most of the muscoid flies. Curran (1924, p. 167) calls attention to the occurrence of this sclerite in the Stratiomy- idae, Syrphidae and Tachinidae (including the Dexiidae) and stresses its importance as an indication of the fact that the syrphids and tachinids may have descended from the Stratiomyidae. There is a- very strong possibility, however, that the syrphids, etc., were descend- ed from ancestors like the bombyliids and nemestrinicls, which, with the mydaids, asilids, etc., appear to lead back to a therevid ancestry (rather than a stratiomyid ancestry), and too much weight should 50 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. not be given to the occurrence of this small area in the postscutellum. Curran (1924) proposes the name "metascutellum" for the mesotho- racic siibscutellum, ssl of Fig. 6, C. but the true metascutellum is the scutellum of the metathorax, which is an area of the metanotum; and from the morphological standpoint, it is inadvisable to apply the designation ''metascutellum'" to any structure other than the true scutellum of the metathorax, so that it is preferable to designate the sclerite below the mesoscutellum as the siibscutellum. It is very unfortunate that the erroneous interpretation of the parts of the mesothoracic postscutellum proposed more than a century ago by Westwood (1832) and others, became so firmly established in the literature that even the influence of Brauer (1882) was insufficient to cause it to be discarded; and many taxonomists still cling to the old familiar misinterpretations, despite the fact that students of com- parative morphology in this country and abroad have repeatedly shown that these interpretations are wholly untenable. Westwood ( 1832) considered that the mesothoracic inediotergite, w/ of Fig. 6, A, B, C, t^tc, is the scutum of the metathorax, and interpreted the meta- notum, mtn, as the scutellum of the metathorax, although he rejected the idea proposed by Latreille (1821-1825) that the metathorax of the Diptera represents the median segment of the Hymenoptera (and that the halteres are abdominal appendages). Although he was ac- quainted with the observations of Hammond (1881), who had shown that the niediotergite, mt of Fig. (5, A, B, C, etc., is a part of the mesothoracic postscutellum, Osten-Sacken (1884) appears to adopt the designation ''metanotum'' for the niediotergite, m,t, in his fiflny'' of the parts taken from t>-« p^p^^ ^y 3int (isoii) and designates the lateral portion of the mesothoracic postscutellum, labelled spt and fpf in Fig. 6, A. C, etc., as the "metapleura'', which, he says, corresponds to the callus metanoti lateralis of Loew (1862). Brauer (1882) calls the sclerite, ssl of Fig. 6, C, the ''postscutel- lum", and interprets the sclerite, mt, as the mesophragma (i. e., the mesothoracic postphragma). He appears to think that the sclerite, spt of Fig. 6, A, is a portion of the mesothoracic epimeron, and sug- gests that the sclerite. ipt, may represent the metathoracic episternum, or even the prescutum of the 'metathorax. The lateral regions of the postscutellum (ptg, spt and ij^t of Fig. 6). however, are recognized as such by all of the recent students of comparative morphology, such as Snodgrass (1909), Crampton* (1925-1926), Young (1921), Comstock (1924). Weber (1933), etc., who are unanimous in inter- preting the sclerite, psl, as the mesothoracic postscutellum in the Dipter^. Curran (1934), however, is evidently expressing the opinion of many of the taxonomists when he states, in a footnote to page 487, that he is "far from being convinced that the metanotum, as used by taxonomists is actually part of the mesonotum : there is a distinct, ^he d.-velo7ment of Protoplasa (see Crampton. 1930, p. 88, and Plate 3) which is one of^ the most primitive representatives of the order Diptera, very olearly shows that the postscutellum develops from the mesothoracic region m front of the tiue metanotum which bears the wing-like cases of the halteres in the pupa of this archaic form. No, 64 1 DIPTERA OF COXXECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 51 meniln-anous suture between this part and the scutelhun, such as one expects to find between true sclerites.'' The occurrence of such a suture between the wing-bearing pLate and the postscutellum of the mesonotum. however, is merely to be expected, since the postscutelhmi arises as a distinct plate of this nature in insects in general, and the Diptera have merely followed the usual plan in preserving such a dividing line between the wing-bearing plate (eunotum) and the postscutellum. as may be seen by comparing the parts (and the mus- cles attached to them) in a series of insects including a plecopteron, a neuropteron of the family Xemoptericlae, a mecopteron such as Bittacus^ and a primitive dipteran such as a tipulid. etc. (See figures by Crampton, 1931.) The remarkable similarity between the sclerites of the mesonotum of such Diptera as the Tipulidae and the sclerites of the mesonotum of the mecopteron Bittaciis maj^ be seen by comparing Fig. 6 (of Tlpula) with Fig. 3 (of Blttacus) in Plate 2 of article by Crampton (1919). The character of the sclerites of the mesonotum of the neuropteron Nemoptera (shown in Fig. 5 of the same publication) lends further weight to the evidence from other sources indicating that this neuropteron has retained many features characteristic of the ancestors of the Mecoptera, etc., although Nemoptera itself has developed too many specializations of its own to occupy a position in the direct line of descent of the Mecoptera and Diptera. The Mesopleuron. In many Xematocera, the pleural suture, ps of Fig. 6, A and D, dividing the episternal region froin the epimeron, extends as a rather straight line (or one without very sharp curves) from the dorsal articulation of the coxa, ec, to the alifer, or pleural L fulcrum of the wing. The pleural suture, ps^ is not straight in the I mycetophilid shown in Fig. G. B. however, and in the bibionid Aspistes herolinensis (Crampton, 19:25b, PL 6, Fig. '2S) it is markedly bent, and follows a zigzag course as in the higher Diptera, so that the pleural suture is not straight in all of the Xematocera. In the Orthorrhapha Brachycera and the Cyclorrhapha, it becomes increasingly bent, and follows a zigzag course, as is illustrated by the housefly shown in Fig. G, C. in which the pleural suture, /as-, bends sharply forward, and tlien sharply upward, at right angles to its former course, and finally l)ends slightly backward, as it ascends to the alifer. or pleural fulcrum of the wing, just above the sclerit^ labelled sf in Fig. 6, C. In the tipulid shown in Fig. 6. A, the episternum is divided by tlie anepisternal suture, as, into an upper and lower region, called tlie anepisternum, aes, and katepisternum, kes; and the epimeral re- Ldon is faintly divided into an upper and lower region, called the anepimeron, aem, and katepimeron, kem, in other insects, although different terms are applied to these sclerites in the Diptera. Thus, < >sten-Sacken (1881) calls the sclerite, aes of Fig. 6, A, the "meso- ; pleura" (a designation which should indicate both flanks or pleura " of the mesothorax), and designates the sclerite kes as the sternopleura, wliile the region aerii is termed the pteropleura. and the composite area composed of the sclerites kem and me^ together with the meta- 52 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. j)leuron. is called the liypopleura in his terminolog-y. As he states (p. 498), this terminology is a purel}^ conventional one which "offers more chance of fixity: it may very well exist alongside of a homolog- ical and anatomical terminology" which is "often subject to uncer- tainty and disj)ute." While this objection to applying a standard terminology to the thoracic sclerites of the Diptera may have been a valid one at that time, in the half century which has intervened, the homologies of the sclerites of the dipterous thorax have been establish- ed quite satisfactorily, and it is no longer necessary for dipterists to employ a terminology of their own (and differing from that used in the other orders of insects) in referring to the venation of the Avings. or to the sclerites of the thorax. The anepisternum, aes of Fig. 6, A, B and I) (called the ")neso- pleura" by Osten-Sacken), is only the upper portion of the epister- num, although it is usually interpreted as the entire episternum in the Diptera. It is separated from the mesonotum and the prothorax by a membranous area in many lower Diptera (Fig. 6, A and B), but I in the higher Diptera (Fig. 6, C and E) it encroaches upon the mem- I branous region above it as far as the dorsox)leural or notopleural 3 suture, and extends forward to the prothorax, with which it becomes 4 rather closely united as far as the region of the anterior spiracle. ,| Its posterior boundary is marked by the pleural suture, ps; and its ventral boundary is marked by the anepisternal or sternopleural suture, as. In many of the Nematocera, such as the mycetophilid shown in Fig. 6, B, the anepisternum is divided, by a more or less vertical cleft, into an anterior and posterior anepisternum, aae and pae. In the culicids (Fig. 6, D), the dividing cleft extends as an oblique slash, which cuts off the anterior anepisternum, aae, which becomes stranded upon the prothorax (forming the so-called postspiracular area), Avhile the posterior anepisternum, jjae, remains united with the rest of the episternum, es, below it, and the suture between them becomes oblit- erated. In the muscoid Diptera (Fig. 6, C), the anterior anepister- num becomes greatly enlarged, and occupies most of the anepisternal region, while the posterior anepisternum is greatly reduced, and is rather closel}^ associated with the upper region of the epimeron, aein. In the hippoboscid shown in Fig. G, F, the anterior anepisternum merges with the rest of the episternum below it, when the suture be- tween them becomes obliterated, and it is separated by a vertical cleft from the posterior anepisternum, which becomes closely associated with the up23er region of the epimeron, aem. In the sheep tick shown in Fig, 6,F, these unions have become still more intimate, and the cleft Avhich apparently divides the episternum, es, from the epimeron, em, is in reality the anepisternal cleft, dividing the anterior anepister- num (which unites with the rest of the episternum) from the posterior anepisternum (which unites with the epimeron). The region in front: of the cleft likewise unites with the notum above, and with the pro thorax anteriorly, forming supporting arches above the front and I ^O. Gt] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 53 middle coxae, and furnishing a solid connection with the sternal region as well. The basalar sclerites (sometimes incorrectl}^ called the "parap- tera"") are the small sclerites situated near the base of the wing, in the dorsal region of the anepisternum, aes. The posterior basalar sclerite is usually attached to the upper portion of the anepisternum, but the anterior basalar sclerite, {iba of Fig. 6, A, C and E, is a small, Separate plate, which is sometimes connected with the notum by a narrow strip (the prealar bridge), extending in front of the base of the wing, as is the case in the tipulid shown in Fig. 6, A. The basalar sclerites are located in front of the alifer, or pleural fulcrum of the wing, and the sclerite, sf of Fig. 6, C and E, is located immediately below the pleural fulcrum of the wing. The katepisternum, or "sternopleura", kes of Fig. 6, A, B, and C, is the lower portion of the episternum, which is usually interpreted as the anterior region of the mesosternum in the Diptera. It is close- ly united with the sternal region, and when the sternal region be- comes inroUed in the mid-ventral line (forming a median endoster- nal [)artition anterior to the base of the furca) the katepisternum may extend ventrad almost as far as the middle of the ventral region of the mesothorax. In the culicids (Fig. 6, D) a sclerite, j^Pn, corresponding to the ;;pleurotrochantin of other insects, occurs in the lower portion of the jepisternal region, and is overlapped by a fold of the integument above it. Young (1921) mistakes this sclerite for the combined meron and ['lower region of the epimeron (meropleurite), and interprets the Mmesothoracic meron, 7ne, as the episternum of the metathorax in his figures of the thoracic sclerites of the culicids, although his interpre- tations of the dipterous thorax in other respects are usuall}^ quite ai'i'urate. The anepimeron, or ''pteropleura", aem, is rather faintly demarked I from the rest of the epimeron in the tipulid shown in Fig. 6, A, but 'in most of the higher Diptera (Fig. 6, C), there is a distinct .suture , (the anepimeral suture) between it and the lower portion of the epi- f meron, which unites with the meral region to form the composite region labelled 7npl in Fig. 6, C. The anepimeral region is divided into an anterior and posterior region by a vertical subalar suture, labelled sas in the mycetophilid shown in Fig. 6, B, but the anepimeral region is not demarked from the lower portion of the epimeron in this insect, or in the culicid shown in Fig. 6, D. An apodemal pit, however, occurs in the pleural suture, ps, just in front of the label eni of Fig. 6,B, at the level of the suture which divides the epimeron into an upper and lower region in the higher Diptera. A subalar plate, sa, frequently occurs in the subalar membrane between the insertion of the wing and the dorsal portion of the epi- meral region. This plate is sometimes called the epimeral "parap- ;teron", while Hewitt (1914) and Lowne (1890) call it the "costa" (a term usually applied to a vein of the wing). In some syrphids a I 54 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. delicate structure called the plumule by Kiienckel d'Herculais (LSTo) J is borne in tliis region of the thorax. I The katepimeron, or "hypopleura"", l-eiii^ is faintly deniarked from the ui)|)er reo-ion of the epimeron above it in the tipulid shown I in Fig. r., A. and the katepimeron is divided into an upper and, lower re,gion in this insect. The epimeron, em, is not divided into an upper and lower region in the culicids (Fig. 6, D), and there is no suture between the upper and low'er portion of the epimeron in the myceto- philids (Fig. C. B). but the lower ])ortion of the einuieron is typically nmch narrower than the upper region in the mycetophilids. The katepimeron, kern, does not unite with the meron, m£^ in most of the tipulids (Fig. 6, A), but in the hexatouiine and eriopterine tipulids (Crampton, 1925c, Plates 2 and 3), the genera NeoUvinophila^ ^'UP' teria, Ormosia^ Heloh'ui, MoIophUiis and Amphineurus furnish an excellent series of intergradations in wdiich the meron is quite dis- tinct at first, but gradually becomes detached from the rest of the' coxa, and migrates into the pleural region to fuse wath the ioweri portion of the katepimeron, to form a composite region, such as thati labelled in pi in Fig. G, C, called the meropleurite or meropleuron. Hansen (1980) denies that such a fusion of the meron wdth the anej^imeron occurs in the Diptera, but the muscles attached to the< composite region bear out the evidence of comparative anatom3% which, very clearly shows that such a fusion does occur; and a complete se- ries of intergradations illustrating the steps in the process of fusion is- to be found in several diiferent types of Diptera, so that the tipulids ' mentioned above are not the only Diptera illustrating this process very) convincingly to anyone who is at all familiar with the anatomy of I these forms. When the meral region of the coxa unites wath the katepimeron, as in the housefly shoAvn m Fig. C. C, the remainder of the coxa may; become divided into a basal region, hex, which remains united with! the region mpl, wdiile the distal region, dcx^ becomes detached to re- store the mobility of the coxa when its basal region is united withi the lower region of the epimeron. Malloch (1923), Shannon (1923),) and others, have pointed out the value of the occurrence of thei sclerite, dcx, (Fig. 6,C), or the process it bears, for indicating thei relationships of the Pyr,gotidae and other higher Diptera. The inesothoracic meropleurite, mpl of Fig. 6, C. is usually inter| preted as the ''inetasternum" in the Diptera, as is also the case witl the meron, me of Fig. G, A and D, although these sclerites are somel times called the "episternum" of the metathorax. In other instancesj the meropleurite, mpl, (or the meron, me) is regarded as the posteriol region of the mesosternum, and in such cases the dorsal portion o| the epimeron, aern^ above it, is interpreted as the entire epimeron, anc numerous other interpretations have l)een given for these and otheri sclerites of the thorax. The real homologies of the thoracic sclerite^j have been known for more than a quarter of a century, however, h\% taxonomists have been unw'illing to give up the conventional termll nology proposed by Osten-Sacken (1884) despite the fact that some oj No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : MORPIIOLOOY 55 his tf-rms siicli as "mesopleura'' and "metapleiira" cannot be restricted to the parts so desicrnated by him, and the area which he designates as the "hypopleiira-' is an unnatural conglomeration of parts of the ? mesothorax and metathorax, combined. An examination of the figure on page 503 of the paper by Osten-Sacken (1884) — whidi was taken from a figure by Mik (1882) — will show that what Osten-Sacken here calls the "hypopleura"' is, in reality, the mesothoraeic meropleurite, mpl., together with the metathoracic episternum, ecome inrolled along the median ventral line to form an internal median partition in front of the furca, or paired apophysis of the sternal region. In such cases, the lower portion of the episternum, kes of Fig. 6, C, extends downward toward the mid-ventral region of the mesothorax. The furcasternum (or sclerite bearing the furca) does not, as a rule, participate in the inrolling process, but frequently becomes folded between the coxae as these approach each other in the mid- ventral region. A wing-like lateral extension (one on each side) is frequently given off by the furcasternal region, and extends along the mesal surface of the middle coxae to furnish a ventral pivotal point for the coxae when the latter are mobile, 5. The metathorax The metathorax of the Diptera was regarded as the representa- tive of the median segment, or first abdominal segment of the Hymen- 56 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY | Bllll. optera, by Latreille (1821-1825) and other earlier investigators, such as Kirby and Spence (1826), etc., who interpreted the halteres as ab- dominal appendages, and suggested that the calypteres might represent the true hind wings of the Diptera, The fine investigations of Ham- mond (1881) and Brauer (1882) demonstrated the fallacy of this view, and likewise showed that the interpretations of Westwood (1832) and others who regarded the mesopostscutellum as the ''met- anotum", were incorrect. The scholarly M'ork of Brauer, however, (which involved considerable knowledge of comparative morphology) was entirely ignored in favor of the apparently simple, but morpho- logically unnatural, division of the thorax into regions by Osten- Sacken (188-1), and it is only in comparatively recent times that the real value of Brauer's morphological work ha.s been properly appre- ciated. The Metanotum. The metanotum of the Diptera, mtn of Fig. 6, A and B, is usually reduced to a narrow, transverse band extending behind the postscutellum, j)sl^ from one halter to the other. It is best developed in the Psychodidae such as Nemopalpus^ Brmchom/yia and Psi/choda, in which the pronotum is as greatly reduced as it is in any of the Diptera (see Crampton, 1926a, Plates 3 and 4). In the pupa of the primitive dipteran Frotoyla^a (Crampton, 1930, Plates 3 and 5), it may readily be seen that the true metanotum arises as it does in other insects, and bears the rather broad wing cases of the halteres. The Metayleuron. The metapleuron is fairly large in the myceto- philids (Fig. 6, B) and culicicls (Fig. 6, D) but is frequently greatly reduced in the higher Diptera (Fig. 6, E and F), and may be quitei small even in such primitive Diptera as the tipulids (Fig. 6, A). Thet pleural suture, separating the episternum from the epimeron, extends* from the coxal process (coxifer), c/, to the halter, whose position iss indicated by the label h wdien the halter has been removed. The epi- sternum, es^ (Fig. 6, B and D) is usually somewhat broader than the> epimeron, e-wi, and the latter is sometimes rather closely associated with the first abdominal sclerites. In the tipulid shown in Fig. 6, A," the episternum is divided into an anepisternum. aes^ and katepister- num, hes^ as it is in the mesothorax. The anterior extent of the metapleuron is indicated, in a general^ ■way, by the position of the spiracle, sf of Fig. 6, C and D (which is located in the anterior region of the metathorax in the embryo), sol that the location of the spiracle, sy^ mfiy be taken as indicating the* anterior limit of the metapleuron in such Diptera as the sheep tickl shown in Fig. 6, F, in which the posterior portion of the thorax is greatly modified, and is rather closely united with the mesothorax,i etc. The true metapleuron is usually included with the mesothoracici meropleurite, QUfl of Fig. 6, C, in the region called the "hypopleura"' by Osten-Sacken (1884) and others, who prefer a conventional termi- nology to a morphological one; and in such cases, the lateral regioni of the mesothoracic postscutellum, ftg of Fig. 6. B and D, is usually) called the "metapleura". The Metasternum. The metasternum is composed of a basister- num and furcasternum in most Diptera, in which the furcasternumi 1 No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 57 bears the paired internal apophyses, or furca, for muscle attachment (see Fig. 8, Plate 3 of paper by Crampton, 1925b) . The metasterum, hs of Fig. 6, A, B and O, is quite distinct in most Diptera, but the meropleural sclerite, 7npl of Fig. 6, C, is usually interpreted as the "metasternum" in tiie higher Diptera, and the mesothoracic meron, me of Fig. 6, A and D, is usually interpreted as the "metasternum"' in the lower Diptera, although these sclerites are sometimes regarded as the posterior region of the mesosternum or even as the episternum of the metathorax (Young. 1921, in the culicids, etc.). Young (1921) con- siders that the sclerite labelled hs in Fig. 6, B, C, E, etc., represents the pleurotrochantin, instead of the sternum of the metathorax, but the ventral portion of this sclerite, at least, belongs to the basisternal region of the metasternum. 6. Basal structures of the wings The venation of the wings has been figured in a separate chapter by Dr. Friend, so that only the basal structures of the wings will be discussed here. These include the axillary sclerites, calypteres, axil- lary lobe, and other structures not actually parts of the veins them- selves. The AxiUa?'y Sclerites. The axillary sclerites, alar ossicles or pteralia, are the small plates situated between the lateral margins of the notum and the bases of the wing-veins. They are apparently formed, in part, as detached portions of the lateral region of the no- tum, and partly as detached basal portions of the wing-veins, or as sclerotizecl areas at the bases of the veins. These articulatory sclerites enable the wing to be laid back and stretched out more readily, and some of them are involved in the movements of flight. The sclerites of one of the Tabanidae (Fig. 7,1), wliich occupy a position inter- mediate between the lower and the more specialized Diptera, will serve to illustrate the structures in the basal region of the wing of a typical dipteran. The tegula or "epaulet", tg of Fig. 7, 1, and Fig. 6, A, C, and E, is a small anterior sclerite situated in an incision of the lateral region of the notum just in front of the anterior wing process of the notum. This sclerite is liomologous with the sclerite called the tegida in the Hymenoptera and other insects, and Sharp (1897) very justly ob- jected to the application of the term tegula to other structures (calyp- teres) in the Diptera. The sclerite, hac of Fig. 7, 1, was originally called the parategula in the Diptera, but Shannon (1924) has suggested that it be called the basicosta, and this designation is a very appropriate one for this sclerite. since the sclerite in question apparently represents a de- tached basal portion of the costal vein of the wing. Snodgrass (1935) more recently refers to this sclerite as the humeral plate. The sclerite, no of Fig. 7, 1, is called the first axillary or the no- topterale (notale). and probably represents a detached portion of the lateral edge of the notum. It articulates with the lateral edge of the notum, and its anterior neck-like region abuts against the base of the subcostal vein. 58 CONNECTICUT' GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. The sclerite, mm of Fig. 7,1, situated next to the notopterale, no^ is called the second axillary or the intraalare. It lies along the scle- rite, no, and is contiguous anteriorly with the base of the radial vein. A ventral portion of this sclerite dips below the surface of the wing and rests upon the alifer or pleural fulcrum of the wing. This ven- tral portion forms the intraalare proper, while the dorsal portion is sometimes called one of the medial wing plates, although Snodgrass (1927) calls the entire plate the intraalare. The third axillary or basanale, ha of Fig. 7, 1, is situated near the base of the anal veins, and is connected with the posterior wing process, anp, by the fourth axillary or adanale, aa. The adanal scle- rite, aa, is probably a detached portion of the posterior wing process, anp. There are other plates in the basal region of the wing, such as the mediale, mm (the distal one of the medialia), and the intervenal area, iv, etc., but these sclerites are of less importance than the other axillaries in the movements of flight. It is rather interesting to note that a basal fold occurs in the wing of the tabanid shown in Fig. 7, 1, corresponding to a similar fold in the wing of other insects which are capable of laying the wings back along the abdomen in repose (Bulletin Brooki^'n Ent, Society, 23, 1928, p. 113). The Calypteres and Axillary Lobe. Three postero-basal lobes, labelled 5cZ, del and alo in Fig. 7, 1, are visible in the extended wing of a tabanid or muscoid fly. The distalmost lobe, alo, marked off by the axillary incision, mc, is called the axillaiy lobe, alula, lobulus, or posterior lobe of the wing, while the two basal lobes, del and hcl are called the calypteres (and the terms squamae, tegulae, alulae, etc.. are also applied to them by dilferent writers). When they are spoken of separately, the lobes hcl and del may be called the proximal or lower calypter, hcl, (which is attached to the thorax) and the distal or upper calypter, del, (which is attached to the wing). When they are referred to in this connection, Haliday (1836) calls them the interior and exterior auricles. Walker (1854) calls them the subscutellar and sub- axillary winglets, Robineau-Desvoidy (1863) calls them the squama inferior and superior, Comstock (1921) calls them the squamula tho- racalis and squamula alaris, Lowne (1890-1895) calls them the squama and squamula, and Osten-Sacken calls them the tegula and antitegula, or squama and antisquama. The calypteres are apparently modified portions of the axillary membrane, or membranous region at the base of the wing, and are usually bordered by the axillary cord, or thickened posterior margin of the axillary membrane, which is continuous with the posterior bor- der of the anterior wing-bearing plate (eunotum) of the notal region. The fringe of hairs along the posterior margins of the calypteres is called the squamal fringe when the calypteres are referred to as the squamae. The designations applied to the calypteres by some dipterists are applied to the axillary lobe, instead, by other dipterists (as is also the case Avith the term alula), and terms which are used for wholly differ- ISTo. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 59 ent structures in other insects are applied to the calypteres of the Diptera by some writers (as is the case with the term tegulae, etc.), with the result that a most disconcerting confusion has arisen, and it is highly desirable that an attempt be made to establish a uniform terminology for the structures in question, which will be acceptable alike to the taxonomists and the morphologists. In order to select the most appropriate designations for these structures, it may be of some value to review the terms which have been applied to them. On page 584 of the well-known tenth edition of the "Systema Naturae," Linnaeus (1756) lists the distinguishing characters of the Diptera as follows : ''Alae duae. Halteres clavati, solitarii, pone sin- gulam alam, sub squamula propria." Linnaeus thus designates the (lower) calypter which covers the halter, as a squamula; and Curtis and a number of other dipterists likewise apply the designation squam- ula to the calypteres. Lowne (1890), however, restricts the designa- tion squamula to the upper calypter, del of Fig. 7, 1, and designates the lower one, 5c?, as the squama. Osten-Sacken (1896, p. 286) states that "squama or squamula was the term almost universally used (for the calypteres) Fabricius, Fallen, Meigen, Zetterstedt, Erichson (die Henopier), Schiner, all have squama. lUiger, Terminologie (1800, No. 1818) has squama halterum." On page 288, Osten-Sacken (1896) suggests that the calypteres be called squamae when taken to- gether, but that when they are considered separately, the lower one should be called the squama, while the upper one should be called the anti-squama. Audouin, who is responsible for most of the terms now used for the parts of the thorax in insects, applied the term squamula to the true tegula in Hymenoptera (see footnote to page 41, Vol. 25, of the Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. I, 1832) , as also does MacLeay, who attributes this usage to Latreille. The term squama, however, is used for the lens- shaped basal segment of the abdomen in ants, as well as for the scle- rite which bears the palpus in the maxilla and labium of Odonata, and for one of the sclerites of the genitalia, etc., so that the terms squamula and squama cannot be restricted to the calypteres of the Diptera with- out creating confusion ; and furthermore, the term squama is too much of a general descriptive designation for any scale-like structure of the body, to be restricted to a single structure, as must be done in em- ploying an exact morphological terminology for definite parts of the body. Kirby and Spence (1826, Vol. 3, p. 625) called the calypteres "alulae or winglets", and this usage was adopted by Westwood, Walk- er, Haliday, and other British dipterists, but many other dipterists have followed Loew (1862, page xxi, and Fig. 1, page xxiv, of the chapter on "terminology") in restricting the term alula to the axillary lobe of the wing, alo of Fig. 7, 1 ; and this usage has become quite gen- eral among modern dipterists. Loew (1862, page xiv of the "terminology") applies the term tegulae to the calypteres, and Osten-Sacken at first adopted this us- age, applying the term tegula to the proximal or lower calypter, and calling the distal or upper calypter the antitegula. Later, however. 60 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST, SUEVEY [Bull. Osten-Sacken (1896) and Meade (1897) object to the application of the term tegidae to the calypteres on the grounds that the term teguhi implies concealment, whereas the distal calypter does not conceal the halter, and even the proximal (or lower) one does not conceal the lial- ter in such Diptera as the Tabanidae, etc. The real objection to Loew's application of the term tegulae to the calypteres of the Diptera is that the term tegula has always been applied to a totally ditferent structure in other insects, namely the shell-like structure in the antero- basal region of the fore wing oi the Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera, etc., ever since it was first introduced by Kirby and Spence (1826, Vol. 3, p. 377) ; and this term should therefore "be applied only to the cor- responding structure in the Diptera — namely to the structure labelled fr, or claws, un, and are of fairly wide-spread occurrence in the Diptera. In certain Tipulidae, Trichoceridae, etc.. a single median lobe or sac of the acropocl (pretarsus) is developed, and is apparently homol- ogous with the median unpaired structure called the arolium in or- thopteroid insects such as the Blattidae, etc. The writer (Crampton, 66 COXXECTICUT GEOL. AXD XAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. 1923) formerly considered that the lobe-like pulvilliform empodium, ar, of the Tabanidae (Fig. 8, L) etc., represents an aroliiim, because it extends dorsallv to the unguifer, or claw-bearmg process of the dis- titarsiis, while the setiform empodium {em, of Fig. 8, K) of the Asil- idae, etc., is a true empodium. because it appears to be a process of the uno-uitractor plate, u^ and does not extend dorsalh^ to the unguifer. HohNifv, 1937, (M. S. C. doctor's thesis on the "Pretarsus of Insects"), however, agrees with Ockler (1800) and the dipterists hi general, who consider' that the setiform empodium {em of Fig. 8, K) and the pul- villiform empodium {ar of Fig. 8, L) are homologous structures, and supports the view of de Meijere (1901), who considers that the entire arolium of the Tipulidae and Trichoceridae is not strictly homologous witli the pulvilliform empodium of the Tabanidae {ar of Fig. 8, L). According to Holway, 1937, (1. c.) the arolium, such as that oc- curring in the Tipulidae, Trichoceridae, etc., is a median sac-like out- pouching of the acropod (pretarsus) which includes a dorsal region, typically membranous (although it may contain sclerotized areas), and a ventral plantar area, from which an empodium of the pulvilliform or setiform type may develop ; and the setiform empodium appears to be a process of the unguitractor plate when the membrane between the ])lantar area and the unguitractor becomes sclerotized to form a continuous surface extending from the unguitractor plate into the em- podium. In the acropod (pretarsus) of the Simuliidae, a dorsal unpaired median lobe is folded over the ventral setiform empodium, and Hol- way interprets the dorsal lobe as the dorsal region of the arolium, in which the ventral plantar area has developed into a setiform empo- dium, although in most Diptera the dorsal arolear membrane becomes ^ reduced, when the ventral plantar area develops into an empodium of ' the setiform or pulvilliform type. A pulvilliform empodium is developed in certain Ptychopteridae, { Anisopodidae, Mycetophilidae, etc., among the Nematocera, in which the pulvilli or lateral pads at the bases of the claws {pv of Fig. 8, L) are usually not developed. In some species of &ciara^ however, a i small pulvillus occurs on each side of the pulvilliform empodium; and in such bibionids as Bibio^ Aspistes, etc., well developed pulvilli flank the pulvilliform em[)odiiim, as is also the case in the brachyc- erous families Leptidae, Stratiomyidae, Tabanidae (Fig. 8, L), etc. An empodium of the setiform type may occur in such Nematocera as the Chironomidae and Culicidae,"but it is not flanked by pulvilli in the Culicidae. A setiform empodium usually flanked by pulvilli (al-; though the pulvilli may become slender and elongated in such forms as the Asilidae, Mydaidae, etc.) occurs in the brachycerous families Therevidae, Mj^daidae, Asilidae, Bombyliidae, Cyrtidae, Empidae, Dohchopodidae, etc., and such a setiform empodium flanked bv pul- villi IS typical of most Cyclorrhapha. The setiform empodium of the hippoboscid shown in Fig. 8, E, is rather broad, and in such Diptera as certain Asilidae, Cyrtidae, Dohchopodidae and Empidae, the seti- form empodium may become markedly widened basally; and such typeb of empodium, acccu-ding to Holway, 1937, (I.e.) represent in- No. 64J DIPTEEA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 67 termecliate stages between the pulvilliform and true setiforni types of empodium. The pulvilli (and pulvilliform empodium) of many flies bear hollow tenent hairs, or retineriae, through which a sticky exudate is poured out to enable the flies to cling to smooth, vertical surfaces, or to walk about "upside-down". The pads are readily released by roll- ing them inward from the margins. Legs of an extremely long and slender type are to be found among the Tipulidae, while those of a stouter type occur more frequently in the higher Diptera such as the Phoridae, Hippoboscidae, etc. The bases of the legs are approximated extremely closely in the m3^ceto- philids, while they are widely separated in the hippoboscids, nycteri- biids, and similar forms, in which the legs usually project laterally very markedly. The legs are completely lost in the females of the peculiar streblid Ascodvpteron and allied forms Avhich bore into the skin of their hosts and assume an appendageless, sac-like condition, bearing no resemblance to a typical adult insect. Morphology of the Abdomen and Its Appendages Young (1921) has discussed the basal abdominal segments of most of the dipterous families, but does not include a discussion of the ter- minal abdominal structures in his fine paper on the abdomen of the Diptera. Hendel (1928) describes some of the abdominal structures, in his general discussion of the external morphology of the Diptera, and Snodgrass (1935) and Berlese (1909) discuss the structure of the abdomen of the Diptera in their descriptions of the abdominal struc- tures of insects in general. The abdominal sternites of the Tachinidae are described by Baronoff (1930) and parts of the abdomen of various Diptera are figured in such publications as those of Seguy (1935) and other general works on the Diptera: but no extensive discussion of the entire abdominal region of the Diptera has as yet been published, and much remains to be done in this promising field of research. Fig- ures of the abdominal structures of individual Diptera will be found in the publications of Hewitt (1914) on Musca, Parker (1914) on Sarcophaga^ Worthley (1924) on Tnchopoda^ Seamans (1920) on Anthomyia, Kuencker d'Herculais (1875-1881) on Volucella, Bromley (1926) on Tabanus, Tokunaga (1930 and 1932) on Limonia and Pon- tomyia, Williams (1933) on ProtopJaso., and Rees and Ferris (1939) on Tipula. The terminal abdominal structures of the females of several I types of nematocerous Diptera are discussed by Gerrj^ (1932), and the parts of the abdomen of the female of one or two types of Diptera I are figured by Boerner (1903), Berlese (1909), and Hendel (1928). Discussions of the parts of the female in individual Diptera are to be found in the papers of Mote (1929) on Hypoderma^ Dampf (1933) on Anastrephu, Dean (1935) on Rhagoletis, Huckett (1921) on the Anthomyidae, Dinulescu (1930) on Stomoxys, Patton (1934) on Glos- sinu; Christophers (1923), Davis (1926), and Macfie and Ingram (1922) on female mosquitoes, Metcalfe (1933) on Dasyneura, Sinton 68 COXNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. (1925) and Christophers and Barraud (1926) on PMehotomus^ and! Snodgrass (1903) on the Tipididae. The best paper on the oenitalia of male Diptera is that of Cole (1927), who has described the genitalia of most of the dipterous families, while Muir (1923), Smirnov (1925), and Wesch6 (1906) have discussed the parts of the males in a number of dipterous types, and Snodgrass (1935), Crampton (1923-1941), and Newell (1918) have coinpai-ed the genitalia of male Diptera with those of other insects. Discussions of the male genitalia in smaller groups of Dip- tera will be found in the papers of Brolemann (1923), Liang (1926), Meijere (1921), Snodgrass (1904 and 1935), Tokunaga (1930), and AVesthof (1882), together with various papers by Alexander, Ed- wards, and others on the Tipulidae; Christophers, Shortt and Bar- raud (1926), Feuerborn (1922a), Friele (1930). and Perfilieo (1928) on Phlehotomus; Oka (1926) and Tokunaga (1932a) on the Chiro- nomidae; Christophers (1915, 1922, and 1923). Dvar (1918), Ed-, wards (1920b), Freeborn (1924b), Martini (1922). Koot (1924), Essig (1942), and Frost (1932) on male mosquitoes; Gibbins (1935) on male Simuliidae; Bromley (1926) on Tabanus; Snodgrass (1902. and 1904b) on Asilidae and Dolichopodidae ; Metcalf (1921) on malei Syrphidae; Hennig (1934) on the jSIicropeziclae ; Sulc (1928) on thei Sepsidae: Huckett (1924) on the Anthomyidae: Dinulescu (1930) on. Stomoxys] Hewitt (1914) on Musca: Pint"o (1931) and Patton (1932- 1935) on various Muscidae; Bruel (1897), Rohdendorf (1926), and Schraeder (1927) on Go2liphora\ Baronotf (1927), Mueller (1922- 1926), Petzold (1927). and Rohdendorf (1927) on the Tachinidae; Boettcher (1912-1913)'. Aldrich (1916), and Parker (1914) on thei Sarcophagidae; and ilote (1924), and Carpenter and Hewitt (1914) on Ilypoderina. Figures of the genitalia of the males of various Dip- tera are to be found in many of the recent monographs and descrip- tions of new species, but these are too numerous to be included here. 1. The principal landmarks of the abdomen The most important landmarks for identifying the parts of the( abdomen are the location of the genital openings of the female and male (with the twining ejaculatory duct of the male), the cerci and anal opening, and the spiracular openings (with their distorted tracheae) . 'J'he position of the female genital opening, which is located be- tween the sterna of the eighth and ninth abdominal segments (or just liehind the eighth stern ite) serves to identify the eighth or geni- tal segment of the female, while the location of the genital forceps, and particularly the aedeagus. which are structures of the ninthl segment, serves to identify the ninth or genital segment of the male. Furthermore, the fact that the aedeagus, or male organ, is a sternal structure, enables us to identify the ninth sternite when it becomes inverted or displaced in the torsion process. The looping up of the vas deferens and ejaculatory duct (Fig. 9a, A) from left to right over the top of the hinclgut (which occurs in all male Cyclorrhapha) ■ No. 64J DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 69 likewise enables us to be certain that a torsion has occurred in this direction^ and indicates the path of displacement followed in the shifting- of the seventh and eighth sternites which occurs in the males of the higher Diptera. The fact that the spiracles are borne within, or just below, the lateral borders of the tergites enables us to determine which sclerites are tergites, and which are sternites, when there has been a marked displacement and distortion of the parts in male Cj'clorrhapha ; and the displacement of the spiracles, particularly the downward shift of the dextral spiracle of tlie seventh segment (or even that of the sixth segment) into the sternal region — or even on around into the I lower region of the insect's left side (see Fig. 12, H) , serves to indicate the extent of the torsion of the parts in these Diptera. The distor- tion and displacement of the accompanying tracheae is likewise of value for indicating the nature of the torsion process, and furnishes important evidence that a left-to-right torsion has taken place in the seventh and other abdominal segments, although the condition exhibit- ed by the spiracles and their tracheae is of little value for determin- in,g the nature of the torsion of the parts behind the seventh segment, since the latter is the last spiracle-bearing segment in male Diptera. The spiracular openings are features of prime importance for determining the nature of the tergites in the basal region of the abdomen, since the corresponding spiracles remain distinct when the first two tergites which originally bore them become more or less completely united to form a syntergite, or composite apparent first tergite in certain Diptera. The spiracles are not infallible indices of segmental fusion, however, since the spiracles of the seventh abdominal segment may shift forward into the sixth abdominal segment (which then bears two pairs of spiracular openings) in the postabdomen of certain female Cyclorrhapha, althougli the sixth abdominal segment is not composite in such cases. (See Fig. 9a,B,C and D.)* The occasional persistence of the spiracles, when the segments which originally bore them become membranous and the segmental boundaries become obliterated, is a feature of some value for deter- mining the segmental composition of the abdominal region in some ' of the highl}^ specialized Diptera. Althougli the location of the spiracles does not furnish us with accurate information concerning the exact boundaries of the segments in such cases, it is at least evident that the segmental boundaries must lie between the areas occupied by the spiracles in these Diptera. *In males of the anthomyid Fannia canicularis, the left spiracle of the sixth abdom- inal segment migrates back into the synsternite (.composed of the lateroverted sev- enth and inverted eighth sternites) behind it, so that the systernite bears two sinistral spiracles (those of the sixth and seventh segments), and a somewhat similar condi- tion occurs in the male of the calliphorid Callipliora erythrocephala. In most male tachinids the sinistral sixth spiracle lies in the lateral membrane, but in some tachi- nids it migrates back into the synsternite ( composed of the seventh and eighth ster- nites) behind it, which also bears its own sinistral spiracle (that of the seventh seg- ment), and in such instances the presence of the left spiracle of the sixth abdominal segment in the synsternite does not indicate that the sixth abdominal segment enters into the composition of the synsternite. 70 CONXECTICUT GEOL. AXD XAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. The fact that the anal opening is always dorsal in relation to tlie venti-all}' located genital openings of lower insects is of some value for determining Avhich structures are tergal and Avhicli are sternal when an inversion or similar displacement of the parts occurs in the Diptera. Furthermore, the cerci occurring on each side of the anal opening in the higher Diptera, represent the appendages of the eleventh abdominal segment of lower insects, so that it is extremely probable that the eleventh abdondnal segment enters into the com- position of the composite, cerci-bearing, so-called "anal segment" occurring behind the ninth or genital segment of the males of the liigher Diptera. 2. Morphology of the abdomen The segments of the abdomen are called uromeres or urites, and the dorsal plates of the uromeres are usually called tergites,* while the ventral plates are called sternites, and the lateral plates, wdien pres- ent, are called pleurites. The membranes betw^een the tergites and sternites are the lateral or pleural membranes, while the membranes between the consecutive segments are the intersegmental membranes, or conjunctivae. The extent of the pleural membrane varies greatly even among tlie mem.bers of the same group of Diptera. Thus, in the calobatid Calohata (Fig. 10, F), the tergites and sternites are Avidely separated by the extensive pleural membrane, while in certain other Cyclor- rhapha, such as the tachinid Thelaira^ the pleural membrane is re- duced to the narrow inflexed areas between the greatly enlarged ter- gites and the greatly reduced sternites, which are overgrown by the enlarged tergites. In some phorids, and in such chloropids as CMo- rops, etc., the entire sternal region may become membranous, while in some orphnephilids, hippoboscids, etc., the greater portion of the abdomen itself may become membranous, and in such cases the segmentation is largely indicated by the position of the spiracles. The Spiracles. Originally, the first eight abdominal segments bore spiracles, and eight pairs of spiracles occur in some tipulids, bibionids, rhagionids (leptids), mydaids, etc., while seven or eight pairs are found in certain chironomids, orphnephilids, stratiomyids, scenopinids and asilids; the occurrence of seven pairs of spiracles is rather typical of the Diptera m general, and male Diptera appar- ently never have more than this number. Some chloropids and ephy- drids have only six pairs of spiracles, and some anthomyids have only five pairs, although the reduced number is of comparatively rare occurrence. The spiracles are typically borne near the middle of the segment, although the first pair usually occurs in the anterior region of the basal segment (or in the posterior region in such forms as Oncodes), whde in some cases {Allognostci) all of the spiracles tend to shift ♦Since recent morphologists apply the designations tergites, sternites. etc, to sub- divisions of the terga, sterna etc, it is suggested that the terga sterna etc of the abdomen might be referred t6 as uroterga, urosterna etc steina, etc., ot the No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY Tl into the anterior region of their respective segments. In most of the Orthorrhapha and the athericeran and acalypterate Cyclorrhapha, the spiracles are found in the membrane between the tergites and sternites, while in most of the calypterate Cyclorrhapha they occur in the ventro-lateral region of the tergites which become enlarged in these Diptera, although there are exceptions to this general rule. In many cases the occurrence of the spiracles is of considerable i]nportancG for determining the segmental composition of the sclerites around them, but a failure to realize that in some instances the sj)i- racles may shift without reference to the adjacent sclerites has resulted in so much confusion in the attempts to identify the neighboring sclerites by the presence of the spiracles, that, at the risk of seeming to be unduly repetitious, attention should be called to this fact again, in discussing the occurrence of the spiracles in the abdominal region. The occurrence of two pairs of spiracles in the basal abdominal tergite clearly indicates that the first two spiracle-bearing tergites have united to form the apparent first tergite, since a study of a series of intermediate stages (which is the most reliable means of interpreting the parts correctly) clearly proves that a union of the first two spiracle-bearing tergites has taken place. On the other hand, the occurrence of two pairs of spiracles in the sixth abdominal tergite of such female Diptera as the one shown in Fig. 9a, D, does not indicate that this tergite is formed by the union of two spiracle- bearing tergites (the sixth and seventh), as some investigators main- tain, since a studj^ of the transitional forms shown in Fig. 9a clearly indicates that the spiracles of the seventh abdominal segment have merely migrated forward to join those already present in the sixth abdominal tergite. Since the spiracles are typically borne in or near the ventro- lateral region of their corresponding tergites, their occurrence should be of some value for determining which sclerites are tergites, and which are sternites, when the sclerites become distorted and displaced in the torsion process which occurs in the males of the higher Diptera ; but here again, extreme caution must be used in attempting to identify the sclerites by their relation to the spiracles, since in some cases the spiracles appear to shift without reference to the sclerites with which they are normally associated. Thus, for example, in males of the anthomyid Hylemyia antiqua (shown in Fig. 13, D) the sinistral spiracle of the sixth segment lies in the membrane in front of the pregenital plate (labelled 7s and 85 in Fig. 13, D), while the sinistral spiracle of the seventh segment is borne in the anterior region of the pregenital plate. In males of the dexiid Theleira nigripes, on the other hand, both of these spiracles (belonging to the sixth and seventh segments) lie in the membrane in front of the pregenital plate, while in certain tachinids such as Gylindromyia hinotata (or in the antho- myid Fannia canicularis) both of these spiracles are borne in the pregenital plate itself. Although the spiracles of the sixth and seventh abdominal seg- ments apparently shift about in such instances as these, the occurrence 72 COXXECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. of tlu- sevonth spiracles in the pretrenital plate (e.g.. that labelled T.s- and 8.s in Fig. 13, D) does indicate that the seventh segment par- ticii^ates in the formation of the composite pregenital plate, since a stiidv of a series of transitional stages clearly indicates that the seventh segment enters into the composition of the pregenital plate: and it is also possible that the marginal area immediately dorsad of the seventh spiracles is formed by the reduced seventh tergite, al- though this is not certain. Furthermore, it should be noted that the ])i'esence of the seventh spiracles in the pregenital plate of male Cy- clorrliapha such as those shown in Fig. 13, D, or Fig. 14, B (where the ])regenital plate is labelled 7s and 86-) makes it imjjossible to interpret the entire pregenital plate as the eighth segment alone, as is done by some investigators, since tliere are no spiracles in the eighth abdominal segment of any male Diptera whatsoever, and the presence of the seventh spiracles in this case indicates that the seventh seg- ment (as well as the eighth) enters into tlie composition of the })regcnital plate of these Diptera. The doAvnward shifting of the dextral spiracles of the sixth and seventh abdominal segments into the ventral region of these segments, and ou around into the insect's left side, in such male Diptera as those shown in Fig. 12. D and H, enables one to visualize the tremen- dous amount of distortion and displacement which has occurred in tho neighboring sclerites in these insects, and in such instances as these, the positions assumed by the spiracles reveal the extent of the torsion process which has occurred in these insects. On the other hand, the final position of the spiracles may conceal rather than reveal tlie antecedent distortion and displacement of the parts, as is the case in the males of such higher Diptera as 7'richopoda pennipes, in which the torsion process has apparently continued until a more or less comi)lete circumversion has taken place, and a final re-alignment of the sclerites and spiracles results in a deceptively symmetrical ar- langement of the parts outwardly, although a loopmg up of the ejaculatory duct over the top of the hindgiit reveals the extent of the preceding torsion internally. While instances such as these indicate the danger of depending too nuich on the evidence of tlie spiracles alone, in attempting to in- terpret the homologies of the sclerites about them, this does not detract from the value of the evidence of the spiracles when tested by that from other sources as well, and for this purpose the evidence furnished by a study of a series of intermediate forms is of the ut- most value for interpreting the sclerites of the terminal abdominal segments of the higher Diptera in general, and of male Cyclorrhapha ni particular. The Segmentation of the Ahdomen. A study of the embryology of the orthopteroid insects, which are the nearest living represent'a- tives of the ancestors of the Holometabola, indicates that the abdom- inal region is primitively composed of eleven true segments (of which the eleventh bears a pair of cerci), followed by a non-segmental, anus- No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONXECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 73 beai'inj;:^, terminal region called the telson. The telson is usually re- duced to a membranous region around the anal opening, and the elev- enth abdominal segment tends to unite with the tenth even in the orthopteroid insects, so that it is not surprising to find a similar tendency exhibited by some of the lower Diptera, although some of them retain traces of an eleventh abdominal segment, as is the case in the female tipulid shown in Fig. 9, A. The abdominal segments are best preserved in female Diptera; and in some of the primitive Nematocera, such as the tipulids, etc., the abdomen has its full quota of typical segments, with a pair of spiracles in each of the first eight abdominal segments. The onto- genetic development of these Diptera very conclusively shows that the thoracic region contains only three segments (i. e., the pro-, meso-. and metathorax) in these forms, and none of the basal segments of the abdomen enters into the composition of the thorax, as is erron- eously claimed to be the case by Berlese (1909), Metcalf (1921), Bal- four-Browne (1932), and others, who regard the apparent first ab- dominal segment in the Diptera as the true second or third segment of the abdomen. Nine visible segments, followed by an inconspicuous anus-bear- ing segmental complex, called the ''anal segment" or proctiger, are frequentlj'^ present in the abdomen of male Diptera. The first seven of these segments may bear spiracles, although no spiracles have been found in the eighth abdominal segment of any male Diptera. A reduction of the abdominal segments may take place in both sexes, (a) by the coalescence of the first two tergites in the basal region of the abdomen to form a syntergite, or composite apparent first tergite, and (b) by the fusion of the greatly reduced tenth and cercus-bearing eleventh segment (with which the anus-bearing telson had united) to form the proctiger: but the reduction of the segments in the other regions of the abdomen is not the same in the two sexes. Huckett (1924) considers that the sixth and seventh abdominal segments have fused in the females of the higher Diptera in which the sixth segment bears two pairs of spiracles (as in Fig. 9a, D), and consequently maintains that the female gonopore {fg of Fig. 9a) lies behind the ninth, instead of behind the eighth sternite in these Dip- tera, unlike the rest of their allies. If one examines the series of female Diptera shown in Fig. 9a, B, C and D (in which the segments and parts correspond in every way), it is evident that the spiracles of the seventh segment, 7sy>, leave the seventh segment behind tiiem when they migrate into the posterior region of the sixth segment, and the spiracles of the sixth segment, 6^;^, move slightly backward to join them in i\\Q sixth tergite, 6;^ of Fig. 9a, D, which is therefore not the fusion product of two tergites, so ^that there is no fusion of segments in the postabdomen of these Diptera, although a fusion of another type may occur in the postabdomen of the female Diptera shown in Fig. IO.'F, or Fig. 9, D, etc. A type of segmental reduction wholly different from that occur- ring in the abdominal region of anv female Diptera takes place in 74 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. the postabdomen of most male Cyclorrhaplia, in which the tergites of the seventh and eighth segments become vestigial or atrophied, and their displaced sternites coalesce to form a synsternite (or syniir- ite), with which the displaced sixth sternite may also unite, as in Fig. 13, C, or Fig. 14, D (compare also Fig. 12, I) ; and the sixth tergite may also become obliterated, as in Fig. 14, B, although no comparable reduction takes place in the segments of the abdomen of the females of these Diptera. Modifications of the Basal Segments of the Abdomen. Young (1921) has figured the basal abdominal segments of many of the different types of Diptera, and some of these illustrate quite well the tendencies toward a fusion of the basal segments exhibited by certain of the higher Diptera. Starting with the condition exhibited by many tipulids, chironomids, etc., in which the first abdominal seg- ment is distinct and well developed, a comparison with the basal abdominal region of such empids as Rhampho/nyia, or such neme- strinids as Hirmoneura, shows that there is a marked tendency for the first segment to become reduced in comparison with the second segment; and in the scenopinid Scenopinus, the reduced first abdom- inal segment, which is distinct from the second dorsally, exhibits a marked tendency for its tergite to unite with the second tergite laterally. In the helomyzid Leria, the first tergite has united with the second tergite to form a syntergite, but the areas belonging to the two tergites are marked off by a transverse suture and by an incision on each side at the lateral ends of the transverse suture. In the chloropid Ghlorops^ the incomplete transverse suture fades out dorsally, but extends upward for a short distance above the incision on each side. In the ephydrid Parydra., only a deep incision remains between the uniting first and second tergites, while in the platypezid Platypeza^ merely a slight notch on each side is left to show where the former division between the first and second tergites occurred, although the spiracles of the two segments still remain distinct. The series described above, and numerous others, serve to illustrate how the first abdominal tergite unites with the second in the Cyclorrha- pha; and when the apparent first tergite bears two pairs of spiracles in these Diptera, it clearly indicates that the areas in which the spiracles are located were originally parts of two distinct segments. A corresponding fusion of the first and second sternites is extremely rare, although Young (1921) records its occurrence in the tabanid Chrysops indAis. Closely associated with the tendency for the first two tergites to coalesce is the tendency for the formation of a latei-al suture "(one on each side) extending from the latero-cephalic margin of the first, tergite into the anterior region of the second tergite. The suture, labelled adv in Fig. 6, C, is called the adventitious suture by Young" (1921), who states that it is less highly developed in the calypterate than m the acalypterate Cyclorrhapha. It has been observed onlv in the conopid Alyopa vesiculosa outside of these two groups of "^ higher No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 75 Cyclorrhapha, and is considered to be of some taxonomic importance by Young. A feature of the basal abdominal segments which might give rise to some confusion in counting the segments in this region of the abdomen is the tendency for the first tergite to become subdivided into an anterior and posterior region by the formation of a second- ary transverse suture in such Diptera as Simuliu?n, or by a trans- verse strip of membrane, as in Sciara and in the stratiomyid Allog- nosta. The second tergite is similarly subdivided in the bibionid Plecia^ in which the second sternite is likewise subdivided by a trans- verse membranous region; and similar secondary subdivisions of the second sternite occur in the tipulid Pachyrhina, in the empid Rhmn- phomyia, and in the calobatid Calohata., etc. J'he Preahdomen and Postdbdomen. The abdominal segments posterior to the fifth are not, as a rule, very greatly modified in the Nematocera, but the rest of the Diptera exhibit an increasingly marked tendency for the segments behind the fifth to become reduced and slender, with the result that the abdomen may eventually become divided into a preabdomen, which is usually composed of five abdom- inal segments, which are broader and more strongly sclerotized than the rest, and a postabdomen, which is frequently quite slender, and its segments may become telescoped into the preceding ones, or they may be concealed by the segments of the preabdomen. The postabdomen of the females of the Diptera usually serves as an egg-laying tube; and in the higher Diptera, the postabdomen of the female usually plays an active part in the mating process, as is described in the mating of the housefly by Berlese (1902). The post- abdomen of female Cyclorrhapha is not asymmetrically developed, as is the case in the segments of the postabdomen of the males of the higher Diptera, but the postabdomen may become highly modified in certain female Cyclorrhapha, In male Cyclorrhapha the fifth abdominal segment frequently forms the last segment of the preabdomen, as it does in the females, j but the coalescence of the first two tergites in the basal region of I the abdomen may make it very difficult to count the segments properly, \ unless they are counted in the sternal region, where the sclerites usually remain distinct (although the first sternite may be small). The sternites of the preabdomen of such muscoid flies as Stomoxys may become reduced to small sclerotized plates or "islands" embedded in the broad ventral membrane; and the character of these plates is used as a feature of taxonomic importance by Girschner, and other students of these flies. The fifth abdominal segment is not always the last segment of the preabdomen in male Cyclorrhapha, since Cole (1927) states that in some cases the preabdomen may be reduced to three segments; and in males of such Syrphidea as the one shown in Fig. 12, F, the fourth is the last segment of the preabdomen. In other types of Cyclorrhapha, such as the male calobatid shown in Fig. 14, C (com- 7G COXXECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. ^IRVEY [Bllll. pare also Fio;. 1^. A), the sixth abdominal sejiinent might be regarded as the last ^^t^gment of the preabdomen. if the designation postabdomen is applied to" the slender terminal abdominal region of these insects. The torsion and asymmetrical development of the segments of the postabdomen of male Cyclorrhapha has been discussed elsewhere. Thv Tcrmmalia. The designation terminalia was apparently Hrst applied to the terminal abdominal segments located behind the genital segments. Freeborn (1924, p. 190), however, proposed that the designation terminalia be applied to "the complex of anal and genital pai-ts borne caiidad of the seventh abdominal segment." Kecent in- vestigators have further extended the application of the term to inchide practically all of the postabdomen of the higher Diptera when the segments of this region differ from the preceding ones, and this usage has been adopted here, since it has received increasingly wide acceptance among dipterists in general, and the students of the higher Diptera in particular. Some recent investigators would use the term hypopygium as a synonym of terminalia (as here employed), and most culicidologists follow Christophers (1923. p. 701) in applying the designation ''female hypopygium" to "the eighth (in part), the ninth and the tenth segments with their appendages, the intersegmental membranes and the openings of the anus and genital tract" in female mosquitoes. There is, however, no uniformity of opinion concerning the applica- tion of the term hypopygium among other dipterists. Thus, the stu- dents of the Tipulidae. such as Alexander and others, would include under the designation "'male hypopygium" the eighth abdominal segment as well as the succeeding ones if (as is rarely the case) the (Mghth segment is especially modified — i. e.. if it becomes swollen or enlarged, or if it bears lobes, hairy brushes, spines and other struc- tures differentiating it from the preceding segments. Edwards (1920), on the other hand, includes only the ninth and the succeeding seg- ments in the "male hypopygium", and. in a footnote to page 24, at- tributes this usage to Snodgrass (1904). Snodm-ass (1904, p. 179), however, exi^ressly states that he restricts "the application of the vrord hypopygiurn to the ninth segment only", and many dipterists have followed his suggestion that the term hypopygium be restricted to the ninth segment alone (i. e., without including the succeeding seg- ments) in male Diptera. The word hypopygium (ai)parently fii-st introduced bv Westhof, 1882) means "under-the-rump" and is therefore hardly Applicable to the "rump" or anus-bearing parts behind the genital secrment. and m fact Bergroth, 1888, (Entom. Tidskr., Vol. 9, p. 138 et seq.) has sub- stituted the term propygium (meaning "in-front-of-the-rump") for the designation hypopygium in referring to the genital set^ments of male Diptera, since he states that the genital setrments are" in front of, rather than under, the rump (or proctiger)"; so that these dip- tei-ists, together with Snodgrass (1904) and other investigators, would excliKle the anus-bearing i)arts behind the genital segments from the ai)plication of the term hypopygium, and this usage has much to No. 64] DUTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 77 recommend it. We already have the desifination terminalia for in- dicating the oenital and postgenital segments, or the postabdomen (when its segments differ from the preceding ones), so that it is not necessary to employ the term hypopygium for the same parts, and it is therefore preferable to restrict the designation hypopyginm to the genital segments, and their ])arts, in both sexes of the Diptera, since this usage is more nearly in accord with the meaning of the word hypopygium. The designation "male and female genitalia"' is frequently used as a synonym of "male and female hj'popygium*', but Edwards (1920), in a footnote to page 24, suggests that the designation male genitalia "should perhaps be confined to the chitinizations of the genital tube'", and states that other designations such as male armature and copula- tory apparatus, which have been api^lied to the hypopygium, are unsatisfactory. Since there is no specific designation for referring to the parts in question, it is here suggested that the term genitalia be restricted to the parts in the immediate neighborhood of the genital opening of the male or female insect. The term genitalia would then denote the parts of the eighth and ninth sternites lying adjacent to the female genital opening (which is situated between the eighth and ninth sternites) and would also denote the parts adjacent to the male genital opening, namely the aedeagus and the parts on each side of it (such as the genital forceps of the males of the lower Diptera, and the so-called anterior and ])Osterior gonapophyses of male Cyclorrhapha). We nuiy then differentiate the male genitalia into the aedeagus, or male organ proper, and the ancillaries, or struc- tures on each side of it, such as the genital forceps and the gona- pophyses etc.. mentioned above. The highh' modified cerci and surstyli of male Cyclorrhapha are so closely associated with the genitalia of these insects that all of these structures might be included in the designation "male arma- ture''. The designation copulatory apparatus, oi- copulatoria, might then be made to include all of these structures, together with the copulatory lobes of the fifth sternite of male Cyclorrhapha, since all of these structures serve as parts of the copulator}^ apparatus in the mating process. If this usage is followed, the designations genitalia, male armature and copulatory apparatus, will have more exact meanings than they do when used as synonyms of hypopygium, terminalia, etc. The Genital Segmeiit.s. The female gonopore, or the opening of the common oviduct, or the opening of the cavity into Avhich it discharges, is located between the eighth and ninth abdominal ster- nites (or just behind the eighth sternite) but much of the cavity is contained in the eighth segment, which is therefore called the true genital segment (or gynium) of the female, although the ninth ab- dominal segment may also contain genital parts adjacent to tlie female gonopore. When the eighth abdominal segment of the female is called the gynium, its tergite is referred to as the epigyniuiii and its 78 COXNECTICUT GEOL, AND NAT, HIST. SURVEY [BlllL steniite is called the hypogynium. The valves of the eighth sternite are called hvpovalvae or hypogynial valves in female Tipulidae. The ninth abdominal segment which bears the male genitalia is called the genital segment, or andrium, in male insects. The ninth tergite is then referred to as the epandrium and the ninth sternite is caUed the hypandrium in these insects. AVhen the ninth segment is called the aiidrium, the segmental complex preceding it may be re- ferred to as the protandrium in the males of the Cyclorrhapha (Sarcoi)hagidae, etc.), in which this structure is closely associated with the ninth segment. The students of these Diptera usually refer to the protandrium and andrium as the first and second genital seg- ments; and these parts are also referred to as the pregenital and genital segments by some dipterists, but the so-called first genital "segment" or pregenital "segment" is not a segment at all, but is a synsternite, or composite sclerite made up of the united seventh and' eighth sternites Avhich have become displaced into the dorsal region. It is therefore preferable to refer to the synsternite and ninth segment as the protandrium and andrium. Furthermore, the designation pregenital segments is frequently applied to all of the abdominal segments anterior to the ninth or genital segment proper (or the segments called the visceral segments by Snodgrass, 1935), and tliis usage is an extremely useful one. In the lower Diptera the ninth or genital segment not only bears an aedeagus, or male organ proper, but also bears the two-segmented genital forceps, or forcipate parameres, homologous with the forcipate parameres of male Trichop- tera, Mecoptera, Hymenoptera, etc. ; and in the higher Diptera the ninth segment also bears the aedeagus and the paired so-called anter- ior and posterior gonapophyses (which may be peculiar to these Cyclorrhapha). The Postgenital Segments. The designation posfcgenital seg- ments refers to the segments behind the genital segments, and is usual- ly applied to the segments behind the eighth abdominal segment of the female (when the ninth does not bear any processes, etc.) and those behind the ninth abdominal segment in the male. The post- genital segments are best developed in female Tipulidae, and are fairly well developed in the females of some of the higher Diptera (Fig. 9, F) ; but in most male Diptera they are reduced and fuse to form the small inconspicuous so-called "anal segment" or proctiger, borne behind the ninth abdominal segment. The reduction and fusion of the postgenital segments to form a proctiger or composite "anal segment", pgr^ is more extensive in the females of the higher Diptera shown in Fig. 9a, B, C and D, than, in the corresponding males (i. e., pgr of Fig. 13, D, E and F, or Fig. 14, D, F and H, etc.), since the greater importance of the ninth segment as the functional genital segment of the male would prevent its re- duction and incorporation into the proctiger in the higher Diptera, in which this consideration does not apply in the case of the female, since the eighth is the functional genital segment of the female, and No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 79 the ninth segment behind it could readily become reduced and unite with the other terminal segments to form a proctiger (in which the only important features are the sensory cerci, and the anal opening for the discharge of the faeces). In the lower Diptera, on the other hand, the proctiger of the male is usually smaller and more incon- spicuous than that of the female, and this also holds true of the male rhagionid (leptid) shown in Fig. 12, A, in which the proctiger is more reduced than that of the female rhagionid shown in Fig. 9, F. The stages in the development of the proctiger or "anal seg- ment" may be illustrated by the series of female Diptera shown in Fig. 9, A,F and E. Thus in the female tipulid Clytocosmus shown in Fig. 9, A, the comparatively well developed ninth and tenth segments are distinct, and the cercus-bearing eleventh segment (with which the anus-bearing telson has united) is apparently represented largely by the distinct, though small sclerites at the bases of the cerci, ce. In the female rhagionid (leptid) Chrysopilus shown in Fig. 9, F, the cerci-bearing eleventh segment has united with the reduced tenth seg- ment to form a composite apparent tenth "segment" bearing the cerci, ce, and still distinct from the ninth segment in front of it. In the female housefly shown in Fig. 9, E, the cercus-bearing composite "seg- ment" (representing the united tenth and eleventh segments, with the telson) tends to merge with the ninth segment, and in the female Diptera shown in Fig. 9a, B, C and D, the segments behind the eighth have become iiidistinguishably united to form a cercus-bearing proc- tiger or "anal segment" (labelled pgi' in the figures). A suranal or supra-anal plate, called the epiproct, may occur in the dorsal region of the "anal segment" (above the anal opening), and a subanal plate, called the hypoproct, may occur in the ventral region of the "anal segment" (below the anal opening), but the exact homologies of these sclerites and the homology of the sclerite called the postgenital plate in the females of the lower Diptera studied by Gerry (1932) have not been definitely determined. It is possible that the paraprocts, or parapodial plates of lower insects, may enter into the composition of the plates below the anus in certain Diptera, but this can be determined only after these parts in the Diptera have been compared with those of the lower insects, and it is evident there is a decided need of more extensive and detailed studies of the terminal abdominal structures of both sexes, in the Diptera. The cerci are usually better developed in the females than in the males of the lower Diptera, excepting in the dolichopodids, in which the cerci of the males may become enormously developed. The cerci may be two-segmented in the females of some Nematocera (mycetophilids) and Braclwcera (stratiomyids). but they are usually composed of but one segment in the males of these insects; and in most of the Cyclorrhapha (excepting a few syrphids) the cerci are composed of but one segment in both sexes, those of the males being frequentlv as large as, or even larger than, those of the females. The modifications of the cerci will be described under the discussion of the terminal abdominal structures of both sexes of the Diptera. 80 CON'NECTICX'T GEOL. AXD NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. 3. The terminal abdominal structures of female Diptera The, chief '"Landmark"" for identifying the segments in the pos- terioi- region of the abdomen of female Di^^tera. is the "female gono- l)ore*'. {fg of Fig. ^a) which is located (as it is in other insects) be- tween the eio-hth and nintli sterna, or behind thei eighth sternite: and the statement of Balfour-Browne (1932, p. 172), that "it is generally agreed that the female gonopore in Diptera is situated behind the 9th sternam". is quite misleading. Furthermore, his view that tlie Irue iirst abdominal segment has been absorbed in the metathorax. and that each apjiarent segment should consequently receive a higher numbei- is erroneous, as is also true of the view of Huckett (1924), who considers that the occurrence of two pairs of spiracles in the sixth segment of the postabdomen of muscoid flies (Fig. 9a, D) in- dicates that the sixth segment represents tlie union of the sixth and seventh segments, and that the following segments should therefore receive a higher number, thus erroneously locating the female gono- pore behind the ninth sternite in both cases. This somewhat repeti- tious emphasis of the fact that the female gono})ore is located behind the eiglith (and not behind the ninth) abdominal sternite, is neces- sitated by Balfour-Browne's statement that the opposite view is the one generally accepted by dipterists, and if such is the case, every effort should be made to correct such a widespread misconception. Although the Nematocera do not as a rule exhibit a marked tend- ency toward the formation of a postabdomen, many primitive orthor- ihaphous Brachycera do so, since the m.embranous intersegmental re- gion is frequently greatly developed in them, and the sclerotized areas representing the tergites and sternites are much reduced in the seg- ments of the posterior region of the abdomen in female orthorrha- phous Brachycera related to the Eliagionidae (Leptidae). These tend- encies reach their culmination in the female IMiiscoidea (Fig, 9a, 1)), in which the membranous intersegmental regions of the postabdomen are very large, and the sclerotized areas of the tergites and sternites (which may become split longitudinally) are reduced to longitudinal .strips (Fig. 9, E), for strengthening the membranes in wliich they are embedded, and for furnishing supi^orts for the attachment of tlie muscles operating in the telescoping movements of the egg-laving tube formed by the postabdomen. The Tenn/nalia of Female Nematocera. The terminalia of the tii)ulid Cli/toroxmm,^ shown in Fig. 9, A, mav be taken to illustrate the ternnnal abdominal structures of a primitive tvpe of Nematocera, altliough the structural details of the terminalia have been more carefiilly worked out in female culicids of the type described later. The eighth abdominal tergite or epigyniu'm, H of the tipulid slLOwn m Fig. 9, A, is much reduced in comparison with the ter^ntes of the preceding segments, but the eighth sternite or hvpoovniun", Ss, IS well developed and projects backward below the postgenital se I"" l?"^ °^ *^® P""^*^ ^"^ '^^^*^ Diptera in general, now being carried purro '■ fenodgrass, will soon be published to be made available for this Xo. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 93 male organ, labelled ae in the male mosquito shown in Fio;. 11, A, appears to be homologous with the structure called the aedeagus in male insects in general. Older writers refer to it as the penis (a term restricted b,y recent entomologists to the membranous eversible struc- ture through which the ejaculatory duct discharges to the exterior), while many recent culicidologists such as Freeborn (1924) and others, follow Christophers (1922) in calling it the phallosome, although Alexander and other students of the Tipulidae restrict the term phallosome to the structure labelled j^hs at the base of the aedeagus ae of the male tipulid shown in Fig. 7, J, and the latter usage has much to recommend it. Edwards (1920) suggests that it be called the mesosome (as proposed by Waterston, 1914) instead of phallosome, and states that it corresponds to the structure called the theca by Christophers (1922) — a term applied to a wide variety of structures in other insects. Although there can be no serious objection to call- ing the male organ ae of a male mosquito (Fig. 11, A) the phallo- some, it is preferable to refer to it as the aedeagus, in conformity Nvith the general application of this term in other insects. The so-called "tenth segment" of male culicids is apparently a composite structure formed by the union of the tenth segment, the cercus-bearing eleventh segment, and the anus-bearing, non-segmental telson. If the appendages it bears are formed by the cerci (as Chris- tophers, 1923, maintains), the cercus-bearing eleventh segment is probably involved in its composition, so that it is inadvisable to refer to it as the "tenth segment" or the "anal segment". Since it is ap- parently a segmental complex, it should be designated as the procti- ger, or anus-bearing segmental complex which is referred to by this name in lower insects. The structures labelled pr in Fig. 11, A, are apparently formed, at least in part, by the cerci, since Christophers (1923) has shown that their distal portions, at least, correspond to the cerci of female mosquitoes. Freeborn (1924), on the other hand, refers to these structures as the paraprocts or parapodial plates, although the occur- rence of distinct paraprocts in the Dipt4?ra has not yet been definitely demonstrated. While it is quite possible that the paraprocts may enter into the composition of the structures in question, it is also quite possible that the paraprocts may form the bipartite plate in the ventral region of the "anal segment" of certain Nematocera, and until the homologies of these structures have been definitely deter- mined, it is preferable to refer to the structures labelled pr in Fig. 11, A, simply as the "cerci". The Tenninalm of Male Orthorrhaplious Brachycera. The Rha- gionidae (Leptidae) and Therevidae are the most primitive repre- sentatives of the orthorrhaphous Brachycera, and have retained many of the characters of the Anisopodidae, Bibionidae and Mycetophilidae, which approach the lower Brachycera in many respects. The genital forceps c.vi and st of the rhagionid shown in Fig. 12, A, are not very different from those of typical male Nematocera; and even in some of the higher members of the orthorrhaphous Brachycera (e. g., the 94 COKXECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. Bombyliidae, etc.) it is ecasy to recognize the genital forceps as such, although in the Cyclorrhapha structures homologous with the genital forceps have not been definitely identified. The Asilidae are of particular interest, since the eighth and ninth segments (with the proctiger) become temporarily inverted in such asTlids as DasyUis and Laphria, and structures which appear to repre- sent the segments of the genital forceps, labelled cxi and st, are well developed in such asilids as the one shown in Fig. 10, N. Certain of the appendages of the ninth tergite, 'dt, of the asilid shown in Fig. 10, N, may represent the surstyli, ss, of such primitive Nematocera as the one shown in Fig. 10, K, and these appendages become of increas- ing importance in the types ancestral to the Cyclorrhapha, in which group i\\Q surstyli are well developed. The Dolichopodidae are among the most important of the orthor- rhaphous Brachycera which approach the lines of descent of the Cyclorrhapha, and the abdominal structures of the Dolichopodidae. like those of other regions of the body in these interesting Diptera, present some extremely interesting modifications. Thus, in the dol- ichopodid, Scellns venustiis^ shown in Fig. 10, M, a pair of delicate ribbon-like spatulate processes attached in front of the sixth sternite, extends upward, one on each side of the sixth tergite, from which they project backward as delicate processes bearing long mesal setae at their tips. The function of these processes has not been de- finitely determined, although they are evidently secondary sexual characters of the male. Another interesting modification is exhibited b}^ the dolichopodid, DoUchopus julvi'pes^ shown in Fig. 10, D, which has a membranous, ventral, bilobed sac, bearing the label en in Fig. 10, D. This struc- ture appears to be of the nature of an eversible "scent sac", which is protruded at the time of mating, although its function has not been definitely determined. Eversible sacs also occur in the abdominal region of the males of some Empidae and a few other Diptera. The cerci are much better developed in the males than in the fenudes in the Dolichopodidae, and in the male dolichopodid shown in Fig. 10, D, the cerci, ce, are broad, flat, fan-like, fringed plates, while in the dolichopodid, Limiculus hydrophilus, figured by Snodgrass (1904), structures which appear to be homologous with the cerci (or surstyli?) project forward as long slender processes extending to the ventral region of the thorax in this insect. In some Dolichopodidae in which a torsion of the postabdomen occurs, the cavity of the body opens into the eighth segment through an aperture situated on the left side, instead of being located ante- riorly as is usually the case; and the terminal abdominal structures of the Dolichopodidae are of great interest for the study of the modi- fications occurring in the Cyclorrhapha, as will be discussed later. In addition to. the Dolichopodidae, Asilidae, etc., which in some cases exhibit a marked torsion in the segments of the postabdomen (most male Diptera are apparently capable of twisting the parts about temporarily during the mating process), other Brachycera such No. 6J:] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 95 as certain Bombyliidae, Cj^rtidae, etc., exhibit a similar modificational tendency, as is also the case with the Phoridae and Lonchopteridae, which occup}^ a '"border-line" position between the orthorrhaphons Brachycera and the Cyclorrhapha, being grouped with the orthor- rhaphons Brachycera by some dipterists, while they are grouped with the Cyclorrhapha by others. We thus hav^e clear-cut evidence of a tendency to develop the "torsional" modifications characteristic of the Cyclorrhapha occurring in their brachyceran precursors (especially in the Dolichopodidae), and a study of these forms readily reveals ho^\- these modifications of the parts in male Cyclorrhapha may have arisen. The designation "torsion", as used above, is restricted to the dis- tortion and displacement of the segments instituted by the winding movement or "strophe" of the ninth segment (with the proctiger) which takes place along the sagittal plane of the insect's body, as in the dolichopodid shown in Fig. 12, B, and in certain Cyclorrhapha, etc. A "torsion" thus differs from a "rotation", since the latter term is restricted to a rotation around the long axis of the insect's body, and may involve only the ninth segment, with the proctiger, although the eighth segment may also be involved, as is the case in certain asilids, etc., but in such instances the eighth segment rotates with the ninth (and proctiger) as a unit, and does not lag behind the ninth segment as it does in the torsion movements. The torsion inversion of the ninth segment and proctiger of the insects shown in Fig. 12, E and I, (which differs from the rotation inversion occurrinig in male mosquitoes, etc.) apparently represents an arrested stage in the so-called circum version movements of the ninth segment, characteristic of the males of the higher Cyclorrhapha ; and the ninth segment tends to become rigid in the inverted stage in the insects shown in Fig. 12, E and I. In the male syrphids shown in Fig. 12, D and F. Fig. 13, A, etc., the circumversion tendency is con- tinued until the ninth segment hangs down loosely and projects later- ally or three quarters backward, but the ninth segment does not com- plete the circumversion as it tends to do in the higher Cyclorrhapha, so that we may speak of its twisting as a "strophe" (from the Greek word meaning a twisting) rather than a circumversion. In the higher Cyclorrhapha shown in Fig. 13, B^DjF, etc., the ninth seg- ment becomes more rigid as it tends to complete its circumversion. The Tenninalia of Male Cyclorrhapha. The following tenden- cies exhibited by the terminal abdominal structures of mnle Cyclor- rhapha are rather characteristic of the group, although they do not necessarily occur in all of the members of the group. These are as follows: (1) The aedeagus extends forward (or downward) in re- pose. (2) The ninth segment, together with the proctiger, (i. e., the composite "gonoproct") undergoes a permanent "circumversion" at the time of pupation (?), and the ejaculatory duct becomes looped up from left to right over the top of the hindgut in all male Cyclor- rhapha thus far observed. (3) The large sternite of the eighth seg- ment tends to become inverted, and its tergite becomes atrophied. <)G CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST, SURVEY [Bull. (4) The sternite of the seventh abdominal segment becomes hiter- overted, or drawn up into the insect's left side, and its dextral spiracle may become drawn down into the ventral region. Its ter- gite becomes vestigial, or is obliterated, or may unite with the syn- sternite. (5) The lateroverted seventh sternite tends to unite with the inverted eighth sternite to form a synsternite, having the appear- ance of a tergite. (6) The narrow sixtli sternite (bordering a genital pouch in some cases) is frequently asymmetrically developed, and may become attached to the lower sinistral border of the synsternite. The sixth tergite tends to become reduced, but usually remains in place. Tlie dextral spiracle may also shift down into the ventral region. (7) Tlie fifth abdominal sternite may become bilobed posteriorly to form a j)air of copulatory lobes or processes, and its tergite forms the last "visible" tergite of the preabdomen in many Cyclorrhapha. The doAvnward shift of the dextral spiracles (Fig. 12, H and D) and their displaced and distorted tracheae, and the looping up of the ejaculatory duct from left to right over the top of the hindgut (Fig. 9a, A, and Fig. 14, H), should be evidence clear enough to convince anyone that the obvious distortion and displacement of the sclerites in Fig. 10, B, Fig. 12,1. etc.. is the result of a left to right torsion; and the shift in the string of consecutive sternal plates in the lower Cyclorrhapha (Fig. 12, F and Fig. 14, H, etc.) clearly indicates a progressive shifting of the sternites, not the tergites, in these forms. The torsion w^ould have to be in the reverse direction (i. e., from right to left), in the face of all the evidence to the contrary cited above, in order to shift any tergites into the position occupied by the obvious- ly displaced sclerites shown in Fig. 10, B, Fig. 12, 1, Fig. 13, B and C, etc., which are therefore clearly displaced sternites, not tergites. Furthermore, it is the tergite, not the sternite, which tends to shrink and become vestigial when both are present in the segments of this region, (see Fig. 12, A and C), and it is therefore hardly probable that such a huge sclerite as that labelled 8s in Fig. 14, H, or Fig. 12, F, etc., for example, represents a tergite instead of a sternite, as other investigators would maintain. The interpretations given the parts in the following description ot the sclentes of male Cyclorrhapha are those suggested bv the writer m a brief paper* entitled "Suggestions for a new interpreta- tion ot the postabdomen in male cyclorrhaphous Diptera," published m the Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society, Vol. 31, p. 141. for 193S, although the somewhat "revolutionarv" views there proposed are not accepted by other investigators. The"^ views of other writers, and the terms applied by them to' the parts in male Cyclor- rhaplia have also been included in the following discussion, so that tlic most acceptable interpretations and terminology may be selected after examining the evidence available on the subject. Starting with the condition exhibited by a lower dipteran sm-h as Uie^ibionid DUo-phus shoAvn in Fig. 12, G, we note that the ster- nSLhS fn"t'hr%'!?"\^'^'-"' -'' the terminal abdominal structures of male Diptera, puuiished m the September issue of "Psyche" for 1941, Vol. 48, pp. 79-94. No. 64] DTPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPIIOLCGY 97 nite of the eighth segment 8s is large, and tlie parts of the ninth seg- ment project directly backward. As we pass to the rhagionid (lep- tid) type shown in Fig. 12, A, it may be noted that the eighth ster- nite Ss is much larger than its tergite 8^, and the intersegmental membranes become larger and more extensive to permit a greater displacement of the parts in mating, and the ninth segment is able to project iipAvard in this insect. The genital forceps cxi and st are still clearly recognizable as such, but they tend to unite basally with an area which may possibly represent the remains of the ninth ster- nite, although this has not been definitely determined. In a somewhat higher stage represented by the stratiomyid Ptecticus, shown in Fig. 12, C, the tergites of the seventh and eighth segments 7t and 8t become reduced to snuiU transverse bands, and the eighth sternite 8,s is apparently capable of at least a temporary dis- placement into the insect's left side during mating; and the ninth segment is capable of projecting dorsally. The ninth tergite 9t bears a pair of processes ss which may represent the surstyli of the higher Diptera. The distal segments or distimeres st of the genital forceps are broad and fiat in Ptecticus (Fig. 12, C) like the api)arent distal segments or distimeres -s;^ of the syrphid cyciorrhaphan shown in Fig. 14:, H, and the basal segments or basimeres cxi of the genital forceps of Ptecticus (Fig. 12, C) unite with the apparent ninth ster- nite ds as the apparent basal segments or basimeres cxi do in the syrphid shown in Fig. 14, H. The surstyli ss become articulated to the ninth tergite 9;^ in the syrphid shown in Fig. 14, H. An advance in the direction of the development of the cyclor- i-haphan type of postabdomen is illustrated by the dolichopodid shown in Fig. 12, B^ in which the ninth segment has undergone a partial "circumversion" (or "strophe"), resulting in the dragging up of the eighth sternite Ss into the insect's left side, although the eighth sternite has not become inverted as it does in many Cyclorrhapha. The seventh segment is somewhat distorted in this dolichopodid and its attachment to the sixth segment indicates that it has been afi'ected by the torsion process. The cerci ce are rather suggestive of those of the higher Cyclorrhapha, and structures suggestive of the surstyli ss are developed in this dolichopodid, Avhose aedeagus ae projects down- ward and forward in the cyclorrhaphan manner. The fifth sternite 5s is likewise cleft posteriorly suggesting the condition occurring in the higher Cyclorrhapha in which the fifth sternite bears copulatory lobes (Fig. 13, E). This dolichopodid thus foreshadows many of the modifications occurring in the higher Cyclorrhapha, although it is not directly ancestral to any of them. Apparently a pipunculid-syrphid-pyrgotid series may develop in the Cyclorrhapha, since the modifications exhibited by the insects shown in Fig. 12, E and I, are somewhat similar, and the torsion inversion of the ninth segment is of the same type in both insects, but the resemblances are not very close. The character of the nar- row, transverse sclerite here interpreted as the vestigial seventh tergite 7t, which bears the supposed seventh spiracle, and extends 98 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT, HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. along the anterior margin of the inverted eighth sternite 8s in Fig. 12, E, suggests that a narrow vestigial seventh tergite, bearing the seventh spiracle, may have fused along the anterior margin of the inverted synsternite. when the seventh sternite united with the eighth sternite to form the synsternite bearing the labels 7-s^ and 85 in Fig. 13, D, although the seventh tergite may simply have disappeared in the latter instance. In the pyrgotid shown in Fig. 12,1, the eighth sternite 8s shows onl}^ a slight tendency to become inverted, and still occupies a ventral position in line with the slightly displaced seventh and sixth ster- nites 7s and 6s, showing that it is a sternite, not a tergite. The eighth sternite is hugely developed and its tergite is lost, thus clearly indicat- ing that the similar large sclerite labelled 8s in the syrphid shown in Fig. 12, F, is the eighth sternite and not the eighth tergite. The members of the key group Sj^rphidae, occupying a position at the base of the lines of descent of the lower Cyclorrhapha, furnish a fairly complete intra-syrphid series or series of forms extending from the less modified to the rather highly modified types of Syr- phidae and furnish the key for interpreting the modifications of the sclerites occurring in the higher Cyclorrhapha. In such syrphids as Heliophllus chaligosa^ the huge eighth sternite has not shifted as far out of the sternal region as it has in the pyrgotid shown in Fig. 12, 1, and the eighth tergite becomes vestigial in Ileliophilus^ thus clearly indicating that the large laterally displaced sclerite labelled 8s in the syrphid Sericomyia, shown in Fig. 12, F, is a sternite, and not a ter- gite—and the torsion would have to be from right to left (instead of being from left to right, as the looping up of the ejaculatory duct ej in the syrphid shown in Fig. 14, H, indicates) to cause a tergite to turn over into the insect's left side, and occupy the position as- sumed by the sclerite labelled 8s in Fig. 12, F, of SeHcomyia.. The seventh tei-gite 7t is hardly displaced in Sericomyia (Fig. 12, F) and its spiracle occupies the normal position in relation to the tergite (as do the spiracles of the preceding segments) but the seventh sternite 7s of Sericomyia is slightly lateroverted, or shifted up into the in- sect's left side, thus tending to follow the migrating eighth sternite 8s, as it does more pronouncedly in other Cyclorrhapha? It is important to note that the dextral spiracles are shifted down into the sternal region in the syrphid Mesograpta, shown in Fig. 12, D, thus indicating that there has been a profound left to right torsion of the parts, resulting in the shifting of tlie seventh sternite 7s up near the large lateroverted eighth sternite 8s in this syrphid, as is also the case in the syrphid shown in Fig. 14, H; and tlie sixth sternite 6s is also very asymmetrical in these syrphids sug- gesting that a partial suppression may precede the torsion process. Ihe partial "circumversion", or "strophe", of the ninth tergite con- tinues around as we pass from Fig. 12, F, to Fig. 12, D. and Fig. 14, H ; and in the highly modified syrphid Paragtis, shown in Fig. 13, A, the '^circumversion" has progressed almost as far as it has in the cae- lopid shown in Fig. 12, H. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 99 Paragiis hicolor^ shown in Fig. 13. A, stands almost at the apex of the intra-syrphid series, and its modifications foreshadow many of those occurring in the muscoid series, ahhough Paragus exhibits too many specializations of its own to serve as the starting point for the development of the muscoid series. Paragus (Fig. 13, A), however, does illustrate very nicely how the lateroverted seventh sternite 75 (below which lies the displaced dextral spiracle) unites with the inverted eight sternite 8s (from which it is separated by an incom- plete suture) to form a synsternite, as in the higher Cyclorrhapha shown in Fig. 13, C and D; and the sixth sternite 6s of Paragus (Fig. 13, A) is asymmetrically developed, and lies in front of the later- overted seventh sternite 7s, much as it does in Fig. 13, B and C, etc. ; and the fifth sternite 5s of Paragus (Fig. 13, A) is widely emarginat'e posteriorly, suggesting the origin of the posterior incision in the fifth sternite of the insects shown in Fig. 13, D and E, which results in the formation of the copulatory lobes pgl of the fifth sternite of these insects. In the stratiomyid Ptecticus, shown in Fig. 12, C, the distal seg- ments of the genital forceps, st, are broad and flat, and the basal seg- ments, coii, tend to unite with the ninth sternite, 9s, strongly sug- gesting the condition exhibited by the structures labelled st and cxi in the syrphid shown in Fig. 14, H, in which these structures are provisionally interpreted as the modified segments of the genital forceps. It was formerly suggested by the writer (Crampton, 1936 and 1941) that the gonapophyses ago and pgo of such higher Diptera as those shown in Fig. 13,1), E, etc., might represent the highly modi- fied segments of the genital forceps, cxi and st^ of such lower forms as those shown in Fig. 12, C, or Fig. 14, H, etc. What appear to be dis- tinct gonapophj^ses, however, occur in the stratiomyid Ptecticus, shown in Fig. 12, C, (where the gonapophyses, labelled 'pgo^ are dot- ted to indicate that they lie within the genital forceps) as well as in certain Therevidae and other forms in which distinct genital forceps (labelled cxi and st in Fig. 12, C) likewise occur, so that the gona- po]3hyses of the higher Cyclorrhapha can hardly represent the modified segments of the genital forceps of the lower Diptera. It is therefore preferable to refer to the gonapophyses of the higher Diptera simply as the anterior and posterior gonapophyses, although the term "gonapophyses" is rather misleading for these sti-uctures of male Diptera, since the designation gonapophyses is usually applied to the parts of the ovipositor, etc., of female insects (in which the parts have no relation to the structures of male Diptera), and the briefer designations pregonites and postgonites are therefore suggest- ed for the structures labelled ago and pgo in the higher Diptera shown in Fig. 13, D, E, etc. In the insects shown in Fig. 14, A and C, and in Fig. 10, B and I, the entire sixth segment is little affected by the torsion process, but the seventh sternite 7s of Fig. 14, C, and Fig. 10, B, becomes strongly later- overted. and adheres to the inverted eighth sternite 8s (compare also 100 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Fio-. 10. H). The sclerite It interpreted as the seventh tergite in Fig. 14rA, of Microiieza^ apparently becomes reduced to the small area labelled It in the upper region of the seventh sternite 7s, which be- comes adhei-ent to the inverted eighth sternite 85 in Fig. 14, C, of Calohata. The structures in the ventral region of these insects pre- sent some very curious modifications, especially in the region of the fifth sternite. In the insects shown in Fig. 13, B,C,D, E and F, the sixth tergite 6?^ becomes greatly reduced (and may be lost in some of them) , but the sixth tergite is not appreciably displaced by the torsion process during whicli the sixth sternite 6s (bordering the genital pouch) becomes asymmetrically developed and is eventually captured bj^ the S3nister- nite (formed by the union of the latero verted seventh and inserted eighth sternites), so that the sixth sternite then appears to be the .sternite of a "tergite"' formed by the inverted synsternite, as in Fig. 13, F. It is not clear where this series begins, but the condition ex- hibited by the caelopid Gaelopa^ shown in Fig. 12, H, makes a fairly good starting point for tracing the development of the parts in the series, although Caeloya has many modifications of its own, appar- ently leading oil' along another line of development. It is interesting to note that the dextral spiracles of the sixth and seventh segments of Caelopa (Fig. 12, H), are shifted down and around into the insect's left side, and the sixth tergite 6^ apparently follows its dextral spiracle around in the shift, while a small plate whicli may be a vestige of the seventh tergite, also follows its dex- tral spiracle around into the insect's left side, thus indicating the intensity of the torsion, which is also indicated by the profound dis- tortion and displacement of the sixth and seventh sternites 6s and 7s. as these follow the inverted eighth sternite 8s in the upAvard shift of the sternites. The ninth segment has almost completed its circuni- version in Caelopa, but has not yet become rigid, as it does in the higher Cyclorrhapha in which the circum version is practically com- pleted. In the series of insects shown in Fig. 13, the parts are retained m a fairly primitive condition by the helomyzid Neoleria, shown in Fig. 13, B. in which the sixth tergite 6^ is fairlv larire and remains practically undisturbed while its asymmetrical, lateroverted sternite 6s becomes attached by its upper corner to the lateroverted seventh sternite 7s, which in turn is attached by its upper corner to the in- verted eighth sternite 8s (as though the sternites were being pulled along m a string), and the relations of these lateroverted sternites to each other is much the same as in Fig. 13, A of the syrphid Paragus, or lig. 12, H, of Caelopa. The fate of the seventh tergite in Fig. 13, B, is not clear, unless it becomes vestigial and fuses along the anterior border of the inverted eighth sternite 8s when its sternite 7s is captured by the eighth sternite. In the helomyzid Aviorostomn shown in Fig. 13, C, the union of the sixth, seventh and eighth sternites is carried a step further; and in the helomyzid SuUlia shown in Fig. 14, D. the distinction between No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONXECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 101 the lateroverted sixth and seventh sternites Qs and 7s becomes less clear, as these sclerites lose their sharpness of outline. The helomy- zids appear to follow their own path of specialization within the family, but the helomyzid Anorostouia furnishes some excellent clues for interpreting the modifications occurring in the next stage of the series represented by the anthomyid Hylemyia. In the helomyzid Anorostoma (Fig. 13, C), the lateroverted sev- enth sternite Ts drags along the asymmetrical sixth sternite 65 by one corner, as it becomes adherent to the inverted eighth sternite 86* (from which it is still demarked by a suture), and in the anthomjdd Hyletn- yia (Fig. 13, D), the seventh sternite 7s, to which the sixth sternite 6.rots these sclerites as the seventh and eighth tergites in the Sareophagidae, and Hewitt (1914) does the same in the housefly, in which he considers that the surstyli, .s-s, and cerci, ce, of the house- fly shown in Fig. 13, F, represent the divided seventh and eighth sternites in this insect. In a paper published with Carpenter in 1914, Hewitt has attempted to correct his former interpretation of the ter- minalia of the housefly by comparing the parts of the postabdomen Avith those of the warblefly, Hypodemia. The sclerites are very great- ly modified in Tlypodemm, however, and it would appear that Hewitt regards a plate in the terminalia of Hypodcrma which seems to be li()Miol()0;ous with the synsternite bearing the label 7s -\- 8s in Fi|g. 14, B, as an "intersegmental membrance", despite the fact that the intersegmental membrances usually do not bear setae, as this plate does in Hypoderma, so that Hewitt's interpretations of the terminalia of these flies evidently need further revising. Berlese (1909) and Metcalf (1921) interpret the ninth segment. No. 61] DIITERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 105 9t, of Fif,^ 12, F, and Fig, 13, E, as the tenth segment in the Syrphidae and Muscidae, while Hewitt (1914), Parker (1914), and Lowne (1895^ consider that it represents the eighth segment in the higher Diptera, but most of the recent students of the muscoid flies agree in inter- preting this segment as the ninth, since it bears the male genital organ which is an "appendage" of the ninth segment in male insects in general. Of the various interpretations of the ]iarts of the postabdomen of the muscoid Diptera discussed aboA'e, those proposed in the fine paper by Cole (1927) are the most nearl}^ in accord with those ac- cepted here. The principal difference between Cole's interpretation of the segments of the postabdomen, and the interpretation suggested here, is that Cole considers that the eighth sternite of one of the muscoid flies such as Hylemyla shown in Fig. IB, D, is represented by the sclerite here interpreted as the sixth sternite, labelled 66- in Fig. 13, D, (Cole states that the eighth sternite is represented by "a nar- row strip on the left side" in Hylemyia., and labels the sixth sternite as the "eighth" in his Fig. 213 of this insect) ; and Cole considers that the sclerites labelled 7^ and 8s in Fig. 13, D, of HyJemyia represent the seventh and eighth "tergites" in this insect, instead of represent- ing the seventh and eighth sternites, as they are here interpreted. The terms which have been applied to the parts of the copulatory apparatus of male muscoid flies by various workers in this group are listed in the following discussion, in which the terms Avhich appear to be the most appropriate, or those which are the most widely ac- cepted, have been selected for describing the parts in a typical mus- coid fly represented by Phonnia regina shown in Fig. 13, E, and Fi^. 10, E, etc. The fifth sternite. or last sternite of the pi-eabclomen of Phormia. is deeply cleft ])osteriorly to form a pair of posterior lobes labelled pgl in Fig. 13, E, or Fig. 10, E, etc. These lobes, or processes, are frequently used in mating, and therefore may be included among the "copulatoria" or general structures used in copulation, but they should not be included among the "terminalia", as is done by Patton (1932), since the terminalia are parts of the postabdomen lying behind the fifth, or last sternite of the preabdomen. The lobes or processes of the fifth sternite {lygl of Fig. 13, E) are sometimes referred to as the pregenital lobes (or processes) by dipterists, although Patton (1932) states that the designation pri- mary forceps (used by Hewitt. 1914, and others) is the one usually applied to them. Awati (1915) calls these lobes the accessory for- ceps, Parker (1914) refers to them as the lamellae, and AVesche (1906) calls them the laminae "superiores", although they are ventral in posi- tion. The designation "forceps" is not an appropriate one for the posterior lobes of the fifth sternite, since these lobes are not forcipate; and the true genital forceps are appendages of the ninth, not the fifth segment. On this account, it is preferable to refer to the struc- tures in question simply as tlie posterior lobes or processes of the fifth sternite. lOG CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST, SURVEY [Bull. The posterior processes of the fifth steniite are highly modified in the Caiobatidae. Thus in the calobatid Cardiacephdla shown in Fig. 10,1, they have the form of long, slender copulatory processes, and in the calobatid Calohata, shown in Fig. 10, B, the processes of the fifth sternite are remarkably modified. It is also possible that the anteriorly directed sternal process of the micropezid shown in Fig. 14. A. mav be a modified process of rlie fifth sternite, but this has not been definitely determined. The segmental complex bearing the label 7s -{- 85 in the flies shown in Fig. 13 E, and Fig. 14, B, etc., is referred to as the first genital ''segment" in the Sarcophagidae ; and the ninth segment, 9^, is called the second genital segment in the Sarcophagidae, in which group these "segments" are sometimes referred to as the anal seg- ments, according to Parker (1914). Other dipterists apply the desig- nations pregenital "segment" and genital segment to these structures. The ninth abdominal segment is the true genital segment of the male, and in the lower insects it is referred to as the andrium. If the latter term is applied to the ninth segment, the preceding segmental complex may be referred to as the protandrium, although the designa- tions pregenital "segment" and genital segment are useful desigTia- tions for the structures in question, if it is borne in mind that the so-called pregenital "segment" is in reality a segmental complex made up of the united seventh and inverted eighth sternites. Hendel (1928) states that the ninth termite, '^t, of Fig. 13, E, etc.. is called the lamina basalis in the Schizophora. The ninth tergite is referred to as the epandrium in the lower insects, and this term might be applied to it in the higher Diptera, if it is desirable to refer to the ninth tergite by a single term in order to avoid confusion or uncertainty in counting the apparent segments of the abdomen in these insects. Patton (1932-1935) refers to the ninth tergite alone as the "ninth tergo-sternum", but this designation is very confusing to those who consider that there is a distinct sternum in "the ninth seg- ment (95 of Fig. 13, E, etc.), which does not unite with the ninBi tergite. According to Snodgrass (1935), the Y-shaped sclerite bearing the label 9s in Fig. 13, E, or in Fig. 14, E, etc., represents the ninth, or genital sternite in the muscoid fly PoUenia rvdis; and Parker (1914) refers to this sclerite as the genital sternum (which he states is equiva- lent to the "progenital sternum" of Lowne, 1895), or sternum of the genital segment, which, however, is interpreted as the eighth, instead of the ninth segment, of the Sarcophagidae, by Parker. Other in- vestigators have given the most diverse interpretations to this sclerite in the Cyclorrhapha. Thus Awati (1915) considers that the ninth sternite, 9s of Fig. 10, E, or Fig. 14, E, represents the "body of the theca" (i. e., the basal region of the male genital organ) which he calls the vinculum, and maintains that the ninth sternite has dropped out in the muscoid Diptera. Edwards (1920) is inclined to accept Awati's view that the ninth sternite has dropped out in the higher Diptera, but offers the suggestion that the ninth sternite of the higher No. 64] DIPTERA or CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 107 Diptera may possibly be represented b}^ the structure which Awati calls the "vesiculum" (a misprint for vinculum?). Edwards (1920) suggests as an alternative view, that the ninth sternite of the higher Diptera may be represented by the structures called the "edita" by Newstead (1911) in Glossina (i. e., the surstvli labelled ss in Fig. 13, E). Hewitt (1914) and Berlese (1909) also consider that the surstjdi of the housefly (i. e., the structures labelled ss in Fig. 13, F) represent the halves of the "genital sternite", but the structures in question are appendages of the ninth tergite homologous with the surstyli of lower insects. In a footnote to page 49, Hendel (1928) makes the further suggestion that the anterior gonapophyses, ago^ of Fig. 13, E, represent the "ninth sternite", while the posterior gon- apophyses, pgo, may represent the "tenth sternite" in the higher Dip- tera. The ninth sternite or hypandrium, labelled 9s in Fig. 14, E, of a typical muscoid fly, is a flat Y-shaped plate embedded in the dorsal wall of the membranous genital pouch or cubiculum, phc^ of Fig. 14, F, just in front of the base of the male genital organ labelled pho in Fig. 10, E, or Fig. 14, E, etc. The flat anterior portion, or "stem" of the Y-shaped plate, projects forward and upward from the lower angles of the ninth tergite, 9^; and a plicate fold at its anterior end projects internally to form an apocleme-like projection labelled Jia in Fig. 10, E, Fig. 14, E, or Fig. 14, F, Fig. 9a, A, etc., Avhich may be called the hypandrial apodeme. The posterior arms of the Y-shaped ninth sternite, 95, extend backward on each side of the base of the male genital organ, j^ho, of Fig. 14, E, or Fig. 10, E, etc., and are connected with the bases of the surstyli, ss, by connecting rods in the form of bacilliform sclerites, hcs, lying just below the lateral margins of the ninth tergite. 9;^. These connecting rods probably aid in flexing the surstyli, ss. of Fig. 14, E, (and the cerci, ce, Avhich are closely associated with the surstyli) when the Y-shaped sclerite, 9s, is drawn forward. Patton (1932-1935) re- fers to these connecting rods as the basal segments of the "coxites" (i. e., the basal segments of the surstyli, ss, which he regards as the homologues of the "coxites" or basimeres), but the connecting rods are probably merely secondarily-developed sclerites which do not occur in all of the higher Diptera. It is possible that the vestigial sclerites which Patton (1934) regards as the "sclerotized spiracles" of the eighth segment in the Sarcophagidae may represent the re- mains of such connecting rods in these insects. At any rate, they do not represent the "sclerotized spiracles" of the eighth segment, since the eighth abdominal spiracles are always absent in male Diptera. On each side of the base of the male genital organ, jjha, of such muscoid flies as Phormla (Fig. 13, E), Hylemyia (Fig. 13, D), etc., is a pair of sclerites, ago and pgo, called the anterior and posterior gonapophyses by Lowne (1895) in the male blowfly. The gonapophy- ses are also referred to as the parameres by Bruel (1897) and Patton (1932), and by Hendel (1928), who refers to the anterior gonapopliy- ses as the distal gonapophyses (or parameres) and designates the lOS CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. posterioi- o-onapophyses as the proximal o-onapophyses (or parameres). Parker (foi-l) refers to the coiiapophyses as the anterior and poste- i-ior clasi)ers. Iluckett (1924) designates the gonapopliyses as the internal lobes in the Anthomyidae (a term taken from Metcalf's termiiioloav for the parts in male syrphids) and desio-nates the ante- i-ior n()ii apophyses as the cephalic or onter pair, and refers to the posterior <.'-()nai)ophyses as the caudal or inner pair. Wesche (1906) refers to the anterior gonapophyses as the palpi genitalium, and the posterior gonapophyses as the forcipes interiores. Newstead (1911) refei-s to the gonapophyses as the inferior claspers, and Awati (1915) refers to them as the appendages of the vinculum. According to Parker (1914), the anterior and posterior gonapoph- yses, which he calls the anterior and posterior ''clas])ers'\ act upon a small i)late which he calls the fulcral plate; and Patton (19:>-2-19a5) describes the structure and method of articulation of the gonapophy- ses (which he calls the ])arameres) in a number of muscoid Hies. The gonapophyses in some cases bear sensory setae, and it seems logical to suppose that such structures as thesCy which play an im- portant part in the mating process, may have a sensor}^ function (alth(jugh Metcalf, 1921, considers that the cerci are the only '"sen- sory organs'" in this region of the abdomen), and in fact Wesche (1900) refers to the anterior gonapophyses as the "genital palpi", thus im[)lying that they have a sensory function to some extent. The chief function of the gonapophyses, however, is to serve as hooked processes which fit into certain pockets of the female postabdomen during the mating process. ]Most of the recent students of the higher Diptera, such as Patton (1932), Hendel (1928), etc., refer to the gonapophyses of the higher Diptera as parameres, although they do not homologize the gona- pophyses of the higher Diptera with the genital forceps, or true para- meres. of the lower Diptera, since they homologize the surstyli, ss^ with the genital forceps of lower Diptera, instead! Lowne (1895) likewise states that the anterior gonapophyses of tlie blowfly are un- doubtedly homologous with the claspers of the genital forceps of male Hymenoptera, but since the Stratiomyidae, Therevidae and other Diptera which have well developed genital forceps, or parameres, nuiy also have distinct gonapophyses (see pc/o of Fig, 12, C) it is hard- ly justifiable to homologize the gonapophyses of the higher Diptera AV]th the genital forceps or parameres of other insects. arSl in fact the gonapophyses of male Cyclorrhapha may be peculiar to these insects. I1ie male genital organ of the Cyclorrhapha or the external sclerotized portion of the genital tube of these insects, is variously referred to as the aedeagus (Foudras, 1859), phallosome (Christo- phers, 1922), mesosome (Waterson, 1914), and adminiculum (West- hof, 1882) ; and the designation intromittent organ or penis was frequently applied to it by the earlier dipterists. JNIost of the recent writers are inclined to restrict the desicrna- tion penis to the membranous, usually eversible portion, throuo-h whicli the seminal fluid is discharged, and apply the desio-nation No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 109 aedeao'iis to tlie rio-id portion Avhich serves to ciiide the membranous penis, which is exserted by blood pressure. The designation intro- mittent organ might be applied to the entire organ, although some writers are inclined to restrict this designation to the penis alone. The terms phallosome* and aedeagus are the ones most frequently applied to the external sclerotizecl portion of the genital tube by recent dipterists, and AVesthof's term adminiculum is seldom em- ployed by them. In a typical muscoid fly such as Phormia regina shown in Fig. 10, E, and Fig. 1J:„E, the aedeagus is composed of a distal portion, or phallus, jiha, and a basal portion or phallophore, pho^ which bears the phallus. Huckett (1924), who adopts the terminology proposed by Metcalf (1921) for the Syrphidae, calls the phallophore and phallus the "chitinous box" and "ejaculatory process" in the An- thomyidae, although this application of the designation "chitinous box" is not exactly the same as that employed by Metcalf. Carpenter and Hewitt (1914) apply the designations juxta and theca to the phallophore or basal portion of the aedeagus in H y poderma^ while Newstead (1911) refers to the part in question as the juxta or penis sheath in Glossina. Hendel (1928) refers to the phallophore and phallus as the theca and phallus, apparently adopting the designation "theca" from Wesche (1906), wdio first applied it to the basal region here designated as the phallophore. It is inadvisable to apply the designation "theca" to the basal region of the aedeagus labelled pAo in Fig. 10, E, Fig. 14, E, etc., since the term theca is also used to designate a wide range of structures in the Diptera. and in other insects as well. Thus Hendel (1928) applies the designation "theca" to the hyoid sclerite in the labium of the Diptera, and also applies the same term to the basal region of the aedeagus as well in these insects, while most of the recent students of the Diptera apply the designation theca to the sclerite of the labium here designated as the prementum. The coccidologists, on the other hand, apply the designation "theca" to the crumena of the coccids, and other entomologists refer to the outer covering of pupal insects as the "theca", and there is such great confusion in the application of this term that it is preferable to drop it altogether. Lowne (1893-1895) refers to the phallic spine labelled goa in Fig. 13, E, and Fig. 10, E, etc., as the epiphallus, and this term is as appropriate as any that have been applied to it. Hewitt (1914) calls it the superior apophysis in the housefly, Avhile Wesche (1906) calls it the spinus titillatorius, and Huckett (1924) refers to a similar structure in male anthomyids as the ejaculatory hood, although the latter designation is not used in exactly the same sense as that em- ployed by Metcalf (1921), who introduced this term in his descriptions of the parts in male Syrphidae. Lowne (1895) applies the designation paraphallus to the parts * students of the Tipulidae restrict the designation phallosome to tlie structure at the base of the aedeagus ae of the tipulid shown in Fig. 7, J, and this usage has much to recommend it. ^ 110 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. of the phcalliis labelled pap in Fig. 10, E. and applies the term hypo- phallus to the structure labelled hph in Fig. 10, E: and these terms are the ones usually accepted for the structures in question by the students of the higher Diptera. Berlese (1909). however, employs these terms in a dilferent sense from that proposed by Lowne, since Berlese applies these designations to the channels of the phallophore region which he considers are parts of the eighth and ninth seg- ments combined, although the phallophore is a structure belonging entirely to the ninth segment. Newstead (1911) applies the designa- tion harpes to the parts of the hypophallus, etc., but the term harpes lias been applied to such a varied assortment of structures in the neighborhood of the aedeagus that it is almost impossible to deter- in hie what is meant when this term is used, and if the term harpes is used at all, it is preferable to restrict it to the distal segments of the genital forceps. Carpenter and Hewitt (1914) refer to the membranous distal portion of the aedeagus as the glans penis; and the term acrophallus has been applied to the region of the phallus distal to the paraphalli, which is sometimes differentiated in the Calliphoridae and related muscoid flies. The phallus becomes greatly developed in some of the higher Diptera, and the phallus of Palloptera terminalis shown in Fig. 244, p. 493, of the paper by Cole (1927) is modified in a remarkable man- ner, while the aedeagus of the otitid fly shown in Fig. 10, J, takes on the form of a long, flat, spirally coiled ribbon. The large apodeme, aad of Fig. 10, E, Fig. 14, E and F, and Fig. 9a, A, etc., at the base of the aedeagus, may be referred to as the phallic, or aedeagal apodeme. Patton^(1932) designates it as the shaft or apodeme of the phallosome, while Snodgrass (1935) calls it the basal apodeme.* Huckett (1924) adopts Metcalf's designation sustentacular apodeme for the aedeagal apodeme in the Anthomyidae, and Hewitt (1914) refers to it as the inferior apophysis in the house- fly. Wesche (1906) calls the aedeagal apodeme the great apodeme, and states that the parts are paired in Gynoplmia, Bibio and Tabamus, and are partuiUy fused in Glossin-a and Sepsis^ while thev are fused or united in the median line in CallipKora according to Lowne (1895), who calls them the great apodemes. A diverticulum, or sac of the ejaculatorv duct, ed, forms the ejaculator or ejaculatorv sac, bulb or syringe, labelled sao in Fig. 9a, A, of the parts of Phormia regina. This' sac. called the sperm pump by Patton (1932), was first described by Wesche (1906), who applied the designation ejaculatory apodeme to the flat central sclcrite which arises from one side of the cuticular lining of the duct, and supports the muscular sheath of the sac. This sclerite (called the sperm pump sclerite by Patton, 1932) is drawn into the sac by the action of the muscles mentioned above, and acts as a piston, or the^luriger of a syringe, to force out the seminal fluid from the sac L^R^^.^'^I*' '!.'"^^''^^'??n^?f *^^ sclerites and their muscles are given in Fi^r 310 naep 606, by Snodgrass (1935), and by Graham-Smith (1928). ^^ ;N^0. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 111 into the common ejacnlatory duct. In all of the Cyclorrhapha exam- ined by the writer (including a series from the Syrphidae to the higher muscoid types) this common efferent duct, ed^ loops up from the insect's left side over the top of the hind gut (see Fig. 14, H, and Fig. 9a, A) to the insect's right side before it discharges ventrally through the aedeagus, and this fact is "proof positive" that the ninth segment undergoes a circumversion (^yhile the eighth sternite becomes inverted) in a clockwise direction in these flies, as was mentioned be- fore. The surstyli or edita, 55, of Fig. 13, E, of PoUenia., or Fig. 13, D, of Hylemyia, etc., are "appendages" of the ninth tergite which serve as accessory claspers in mating. The}^ are Avell developed in such lower Diptera as the ptycliopterid Bittacomor-'pha shown in Fig. 10, K, and are quite long in certain anthomyids such as the one shown m Fig. 7, K, while in the housefly shown in Fig. 10, L, they are broad and stout, and have the appearance of a divided sternite of the genital segment for which they were mistaken by Berlese (1909) and Hewitt (1914). The surstyli, 55, of Fig. 13, E, and Fig. 13, D, are designated as the styli of the "gonopods" (i. e., the distimeres of the genital for- ceps) by Hendel (1928) in his diagram of the terminalia of a typical schizophoran, and Awati (1915) also considers that the surstyli of the Cyclorrhapha represent the so-called "genital styles" (or distal segments of the genital forceps) of the lower Diptera, in which, ac- cording to Awati, the basal segments of the forceps {cxi of Fig. 12, G) represent the divided "ninth sternite". Metcalf (1921) likewise refers to the surstyli as the "styli" in the Syrphidae, and Berlese (1909) calls them the mesostyli in the syrphids. Huckett (1924) homologizes the surstjdi with the distimeres or dististyli (distal segments of the genital forceps) in the anthomyids. and Cole (1927) considers that the surstyli represent the distal segments of the genital forceps in some cases, and homologizes them with the distimeres, or so-called harpes, harpagones, etc., of lower Diptera, Patton (1932-1935), on the other hand, homologizes the surstyli with the "coxites", or basimeres of the genital forceps of the lower Diptera, and all of these investi- gators regard the surstyli as parts of the genital forceps of the lower Diptera, although the surstyli are appendages of the ninth tergite, while the genital forceps of the lower Diptera are sternal structures homologous with the parameres of the Hymen optera and Coleoptera. Balfour-Browne (1932) considers that the surstyli, 55, and cerci, - blindly (instead of leadino- (o any other nematocerous fami- lies), and on "this account the Tipulidae are of little phylo^-enetic in- terest. The families into Avhich the Tipulidae (in the broad sense) are sometimes subdivided, together with such fossil forms as the ''Architi})ulidae'\ etc., constitute the Tipuloidea in the restricted sense; and these miaht be regarded as constituting a separate section, the Tlp'ulovwrpltii, equivalent to the other sections of the Xematocrra. The families clustering about the Anisopodidae or "Phryneidac" as a centei' may l)e grouped in the section Phr^/neomorpha^ which con- tains three ])riucipal superfamilies. The first superfamily, the Phry- neoidea. contains the families Trichoceratidae or ''Petauristidae". the Anisoj)odidae or "Phryneidae", the Mycetobiidae. and the Pachyneu- ridae (also related to the Bibionoidea). The second superfamily, the Fungivoroidea, includes the Mycetophilidae or "Fungivoridae'' (in the broad sense — i. e., including the so-called Sciaridae, Bolitophilidae, etc.) and the Cecidom3ddae or 'Ttonididae''. The third superfamily, the Bibionoidea, includes the Bibionidae (Avith PJec'ta as its most primitive representative), the Scatopsidae and the Hesperinidae (also related to the Pachyneuridae) , etc. The Anisopodidae or 'T^hryneidae"' are of the greatest phylogenet- ic importance since they serve to connect the Trichoceratidae or "Petauristidae'\ at the base of the main stem of dipteran evolution, with the Fungivoroidea; and they also serve to connect the Tricho- ceratidae with the Bibionoidea. which approach the I^rachycera in some respects. The chief importance of the Aniso])odidae, however, lies in the fact that they appear to lead more oi- less directly from the Trichoceratidae or "Petauristidae'' at the base of the nematoceran stem, to the Khagionidae (Leptidae) and Therevidae at the base of the brachyceran stem, which in turn leads to the Gvclorrhapha. All of these forms tend to retain the ocelli throughout "the series leading from the primitive trichoceratid stem forms on up to and including the Cyclorrhapha, despite the fact that even such closely related and prnnitive Nematocera as the Tii)ulidae, etc., tend to lose the ocelli, so that the retention of the ocelli in this evolutionary series must be regarded as a feature of considerable phylogenetic importance. The faniilies of orthorrhaphous lirachycera appear to cluster about two ju-incipal centers represented by tlie Leptidae or '^Ehagion- ]dae" and the Therevidae; and these Brachycera may be grouped'^into two pruicipal sections. One section, the Rhaqiomorphn, centerino- about the Leptidae or "Khagionidae", includes three superfamilies". i he hrst superfamily, the Rhagionoidea, includes the Rhachiceratidae, the Leptidae or ''Rhagionidae*', and the Hilarimorphidae (althouo-h Hilarimorpha may belong with the Bombyliidae) . The second sup?r- taimly, the I abaiioidea (in the restricted sense), includes the Pantoph- thalmi.hie or -Acanthomeridae", and the Tabanidae The ^' '- ' No. 64] DIPTERA OF COXNECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 117 A second section, the TherevoTnorph-a, centering about the Therev- iclae at the base of the stem, includes four principal superfamilies (and possibly a fifth, whose closest affinites are uncertain). The first of tliese superfamilies, the Therevoidea, includes the Therevidae and the Scenopinidae or "Omphralidae''. The second superfamily, the Asiloidea (in the restricted sense), includes the Mydaidae, the Apioceratidae and the Asilidae. The third superfamily, the Empidi- doidea, includes the Enipididae and the Dolichopodidae. The fourth superfamily, the Bombyloidea (in tlie restricted sense), includes the Nemistrinidae, the Bombyliidae and the Gyrtidae or "Acroceratidae", with the Bombyliidae as the, forms loadino- to the pipunculid-syrphid group at the base of the cj^clorrhaphan stem. A fifth superfamily, the Phoroidea, includes the Phoridae (in the broad sense — i. e., includ- ing the Thaumatoxenidae, etc.) and the Lonchopteridae or "Musi- doridae'', although the latter family is not very closely related to the Phoridae, and may belong elsewhere. The exact location of the Phor- oidea in the phylogenetic scheme is not clear, and the group may belong within the next subclass. At any rate it represents an isolated border-line group, of little phylogenetic interest since it does not appear to lead to any of the other groups next to be considered. The cyclorrhaphous Brachycera, or Cyclorrhapha, may be divid- ed into the more familiar groups Acalypteratae and Calypteratae, merely for the sake of convenience, although the presence (or absence) of the calypteres in the members of these groups is not a decisive feature; and the designation "Muscoidea'' is here applied in a much more restricted sense than that in which it is sometimes employed for the cyclorrhaphous families. From the phylogenetic standpoint, the family 8yr])hidae (with the Pipunculidae) is the "key"' group for the evolution of the Acalypteratae, and the family Anthomyidae is the "key" group for the evolution of the Calypteratae. The families clustering about the Syrphidae as a center may be grouped in the section Syrphomorpha, which contains several super- families (some of which are not mentioned here). The first, and phylogenetically the most important of these, is the superfamily Syr- phoidea, containing the Syrphidae and the Pipunculidae or "Dori- laidae", with which the somewhat more distantly related Platypezidae may also be included, although the Conopidae, which are usually placed near these families, may belong elsewhere. A second super- family, the ()]-taloidea, containing the Pyrgotidae, the Ortalidae, the Trypetidae or "Trypaneidae", the Richardiidae, and several other families, is practically a direct continuation of the syrphoid stem; and the coiled aedeagus occurring in the males of many of these forms was apparently inherited from certain pipunculid forebears, although the suppression of the sixth abdominal tergite and tlie linking up of the displaced sixth, seventh and eighth abdominal sternites in the males of these insects is perhaps more of a syrphid than a pipunculid feature. It is not certain which line of development leads from the ances- tral syrphoid stem group to the families at the base of the calypter- 118 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT, HIST. SURVEY [^Bllll. ate stem, but the members of the superfamily Helomyzoidea, includ- ini J Joussetde Bellcsme (1878)^ Recherches experimentales sur les fonctions des bal- anciers chez dipteres. Paris, 1878. ^"""^nf'J^' ilf^}^ XH ^T'-ll^^P^^ts of the nematocerous Diptera. Psvche, 8, pp. 303-306, Z27-2ZQ, 346-348, 355-359, 363-365. - . . ff I '^T^J^^^?-" T]^^ development and homologies of the mouthparts of insects. Amer. Naturalist, 2>6, pp. 683-706. Keuchenius, P E. (1923) The structure of the internal genitalia of some male Diptera. Zeit. Wiss. Zool., cv, pp. 501-536, 5 pis Kirby, W. and Spence, W. (1828). An introduction to entomology. Vol. HL ,^ff."'i ^ V PI- V- d. Mundwerkzeuge der saugenden Insekten (Vorlauf. mitteil.). Zool. Anzeiger, 5, pp. 574-579. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 125 (1883). Zur Anatomic u. Physiologic des Russels von Musca. Zeit. Wiss. ZooL, 39, pp. 683-719, 2 pis. Kuenckel d'Herculais, J. (1875-1881). Recherches sur I'organization et le developpe- ment des volucelles (2 volumes). Paris. 1875-1881. Kulagin, N. (1905). Der Kopfbau bei Ctilex u. Anopheles. Zeit. Wiss. Zool., 83, pp. 285-335, 3 pis. Lacaze-Durthiers, H. (1853). De I'armature genitale femelle des insectes dipteres. Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 3 (Zool.), 19, pp. 203-237, pi. 4. Laing, J. (1935). On the ptilinum of the blowfly (Calliphora crcthroccphala). Quart. Jour. Micr. Sci., 77, Pt. 4, pp. 497-521, figs. Langhoffcr, Z. (1888). Beitrage zur Kenntniss d. Mundtheile der Diptcren. Inaug. Diss. Jena, 32 pp. ■. (1902). Mandibulae Dolichopodidarum. Verh. V. Internat. Zool. Congress Berlin, pp. 840-846, 4 figs. Latreille, P. A. (1821). De quelques appendices particuliers du thorax de divers in- sectes. Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat., 7, pp. 1-18. ■- . (1825). Families naturelles du regne animal (2 edition), Paris, 1825, p. 259. Leon, N. (1904). Vorlaeufige Mitteilung ueber den Saugruessel der Anophiliden. Zool. Anzeiger, 27, pp. 730-732, 1 fig. . (1924). L'Armature buccale et la pompe salivaire des Culecoides pulicaris. Bull. Sect. Sci. Acad. Roumaine, 9, pp. 17-22, 3 figs., 1 pi. Liang, S. (1926). Morphologic des Hypopygiums des maennlichen Genitaldruesen und des Verdauungssystems von Thaumastoptera caeceata. Arch. Naturg., 91 (Abt. Anat.), pp. 1-31, 17 figs. Lindner, E. (1925). Die Fliegen der Palaearktischen Region. 1 Morphologic, pp. 1-32, 17 figs. . (1923). Die Fliegen der Palaearktischen Region, Bd. 1, pp. 161-208, 1 pi. Lindner, H. (1918). U. d. Mundwerkzeuge einiger Dipteren u. ihre beziehungen zur Ernaehrungsweise. Zool. Anzeiger, 50, pp. 19-27, 7 figs. Loeu', H. (1858). U. d. Schwinger der Dipteren. Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 2. . (1862). Monograph of the Diptera of North America, Part I, p. ix- xxiv, on the terminology of Diptera, 3 figs. Lowne, B. T. (1890-1895). The anatomy physiology morphology and development of the blowfly Calliphora crythroccphala. 2 vols. . (1893). A replv to some observations on the mouth organs of the Diptera. Ann. Nat. Hist.," 11, pp. 182-184. Lundbeck, W. (1907-1927). Diptera Danica. 7 vols. MacFie, J. W. S. and Ingram, A. (1922). On the genital armature of the female mosquito. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol., 16, pp. 157-188, 23 figs. MacGillivray, A. D. (1923). External insect anatomy. . (1923). The anal veins in the wing of Diptera. Ent. News, 34, pp. 106-111. Macloskie, G. (1880). The proboscis of the house fly. Amer. Naturalist, 14, pp. 153- 161, 3 figs. Magnan, A. (1934). La locomotion chez les animaux. Le vol des insectes. Her- mann Edit. Paris, 1934. Malloch, J. R. (1914). American black flies or buffalo gnats. U. S. D. A., Bur. Ent., Tech. Series No. 26. . (1923). A note on the relationships of Pyrgotidae. Ent. News, 34, p. 283. (1929). Exotic Muscaridae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3, pp. 249-280, 5 figs. Marlatt, C. L. (1896). The mouthparts of insects with particular reference to the Diptera and Hemiptera. Proc. Am. Assn. Adv. Sci., 44, pp. 154-155. Martin, J. F. (1916). The thoracic and cervical sclerites of insects. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 9, pp. 35-83, 4 pis. Martini, E. (1922). U. d. Ban der aeusseren maennlichen Geschlechts Organe bei den Stechmuecken. Ann. Naturg. Abt. A., 88, pp. 134-142, 3 figs. . (1923). Lenrbuch der Med. Entomologie, Jena, 1923. 126 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Martini, E. and Kalandadze, L. (1928). U. d. segmentale Gliederung nematocerer Dipteren, I-IV. Zool. Anzeiger, 75, pp. 241-251, 7 figs.; 76, pp. 67-95, 22 figs., pp. 147-162, 9 figs. Matheson, R. (1929). A handbook of the mosquitoes of North America. Balti- more,' 1929, 489 pp., 211 figs. Meade, R. H. (1897). On the terminology of the scale-like organs wlijch lie be- tween the roots of the wings and the scutellum of Diptera. Entom. Month. Mag- azine, 8, pp. 29-30. Meijere, J. C. H. de (1901). U. d. letzte Glied der Beine bei den Arthropoden. Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Anat., 14, pp. 417-476, 7 pis. _ •. (1916a). Ordnung Diptera. Bronns Klassen u. Ordnungen des Tierreichs, Vol. 5, Abt. 3, Lieferung 1-4, 64 pp., 2 double plates. (1916b). Z. Kenntniss des Kopfbaues der Dipteren Larven u. imagines. Zool. Anzeiger, 46, pp. 241-251, 17 text fig (1919). Studien u. palaearktischen vorwiegende Hollandische Limnobiiden insbesondere u. ihre Kopulationsorgane. Tidschr. Ent. Gravenhage, 64, pp. 54-118. Meinert, F. (1880). Sur la constitution des organes buccaux chez les diptercs. Ent. Tidsk., 1, pp. 150-153. . (1881). Fluernes munddele (trophi dipterorum). Kjobenhavn, 1881. . (1882). Die Mundteile der Dipteren. Zool. Anzeiger, 5, pp. 570-574. 599-603. Menzbier, M. A. (1880). U. d. Kopfskelett u. die Mundteile der Zweifluegler. Bull. Soc. Imp. Natur. Moscou, 55, pp. 8-71, 2 pis. Mercier, L. (1930). Variation de certaines pieces de I'armature genitale male de Pollenia rudis, etc. C. R. Acad. Sci. France, 190, pp. 320-322, 6 figs. Mercier, L. and Villeneuve, J. (1925). Contribution a I'etude de I'anatomie de la tete des dipteres cvclorrhaphes. La ptiline et le muscle ptilino-pharyngien. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 181, pp. 882-884, 2 figs. Merlin, A. A. (1905). Note on the foot of the liouseflv. Jour. Queckett Micr. Club, 9, pp. 167-168. Metcalf, C. L. (1921). The genitalia of male Syrphidae, their morphology with es- pecial reference to its taxonomic significance. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 14, pp. 169-214, 11 pis. Metcalf, C. L. and Flint, W. P. (1932). Fundamentals of insect life. Metcalfe, M. E._ (1933). Notes on the structure and development of the female gen- ital system in Dasyneura legiiminicola (Cecidomvidae). Quart. Jour. Micr. Soc, London, N. S. 76, pp. 89-106, 2 pis., 4 figs. Miall, L. C. (1892). The development of the head of the imago of Chironomus. Trans. Linn. Soc. Zoology, Ser. 2, 5, pp. 265-279, 4 pis. Miall, L. C. and Hammond, A. R. (1900). The structure and life history of the harlequm fly Chironomus. Oxford, 1900, 196 pp.. 129 text figs., 1 pi. Mik, J. (1878). Dipterologische Untersuchungen. Jahresb. K. K. Akad. Gvm- nasium Wien. 1878. 26 np., 1 nl. — -. (1882). Zu Osten-Sacken's chaetotaxv. Wien Ent. Zeit.. 1882, p. 91 (also Verb. Zool. Bot. Gessell. Wien, 1882). Alinchin, E. A. (1905). Report on the anatomy of the tsetse fly (Glossitm palpalis). Proc. Roy. Soc. London, Ser. B. 76, pp. 531-547. Mmnich, D. E. (1926). The chemical sensitivity of the tarsi of certain muscoid flies. Biol. Bull. Woods Hole. 51, pp. 166-178. Mote D. C. (1929). The reproductive system of the warble fly Hypoderma bovis. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 22, pp. 70-76. 4 pis. Mueggenburg, F. H. (1892). Der Russel der Diptera Pupipera. Liaug. Diss. Leip- zig, 58 pp., 2 double plates. (See also Arch, f, Naturg., 58, pp. 287-332). Mueller. A. (1922). U. d. Bau des Penis der Tachinarier u. seinen Wert f. die Auf- stellung des Stammbaumes u. die Artdiagnose. Arch, f Nature Abt Anat 88 pp. 45-168, 5 pis. ■ ■' ' -_ -. (1925). Die Maennlichen begattungs Organc der Calliphorinen u. ein- iger Sarcophagmen. Yerh. Anat. Z. B. Gessell. Wien, 73. — — . (1926). U. d. Bau des Penis der Tachinarier u. seiner Wert f. die .^ufstellung des Stammbaumes und die Artdiagnose. Konowia, 5, pp. 72-78. 233-246. 22 figs. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 127 Muir, F. (1912). Two new species of Ascodiptera. Bull. Museum Comp. Zoology, Harvard College, 54, pp. 351-361, 3 pis. . (1923). On the homology between the genitalia of some species of Dip- tera and those of Merope tuber. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1893, pp. 176-180, 2 pis. Newell, A. G. (1918). The comparative morphology of the genitalia of insects. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 11, pp. 109-142, 14 pis. Newstead, R. N. (1911). Revision of the tse tse flies (Glossina) based on a study of the male genital armature. Bull. Entom. Research, 2, pp. 9-36, 17 figs. Nitzulescu, V. (1927a). L'appareil buccal de Corizoneura schwetzi, etc. Rev. Zool. Af., 15, pp. 200-213, 13 figs. . (1927b). Contribution a I'etude de le pompe salivaire des simuliides. Bull. Soc. Path. Exotique, 20, pp. 748-753, 5 figs. (Tabanides, Ibid., pp. 846-851, 4 figs.; culicides, Ibid., pp. 851-857, 6 figs.) Nuttall, G. H. and Shipley, A. E. (1903). The structure and biology of Anopheles. Jour. Hyg., 3, pp. 166-215, 4 pis. Ockler, A. (1890). Das Krailenglied am Insektenfuss. Arch. f. Naturg., 56, pp. 222-262, 2 pis. Oka, H. (1926). Ein interessanter Fall von Korpertorsion bei Insekten. Zool. Anzeiger, 68, pp. 205-208, 3 figs. Osten-Sacken, C. R. (1884). An essay of comparative chaetotaxy or the arrange- ment of characteristic bristles of Diptera. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1884, pp. 497-517, 1 fig. . (1892). On the characters of the three divisions of Diptera Nemocera Vera, Nemocera Anomala and Eremochaeta. Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 37, pp. 417-466. (1896a). Notes on the terms tegula, antitegula, squama and alula as used in dipterology. Ibid., 41, pp. 285-286. (1896b). On the terms calypteratae and acalypteratae, calypta and calyptra as they have been used in dipterology. Ibid., 41, pp. 328-338. Packard, A. S. (1909). A textbook of entomology. " N. Y., 729 pp., 654 text figs. Pandelle, L. (1888-1904). Etudes sur les muscides de France. Revue d'Ento- mologie 1888-1904. vol. 7. pp. 258-362, etc. Parker, R. R. (1914). Sarcophagidae of New England. Males of Ravinia and Boett- cheria. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 35, pp. 1-77, 8 pis. Patton, W. S. (1932). Studies on the higher Diptera of medical and veterinary im- portance. A revision of the species of Miisca based upon a comparative study of the male terminalia. L The natural grouping of the species and their relation- ship to each other. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol., 26, pp. 347-405, 26 figs. . (1933). A revision of the genera of the tribe Muscini, subfamily Muscinae based on a comparative studv of the male terminalia. Ibid., 27, pp. 135-156, 327-345, 397-430, 22 figs., pp. 501-537, IS figs. -. (1934). A revision of the species of the genus Glossina based on a comparative study of the male and female terminalia. Ibid., 28. pp. 315-322, 6 figs. -. (1935). A revision of the genera of the family Muscidae Testaceae Robineau-Desvoidy based upon a comparative study of the male and female ter- minalia. The genera Adichosia Surcouf and Auchmeromyia Brauer and von Bergenstamm. Ibid., 29, No. 2, pp. 199-230, figs. (Further descriptions are continued in the same serial.) Patton, W. S. and Cragg, F. W. (1913). A textbook of medical entomology. Cal- cutta, 1913 (is being revised bv Patton). Patton, W. S. and MacGill, E. (1925). Comparative studies of the antennae of some of the higher Diptera. Indian Jour. Aled. Research, 13, pp. 275-285, 7 pis. Patton, W. S. and Evans, A. M. (1929). Lisects, ticks, mites and venomous animals of medical and veterinarv importance. Liverpool School Trop. Med., 786 pp., 374 figs. Patton, W. S. and Gushing, E. C. (1934). Studies on the higher Diptera of medi- cal and veterinary importance. A revision of the genera of the subfamily Cal- liphorinae based on a comparative studv of the male and female terminalia. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol., 28. The genus Phormia, pp. 305-314, 8 figs. The genus Lucilia, pp. 107-121, 7 figs. The genus Chrysomyia, pp. 123-130, 4 figs. 228 CONNECTICrT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. The genus Calliphora, pp. 205-216, 11 figs. The genus Chrysomyia, pp. 217-223. 5 figs. Perfileo P P (1928). Sur I'anatomie des Phlchotomcs. Bull. Soc. Path. Exotique, 21, pp.' 159-171, 254-257, 3 pis. ^. „ • , , Perfiljev, P. (1928). Z. vergl. Anatoniie von Phlcbotomns. Zeit. Parasitenkunde, 1, pp. 437-475. 2>6 figs. Peterson, A. (1916). The head capsule and mouthparts of Diptera. Ilhnois Biol. Monographs, Vol. 3, 62 pp., 25 pis. Petri, L. (1899). I musculi delle ali nei ditteri e negli imenotten. Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, 31, pp. 3-42, 3 pis. Petzold, W. (1927). Bau u. Fiinktion des Hypopygiums bei den Tachiniden. Jen. Zeit. Naturw., 63, pp. 1-50, 2 pis., 22 figs. Pflugstaedt, H. (1912). Die Halteren der Dipteren. Zeit. Wiss. Zool., 100, pp. 1-59, 4 pis. Pinto, C. (1931). Hypopygio ou terminalia das moseas hematophagas Stomoxydinae. Rev. Med. Cirurg. Brasil, 39, pp. 248-254, 7 figs. Pomerantzev, B. (1932). Beitr. z. Morphologic u. Anatomic der Genitalien von Culicoides. Alag. Parasit. Inst. Zool. Acad. Sci. U. R. S. S., 3, pp. 183-214, 26 figs. (In Russian). Prashad, B. (1918). The thorax and wings of the mosquito {Anopheles) . Indian Jour. Med. Research, 5, pp. 610-640, 5 pis. Rees, B. E. and Ferris, G. F. (1939). The morphology of Tipnla recsi. Microen- tomology, 4: 143-176, illust. Reichardt, H. (1929). Untersuchungen uber den Genitalapparat der Asiliden. Zeit. Wiss. Zool., 135, pp. 257-301, 39 fig;s. Riley, W. A. (1904). The embryological development of the skeleton of the head of Blatta. Amer. Naturalist, 38, pp. 777-810, 12 figs. Ritter, W. (1911). The flying apparatus of the blow-fly. Smiths. Misc. Collections, Vol. 56, pp. 1-76, 7 text figs., 19 pis. Roberts, J. I. (1927). The anatomy and morphology of Hippobosca equina. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol., 21, pp. 11-22, 2 pis. Robineau-Desvoidv, J. B. (1830). Essai sur les Myodaires. "Terminologie" on pp. 6-18. Rohdendorf, B. (1926). Morphological study of the external genital organs of the Calliphorinae (Diptera). Rev. Zool. Russe, 6, pp. 83-128, 29 figs., 3 pis. (In Russian with German resume). Root, F. M. (1923). The male genitalia of some American Anopheles mosquitoes. Amer. Jour. Hygiene, 3, pp. 264-279. . (1924). Further notes on the male genitalia of American Anopheles. Ibid., 4, pp. 456-465, 3 pis. Roselle, F. du. (1905). Organes genitaux des Sarcophaga, etc. Mem. Soc. Linn. Nord France, 11, pp. 5-10, 2 pis. Schmitz, H. (1926). Z. Anatomic der Phoriden. Naturhist. Maandbl. Maastricht, 15, pp. 92-106, 10 figs. Schnabl, J. (1886). Contributions a la faune dipterologique. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., 20. . (1888). Quelques mots sur I'utilites de I'extirpation de I'organe copula- teur dans la famille des Anthomyides pour la diagnostique. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., 22, pp. 181-186. . (1906). Einige Woerte u. die Terminologie der Beborstung der Dipteren beine. Wien. Ent. Zeit., 25, pp. 269-272. Schraeder, T. (1927). Das Hypopygium circumversum von Calliphora erythrycepha- la, etc. Zeits. Morphol. u. Oekol. d. Tiere, 8, pp. 1-44, 11 figs. Seamans, H. L. (1920). The external anatomy of Anthomyia radicum. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 13, pp. 201-216, 6 pis. Scguy, E. (1923). Dipteres anthomyides etc. Faune de France. . (1925). Dipteres (nematoceres piquers), etc. Faune de France, Vol. 12, pp. 1-109, 179 figs. Shannon, R. C. (1921). A reclassification of the subfamilies and genera of the Syrphidae. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 16, pp. 65-72. — . (1923). The pleural sclerites of Diptera. Canadian Entomologist, 55, pp. 219-220. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 129 (1924). Some special features of the wings of Diptera. Inscc. In- scit. Menstr., 1924, pp. 34-36, 1 pi. (1927). On the characteristics of the occiput in the Diptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 29, pp. 47-48. Sharp, D. (1897). On the use of the term tegula in Diptera. Entom. Month. Mag- azine, 8, p. 50. Sinton, J. A. (1925). The hypopvgium of the female Phlebotomus. Indian Jour. Med. Research, 13, pp. 97-107, 3 pis. . (1927). The value of the female genitalia in the identification of spe- cies of Phlebotomus. Indian Jour. Med. Research, 14, pp. 933-954, 1 pi., 15, pp. 21-40, 5 pis. Sinton, J. A. and Covell, G. (1927). The relation of the morphology of the buccal cavity to the classification of anopheline mosquitoes. Ibid., 15, pp. 301-308, 5 pis. Smirnov, E. S. (1925). U. den Bau des maennlichen genital System der Dipteren. Biol. Mitt. Zool. Timirazefif, Moscow Zool. Lief. 1, pp. 39-56, 34 figs. Smith, J. B. (1890). A contribution to a knowledge of the mouthparts of the Dip- tera. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 17, pp. 319-339. . (1906). Explanation of the terms used in entomology. . (1919). A comparative study of certain sense organs in the antennae and palpi of Diptera. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1919, pp. 31-69. Snodgrass, R. E. (1902). The inverted hypopygium of DasylHs and Laphria. Psyche, 9, pp. 399-400, 1 pi. ■ . (1903a). The terminal abdominal segments of female Tipulidae. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Society, 11. pp. 177-183, 2 pis. . (1903b). The tipulid hypopygium. Psyche, 10, pp. 188-189. (1904a). The hypopygium of the Tipulidae. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pp. 179-236. (1904b). The hypopygium of the Dolichopodidae. Proc. Califor- nia Acad. Sci., 3, Ser. Ill, pp. 273-295, 4 pis. (1909). The thorax of insects and the articulation of the wings. Proc U. S. Nat. Museum, 36, pp. 511-595. (1922). Mandible substitutes in the Dolichopodidae. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 24, pp. 148-152, 1 pi. (1928). Morphology and evolution of the insect head and its ap- pendages. Smiths. Misc. Collections, Vol. 81, No. 3, pp. 1-158, 57 figs. (1935). Principles of insect morphology. New York, 1935, 667 pp., 319 figs. Stein, P. (1913). Versuch, die Gattungen u. Arten unserer Anthomyiden nur nach dem weiblichen Geschlecht zur bestimmen. Arch. f. Naturg., 8, pp. 4-55. Steinheil, A. P. (1896). Trophi of Tabanus. Stud. Lab. Zool. Univ. Warsaw, 1896, pp. 247-250, 2 figs. Stephens, J. W. W. and Newstead, R. (1907). The anatomy of the proboscis of bit- mg flies. II. Stomoxys. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol., 1, pp. 171-198, 8 pis. Strauss-Duerkheim, (1828). Considerations generales sur I'anatomie comparee des animaux articules. Paris, 1828. Streiff, R. N. (1906). U. das unpaare organ der dipterenfamilie der Conopidae, eine anatomisch-physiologische untersuchung u. das abdomen dieser familie. Inaug. Diss. Leipzig. Stuhlmann, F. (1907). Beitraege zur Kenntnis der Tsetsefliege, etc. Arbeit. Kais. Gesundsheitamte, Berlin, 26, pp. 301-383, 4 pis. Suffolk, W. T. (1869). On the proboscis of the blowfly. Monthly Micr. Jour., 9, pp. 331-342, 4 pis. Sulc, K. (1928). Biologische Bedeutimg der Bewaffnung der maennlichen Vorder- fusse bei den Sepsiden. Biol. Spisy, Brno, 7, pp. 181-194, 7 figs. Surcouf, J. M. and Gonzales-Rincones, R. (1911). Dipteres vulnerantes de Venezue- la. Paris, 1911, 2 pis. Tetley, H. (1918). The structure of the mouthparts of Pangonia longirostris in re- lation to the probable feeding habits of the species. Bull. Entom. Research, 8, pp. 253-268, 1 pi. 130 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT, HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Theodor, O. (1932). On the structure of the buccal cavity, pharynx and spermathe- ca in South American Phlebotontus. Bull. Entom. Research, 23, pp. 17-23, 1 pi., 8 figs. . (1933). A note on Phlebotomus vcxator. Stylops, 2, pp. 274-276, 2 figs. Tillyard R J. (1919). The panorpoid complex. Part 3, the wing venation. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 44, pp. 633-718, 5 pis. . . (1926). The insects of Australia and New Zealand. Sidney, 1926. Tokunaga, M. (1930). The morphological and biological studies on a new marine cranefly Limonia moiistromyia from Japan. Mem. Coll. Agric. Kyoto Imp. Univ., No. 10, 93 pp., 17 pis. , .. (1932a). Morphological and biological studies on a new marine clii- ronomid fly Pontomyia from Japan. Pt. 1. Morphology and taxonomy. Ibid., No. 19, 56 pp., 6 text figs., 5 pis. (1932b). A remarkable dipterous insect from Japan, Nymphoinyia alba, gen. et spec. nov. Annotat. Zool. Japon., 13, No. 5, pp. 559-566, 1 pi. (1935). A morphological study of a nymphomyiid fly (Nymphoniyia alba Tokunaga). Philippine Jour. Science, 56, No. 2, pp. 127-214, figs. Tonnoir, A. (1939). Ruwenzori Expedition 1934-5. Vol. 1, No. 4. Psychodidae. British Museum Nat. History, pp. 35-80, 156 figs., 2 pis. Townsend, C. H. T. (1908). Taxonomy of muscoidean flies. Smiths. Misc. Col- lections 51, pp. 1-138, figs. . (1914). Connectant forms between the muscoid and antho- myioid flies. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 7, pp. 160-167. (1935). Manual of myology. Sao Paulo, 1935. (Not yet completed). Tulloch, F. (1906). The internal anatomy of Stomoxys. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, 77B, pp. 523-531. Verrall, G. H. (1901). Names of legs of insects. Entom. Monthly Magazine, 2, ser. 12, p. 64. Also The Entomologist, 34, p. 84. . (1901-1909). British flies. 2 Vols., London, 1901 and 1909. . (1909). Notes on W. R. Walton's illustrated glossary of chaetotaxy and anatomical terms used in describing Diptera. Ent. News, 20, pp. 246-350. Vignon, P. (1932). Nomenclature des veins de I'aile chez les dipteres. Encycl. Ent. Diptera, 6, pp. 133-143, 12 figs. Vignon, P. and Seguv, E. (1929a). Sur la presence de la nervure mediane haute chez les dipteres. C. R. Acad. Sci., 188, pp. 1699-1701, 1 fig. — ■ . (1929b). Sur la presence chez les dipteres de la mediane posterieure vraie et sur la regression que subit la mediane haute chez les Svr- phides. Bull. Ent. Soc. France, 14, pp. 227-230, 6 figs. Vogel, R. (1920). Zur Anatomie des Stechruessels von Glossina fnsca. Zool. An- zeiger, 51, pp. 269-279. . (1921). Kritische u. ergaenzende Mitteilungen zur Anatomie des Stech- apparates der Culiciden u. Tabaniden. Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Anat., 42, pp. 259-282, 1 pi. Wainwright, C. J. (1928). The British Tachinidae. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 76, pp. 139-250, 4 text figs., 2 pis. Walton, W. R. (1909). An illustrated glossary of chaetotaxv and anatomical terms used in describing Diptera. Ent. News, 20, pp. 307-319, 4 pis. Wandolleck, B. (1894a). U. den Kopfskelett der Henopii. Jena Zool. Jahrb., 8, 13 pp., 1 pi. . (1894b). U. die Fuehlerform der Dipteren. Ibid., pp. 779-789, 1 double plate. . (1898). Die Stethopathidae eine neue flugel- und schwingerlose Famihe der Dipteren. Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., 11, pp. 412-441, 3 pis. Waterhouse, C. O. (1893). Some observations on the mouth organs of Diptera. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, xi, pp. 45-46. Waterston, J. (1914). On some ectoparasites in the South African Museum. Cape Town Annals S. Afric. Museum, 10, pp. 271-321 2 pis Weber, H. (1933). Lehrbuch der Entomologie. Weinland, E (1891). U. die Schwinger (Haheren) der Dipteren. Zeit. Wiss. Zool., 4, Bd. 51, pp. 55-166, 5 pis. No, 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 131 Wesche, W. (1900). The ptilinum of Diptera. Science Gossip, 6, pp. 294-295. . (1902a). Modifications of the legs in some dipterous flies. Jour. Queckett Club (2), 8, pp. 245-250, 2 pis. (1902b). Undescribed palpi on the proboscis of some dipterous flies with remarks on the mouthparts in several families. Jour. Roy. Micr. Soc, 1902, pp. 412-416, 2 pis. (1903a). The male organs of the flies Scatophaga lutaria and 5^. stera- coria. Jour. Queckett Micr. Club, 1903, pp. 411-416, 1 pi. (1903b). The mouthparts of the tsetse fly. Knowledge, 26, pp. 92, 116-117, 1 fig. (1904). The labial and maxillary palpi in Diptera. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 9, pp. 219-230. (1906). The genitalia of both sexes of the Diptera and their rela- tion to the armature of the mouth. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 9, pp. 339-386, 8 pis. (1908). The proboscis of the blow fly Calliphora — a study in evolution. London Jour. Queckett Micr. Club, (2), 10, pp. 283-294, 3 pis. (1909). The mouthparts of the Nemocera and their relations to the other families of Diptera etc. Jour. Roy. Micr. Soc, 1909, pp. 1-16, 4 pis. (1912). The phylogeny of the Nematocera, with notes on the leg bristles, hairs, etc., of Diptera. Biol. Bull. Woods Hole, 23, pp. 250-270, 1 pi. West, T. (1861). The foot of the fly, etc. Part I. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 23, pp. 393-421. 3 pis. Westhof, F. (1882). U. den Bau des Hvpopvgium der Gattung Tipula. Munster, 1882. Westwood, J. O. (1832). The class insecta. Vol. 2 of Cuvier's "Animal Kingdom", translated by Griffith & Pidgeon, pp. 1-796, pi. 74-128. Whealdon, R. (1918). The balancers of the housefly. Science, 48, pp. 222-223. Williams, I. W. (1933). The external morphology of the primitive tanyderid dip- teron Protoplasa fitchii, with notes on tlie other Tanyderidae. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Society, 41, pp. 1-22, 7 pis. Williston, S. W. (1907). The antennae of the Diptera, a study in phylogenetic biol- ogy. Biol. Bull. Woods Hole, 13, pp. 324-332. . (1908). Manual of North American Diptera. New Haven, 1908, 405 pp., 163 figs. Wimmer, A. (1904). Prisperky k anatomii sosahu hmyzn drojpridleks cacop. ceske spolecn. Entom. Acta Soc. Entom. Bohemiae, 1, pp. 16-21, 6 figs. Wingate, W. J. (1906). A preliminary list of Durham Diptera, with analytical ta- bles. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumb. Durham, Newcastle, Ser. 2, pp. vi-417, 7 pis. Worthley, H. N. (1924). The biology of Trichopoda pennipes, a parasite of the common squash bug. Psyche, 31, pp. 7-16, 57-77, 4 pis. Young, B. P. (1921). Attachment of the abdomen to the thorax in Diptera. Cor- nell Univ. Memoir 44, pp. 255-282, 1 text fig. and 24 pis. 1^2 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Abbreviations A . . . . anal vein cl . . aa ... fourth axillary sclerite cla . (adanale) aad . . . adeagal or phallic apodeme co . aae . . . anterior anepisternum cp . aba . . . anterior basalare cr . . ac ... anteclj'peus adv . . . adventitious suture ae ... aedeagus cs aem . . anepimeron (pteropleurite) Cu . aes ... anepisternum ("mesopleura") ex . af ... antennifer cxi . ago . . . anterior gonapophysis or preg- onite al . . . . anterior lateral cervicale alb . . . apical lobe of basistyle or basi- d . mere db alo ... axillary lobe of wing dc als . . . anterior labellar sclerite del anp . . . adanal process dcx ant . . . antenna dl . ao ... anal opening dt . ap ... atrial plate apn . . . antepronotum e . ar ... arista ea arc . . . arculus ec aro . . . arolinm ed as ... . anepisternal suture em asc . . . anterior area of scutum emp at ... . genital atrium epr atr ... alimentary tract es . av . . . anterior vertex ev b . . . . basal sclerite of labella f . ba . . . third axillary sclerite fc . (basanale) fcl bac . . . basicosta or humeral plate fcs bal . . . basal lobe of basistyle or basi- fe mere fg bap . . . basal plate fp be ... basicercus fr bcl . . . lower or proximal calypter fs bcs . . . connecting rods or bacilliform fu sclerites fv bcx . . . basal coxite bf . . . . basal fold of wing g . 1)1 ... . basilabella ga bph . . . phallophore (basiphallus) ge bpr . . . basiproboscis goa bs ... basisternum bt . . . . basitarsus gp bu ... basunguis (basipulvillus) gpo gu C . . . . costal vein gv c . . . . cornu or process of fulcrum ca . . . . cardo h . cb ... intermediate plate (intergonite) ha ce ... cerci he cf . . . . coxifer hg eg ... head-bearing process ho (cephaliger) hp clypeus claw or modified segment of dististyle or distimere cowl claspette maxillary apodemes (also called rostral apodemes or crypto- stipes) coronal or sagittal suture cubital vein coxa basistyle or basimere (shaft of forcipate parameres, usually called the "coxite") dorsal wall of food tube dorsal bridge disticercus upper or distal calypter disticoxa distilabella distitarsus compound eyes ejaculatory apodeme eucoxa ejaculatory duct epimeron empodium epiproct episternum eversible sac pseudotracheal fissure food canal frontoclypeus frontoclypeal suture femur female gonopore frontal or pretentorial pits frons furcasternum fulcrum frontal vitta galea endomere gena spinus titillitorius (gonacan- thus, or epiphallus) gular or postentorial pits gonopore pseudogula genovertical plate halter hypandrial apodeme head hypovalvae or hypogynal valves hyoid sclerite hypopharynx No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 133 hph ipr in inc ins ipt is . iv o . oc oe of om op ot . ovc p ■ pa hypophallus hypoproct interbifid space interbases interbasal fold inner lobe of basistyle or basi- mere inner dististyle or distimere axillary incision insula inferior pleurotergite (katater- gite) intersegmental region intervenal area kem . . katepimeron kes . . . katepisternum (sternopleurite) la . . . . labella or modified labial palpi Ic . , . . lateral cervicale Ig . . . ligula li . . . . labium loc . . . lateral occipital region Ip . . . labellar processes Ir . . . . labrum Is . . . . labellar sclerite It . . . . labial trough or gutter In . . . . lunula M . . . media m . . . . median occipital region (cerebrale) md . . . mandible me . . . meron mf . . . mesofacial plate mm . . . second axillary plate (intra- lare) mn . . . mentum mp . . . maxillary palpi mpl . . meropleurite mpr . . mediproboscis mt . . . mediotergite mtn . . metanotum n . . . . nasus no . . first axillary (notale or notop terale) npl . . . notopleural region ocelli occiput anterior region of foregut occipital foramen "oral" or subcranial margin ocellar prominence outer dististyle or distimere ovicauda or oviscapt second segment of antenna (pedicel) parietal region pad . . phallic apodeme or aedeagal apodeme pae . . posterior anepisternum pag ■• . . paragular sclerite pam . so-called "paramere" of culi- cidologists (endomere) pao . . parocciput pap . . paraphallus pas . . parascutellum pat . . paratergite pc . . . precoxal bridge (precoxale) pf . . . parafacial area pfr . . . palpifer Pg • . . postgena Pgl • . . copulatory lobes or processes of the fifth sternite Pgn . . . paragonia (seminal vesicles?) Pgo . . . posterior gonapophysis or post- gonites PgP • . . postgenital plate Pgr . . . proctiger pha . phallus (portion of aedeagus) phc . . cubiculum, or genital pouch pho . phallophore or basiphallus phs . . structure called phallosome in male Tipulidae pi . . . posterior lateral cervicale pis . . posterior labellar sclerite pm . . prementum (containing labial stipites) pn . . . pronotum po . . . postantennal region poa . . postatrial sclerite poc . . postclypeus pof . . postfrons pos . . . posterior scutum pov . . posterior vertex PP • . third segment of antenna (postpedicel) ppn . . postpronotum pr . . (cerci?) part of proctiger pra . . preatrial sclerite prf . . prefrons prs . . presternum ps . . pleural suture psc . . prescutum psl . . postscutellum or postnotum psp . . prescutal pit (pseudosutural fovea or humeral pit) pss . . prescutal suture pt . . . pseudotracheae ptc . . ptilinal fissure ptg . . pleurotergite ptn . . pleurotrochantin pv . . pulvilli R . . . radius rec . . rectum first segment of antenna (scape) ; also abdominal ster- nite when written after a numeral 134 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SUR^TIY [Bull. sa . . . subalare sac . . . ejaculatorj' sac or ejaculator sas . . . subalar suture Sc . . . subcosta sc . . . . scutum sd . . . salivary duct sf . . . subalifer si . . . . scutellum so . . . sense organ in maxillary palpus sp . . . spiracle spt . . . superior pleurotergite (anater- gite) sra . . . suralare ss . . . . surstyli or edita ssl . . . subscutellum St . . . . dististyle or distimere (distal segment of the forcipate par- ameres, usually called the stylus) stc . . . sustaining column sti . . . stipes sty . . . antennal style tes tg ti tl tr . ts , u . un ut . vb vd tempora or temples ; also ab- dominal tergite when written after a numeral testes tegula or epaulet tibia tergal lobes trochanter transcutal or transverse suture unguitractor ungues or claws unguitractor tendon ventral wall of food tube ventral bridge vas deferens wing plane connecting walls of labium zygostipes 136 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. FIGUKE 1. Anterior Views of Head Capsules. A. Nannioolionsta dvpteroides (Mecoptera). B. Kdwardsina (Blepharoceridae). C. 6>/7?i^ZfO(";fc>n«, winged female ( ?) (Hippoboscidae). I). Oncodes gihhosiis^ male (Cyi'tidae), redrawn from Verrall. E. Acrocera glohidus, male (Cyrtidae), redrawn from Verrall. F. Cfemacrosrelis umhrhius (Tipulidae). G. 7'nclt oeera ( Triclu^ceridae ) . H. Bolethui (Mycetoi)hilidae). T. Trhopsis oleae (Cecidomyidae), redrawn from Kieffer. J. 2'ahanvs fi'sroptinctatus, female (Tabanidae). K. Rhinyia nasica (Syrphidae), posterior view. L. Gyphomyio (Stratiomyidae). No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONKECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 137 l;38 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. FIGURIC 2. Posterior Vieavs of Mouth Parts and Head Capsules. A. Bittacomorpha clavipcs (Ptvchopteridae). B. Borcus (Mecoptera). C. Asijndulum, monfanuiii (Myceto))liilidae). D. Limonia cinctipes (Tipiilidae). E. Ilarpohittacus (Mecoptera). F. Astochia (Asilidae). G. M^isca (lomestica (Muscidae). H. Tanyderus forcipatus (Taiiyderidae). I. Nannochorista dipteroides (Mecoptera). J. Edii'ardshia (Blepharoceridae). K. Anisopus^iwolQ (Anisopodidae). No. 641 DIPl'ERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 139 140 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BuU. FIGUKE 3. Anterior and Lateral Vieavs or Head Capsules. A. Elephantomyia (Tipiilidae). B. Teleo'psis, male (Diopsidae). C. Lasia (Cyrtidae). D. Neocurupira (Blepharoceridae). E. A female mosquito (based largely on Anopheles quad i imaculatus) . F. Gnathoplasma infestans (Richardiinae), redrawn from Enderlein. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 141 142 CONNECTKLT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEV [Bllll. FIGURE 4. Head Capsules, Sections of ]Mouth Parts, Etc. A. Glyph id ops flosus ( Neriidae ) . J>. nhingm nasica (Syrphidae). C. Gydopoda syhcsl (Nycteribiidae). cross section of proboscis, after Joblinji". 1). (ruoi-iste (Mycetophilidae). E. Musca doniestica, lateral view of proboscis. F. Section of muscid iiioiith ]:)arts. G. Section of mouth })arts (labium omitted) of female tabanid. H. Liinohla [Genmoniii'm) rtifit^c^ A B IGO CONNECTICTT GP:OL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. FIGURE 12. Latp:ral ^"tews of Male Terminai.ia. A. Rhag'io vertebratvs (Leptidae). B. Argyra sp. (Dolichopodidae), redrawn from Crampton. 1936. C. Ptecticus sp. (Stratiomyidae). D. Mesograpta '77iarginoM (Syrphidae), ventral view. E. Pipmiculus sp. (Pipunculidae). F. Sericoniyia chrysotoxoides (Syrphidae). G. Dilophus s]). (Bibionidae). H. (Jaelopa jrigida (Caelopidae). I. Pyrgota undata (Pyrgotidae). No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 161 H pha \iit- 152 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. FIGURE 13. Lateral Views of Terminalia of Male Cyclorrhapha. A. Paragus hicolor (Syrphidae), redrawn from Crampton, 1936. B. Neoleria crassipes (Helomyzidae), redrawn from Crampton, 1936. ' C. Anorostoma marginatum (Helomyzidae). D. Hylemyia antiqua (Aiithomyidae), redrawn from Crampton, 1936. E. Phormia regina (Metopiidae), redrawn from Crampton, 1936. F. Musca domestica (Muscidae). No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: MORPHOLOGY 163 7st8s 164 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BuU. FIGURE 14. Lateral Views of Terminalta of Male Cyclorrhapha. A. MicTopeza sp. (Micropezidae). B. SarcopJuiga faculata (Metopiidae). C. Calobata paUipes (Calobatidae). D. Suillia limhata (Helomyzidae). E. Diagram of arrangement of parts in Phormia regina, ventral view. F. P oUeiiia rudis (Meto-piidsie) . G. Parallelovvma sp. (Cordylm^idae). H. Syrphus rectus (Syrphidae). No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : MORPHOLOGY 105 100 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. TAXONOMY Wing Venation R. B. Frien!) Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station In view of the fact that the collaborators in the present work have not used the same terminoloo:y in naming- tlie wing- veins, al- though within any one family uniformity exists, it is necessary to discuss the wing ' venation briefly in order to clarify a condition which may be confusing to those not familiar with the classification of Diptera. No attempt is made to evaluate the merits of any one system, nor to arrive at any decision on the true homologies of veins, either within the order or with the veins of other orders of insects. It may be found, hoAvever, that the key to families gives a vein one name while the classification of the family itself, by another author, calls the vein something else. It will also be noticed that in one family the veins receive names totally different from the names em- ployed in describing another family, although the actual structure of the wing in these two families is strikingly similar. The system of termhiology an author uses is a personal matter, and it has not been considered expedient to attempt to impose a uniform system on all collaborators. Such an attempt would probably fail. The ac- companying illustrations of the wings of several flies will, it is hoped, be of some assistance in this matter as well as an aid in using the key to families. The Comstock-Needham system is used in describing the wing venation of most insects and is the best known terminology. It is thoroughly discussed by Comstock (The Wings of Insects, 1918). According to this author the wing venation of primitive Diptera departs from the hypothetical primitive type of insect wing venation only in the reduction of the number of veins by coalescence or atrophy. Neither accessory nor intercalary veins are ever developed, and only the principal cross veins are present. In the more specialized Diptera adjacent veins have frequently coalesced. The marginal vein of the wing is the costa (C). It is usually more conspicuous along the anterior margin of the wing. The subcosta (Sc) branches once in some primitive Diptera, as in Protoplasa (Figure 15). It may end in the costa, a more common condition, or in the radius, or the tip may be evanescent, or the entire vein may be missing. The radius (R) retains all five branches in the Psychodidae and in the Tanyderidae, as Protoplasa. In most forms the radial sector (Rs) has less than the primitive number of four branches, the re- duction even extending to the single-branched condition. In some No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 167 species this reduction has occurred by the coalescence of the first and second branches of the sector (Eo and E-a), in others by the coalescence of the third (E4) and fourth (E3) branches. Comstock believes the media (]M) has been reduced from its primi- tive four-branched condition by the coalescence of the fourth branch (M4) with either the third (M3) or the first cubitus (Cui). The media never has four distinct branches in Diptera. A further reduc- tion of the media maj'^ occur by coalescence of the first (Mi) and second (M2) branches, by the coalescence of the third branch with the first cubitus, or by atrophj^-. The cubitus (Cu) in many species is fused to a greater or less extent with the second anal vein (2A). There are only two anal veins (lA and 2A), and the first of these, when present, is usually represented by a very indistinct suture- like vein just behind the cubitus. The cells of the wing, bounded by the veins, are named after the vein bounding the cell anteriorly. The reduction in the number of veins has obviously reduced the number of cells. Where two veins coalesce, the cell behind the coalescence is named after the more posterior of the two veins. The system of Comstock and Needham as above described has been modified bj^ Tilly ard (see "Insects of Australia and New Zea- land"). This author's basic scheme of dipterous venation differs from the Comstock-Needham system in that the media is four- branched, with consequent changes in the names given the posterior veins. Thus Cui becomes M4, Cuo becomes Cui, lA becomes Cu2, 2A becomes lA, and the somewhat evanescent vein in the axillary region becomes 2A. The cell in the center of the wing, Comstock's first M^, is called the median cell by Till^^ard. The wing of Tabanu^^ shown in Figure 17, illustrates the systems of Loew (used in the Key to Families of the present work) and of Tillyard. The terminology applied to the cells is sufficiently ex- plained in the figure. This may be compared with the other wings illustrated in Figures 15 to 17, where Tillyard's terminology is used. The discal cell is Tillyard's median cell '(1st Mo in the Tipuloidea of this volume). Further modifications of the terminology have been made for the veins in the anterior part of the wing by Shannon and Bromley (Insec. Inscit. Mens. 12: 137-140, 1924) and by Alexander (Trans. 4th Inter. Cong. Ent. 1928, vol. 2: 700-707). Shannon and Bromley state that in certain Brachycera the first branch of the radial sector is a branched vein, but the posterior of the two branches, E3, has been deflected caudad and fused with E4 to form a vein E3+4. In most Brachycera the basal connection is lost, but in some forms it is represented by a complete transverse element or a spur. The vena- tion of the xisilidae in the present work is given this interpretation. Alexander has given another interpretation of the radial field, ac- cording to which almost all higher groups of Diptera above the Tip- 168 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. uloidea have lost E2 b}" atrophy, and in oroiips aboA^e the Tanyderidae R2 has swung forward, forming E-1 + 2. K2 persists as a cross vein only in Nemestrinidae and certain lower groups. In most lower Brachyc- era R4 has become attached basally to R2+3, and the basal connection may be lost entirely or represented by a spur. In all Brachycera in which the free tip of R4 is retained, the connection with II5 is by a supernumerary cross vein which is present in several Tanyderidae, Tipulidae. and lower Brachycera. The terminologies of Comstock and Needham, Shannon and Bromley, and Alexander in regard to the radial field of the Asilidae are compared below. The system of Alexander is followed in the tipuloid families of the present work. Comstock-Needham Shannon and Bromley Alexander Ri Ri Rl+2 R'> + 3 R2 R3 R4 R3+4 R4 R5 R5 R5 Inasmucli as the first volume of the Diptera of Connecticut in- cludes no families beyond the Tipuloidea, a further discussion of the wing venation is not necessary here. Tillyard's Modification of Comstock-Needham Costa Subcosta Radius Main stem Sector First branch Second branch Third branch Fourth branch Media First branch Second branch Third branch Fourth branch Cubitus First branch Second branch First anal Second anal Humeral crossvein Radio-medial crossvein Intermedial crossvein Medio-cubital crossvein Wing Veins Symbol c Sc R Ri Rs Ro R3 R4 R5 M Ml Mo j Ma I M4 j Cu Cu, CU2 lA 2A hrn rm im m-cu Loew Costa Auxiliary First longitudinal Second longitudinal Third longitudinal Fourth longitudinal Fifth longitudinal (distal J3art) Fifth longitudinal (basal part) Sixth longitudinal Axillary Humeral crossvein Anterior crossvein Posterior crossvein Discoidal crossvein No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 169 In the figures the Tilly ard modification of the Comstock-Need- ham system of nomenclature has been substituted for the nomen- clature employed by the original author. For a comparison of this with the system of Loew see Figure 15 (Rhagionidae) and Figure 17 (Tabanidae). 17(» CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll, FIGURE 15. Wings of Diptera. 1. Tanvdericlae, Frotoiilihsa^ from Williams, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 41, 1933. 2. Blephariceridae, Blepharicera, from C'lirran, No. Amer. Dipt., 1934. 3. Simiiliidae, Siniuliwn. 4. Chironomidae, Protenthes^ from Malloch, Bull. 111. State Lab. Nat. Hist. X, Art. VI, 1915. 5. Culieidae, Aedes, from Matheson, Mosquitoes of N. A., 1929. Courtesy of Chas. C. Thomas, Publisher, Springfield, ill. (). Cecidomyidae, Catocha, from Curran, No. Amer. Dipt., 1934, after Felt. 7. Rhagionidae, Chrf/sopilvs, from Leonard, Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. 7, 1930. S. Mydaidae, Mydas, from Comstock, Introd. to Ent., 1924. Com- stock Pub. Co., Ithaca. 9. Asilidae, Diogmites, from Bromley, ms. 10. Bombyliidae, Mefacosmus, from Curran, No. Amer. Dipt., 1934. 11. Scenopinidae, Scenopinus, from Comstock, Introd. to Ent., 1924. Comstock Pub. Co., Ithaca. 12. Dolichopidae, Dolichojms, from VanDuzee, Cole and Aldrich, U. S. Mus. Bull. 116, 1921. 13. Lonchopteridae, Lonchoptera, from Curran, No. Amer. Dipt., 1934. ' ^ ' No. 64] DIPTEEA or CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 171 CuHA Cu| Mjfif X72 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. FIGURE 16. AViNGS of Diptera. 14. Phoridae, from Brues, ms. 15. Platypezidae, Platypezoides^ from Johnson, Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. V. 5, 1923. 16. Syrphidae, Syrphus, from Metcalf, Ohio Biol. Surv. I, 1913. IT. Empidae, Enipis^ from Melander, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 28, 1902. 18. Therevidae, Psiloceph.ala^ from Cole, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 62, Art. 4, 1923. 19. Trupaneidae, Rhagoletis^ from Lathrop and Nickels, U. S. D. A. Tech. Bull. 275, 1932. 20. Conopidae, Physocephala, from Comstock, Introd. to Ent., 1924. Qomstock Pub. Co., Ithaca. 21. Otitidae, Chaetopsis, from Blanton, Jour. Ec. Ent. 31, 1938. 22. Lauxaniidae, Lauxania^ from Curran, No. Amer. Dipt., 1934. 23. Drosophilidae, Drosophila, from Sturtevant, The No. Amer. Species of Drosophila, 1921. 24. Asteiidae, Asteia^ from Aldrich, Psyche 22, 1915-. 25. Agromyzidae, Agromyza, from Phillips, Jour. Agi-i. Res. 2, 1914. No. 64] DIPTEKA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 1T3 Sc RiRi Cui+IA Cu+IA 174 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BllU. .-:£ Sc__RiA M^f FIGURE IT. Wings of Difpera. 26. Chloropidae, Chloropisca, from Ciirran, No. Amer. Dipt.. 1934. 27. Muscidae, Musca, from Graham-Smith, Flies in Relation to Dis- ease, 1913. Cambridge Universit}^ Press. 28. Stratiomjddae, Ptecticus. 29. Tabanidae, Tdbanus, from Curran, No. Amer. Dipt., 1934. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT I TAXONOMY 175 Key to Families C. H. CURRAN American Museum of Natural History- New York In view of the fact that there are very few families of North American Diptera that do not occur in Connecticut the following ke}'- contains all of the families at present known from this continent. It differs only slightly from the key published in "The Families and Genera of North American Diptera," the family Cryptochaetidae being added, and the Asteiidae being shifted to a position where it is more readily separated. It must be recognized that restriction of families and the group- ing of genera together depends to a very large degree upon the per- sonal opinions of those who have spent many j^ears studjang insects and that because of human frailties it is very seldom that tAvo author- ities will agTee in all respects. There are some students wlio would divide the order into many more families than I recognize while others would reduce the number. The future may result in the recognition of many more families since the present tendency is to "split". In actual practice the number of families recognized is really of little importance provided we can determine our specimens with the least amount of eii'ort. There can be little doubt that too great "splitting" makes the determination of specimens more difficult. It would seem to be best to place two or more igroups of genera together under a single family name than to recognize them as distinct families that can be separated only with difficulty and sometimes with doubt. If the genera concernecl are grouped together it is, on the face of it, much easier to run them through a single key than to worry for hours as to whether they have been assigned to the proper family by the worker, who may be entirely unacquainted with the group of flies for one or more of which he is attempting to find a name. This ques- tion has been put very concisely by many entomologists in the fol- lowing words : "I like to know a syrphid when I see one." It might well refer to a tachinid, a tabanid or any other family. On another point there may be disagreement. This has to do with the formation of family names. There are some entomologists who claim that the name is to be formed from the "root" of the family name. As an example of this we may take Dolichopus which, from the "root", becomes Dolichopodidae. If we adhere to the "Inter- national" rules this spelling is wrong since family names are to be formed by dropping the final vowel and following consonants and adding idae — the family designation. From the viewpoint of the Latni scholar this latter method may be outrageous but to the aver- age student of entomology it is a simple, clear rule that can be followed without difficulty. It also has the advantage that it means fewer letters on a label and does not require a knowledge of ancient languages in order to determine the proper ending of a family name. J, jQ CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. The choice of a family name is also a matter of controversy One school would retain old names used for a family regardless of almost any circumstance. The Trupaneidae may be cited as an example Trvpetidae would be retained on the ground that it was first used. This is, I think, carrying the law of priority to a place where it is certain to produce confusion rather than lessen it. It we search the literature we may find, tomorrow, that some one used Tephritidae before Trypetidae, and the next day another name may show up. In addition to this, what is to happen when one or more o-enera, which once carried a group name (and there are many ot tiiem), is transferred to another family? One of the names must be releo-ated to the background and it may be the better known of the two^ Even the Trypetidae may disappear m due time because the characters separating this family and the Otitidae are very weak m some South American forms. It would seem that the only logical way to secure stability of family names is to form the name from the oldest included genus. In this way stability will be reached quickly. In the present work certain names are retained that should properly be changed on the basis of the oldest generic designation. The proper place to make such changes should be in a catalogue or a revision of the order. How to Use the Keys The use of keys is not a difficult matter but there may be some who have not had experience with them. Some keys may not be altogether simple and may not run as smoothly as others. To find the genus to which your specimen belongs turn to the table of fami- lies and read over couplet 1. Two alternatives are given: the insect must go in either section. If it has large wings you go to couplet 2 and you repeat the process until it is found that your specimen comes to a section where it agrees with the diagnosis ending in a family name. You have now found the "family", but to be sure read over the other alternative so that the characters in both may be checked. Now turn to the family indicated and continue in the same way until the genus and species is reached. It should be remembered that keys are merely guides and the fact that a species traces out to a certain place in a key is no guaran- tee that it actually belongs there. If one is familiar with the genera of a family he may be reasonably certain either that the insect be- longs where it traces or that it is quite dilferent; in either case he should check with descriptions of genera or species not included in the key, or with the genus or species included, either by means of determined specimens or with descriptions. If a specimen does not seem to agree with the genus or species to which it traces, check back and try one of the other alternatives, since there may have been an error in interpretation of the characters used or the specimen may be one that is somewhat aberrant. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 177 TABLE OF FAMILIES 1. Wings absent or greatly reduced 92 Wings present, rarely reduced 2 2. Antennae composed of six or more freely articulated segments 3 Antennae composed of not more than five freely articulated segments, the third segment sometimes complex, usually bearing a style or arista 22 3. Mesonotum with an entire V-shaped suture 4 Mesonotal suture transverse, not V-shaped 7 4. Ocelli absent 5 Ocelli present TRICHOCERIDAE 5. Only one anal vein reaches the wing margin 6 Two anal veins reach the wing margin TIPULIDAE 6. Second and third veins each with two branches (radius 5 branched). TANYDERIDAE Second and third veins with only three branches reaching the wing margin (radius 4-branched) PTYCHOPTERIDAE 7. Wings without a network of folds or creases 8 Wings with a network of fine folds or creases BLEPHARICERIDAE 8. Ocelli present 9 Ocelli absent 14 9. Costa continuing around the wing, although weakened behind. CECIDOMYIDAE Costa ending at or near the wing-tip 10 10. Discal cell present 21 Discal cell absent 11 11. Tibiae with apical spurs 12 Tibiae without apical spui-s, though sometimes produced spur like 11a 11a. Basal cells open apically; only anterior veins heavy SCATOP3IDAE Basal cells, long, closed apically; veins strong (Axymyia). ANISOPODIDAE 12. Eyes more or less connected by a projection above the base of the antennae SCIARIDAE Eyes separated 13 13. Antennae placed below the compound eyes, usually close to the oral margin BIBIONIDAE Antennae situated at most slightlv below the middle of the compound eyes M YCETOPHILIDAE 14. Costa continued around the margin of the wings, though weaker be- hind the apex 1'^ Costa ending at or near the apex of the wing 15 15. Wings very broad, "the posterior veins weak and poorly developed. SIMULIIDAE Wings narrow and long, the posterior veins stronger 16 16. Wings lying flat over the back when at rest; metanotum short and without a longitudinal groove; femora sometimes swollen. CERATOPOGONIDAE Wings lying roof-like over the back when at rest; metanotum long and with a median longitudinal groove; legs long and slender. CHIRONOMIDAE 17. Wings short and broad, folded roof-like over the body when at rest, usually pointed PSYCHODIDAE Wings long, or if broad, the apex very broadly rounded, always lying flat over the back when at rest 18 18. Venation very much reduced, several of rhe veins lacking. CECIDOMYIDAE Venation not reduced, the veins strong 1" 19. Basal cells long, extending to or beyond the middle of the wing 20 Basal cells, especially the second, short, not extending nearly to the middle of the wing THAUMALEIDAE 178 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. 20. Apical veins strongly arched DIXIDAE Veins straight or nearly so CULICIDAE 21. Fourth posterior cell widely open ANISOPODIDAE Fourth posterior cell closed RACHICERIDAE 22. Empodium developed pulvilliform, the three pads nearly equal 23 Empodium hair-like or absent 29 23. Third antennal segment compound, composed of annuli 24 Third antennal segment simple, usually hearing an elongated style or arista 27 24. Squamae large and conspicuous TABANIDAE Squamae small or vestigial 25 25. At least the middle tibiae with spurs COENOMYIDAE Tibial spurs absent 26 26. Posterior branch of the third vein ending before the wing-tip. STRATIOMYIDAE Posterior branch of the third vein ending well behind the wing-tip. PANTOPHTHALMIDAE 27. Squamae very large; head very small, placed low down, composed almost entirely of the eyes, the face and front veiy narrow or oblit- erated CYRTIDAE Squamae small; head larger, the face or front broad 28 28. Middle tibiae with spurs; venation not complex RHAGIONIDAE Tibiae without spurs; venation intricate, many veins ending before the wing-tip NEMESTRINIDAE 29. Wings rounded apically, with strong veins anteriorly and very weak. oblique ones; coxae not widely separated by the sternum.PHORIDAE Wings with normal venation or pointed at the apex, or the coxae broadly separated by the sternum 30 30. Wings pointed at the apex, without crossveins LONCHOPTERIDAE Wings rounded at the apex almost always with crossveins 31 31. Two or more submarginal cells, the third vein furcate 32 Only one submarginal cell, the third vein simple 38 32. Front hollowed between the eyes, strongly concave from anterior view 33 Front scarcely or not at all concave from anterior view 34 33. At most one ocellus; at most two veins reach the wing margin behind the apex rV.YDAIDAE Three ocelli; at least four veins reach the wing margin, or extend to- ward it, behind the apex ASILI DA E 34. Costa continuing around the wing; fourth vein ending beyond the wing-tip , - 35 Costa not continued beyond the apex of the wing; fourth vein ending before the wing tip SCENOPINIDAE 35. Five posterior cells 36 At most four posterior cells 37 36. Fourth vein ending before the apex of the wing APIOCERIDAE Fourth vein ending behind the apex of the wing THEREVIDAE 37. Anal cell open or closed near the wing margin, the anal vein reaching the margin BOMBYLIIDAE Anal cell closed far from the wing margin, the anal vein never ex- tending to the margin, sometimes absent EM PI DAE 38. Anal cell elongate, tapering and acute apically, closed near the border of the wing; basal cells usually elongate 39 Anal cell short, transverse, oblique, or convex apically, if somewhat pointed the apex partly transverse, partly drawn out into a trian- gular point posteriorly 40 39. Anal cell closed very close to the wing margin; a spurious vein run- ning obliquely between the third and fourth longitudinal veins. SYRPHIDAE Anal cell usually shorter; no spurious vein 40 ]^0. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 179 40 Head extremely large, hemispherical, the front and face very narrow; arista dorsal PIPUNCUUDAE Head not unusually large; face or front usually wide 41 41. Frontal lunule entirely absent, the parafacials not differentiated by a ^ suture ■ , : ■ ■ Frontal lunule present; parafacials differentiated by a suture which extends above the antennae and is indistinct only in some Conopidae. .44 42. Anterior crossvein situated at or before the basal fourth of tbe wing- second basal and discal cells always united DOLICHOPIDAE Anterior crossvein situated far beyond the basal fourth of the wing or the second basal cell complete • ■ ■^■> 43. Anal cell pointed posteriorly; proboscis never rigid ^"^^^^^^p^^^lDAE piercing • • ■ . .^ Anal cell not pointed posteriorly; proboscis usually rigid; "^^er a single row of acrostical hairs EMPIDAt 44 Coxae close together at the base, the legs attached ventrally ..45 Coxae widely separated at the base, the legs attached toward the sides of the thorax; usually leathery or coriaceous flies; ectoparasites ^^ (Pupipara) 45 Second antennal segment with a longitudinal seam along tbe upper ' outer edge extending almost the whole length; posterior calli defi^ nitely formed by a depression extending from behind the base of the wings to above the base of the scutellura (Calypteratae; Muscoidea) . .86 Second antennal segment rarely with a well developed dorsal seam, the posterior calli not differentiated (except m Gasterophilus) , squamae small ( Acalypteratae) ^^ 46. Mouth parts vestigial, sunken in a very small ^^^^^g^^^popHiLiDAE 47 Mouth parts well developed, the oral opening large 47 Posterior spiracle with a long hair or bristle on the border in addition to the pubescence, (visible only with liigh magnification) o^ Posterior spiracle with pubescence only • Arista entirely absent; subcostal vein complete ^^"p^^^^^^c'hAeTIDAE 48. flies 49 Arista present ,'t' ' ' i i 49. First ami second veins ending very close together before thP_ basal third of the wing; anal cell absent or incomplete AbTtiiuAt Second vein always elongate and ending far beyond the first ..oi) 50. Subcosta complete, free from the first vein and ending m the costa^^ (cf. Trupaneidae) ' ' ' Subcosta incomplete, or not ending in the costa or the apex cuived^^ forward beyond the bend _ 51. Subcosta curved forward at nearly a right angle and weakened beyond. the bend, the costa fractured at the apex of the ^^'!i'l°f,^^XNEmAE almost always pictured trupa Subcosta not angularly curved and weakened „■■■'■ ^ 52. Head broad, fiattened above; scutellum and thorax A^tte^^^^J^L^^^^^^^^'l^AE elongate; large files -^ ^„^..u Head rather spherical; scutellum usually convex, not ^^^"-^^I'^^'^YdAE cylindrical flies 53. First segment of the posterior tarsi shortened and ^"^^^g'^^f^BORiDAE First segment of the posterior tarsi normal, usually ^«''°^'" ^^'^" *^54 second - gg 54. Anal cell absent 57 Anal cell present EPHYDRIDAE 55. Postocellar bristles divergent gg Postocellars convergent or absent 180 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BuU. 56. Ocellar triangle large; fifth vein witli a distinct curvature near the middle of the discal cell CHLOROPIDAE Ocellar triangle small; fifth vein straight or without a sharp curvature. DROSOPHILIDAE 57. Costa broken at the humeral crossvein 58 Costa not broken at the humeral crossvein 60 58. Postocellars divergent AGROMYZIDAE Postocellars convergent, parallel or absent 59 59. A pair of convergent frontal bristles anteriorly; inter f rentals often present PHYLLOMYZIDAE Anterior f rentals not convergent DROSOPHILIDAE 60. Postocellar bristles convergent OPOMYZIDAE Postocellar bristles divergent or absent 61 61. Ocellar triangle large and shining, reaching the anterior edge of the front CANACEIDAE Ocellar triangle short 62 62. Costa fractured or weakened at the apex of the auxiliary vein 63 Costa not at all weakened PERISCELLIDAE 63. Oral vibrissae present AGROMYZIDAE Oral vibrissae absent 64 64. Sternopleural bristle present OPOMYZIDAE Sternopleural bristle absent PSILIDAE 65. Oral vibrissae present 66 Oral vibrissae absent 72 66. Mesonotum and scutellum convex, if i-ather flattened the abdomen and legs not bristly 67 Mesonotum and scutellum flattened; legs and abdomen conspicuously bristly COELOPIDAE 67. Postvertical bristles divergent 69 Postvertical bristles convergent 68 68. Orbital plates bearing ihe frontal bristles short and oblique. HELOMYZIDAE Orbital plates long, extending to the anterior margin of the front or almost so CHYROMYIDAE 69. Second basal and discal cells separated 70 Second basal and discal cells confluent DROSOPHILIDAE 70. Anterior half of the front with strong bristles, two to four pairs pres- ent on the front; third antenual segment short and rather orbicular, the arista subapical CLUSIIDAE At most two pairs of rather weak frontal bristles situated on the pos- terior half; arista sub-basal , 71 71. Eyes round; occiput convex and prominent PIOPHILIDAE Eyes, vertical, elongate; occiput concave; antennae long. LONCHAEIDAE 72. Legs long and slender, stilt-like; apical cell narrowed 73 Legs shorter and more robust, if rather long the apical cell not strong- ly narrowed 76 73. Propleura haired 74 Propleura bare in the middle 75 74. Pteropleura haired on whole surface TANYPEZIDAE Pteropleura bare on anterior half; second basal cell confluent with the c^iscal MICROPEZIDAE 75. Arista apical NERIIDAE Arista dorsal CALOBATIDAE 76. Apical cell closed or almost so in the wing margin; abdomen cylindri- cal, the genitalia usually large CONOPIDAE Apical cell not strongly narrowed or the abdomen short and broad 77 77. Some or all of the tibiae with preapical dorsal bristle 78 Tibiae without preapical bristle 81 No. 64] DIPTEKA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 181 78. Postocellar bristles parallel, divergent or absent 79 Postocellar bristles convergent LAUXANIIDAE 79. Clypeus never prominent; femora with bristles £0 Clypeiis very prominent; femora without bristles DRYOMYZIDAE 80. Ovipositor fiat and wide; front long and moderately narrow; head short, hemispherical, the antennae never porrect; shining blackish flies LONCHAEIDAE Ovipositor not prominent; front wide; head more or less orbicular or the front produced; antennae usually porrect; very rarely shining black TETANOCERIDAE 81. Antennae situated on the eye-stalks or at their base DIOPSIDAE Antennae situated on the front, though widely separated, regardless of the presence of eye-stalks 82 82. Ocelli absent PYRGOTIDAE Ocelli present 83 83. Postocellar bristles convergent or absent 84 Postocellar bristles divergent or parallel 85 84. Posterior femora swollen and spinose beneath; abdomen clavate; small, slender flies MEGAMERINIDAE Posterior femora not swollen and spinose; abdomen short and rather broad, never clavate CHAMAEMYIDAE 85. Presutural dorsocentrals absent or the subcostal and first veins end far apart OTITIDAE Presutural dorsocentrals present or the thorax bearing very long, fine pile PALLOPTERIDAE 86. Metascutellum developed, appearing as a strong convexity below the scutellum; hypopleura with strong bristles TACHINIDAE Metascutellum weak or absent, or if developed there is only hair on the hypopleura 87 87. Oral opening and mouth parts very small; hypopleura with abundant long hair 88 Oral opening normal; hypopleura with a row of bristles or only short, sparse hair 89 88. Scutellum extending far beyond the base of the metanotum; metascu- tellum never developed CUTEREBRIDAE Scutellum very short; metascutellum usually strongly developed; palpi usually large OESTRIDAE 89. Hypopleura with a row of bristles , 90 Hypopleura with fine, short hair or bare 91 90. Apical cell strongly narrowed apically METOPIIDAE Apical cell not at all narrowed apically MUSCIDAE 91. Oral vibrissae absent; mesonotum without bristles except above the wings PSILIDAE Oral vibrissae present; mesonotum with bristles MUSCIDAE PUPIPARA AND FLIES WITHOUT OR WITH ABORTED WINGS 92. Coxae widely separated by the sternum; usually parasitic on warm blooded animals ^^ Coxae approximate basally; not parasitic on warm blooded animals (except Streblidae) 96 93. Mesonotum short, resembling the abdominal segments; antennae in- serted in lateral grooves BRAU LI DAE Mesonotum and abdomen differentiated 94 94. Head small and narrow, folding back into a groove on the mei^onotum; prosternum produced NYCTERIBIIDAE Head not folding back in a special groove; prosternum not produced.. 95 95. Palpi broader than long; wings uniformly veined STREBLIDAE Palpi elongate, forming a sheath for the proboscis; wing veins crowd- ed anteriorly, weak or absent posteriorly HIPPOBOSCIDAE i 182 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. 96. Antennae and mouth parts present 97 Antennae and mouth parts absent STREBLIDAE 97. Antennae consisting of six or more freelj^ articulated segments 98 Antennae consisting of at most three freely articulated segments. .104 98. Mesonotum without a complete, V-shaped suture .99 Mesonotuni with a complete V-shaped suture Tl PL) Li DAE 99. Eyes meeting over the antennae 100 Eyes widely separated above the antennae 102 100. Abdomen enormously swollen, the apical four segments slender; ter- mite guests CECIDOMYIDAE Abdomen normal 101 101. Scutellum and halteres present : SCATOPSIDAE Scutellura and halteres absent SCIARIDAE 102. Termite guests; ocelli absent; wings with several veins. PSYCHODIDAE Not termite guests 103 103. Halteres present CHIRONOMIDAE Halteres absent MYCETOPHILIDAE 104. Antennae apparently consisting of one more or less globular segment; posterior femora robust and laterally compressed PHORIDAE Antennae with two or three quite evident segments; posterior femora not laterally compressed 105 105. Frontal lunula present 106 P'^rontal lunule absent EM PI DAE 106. First segment of the posterior tarsi short and swollen. . . .BORBORIDAE First segment of the posterior tarsi longer than the second segment and not swollen 107 107. Arista with long, sparse rays DROSOPHILIDAE Arista pubescent or bare; third antennal segment orbicular; wings mutilated by the fly HELOMYZIDAE No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 183 Family TANYDERIDAE by Charles P. Alexander, Ph. D. Massachusetts State College 1927. Tanyderidae. Alexander, Genera Insectorum, Fasc. 189 : 1 - 13, pi. Antennae with from 15 to 25 segments, 16 in the local species. Eyes densely short-hairy; no ocelli. Laterocervical plate large to very large. Pronotum massive; metanotum reduced. Tibiae with spurs. Wings (Fig. 18) with five branches of Radius, the forks of ^6- dichotomous; cell 1st M2 closed, elongate; a single developed Anal vein; anal angle prominent. Hypopygium with a single dististyle, bifid in the local species. Ovipositor with short, fleshy valves. Figure 18. Protoplasa fitchii (O. S.) ; venation. Symbols: A, Anal; M, Media; R, Radius; Sc, Subcosta. Protoplasa Osten Sacken 1859. Protoplasa Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859: 252. 1878. Idioplasta Osten Sacken; Cat. Dipt. No. Amer., p. 222. As now restricted (Alexander, Annot. Zool. Japonenses, 13 : 275 ; 1932), the genus Protoplasa includes only the single species discussed herewith. It is readily told from the other genera of the family by the presence of a supernumerary cross vein in cell Mz of the wings (Fig. 18). Protoplasa fitchii O. S. (Fig. 18). 1859. Protoplasa fitchii Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1859 : 252. Figs. — Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4: 317, fig. 7 (ven.) ; 1869. Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 15, fig. 1 (ven.) ; 1908. Alex- ander, Cfls. N. Y., 1: 862, fig. A (ven.), pi. 30, fig. 1 (wing); 1919. Alexander, Gen. Insect., Fasc. 189, Tanyderidae, fig. 11 (ven.), fig. 14C (hyp.); 1927. Corn- stock, Introd. Ent., p. 796, fig. (ven.) ; 1924. Crampton, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 18, pi. 1, fig. 7 (thorax) ; 1925. Crampton, Ent. News, 37, pi. 3, fig. 4 (thorax) ; 1926. MacGillivra)', Extern. Insect Anat., p. 323, fig. 47 (ven.) ; 1923. Williams, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 41: 1-35, pis. 1-3 (detailed morphology of both sexes), pi. 6, fig. 33 (wing) ; 1933. 184 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. General coloration grayish brown, the praescutum with four very poorly indicated darker stripes, the intermediate pair narrowly separated. Legs yellow, the femoral tips, tibial bases and tips, tips of basitarsi and all remaining tarsal segments dark brown. Wings (Fig, 18) broad, the anal angle very conspicuous; whitish subhyaline, handsomely cross-banded with brown, with pale spots in centers of bands at origin of Es, along elements of cord, fork of A'o+s, outer end of cell Isf Mo, supernumerary crossvein in cell M3 and as marginal spots near ends of longitudinal veins. Abdomen brown, with caudal borders of tergites restrictedly pale, $. L. 7-8.5 mm, ; w. 8 - 10 mm. ? . L. 7 - 8 mm, ; w. 10 - 11 mm. (June, July) Que.. N. H., Mass.. N. Y., Md., N. C, S. C, Ga., nw. Fla. (Canadian, Transition), The species is local in distribution but is more abundant and widely distributed than was formerly believed. Its recent discovery in numbers in eastern Canada has been discussed bv Crampton (Can. Ent, 61:70-72; 1929) and Alexander (Ihid., 63:^137; 1931). Still more recently Dr. Henry Townes, Jr., has discovered it in some numbers in the mountains of South Carolina and Prof. J. Speed Kogers in northwestern Florida. The immature stages occur in wet sandy soil at margins of major streams, indicating an aquatic or nearly aquatic habitat. The very remarkable immature stages have been described and figured in detail [Alexander, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 55:221-230, 2 pis. (larva, pupa); 1930. Crampton, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 25:239- 258, pis. 15-18 (larva) ; 1930. Crampton, Proc. Ent, Soc. Washing- ton, 32 : 83 - 98, pis. 3 - 5 (pupa) ; 1930] . The adult flies may be swept from rank herbaceous vegetation and low shrubbery near the margins of large streams and small rivers (Alexander, Ent. News, 21: 254; 1910). Family PTYCHOPTERIDAE by Charles P. Alexander, Ph. D. Massachusetts State College 1927. Ptychopteridae. Alexander, Genera Lisectorum, Fasc. 188: 1 - 12, pi. Head transverse, closely applied to thorax ; maxillary palpi elon- gate, especially the terminal segment. No ocelli. Antennae with 16 (Ptychopterinae) or 20 (Bittacomorphinae) segments. Mesonotum Avith transverse suture bent strongly caudad at region of scutum to form a deep loop; praescutum with parallel longitudinal furrows on either side of median area. Prehalteres present. Tibiae with sj^urs. Wings with Sc2 lacking; Bs short; E2+3 running close to R^; R^^. and R2 subequal, both short; cell R^ present; cell M^ present. Fig. 19, A (Ptychopterinae), or lacking, Fig. 19, B (Bittacomorphinae): distal section of Cu^ very strongly sinuous ; a longitudinal fold in cell No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 185 Gu^ extendino- from vein %iid A to near the bend in vein Cux, most distinct in Ptychoptera. Abdomen long and slender, especially in males of Bittacomorphinae. Hypopygium with lobes of tergite and basistyle extended. Ovipositor with cerci compressed, bent slightly dorsad. Adult flies of members of the two subfamilies are very different in appearance, Ptychoptera more resembling a large fungus-gnat than it does a crane-fly. Bittacomorpha^ commonly called the "Phantom Crane-fly" is very different and is one of the most conspicuous and interesting of all local Diptera. The basitarsi of the legs are dilated and filled with tracheae, by means of which the flies drift in the wind with the long legs extended to catch the breeze (Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 2:Y84-7S5; 1920). The immature stages are aquatic or nearly so, living in decaying vegetable matter in swamps. The re- markable larvae and pupae have been much discussed in literature (Alexander, Ihid., 2:772-787, pis. 14-18, inclusive; 1920). Key to Subfamilies and Genera 1. Antennae 16-segmented; wings with cell Mi present (Fig. 19, A), in local species cross-banded with brown; legs not banded black and white. (Ptychopterinae) Ptychoptera Antennae 20-segmented ; wings with cell Mi lacking (Fig. 19, B) without markings : legs banded black and white. (Bittacomorphinae) 2 2. Apex of wing with macrotrichia in cells ; basitarsi not dilated Bittacomorphella Apex of wing without macrotrichia in cells ; basitarsi of all legs dilated. . . . Bittacomorpha Subfamily Ptychopi"erinae Ptychoptera Meigen 1800. Linope Meigen; Nouv. Class. Mouch., p. 14 (nom. nud.). 1803. Ptychoptera Meigen; Illiger's Mag.. 2:262. 1856. Ctenocema Rondani ; Dipt. Ital., Prodr., 1 : 187. Ptychoptera rufocincta O. S. (Fig. 19, A). 1824. ? Ptychoptera quadrifasciata Say; Long's Exped. St. Peters R., Appendix, p. 359. 1859. P. rufocincta Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 1859 : 252. Figs. — Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 2, fig. 19 (wing) : 1869. Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 15, fig. 2 (ven.) ; 1908. Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 30, fig. 2 (wing) ; 1919. Alexander, Gen. Ins., Fasc. 188, fig. 8 (antenna, $ ) ; 1927. Crampton, Ent. News, ?>7, pi. 3, fig. 6 (thorax) ; 1926. Head and mesonotum black, thoracic pleura chiefly yellow. Flagellum uniform black. Legs yellow, the femoral tips narrowly darkened. Wings subhyaline, costal border more yellowish; disk with four more or less complete crossbands, tlie first at arculus, the third at cord, the last, usually interrupted, across forks of outer cells; wing-tip with numerous macrotrichia in cells (shown in figure 19, A, by dots). Abdomen black, the basal segments ringed at prox- 186 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. imal ends with obscure yellow ; subterminal segments uniformly black- ened; male hypopygium relatively large. $. L. 7-8 mm.; w. 6-8.5 mm.; antenna, al30ut 4.5-5 mm. 9. L. 7.5-9 mm.; w. 8-8.5 mm. (May-Sept.) Ont., Que., N. S., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. I., N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to III. and Mich., southw. to S. C, Ga. and Fla. Connecticut.— Branford, June 13, 1918 (B. H. W.) ; Hamden, July 24, 1910 (B.H. W.); Manitic Lake, June 8-9, 1929 (C.P. A.); Norfolk, July 24, 1931 (C.P.A.). It is virtually certain that Say's name quadrifasciata is the prior one for this species but there are some discrepancies in the original description that render it inadvisable to assert the synonymy. Figure^ 19. Ptychopteridae ; venation. A. Pfychoptera rufocincta O.S. B. Bittacomorpha clavipes (Fabr.) Symbols : A, Anal ; Cu, Cubitus ; M, Media ; R, Radius ; Sc, Subcosta. Subfamily Bittacomorfhinae Bittacomorphella Alexander ' 1916. Bittacomorphella Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, 1916:545. This so-called "pygmy phantom cranefly" is widespread and locally common, usually near springs or small streams in cold woods. Bittacomorphella jonesi (Johns.) 1905. Bittacomorpha jonesi Johnson; Psyche, 12:75-76. 1916. Bittacomorphella jonesi Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1916 : 545. n Y'^^-Toi^^^^''^^''/ P^'- ^^- "^- ^' P^- ^0, fig. 4 (wing); 1919. Alexander, Cen. Ins., 188, fig. 1 (ad. $), fig. 7 (antenna, $'), fig. 14 (wing); 1927. Antennae unusually long. Mesonotum black; head, lateral prae- scutum, thoracic pleura and median region of scutum silvery pruinose ; scutellum and mediotergite chiefly pale. Legs banded with snowy white, including a broad band on basal third of all tibiae and all of tarsal segments two and three, together with the extreme tip of No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 187 basitarsus and extreme base of fourth segment. Abdomen elono-ate. $. L. 8-10 mm.; w. 6.5-7 mm.; antenna, 6-6.5 mm. 2. L. 9-10 mm. ; w. 7 - 8 mm. (May-early Sept.) N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. 1., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Mich., southw. to Va., N. C, and S. C. (Canadian). Connecticut.— Kent Falls, July 23-24, 1931 (C. P. A.); Riverton, July 23, 1931 (CP.A.); Saptree Run State Park, June 14, 1933 (C. P. A.). Bittacomorpha Westwood 1835. Bittacomorpha Westwood; London & Edinburgh Phil. Mag., 6 : 281. The common "phantom cranefly" may be easily recognized by the black and white banded legs and conspicuously swollen basitarsi. The adults are very characteristic of swales, sloughs and similar swampy areas, in the rich organic mud of which the early stages may be found. Bittacomorpha clavipes (Fabr.) (Fig. 19, B). 1781. Tipula clavipes Fabricius; Spec. Ins., 2: 404. lyUu. Ptyohoptera clavipes Fabricius; tSyst. Antl., p. 22. 1835. Bittacomorpha clavipes Westwood ; ibid., 6 : 281. Figs. — Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amen, 4, pi. 2, fig. 20 (wing) ; pi. 4, fig. 31 (hyp.) ; 1869. Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1881, pi. 19, fig. 12 (ven., head) ; 1881. Snodgrass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pi. 10, figs. 35-39 (hvp.) ; 1904. Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 15. fig. 3 (ven.) ; 1908. Williston, Man. N. Amer. Dipt., Ed. 3, p. 84, fig. 25, sub. 12 (ven.) ; 1908. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1 : 862, fig. B (ven.) ; pi. 30, fig. 3 (wing) ; 1919. Cramp- ton, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 48, pi. 10, fig. iZ (hyp.) ; 1923. Alexander, Gen. Ins., 188, fig. 9 (leg) ; fig. 15 (wing) ; 1927. Crampton, Ent. News, 2,7, pi. 3, fig. 6 (thorax); 1926. Cole, Proc Calif. Acad. Sci. (4) 16:461, figs. 14, 17 (hyp.); 1927. Crampton, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 39, pi. 20 (basal abdom. segs.) ; 1931. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 174, fig. 44 (ven.) ; 1932. Antennae relatively long. Color of mesonotum black, the iDoste- rior sclerites silvery; praescutum with a capillary median line of this color. Pleura silvery. Legs black, banded with white, the latter in- cluding narrow rings on basal fourth of tibiae, proximal fourth of basitarsi, and all of tarsal segments two and three. ^ . L. 10-14 mm. ; w. 5.5-8 mm.; antenna, about 4.5-5 mm. ?. L. 12-15 mm.; w. 8 - 9 mm. (May-Sept.) Ont., Que., N. B., N. S., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. I., N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to Man., Col. and Utah, southw. to S. C, Ga., Tenn. and Fla. Connecticut.— Branford, Aug. 24, 1904 (P. L. B.) ; E. Conn., May 13-Sept. 6 (C.W.J.): E. Hartland, Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P. A.); E. Rock Park, New Haven, May 20, 1904 (B. H.W.); Granby, June 8, 1929 (C. P.A.); New Haven, Aug. 20, 1928 (G. B.); Norfolk, Sept. 12, 1928 (C. P.A.); Sahsbury, Sept. 12, 1928 (C. P.A.); Saptree Run State Park, June 14, 1933 (C. P.A.); Storrs, Alay 1929 (H.W. C); Twin Lakes, Sept. 12. 1928 (C. P.A.); Waterbury, May 28, 1908 (W.E. B.); W. Granby, Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P.A.); Woodmont, July 10, 1904 (P.L.B.). 188 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST, SUR\T3Y [Bllll. Family TRICHOCERIDAE by Charles P. Alexander, Ph. D. Massachusetts State College 1928. Trichoceridae. Edwards, Genera Tnsectorum, Fasc. 190 : 30-37. Antennae 16-segmented, the fiao-ellum elongate, setaceous, with outer segmentation obscure. Labrum reduced. Ocelli three. Prae- scutum without pseudosutural foveae; a distinct V-shaped suture be- tween ]jraescutum and scutum; scutum flat, not separated from scu- tellum b}^ a suture. Legs long and slender but not breaking readily as in the Tipulidae; basitarsi (in local genera) elongate; tibial spurs present. Wings (Fig. 20) with /S'ci long; cell Mi always present; m-cu lying far distad; vein 3nd A short and curved in Trichocera, more extended in Diazosma\ anterior arculus almost lost by atrophy, short- ened by a caudad bend of R\ squama fringed Avith setae. Male hy- popygium with a single dististyle, this latter usually simple, cylin- drical, but sometimes complicated by basal tubercles or processes. Ovipositor with cerci feebly sclerotized or fleshy; when elongate, the curvature downward instead of upward, as normal for the Tipulidae. The family Trichoceridae includes the well-known "Winter (iiiats*" or "Winter Crane-flies," not uncommon during t\\^ Fall and Spring and likewise occurring out-of-doors on warm days in Winter, flying about in sunlit places where the adults are found in small to larger swarms. The adult flies may also be found in cellars, caverns, mines and similar darkened retreats. The immature stages live in de- caying vegetable matter, as beneath rotted leaves, in stored roots and tubers, in fungi, and in similar haunts showing organic decay. The immature stages have been well-discussed in literature (Keilin, Bull. Scieiit. France et Belgique, (T) 46: 172-191, pis. 5-8; 1912. Alexan- der, Cfls. N. Y., 2: 789-791, pi. 19; 1920. Ehynehart, Belfast Nat. Hist. & Philosoph. Soc, 102: 1-14, 3 pis.; 1925. Edwards (Keilin), Genera Insectorum, 190:31-32, pi. 2, figs. 14-18; 1928). Key to Genera 1. Vein 2nd A long, subsinuous, not suddenly bent into anal angle of wing; eyes glabrous ; ovipositor with ceri very short and fleshy Diazosma Vein 2nd A short, strongly curved into the anal margin of wing (Fig. 20) : eyes with dense setae between the ommatidia; ovipositor with cerci sclero- tized, with the curvature downward Trichocera Diazosma Bergroth 1880. Tiichoptera Strobl; Progr. Gymn. Seitenstetten, j). 64 (preoc- cupied). 1881. Diazovia Wallengren; Ent. Tidskr., 2: 180 (preoccupied). 1913. Diazosnia Bergroth; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) 11: 583. Diazosma subsinuata (Alex.) 1915. Trichocera {Diazosma) siihsiimata Alexander; Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 24 : 124. No. 64] DIPTERA or CONNECTICtJT : TAXONOMY 189 Figs.— Alexander, Ibid., 24, pi. 8, fig. 10 (ven.). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 41, fig. 166 (ven.); 1919. Crampton, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 18, pi. 4, fig' 13 (thorax) ; 1925. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 174, fig. 43 (ven.) ; 1932. General coloration dark brown, the praescutum without stripes. Halteres and legs brown. Wings strongly infuscated, the veins with long trichia. $. L. 7 mm.; w. 9-10 mm. 9, L. 8-9 mm.; w. 9-11.5 mm. (June-Aug. ; Nov.) Ont, Que., N. B., N. Y., westw. to Wise, Colo, and Wasli. (Hudsonian, high Canadian; in coniferous woods). Trichocera Meigen 1800. Petaurista Meigen; Nouv. Class. Mouches, p. 15 (nom. nud.). 1803. Trichocera Meigen ; Illiger's Mag., 2 : 262. 1924. Trichocerodes Brethes; Commun, Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, 2: 172. The taxonomy of our local species is still much involved and more work must be done before an accurate idea of synonymy and distribution is obtained. Several species are widely distributed in the North Temperate Zone while others seem to be much more restricted in their range. Key to Species 1. Wings unmarked except for the stigmal darkening 2 Wings variously marked with brown, in addition to the stigmal area 3 2. Base of wing somewhat paler than the remainder; male hypopygium with dististyle at base bearing a very small, slender tubercle saltator Wings not paler at base; male hypopygium unusually complex, the dististyle long and slender, near base bearing a long slender rod that is about one- third the total length of style .salmani 3. Wings with all veins except the Anals seamed with brown, more distinct at and beyond the cord venosa Wings without seams on veins beyond cord 4 4. Wings with a dark cloud on anterior cord; no dark spot in cell R beneath origin of Rs 5 Wings with a dark spot in cell R beneath origin of Rs, additional to a dark- ened cloud on anterior cord 6 5. Wings strongly suffused with dusky ; male hypopygium with dististyle bear- ing a conspicuous ear-like lobe at base garretti Wings hyaline or nearly so; male hypopygium with dististyle cylindrical, un- armed regelationis 6. Femora yellowish, with a subterminal brown ring ; wings with a more or less distinct dark cloud in cell Rz 7 Femora yellowish brown, the tips narrowly darkened; no dark cloud in outer radial field fernaldi 7. Abdominal tcrgites conspicuously dimidiate, their bases pale, the outer half darkened; male hypopygium without tubercle at base of dististyle. ...bimacula Abdominal tergites uniformly darkened; male hypopygium with a small tu- bercle on mesal face of dististyle at base maculipennis Trichocera bimacula Wk. 1848. Trichocera himacida Walker; List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1: 84. 1923. T. limacula Edwards; Ann. ]Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) 12:492. Fig.— Crampton, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 18, pi. 4, fig. 11 (thorax); 1925. 190 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BulL I am interpreting this species in accordance with Edwards' com- parison of the type male with maciiUpennis, this implying dark sub- terminal rings on femora and a darkened cloud in outer radial cells, as in maculipennis. The fly differs from both fernaldi and maciiUpen- nis in the dimidiate abdominal tergites. $. L. about 5 mm.; w. 5 mm. (Oct., Nov.) N. S., Me., Mass., Ct., N. Y. Connecticut. — without closer data (C. W. J.). Dickinson (Cfls. Wise, p. 173, fig. 41; 1932) reports this fly from Wisconsin in October. From his figure of the wing it is apparent that there is a mis-determination and the species in question is pos- sibly either garretti or regelationis. Cu, M4 Figure 20. Trichocera garretti Alex. ; venation. Symbols: A, Anal; Cu, Cubitus; M, Media; R, Radius; 6"^ Subcosta. T. fernaldi Alex. 1927. THchocera fernaldi Alexander; Can. Ent., 59: 70-71. Figs.— Alexander, Ibid., 59: 70, figs. 1, 2 (ven.). Praescutal stripes four, the lateral pair subobsolete. Knobs of halteres dark brown. Dististyle of male hypopygium without basal tubercle. $ . L. 4.5-5 mm. ; w. 6.5-7 mm. (Oct., Nov.) Mass., Ct., westw. to Mich. Connecticut.— New Haven, Oct. 31, 1903 (H.L.V.) ; Shelton, Nov. 14, 1932 (J.P.J.) ; Yalesville, Oct. 19, 1903 (H.L.V.) . T. garretti Alex. (Fig. 20). 1927. Trichocera garretti Alexander; Can. Ent., 59 : 71-72. Mesonotum brownish black, without markings. Male hypopyg- ium with the basal two-fifths of dististyle enlarged, on me'sal face expanded into a flattened ear-like lobe. $. L. 4-4.5 mm.; w. 6-6.5 mm. (Mar.-May) Mass., westw. to B. C T. maculipennis Meig. 1818. Trichocera maculipennis Meigen; Syst. Beschreib., 1:214. Fig.— De Meijere, Tijdschr. v. Ent., 64 : 88, fig. 128 (hyp.) ; 1921. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 191 $. L. about 6-6.5 mm.; w. 7-8 mm. 9. L. about 7-7.5 mm.; w. 8-10 mm. (Apr., May) Que., westw. to Alta. and B. C. (Eurasia). T. regelationis (Limi.) 1758. Ti/pvla regelationis Linnaeus; Syst. Nat., ed. 10:587. 5 . L. about 4.5-5 mm. ; w. 5.5-6 mm. (Mar.-Juiie; Nov., Dec.) Northern N. Amer. (Eurasia). Reported by Johnson, probably correctly, from Me. and Mass. Connecticut.— Hamden, April 18, 1930 (R.B.F.). T. salmani Alex. 1927. Tvichocera salmani Alexander ; Can. Ent., 59 : 72-73. The remarkable male hypopygium is quite unique among the local species. Ninth tergite deeply emarginate, each lobe with a dense brush of long reddish bristles. 6. L. about 4-4.5 mm.; w. 5-5.5 mm. (Oct.-Jan.) Mass.; still known only from Amherst. T. saltator (Harr.) 1782. Tipiila saltator Harris; Expos. English Ins., p. 57. 1824. fTHchocera scutellata Say; Long's Exped. St. Peters R., Ap- pend., p. 360. 1848. ITHchocera hrumalis Fitch; Winter Ins. N. Y., p. 9. 1848. THchocera gracilis Walker ; List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1 : 84. 1912. THchocera inontana Brunetti ; Fauna Brit. India, Dipt. Nemat., p. 513. 1924. Ti^hocera saltator Edwards; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) 14: 174. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y.. 1, pi. 41, fig. 165 (ven.) ; 1919. Young, Cor- nell Univ., Agr. Expt. Sta. Mem. 44: 284, pi. 10, fig. 10 (thorax) ; 1921. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 173, fig. 42 (ven.) ; 1932. Coloration brownish black, gray pruinose, the praescutum with- out distinct stripes. 5 . L. about 4 mm. ; w. 5-6 mm. (Apr., May; Sept.-Nov.) Occasional on warm bright days throughout winter. Ont., Que., Me., N. H., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Ind., Mich., Wise, and Man., southw. to Ga. (Eurasia). Connecticut— New Haven, October 21, 1903; Nov. 20 (H.L. V.) ; Yalesville, Oct. 19, 1903 (H.L. v.). (This species also includes erroneous North American records for Trichocera hiemalis (de Geer), at this time definitely known as Ne- arctic only from the Far North). The above synonymy is on the authority of Dr. Edwards and must be assumed to be correct unless very strong proof to the contrary can be produced, T. venosa Dtz. 1921. Trichocera venosa Dietz; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 47: 236. 192 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Considered by Edwards as being possibly only a heavily pat- terned variety of 'macuUpennis. Still known only from the unique type. 2 . L. 6,5 mm. ; w. 7 mm. (Oct.) Pa. Family ANISOPODIDAE by Charles P. Alexander, Ph. D. Massachusetts State College 1928. Anisopodidae. Edwards, Genera Insectorum, Fasc. 190: 7-2G, 2 pis. Head somewhat flattened, not produced behind. Ocelli three, forming a close equilateral triangle. Fronto-clypeal suture lacking; labrum reduced, membranous. Mesonotal praescutum and scutum not evidently separated by a transverse suture; pleurotergite undivided. Tibial spur-formula 1-2-2; claws simple. Wings with three bran- ches of R reaching margin (Fig. 21, A-C) ; i?3 preserved as a distinct element in Axymyia (Fig. 21, B), uniting with .^i+o far distad; Rs straight, oblique, in direct alignment wdth basal section of ^^5; r-7n distinct; cell 1st M2 closed (Anisopvs, Fig. 21, A) or open by atrophy of outer veins; distal section of Cui sinuous (Anisopus) or straight; a single preserved Anal vein. Three diverse grouj)s are here included, the habits being briefly discussed under the subfamily headings. Key to Subfamilies and Genera 1. Cell 1st M2 closed; M with four branches (Fig. 21, A) ; cells of wing with abundant macrotrichia ( Anisopodinae) Anisopus Cell 1st M2 open ; M with three branches (Fig. 21, B, C) ; cells of wing with- out macrotrichia 2 2. Vein Rs present as a distinct element near tip of R1+2, forming an apical fusion of Ri+2+3: r-m oblique placed at or beyond midlength of M1+2, in cases close to fork of vein; main stem of M preserved (Fig. 21, B) ( Axymyinae) Axymyia Vein R:: atrophied; r-m transverse, placed far before fork of il/u-; main stem of M chiefly atrophied (Fig. 21, C) (Mycetobiinae) Mycetobia Subfamily Anisopodinae Anisopus Meigen 1800. Phrtjne Meigen; Nouv. Class. Mouches, p. 16 (nom. nud.). 1803. Anisojms Meigen; Illiger's Mag., 2: 264 (nom. nud.); 1804, Klass., 1 : 102. 1805. RTiyphus Latreille ; Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins., 14 : 291. The immature stages occur in or near decaying organic matter, as m manure and fermenting sap. The early stages have been de- scribed and figured in detail (Keilin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) 3, pi. 2, fig. 1; 1919. Edwards, Gen. Ins., 190: 11-12, pi. 2; 1928). The adult males swarm in small to larger groups, mating taking place No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: TAXONOMY 193 when females fly from nearby shrubbery into the swarms. Adults are frequently found resting on windows in houses or resting on tree trunks in the open. Key to Species 1. Wings with cell Mi pointed at base, i>i connecting with Ali+n at fork; wing- tip clear marginatus Wings with cell Mx truncated at base, m connecting with M-z some distance beyond base; wing-tip with distinct brown markings, heaviest in radial field 2 2. Pale spot in outer radial field white, clearly delimited ; a very small dark spot in cell R beneath the fork of Rs; median mesonotal stripe divided, .alternatus Pale spot in outer radial field dirty white or yellowish white, its limits ill- defined; no dark spot in cell R beneath the fork of Rs; median mesonotal stripe entire ... .fenestralia jfl ^1 + 2+3 Cii, M K1 + 2+ Figure 21. Anisopodidae ; venation. A. Anisopus foiestralis (Scop.) B. Axymyia furcata McAtee C. Mycetobia divergens Walk. Symbols: Cu, Cubitus; M, Media; R, Radius; Sc, Subcosta. Anisopus alternatus (Say) 1823. Rhyphus alternatus Say; Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 3 : 27. 1918. R. alternatus Baerg; Ent. News, 29: 354; Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1: 888; 1919. Figs.— Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 152, fig. 29 (head), p. 172, fig. 39 (wing); 1932. i 9 . L. 4-4.5 mm.; w. 5.5-6 mm. (Apr.-June; Sept.) Ont., Que., Me., N. H., Mass., R. I., N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to Wise, and Kan. Connecticut.— Branford, June 27, 1904 (H.L.V.); New Haven, March 28, 1925 (G. M. F.), May 25, 1919 (W. E. B.), July 1, 1928 (W. E. B.) ; Orange, pupae in slime mold, June 8, 1920, emerged June 12-14 (M. P.Z.); Stamford, Apr. 4, 1929 (B.T.R.L.). 194 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. A. fenestralis (Scop.) (Fig. 21, A). 17G3. Tifula fenestralis Scopoli ; Ent. CarnioL, p. 322. 1923. Anisojnis fenestralis Edwards; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) 12: 476. 1923. A. diversipes Fitch, in Edwards; Ihid., (9) 12:476. Fig.— Edwards, Ibid., (9) 12: 477, fig. f (hyp.). $ 9 . L. 5 mm.; w. 6 mm. (Mar.-Oct.) Out., Que., Me., N. H., Mass., R. I., N. Y., N. J., Pa.; also in Europe. Connecticut— Branford, July 3, 1905 (H.W.W.); E. Windsor, (W.F.B.); Madi- son Aug. 26, 1904 (H. L. V.) ; New Canaan, Oct. 10, 1903 (B. H. W.) ; New Haven, May 30, 1910 (W.E.B.). A. marginatus (Say) 1823. Rhyphus ma.rgmatus Say; Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 3: 27 (includes all North American records of puncta- tus, nee punctatus Fabricius ; vide Edwards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) 12: 488; 1923. Gen. Ins., 190: 17; 1928). Figs.— Edwards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) 12:477, fig. m (hyp.): 1923. Crampton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 27, pi. 7, fig. 20 (labium) ; 1925. Cole, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4) 16: 461, figs. 16, 18 (hyp.); 1927. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 172, fig. 40 (wing) ; 1932. (Apr.-May; Aug.-Nov.) Ont., Que., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. I., N. Y., N. J., Pa., Va., westw. to 111. and Wise. Connecticut— New Haven, May 7, 1911 (B.H.W.) ; Orange, June 22, 1904 (H.L.V.) ; Salisbury, Aug. 27, 1904 (W.E.B.). Subfamily Axymyinae 1921. Axyiliyinae; Shannon, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 23: 50-51. A single known genus and species, placed by Edwards (Gen. Ins., 190: 27-29; 1928) in the family Pachyneuridae. The general appear- ance and essential characters seem to me to fall more within the limits of the Anisopodidae where it was first assigned by Shannon. Axymyia McAtee 1921. Axymyia McAtee; Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 23 : 49. Antennae 16-segmented ; flagellar segments broader than long. Eyes ( $ ) large, contiguous, composed of an upper area of larger om- inatidia and a lower area of smaller ones, without a definite separa- tion between the two; eyes of female dichoptic. Setae of body very reduced or lacking. Thorax and abdomen short and stout, the mes- onotum gibbous. Tibiae without spurs. Wings (Fig. 21, B) with luacrotrichia on veins C, R, R,, Rs; on basal section of R5 and basal fourth of outer section of Rr, with trichia present but very small; tips of all branches of M and 1st A evanescent; setae of anal fringe small and inconspicuous. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 195 Axymyia furcata McAtee. (Fig. 21, B). 1921. Axymyia, furcata McAtee; Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 23: 49. Figs. — Coquillett, Ent. News, 20:106, fig. (ven.) ; 1909. Crampton, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 18, pi. 4, fig. 14 (thorax) ; 1925. Edwards, Gen. Ins., 190, pi. 1, fig. 9 (ven.) ; 1928. General coloration dark brown. Wings strongly suffused with brown, more saturated on costal third; wing-base faintly yellowish; a whitish spot in cell B above fork of Es. 5. L. 5-6 mm.; w. 6-7 mm. (Apr., May) Mass., N. Y., Pa., Va. (Canadian, high Transition). The occurrence of this very uncommon fly in New England has been discussed by the writer (Occas. Pap. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5: 115; 1924). Only two specimens have yet been taken in New England, both on Mount Toby, near Amherst, Mass., where they were swept from low herbage along a mountain stream. Subfamily Mycetobiinae General appearance much like a fungus-gnat, Mycetophilidae, with which group it was long associated. Eyes finely pubescent, only narrowly separated on vertex. No definite ocellar tubercle. Maxillary palpi 3-segmented. Praescutal and scutal setae well-developed; scutellum with four marginal setae. No macrotrichia on wing-membrane; well-developed and strong on all of the non-evanescent veins ; G extending to some distance beyond tip of i?5. The following veins are faint and tend to become evanes- cent : Base of 8c^ branches of M and extreme outer end of the main stem of M^ outer half of Gux and A ; the basal portion of the main stem of J/, together with Cu,^ are quite atrophied. R and all of its branches, together with Gu^ are well-preserved and provided with nu- merous macrotrichia. Mycetobia Meigen 1818. MycetoUa Meigen; Syst. Beschr., 1: 229. 1861. Mycetoica Rondani; Prodr. Dipt. Ital., 4, Corrig., : 12. The larvae live in the fermenting sap of trees, in decaying wood, and in similar places showing organic decay, where they are sometimes associated with the larvae of Anisopus. The immature stages have been discussed in detail by Johannsen (Maine Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. 177: 31-32, figs. 38-43; 1910), Keilin (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (9) 3: 33-35, pi. 2, fig. 2; 1919) and Edwards (Gen. Ins., 190: 24, pi. 2, figs. 6-9; 1928). The adult flies occur on tree trunks near exuding sap and more rarely may be found on windows in houses. Mycetobia divergens Wk. (Fig. 21, C). 1856. Mycetobia divergens Wa&er; Ins. Saund., Dipt., p. 418. 1867. Mycetoyhila -persicae Eiley ; Prairie Farmer, 35 : 397. 1869. Mycetobia sordida Packard; Guide Study Insects, p. 388. 1903. M. marginalis Adams ; Kan. Univ. Sci. Bull., 2 : 21. 19G CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Figs — Johannsen, Maine Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. 172, fig. 11 (ven.) ; 1909. Alex- ander c'fls N Y 1 • 889, fig. B (ven.) ; 1919. Crampton. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 18, pi.' 5, fig. 20 (tiiorax) ; 1925. Cole, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4) 16: 463, fig. 34 (hyp.);' 1927. Head black; palpi yellow at tips. Antennae black. Mesonotum and pleura shiny black, the humeri, lateral margins of notum and scutellum more tinged with reddish. Legs yellow, the outer tarsal segments darkened. Wings hyaline. Abdomen yellow basally, the outer segments darkened. 5 $ . L. 3-4 mm. ; w. 3-4 mm. (July) Me., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Mo. and Col. Connecticut.— Hartford (C. W. J.) . Family TIPULIDAE by Charles P. Alexander, Ph. D. Massachusetts State College 1926. Tipulidae, Tipulinae. Pierre, Genera Insectorum, Fasc. 186: 1-68, 5 pis. 19-27. Tipulidae, Cylindrotominae. Alexander, Ihid.^ Fasc. 187 : 1-16, 2 pis. Date? Tipulidae, Limoniinae. Alexander, Ihid. (in preparation). Antennae with from 5 to 39 segments, in local species with not more than 19, commonly 13 (Tipulinae, most Pediciini) ; 14 (most Limoniini) ; 16 (most Hexatomini and Eriopterini) ; form of anten- nae various, from moniliform and setaceous to serrate and pectinate (males of Livionia, subgenus Rhipidia', Cfenophora; Tanyptera: Figs. 25, A, B; 34, F, G). Maxillary palpi with from one to four segments, commonly the latter. Labial palpi reduced, at most 2-seginented. Frontal prolongation of head in most Tipulinae bearing a small ^'■nasus'^ or nose at apex of dorsal surface; in cases, the mouth parts are produced into a slender rostrum that exceeds in length one-half the entire body, this either comprised of a long, slender prolongation of the front, with the reduced mouth parts at extreme tip {Elephan- tomyia^ Fig. 46, L; Toxorhina) or else made up chiefly of greatly elongated labial palpi {Limonia, subgenus Geranomyia, Fig. 34, C). Eyes glabrous, rarely (Pediciini) short-hairy; eyes usually of moder- ate size, separated above by the wide anterior vertex, the latter some- times reduced or lacking, producing a holoptic condition (males of Lhnonia species). No ocelli. Posterior sclerites of head sometimes produced and narrowed behind. Pronotum usually well developed. Thoracic dorsum comprised chiefly of the mesonotum, with well-developed praescutum (lying be- fore the so-called V-shaped or transverse suture. Fig. 22, D), scutum, scutellum, and postnotum, the latter with a median (mediotergite) and lateral (pleurotergites) subdivisions. Praescutum often with paired double dots {tuherculate pits) near cephalic end, or with a polished impressed humeral area {jjseiidosutural foveae) on either J No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 197 side; ground-areas {interspaces) between the usual praescutal stripes usually with abundant setae. Pleural sutures distinct; pleural scle- rites glabrous or variously provided with setae. Halteres long to very long. Legs breaking readily at junction of trochanter and femur; tibiae with or without spurs at distal end ; five tarsal segments ; claws smooth or variously toothed near base {Tipiila; Limonia^ Fig. 34, D, E) ; legs almost invariably long and slender, shortest and stoutest in nearly apterous species, as Ghionea. Wings (Fig. 23) with from one to three branches of Rs\ two to four branches of M; Cu-z present (in local species), lying close behind Cu^, longest in most Tipulinae where it virtually attains the margin; two Anal veins (in all local species) ; in most members of the family an enclosed discal {1st M2) cell; radial crossvein, r, lacking, as in all Diptera, but its position taken and sim- ulated by the transversely placed B2', wings almost invariably with strong setae {macrotrichia) on certain of the veins; more rarely with these in the cells (best developed in Ula, Ulomorpha and Ormosia). Abdomen always long and slender, sometimes {Longurio, Tipula longiventris, female) excessively so; apex of abdomen in males en- larged into a club-shaped hypopygium (Fig, 22, B, C); females us- ualfy with an elongate, acutely pointed ovipositor, comprised of slender, gently upcurved dorsal valves {cerci) and shorter, more near- ly straight sternal valves {hypovalvae). Male hypopygium comprised of basistyles (parameres, coxites, pleurites, gonostipes or side-pieces), bearing at their tips the more or less complicated dististyles (styles, claspers, apical appendages) ; a complex armature surrounding the aedeagus, the most evident structures being the gonapophyses (para- meres, genital palpi), the whole structure sometimes fused into a com- plex mass, the phallosome. Dorsal surface of basistyle at proximal end (as in Epiphragma^ Fig. 22, C) with a sclerotizecl rod, the inter- base, lost in all more specialized types. Anal tube dorsal in position. Lateral angles of ninth tergite often produced into slender lobes or spines (as in Tipulinae, Dolichopena; Pediciini, Dicranota; Limoniini, l>icranoptyeha) . Morphological References. In addition to the features above listed, certain other details of body structure and wing venation are shown in Figs. 22 and 23, The detailed account of dipterous mor- phology given by Doctor Crampton earlier in this volume will prove of the very greatest value in cletermining doubtful structures. Nu- merous papers are now availal^le discussing the various morphological features throughout the Order. For convenience of reference, I have listed a number of the more important papers that pertain to the Tipulidae. Head and Mouth Parts. Crampton, G. C. 1917 A phylogenetic study of the larval and adult head in Neuroptera, Mecoptera, Diptera and Trichoptera. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amen, 10: 337-344, figs. 1-14. 1921 The sclerites of the head, and the mouth-parts of certain immature and adult insects. Ibid., 14: 65-110, pis. 2-8. 198 CONNECTICUT GEOL, AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Figure 22. Tipulidae; structures. A. Tipuia (Yamatotipula) jacobus Alex.; lateral aspect of head and thorax, showing principal structures. B. The same ; apex of abdomen of male, showing hypopygium, lateral aspect. C. Epiphragma (Epiphragma) fascipennis (Say) ; male hypopygium, dorsal aspect. D. P scxidolwmo phila inornata (O.S.) ; mesonotum, dorsal aspect. Symbols : a antenna ahs abdominal sternites abt abdominal tergites aed aedeagus aes anepisternum (mesepisternum) al wing h basistyle (coxite, pleurite, gonostipes, side-piece) ex coxa d dististyle (style, clasper, apical appendage) em epimeron es episternum / frontal prolongation of head (rostrum) h haltere in interbase mt postnotal mediotergite n nasus /> maxillary palpus pas parascutellum pat pretergite (paratergite) Pf pseudosutural fovea (humeral pit) pn pronotum psc praescutum pt postnotal pleurotergite ptp pteropleurite (mesepimeron) s squama sc scutum si scutellum St spiracle Spl sternopleurite (mesepisternal katepisternum) fp tuberculate pit (double dots) tr trochanter V vertex No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 199 200 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Figure 23. Venation of chief tribes and subfamilies of Tipulidae. A. Tipula (Yamatotipula) tricolor Fabr. (TIPULINAE) B. Limonia (Limonia) triocellata (O.S.) (LIMONIINI) C. Dicranota (Eudicranota) pallida Alex. (PEDICIINI) D. Pscudolimnophila inoniafa (O.S.) (HEXATOMINI) E. Ormosia moniicola (O.S.) (ERIOPTERINI) (Interpreted according to the Comstock-Needliam System, as modified for the Radial field by Alexander and for the Cubital field by Tillyard.) Symbols : A Anal veins m medial crossvein C Costa m-cn medial-cubital crossvein Cu Cubitus R Radius /; humeral crossvein Rs Radial sector M Media Sc Subcosta No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY h C ^^^ ^^ R, 201 Sc, R, 2nd A 1st A Cu. 202 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. 1923 A phylogenetic comparison of the maxillae throughout the orders of insects. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 31 : 77-107, pis. 12-17. 1925 A phylogenetic study of the labium of holometabolous insects, with particular reference to the Diptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 27: 68-91, pis. 6-8. Peterson, Alvah 1916 The head-capsule and mouth-parts of Diptera. Illinois Biol. Mon., 3:7-111, 25 pis. Thoracic Sclerites, Wing-Bases and Legs. Crampton, G. C. 1923 Preliminary note on the terminology applied to the parts of an in- sect's leg. Can. Ent., 55:126-132, pi. 3. 1925a A phylogenetic study of the thoracic sclerites of the non-Tipuloid Nematocerous Diptera. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 18: 49-74, pis. 1-5. 1925b Evidences of relationship indicated by the thoracic sclerites of certain Eriopterine Tipuloid Diptera. Insec. Inscit. Menst, 13: 197-213, pis. 2-3. 1926a A phylogenetic study of the thoracic sclerites of the Psychodoid Dip- tera, with remarks on the inter-relationships of the Nematocera. Ent. News, Zl : 33-39, 65-70, pis. 3-4. 1926b A comparison of the neck and prothoracic sclerites throughout the orders of insects from the standpoint of phylogeny. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 52: 199-248, pis. 10-17. Snodgrass, R. E. 1909 The thorax of insects and the articulation of the wings. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 36: 511-595, pis. 40-69. Young, B. P. 1921 Attachment of the abdomen to the thorax in Diptera. Cornell Univ. Agr. Expt. Sta., Mem. 44: 255-306, 76 figs. Venation. Alexander, C. P. 1927 The interpretation of the radial field of the wing in the Nematocerous Diptera, with special reference to the Tipulidae. Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 52 : 42-72, 92 figs. 1929 A comparison of the systems of nomenclature that have been applied to the radial field of the wing in the Diptera. IV. Internat. Congress Ent., 2 : 700-707, 3 pis. 1934 (In C. H. Curran, The families and genera of North American Dip- tera, pp. 38-39, figs.) Comstock, J. H. 1918 The Wings of Insects, pp. 1-430, 427 figs., 10 pis. MacGillivray, A. D. 1923 The anal veins in the wings of Diptera. Ent. News, 34: 106-111. Needham, J. G. 1908 Venation of the wings of Tipulidae. 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907: 217-238, pis. 11-32, figs. 11-16. Tillyard, R. J. 1919 The Panorpoid Complex. Part 3.— -The wing-venation Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 44: 533-718, pis. 31-35, figs. 35-112. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 203 Genitalia. Cole, F. R. 1927 A study of the terminal abdominal structures of male Diptera (Two- winged Flies). Proc. California Acad. Sci., (4) 16: 397-499, figs. 1-287. Crampton, G. C. 1923 The genitalia of male Diptera and Mecoptera compared with those of related insects, from the standpoint of phylogeny. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 48: 207-225, pis. 8-10. 1941 The terminal abdominal structures of male Diptera. Psyche 48 : 79-94, 2 pis. Snodgrass, R. E. 1903 The terminal abdominal segments of female Tipulidae. Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 11: 177-183, pis. 10-11. 1904 The hvpopvgium of the Tipulidae. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30: 179-236, pis. 8-18. The Tipulidae, commonly called ''Crane-flies", comprises one of the largest families of Diptera, with some 8,500 described species, of which nearly 500 occur in northeastern North America. The adult flies frequent a variety of habitats, though usually not far from mois- ture, required in one form or another by the larvae of all species. The habitats of the immature stages have been briefly discussed under the various genera. Students who are interested in the early stages of these flies are referred to the following papers : Alexander, C. P. 1920 The crane-flies of New York. Part II. Biology and Phylogeny. Cornell Univ. Agr. Expt. Sta., Mem. 38: 691-1133, pis. 11-97 (Bibli- ography of immature stages to 1920). 1931 The crane-flies (Tipulidae, Diptera), Deutsche Limnologische Sunda- Expedition. Archiv fur Hydrobiol., Suppl. Bd. 9, Tropische Binnengewasser, Bd. 2, pt. 30: 135-191, 2 pis. (Bibliography of immature stages 1920- 1930. Summary of larval habitats of Tipulidae). Rogers, J. S. 1926 Notes on the biology and immature stages of Gonomyta (Letponeiira) pleuralis (Will.). Tipulidae, Diptera. Florida Ent., 10: 33-38, 5 figs. 1927a Notes on the life history, distribution and ecology of Diotrepha mir- abilis Osten Sacken. Ann. P2nt. Soc. Amer., 20: 23-36, 9 figs. 1927b Notes on the biology of Atarba picticornis Osten Sacken. Tipulidae- Diptera. Florida Ent., 10 : 49-55, 7 figs. 1927c Notes on the biology and immature stages of Gcranomyla (Tipulidae, Dipt.) 1. Geranomyia rostrata. Ibid., 11: 17-26, 7 figs. 1930 The summer cranefly fauna of the Cumberland plateau in Tennessee. Occas. Papers AIus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, 215 : 1-50, 5 pis. 1932 On the biologv of Limonia (Dicranoniyia) floridana (Osten Sacken). Florida Ent., 15 : 65-70, 8 figs. 1933a The ecological distribution of the crane-flies of northern Florida. Ecol. Mon. 3, no. 1 : 1-74, figs. 1-25. 1933b Contributions toward a knowledge of the natural history and immature stages of the crane-flies. 1. The genus Polymera Wiedemann. Occas. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, 268: 1-13, 2 pis. 204 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull, Geographical Limits. The area adopted in the present report is ahnost that considered in Gray's "New Manual of Botany", seventh edition, 1908, tliat is, northeastern North America, north to the 50th degree of north Latitude, west to tlie 96th Meridian. The southern limits include the south boundary lines of Kansas, Missouri, Kentucky and Virginia. It is believed that this northeastern area includes about all of the species that are regional to Connecticut and to the ad- joining states of Massachusetts, Rhode Island and New York. A very few extra-limital species have been included while undescribed spe- cies still continue to be discovered within the area. The present list for Connecticut includes 229 species. To this figure may be added 120 species that have been taken in either Massachusetts or New York, or both, virtually all of which may well be taken in Connecti- cut as a result of further collecting. The remaining species treated herein occur elsewhere in New England and southern Canada, or in New Jersey and Pennsylvania, southward and westward. Following- each species is given a brief summary of range by states and prov- inces, with particular reference to the occurrence of species in the New England States and New York, the western and southern limits be- ing indicated by the marginal states attained. These states and prov- inces are abbreviated in accordance with standard symbols. Follow- ing certain of the species, the life-zone or zones to which it is re- stricted is given in parentheses. In Connecticut, three life-zones are found, the Canadian, the Transition (Alleghenian) and the Upper Austral (Carolinian). Regional Lists. Our knowledge of crane-fly distribution has been built up through intensive collecting and study over a period of many years. The following papers are of the greatest importance in studying the area under present consideration. Ontario. Alexander, C. P. 1926 Records of crane-flies from Ontario. Can. Ent., 58: 236-240. ( ll) 1928 The same, Part II. Ihid., 60: 54-60. (159) Quebec. Alexander, C. P. 1929 A list of the crane-flies of Quebec I Ihid., 61: 231-236, 247-251. (139) 1931 The same. Part II. Ihid., 63: 135-147. (208) Winn, A. V., and Beaulieu, G. (as revised by Petcli, C. E. and Maltais, 1932 A preliminary list of the insects of tlie province of Quebec. Part 2, Diptera. Quebec Soc. Prot. Plants, 24: 5-100. (246) New England. Johnson, C. W. 1925 Diptera of New England. Occas. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7, no. 15: 1-326. (264) No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 205 Alexander, C. P. 1925 First supplementary list of Tipulidae. Ibid., 5: 169-174. (277) 1927 Second supplementary list. Ibid., 5 : 223-231. (290) 1930 Third supplementary list. Ibid., 5: 267-278. (318) 1936 Fourth supplementary list. Ibid., 8: 273-292. (346) Proctor, William 1938 Biological survey of the Mount Desert Region. Part VI. The insect fauna with references to methods of capture, food plants, the flora and other biological features, pp. 496, 12 figs., 1 map. (198) ew York. Alexander, C. P. 1919 The crane-flies of New York, Part I. Cornell Univ. Agr. Expt. Sta., Mem. 25 : 765-993. (267) 1922 First supplementary list. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 17 : 58-62. (277) 1924 Second supplementary list. Ibid., 19: 57-64. (282) 1929 Third supplementary list. Ibid., 24 : 22-29. (306) 1929 Fourth supplementary list. Ibid., 24 : 295-302. (318) Michigan. Rogers, J. Speed 1942 The crane-flies (Tipulidae) of the George Reserve, Mich. Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich., Misc. Publ. 53: 1-128, 8 pis., 1 map. (206) Wisconsin. Dickinson, W. E. 1932 The crane-flies of Wisconsin. (130) Bull. Public Mus. Milwaukee, 8: 139-266, Frontis., pis. 22-24, figs. 29-197 (abbreviated in this paper, Cfls. Wise). The figures in parentheses following each of the above references represent the consecutive totals in number of species of Tipulidae from the area in question. For much information, still unpublished, regarding the range of various species elsewhere in the region under consideration, I wish to express my deepest thanks to Professor J. Speed Kogers (for rec- ords from Michigan, Iowa, Indiana, Tennessee, North Carolina, Geor- gia and Florida) and to Dr. Henry Townes, Jr. (North Carolina, South Carolina). Seasonal Limits. Crane-flies are wonderfully restricted in their season of flight-appearance. The seasonal range given in parentheses at the end of each species is that for Connecticut, or for that state or province nearest Connecticut where the species is known to occur. This restriction of dates is of particular importance in the case of wide-ranging species, which might be found on the wing in May m Connecticut, in April in the latitude of Washington, and even as early as February or March in the southern part of the range of the species in question. Most Tipulidae arc on the wing only for a 206 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY fBull. month or so, but some have a more extended flight period. In some species this is due to their having two generations per season, the first appearing in Spring or early Summer, the second in late Summer or Autumn. Figures. The figures herein supplied have been chosen from a wealth of material. The wing venation of each genus and sub- genus is illustrated, together with that of certain other species that deviate in important regards from the genotype. Where such species have macrotrichia in the wing-cells, these are indicated by circular dots to represent the position of the setigerous punctures. No attempt has been made to show the wing pattern, eminently characteristic of manv species Avith variegated wings. For the local species, most of these have been shown in an earlier report by the writer (The Crane- flies of New York, Part I, Cornell Univ. Agr. Expt. Sta. Mem. 25:765-993, text-figs. 121-132, pis. 30-55; 1919, abbreviated in this report as "Cfls. N. Y., 1"), which should be used in conjunction with the present paper. For further convenience of reference, all other readily available figures have been cited, in conjunction with the various species. The figures cited, with those supplied as original at this time, should aid materially in the identification of these flies. Special emphasis is here placed on the structure of the male hypopygium, which furnishes almost the sole available specific char- acters in many groups. Such figures are somewhat diagrammatic outlines to show details and position of parts. Mounts for preserving the genitalic structures are easily made in the following manner: The apex of the abdomen is removed and placed in cold KOH, 10 percent solution, overnight. After thorough washing, dehydration and clearing in xylol, permanent slide mounts may be made in dam- mar or balsam. Connecticut Collections and Acknowledgments The records of Tipulidae for the State List have been derived from a variety of sources. One of the largest single series is that of the Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station, amassed during a long period of years by the various members of the staff, under the leadership of Doctor Britton, and indicated in this report by the collector's mitials. A second major series is that of the University of Connecticut (Connecticut State College), collected by Professors de Coursey and JNIanter, together with their various students in entomol- ogy. ]\Iost of these latter records are indicated by the initials, C. S. C. (Connecticut State College). The numerous records secured by the late Mr. Charles W. John- son and collaborators (Occas. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 7: 1-326; 1925) have been included. A small collection from near Avon was taken by Dr. C. H. Curran. The majority of the specimens discussed herewith have been taken by Dr. G. C. Crampton. Mrs. Alexander, and myself during the course of many trips into the State during the years 1928 to 1933. One notable excursion 2iiade by us (June 8-9, No, 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 207 1929) added no fewer than 68 species of Tipulidae to tlie list as tlien known. Special attention has been devoted to Litchfield County, in- cluding a systematic month b^^ month survey of the rich fauna of Kent Falls and vicinity. Especial thanks are extended to Dr. Britton and to Dr. Friend for their kindly advice and cooperation during the progress of this study. Abbreviations: Besides the standard State abbreviations, a few others are given throughout the text in order to save space. These are as follows: abdom. — abdominal southw. — southward e. — east, eastern southwestw. — southwestward eastw. — eastward ven. — venation hyp. — male hypopygium w. — west, western 1. — body length westw. — westward n. — north, northern w. — wing length northw. — northward S — male sex northwestw. — ^northwestward 2 — female sex s. — south, southern Key to Subfamilies 1. Terminal segment of maxillary palpus elongate, whiplash-like; nasus usually distinct; antennae usually with 13 segments; wings (Fig. 24) with Sci usually atrophied; vein Cui constricted at m-cu, the latter usually at or close to the fork of Mu4.; body-size large Tipulinae Terminal segment of maxillary palpus short ; no distinct nasus ; antennae usually with either 14 or 16 segments ; Sci present, the tip atrophied in some Cylindrotominae (Fig. 33) ; vein Cui straight, not constricted at m-cu, the latter placed far before the fork of Mui, usually at or close to fork of M ; body-size usually small or medium 2 2. Wings with tip of Rn.2 atrophied, giving the appearance of a long fusion back from the margin of veins Ri and the anterior branch of its sector; free tip of Sc2 preserved (Fig. 33, E-I) Cylindrotominae Wings sometimes with tip of R1+2 atrophied (Limoniini, Fig. 34, A, B) but not giving the appearance of a long fusion back from the margin of veins Ri and the anterior branch of the sector; free tip of Sc2 preserved in many species of Limoniini (Fig. 34, A, B), lacking in all other tribes in this fauna (Figs. 38, 40, 43, 44, 47, 50) Limoniinae 2*^7 The only subapterous crane-flies within our faunal limits are members of the genus Chionea (Eriopterini) and the female sex of some species of Pedicia (Pediciini), both belonging to the subfamily Limoniinae. Subfamily Tipulinae In the local fauna, the Tipulinae include almost all of the larger species of Tipulidae. Most of the included forms have an average size greater than that of the other major subfamily, the Limoniinae. Exceptions in the latter group occur in rare instances, as certain species of Limonla^ Limnophila^ Erloccra^ and Pedicia. 20S CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SUR\rEY [Bull. Key to Siihtribes, Genera and Subgenera Legs unusually long and filiform; wings with vein i?i+E atrophied and with Sci ending in Sc close to origin of Rs {Dol'ichopesa, Figs. 24, A, B) ; or Ru2 preserved, Sc very long and Sci reaching C as a distinct element some distance beyond fork of Rs; r-ni shortened or obliterated by fusion of adjoining veins (Brachyprevina, Fig. 24, C) (Dolichopezaria) Legs of normal stoutness for the family; wings- (Fig. 24, D-H) with vein Ri+2 preserved; when latter is atrophied (a few species of Tipv.la) , with r-OT disinct, Sc of moderate length, Sci atrophied before fork of Rs and with ,S"c2 ending at or near midlength of Rs (exception, some Longurio, which never have white on legs, as is the case in Brachypremna) Figure 24. Tipulinae; venation. A. DoUchopeza (Dolichopesa) ameri- E. Prionocera fiiscipennis (Lw.) cana Ndm. _ F. Longurio testaceus Lw. B. D. (Oropeza) similis (Johns.) G. Nephrotoma ferruginea (Fabr.) C. Brachypremna dispellens (Wk.) H. Tip^da (Lunatipula) bicornis Forbes D. Ctenophora angustipennis Lw. Symbols: A, Anal; Cxi, Cubitus; M, Media; R, Radius; Sc, Subcosta. 2. Wings with R,^. atrophied; Rs short, transverse, simulating a cross vein, about equal in length to one-half m-cu (Fig. 24, A, B) Dolichopeza Wings with i?i,, pale, perpendicular to R.2^3; Rs stronglv arcuated' at origin (Fig. 24, C) Brachypremna 3. Antenna! flagelluni of male branclied (Fig. 25, A, B), of female branched or serrate; flagellar verticils present but short; legs' relatively short and stouc ^ Ctenophoraria ) 4 Antennal flagelluni simple (serrate in Prionocera; Fig." 25, C), which is readily told by lack of antennal verticils) ; leg;; usually more slender (Tipular;a) S No. 64] DIPTEKA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 209 4. Antennae ( i' ) with three pectinations on each of flagellar segments 2 to 9, each segment with a single branch on apical half, in addition to the usual basal pair (Fig. 25, A) ; ovipositor greatly elongated, sabre- like Tanyptera Antennae { S ) with two pairs of pectinations on each of flagellar segments 2 to 9, one pair being subbasal, tlie other subapical (Fig. 2.S, B) ; ovipositor short and of normal tipuline structure Ctenophora 5. Flagellar segments without verticils, the lower face of individual segments slightly produced near outer end, giving the organ a serrate appearance ; terminal flagellar segment abruptly more slender (Fig. 25, C) Prionocera Flagellar segments verticillate, simple or nearly so 6 6. Abdomen of both sexes greatly elongated, somewhat resembling that of a dragonfly; verticils of outer flagellar segments very long and conspicuous; cerci of ovipositor with smooth margins Longurio Abdomen not so elongated (except in 2 of Tipula loiigivcntris which has cerci serrate on outer margins) ; antennal verticils of moderate length onlv 7 7. Wings (Fig. 24, G) with Ks short and oblique in position, shorter than m-cH ; cell Mi sessile or very short-petiolate ; vein Mi arising opposite or basad of origin of Mi+2; body-coloration highly polished, often black and yellow Nephrotoma Wings (Fig. 24, H) with Rs elongate, exceeding m-cu; cell M-s. petiolate ; vein Mi arising distad of origin of M1+2; body-coloration almost always opaque, pruinose or pollinose (polished only in nobilis and a few allies). Tipula jL^f Figure 25. Tipulinae ; details of antennae. A. Tanyptera frontalis (O.S.) ; S, basal five segments. B. Ctenophora apicata O.S.; $, basal five segments. C. Prinocera dimidiata (Lw.) ; $, in part, intermediate flagellar segments omitted. Dolichopeza Curtis 1825. DoVu'hoiJcza Curtis; Brit. Ent., p. 62. An extensive genus of flies, with representatives in all major regions. The reasons for uniting Dolichopeza and Oropeza into a single genus have been given in another report (Alexander, Philip- pine Journ. Sci., 46:269-270; 1931). The venation of the radial field is quite like that of the genus Liinonia, except that no species of Dolicho'peza is known where the 210 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. free tip of S(-2 is carried distad of the level of B2, as is common in the Limoniini. Most of the species in our region are ver}^ similar in general appearance and are most readily separated by characters of the male hypopygiiim. The adults are among the best-known of local flies, being found in small dancing groups in darkened shady places, as in shaded spots in woods, beneath culverts and bridges, in outhouses, in crannies and caverns of shaded cliffs, beneath overhanging boulders, in the shade of uprooted shallow tree roots, and numerous other similar situations. When not engaged in a characteristic vertical dance, they hang from the roof of their haunts by the fore legs, the posterior pair hanging pendant. The larvae live in moss cushions, often in dry situations. Key to Subgenera 1. Wings with cell 1st M-2 open by atrophy of basal section of vein Ms (Fig. 24, A) Dolichopeza: Dolichopeza Wings with cell 1st M-, closed (Fig. 24, B) Dolichopeza: Oropeza Subgenus Dolichopeza Curtis -Dolichopeza (Dolichopeza) americana Ndm. (Fig. 24, A). 1908. Dolichopeza americana Needham; 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907 : 211. Figs.—Needham, Ibid., pi. 16, fig. 5 (ven.). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 43. fig. 187 (wing) ; 1919. Praescutum wdth three brown stripes, the lateral pair and areas on scutal lobes darker. Pleura yellow, variegated with brown area. Legs brown, the tips of basitarsi and all succeeding tarsal segments snowy white. ' 5 . L. 8 - 9 mm. ; w. 10 - 10.5 mm. 5 . L. 8.5-9 mm. : w. 9.5-10 mm. (June, July) Labr.. Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt.. Mass., N. Y., N. J., Pa., Ohio, Ind., Mich., southw. to Tenn., S. C. and Ga. Connecticut— E. Hartland, June 8, 1929 (C P. A.): Flartford, June 12, 1931 (C. P.A.); Hartland, June 9, 1929 (C.P.A.); Kent Falls, June 12 - 13, 1931 (C.P.A.); Norfolk, June 9, 1929 (G. C. C.) ; Riverton, June 12, 1931 (CP.A.): Tunxis State Park, June 12, 1931 (C. P.A.); Union, June 14, 1933 (C.P.A.): W. Granby, June 8, 1929 (G. C. C). Subgenus Oropeza ISTeedham 1908. Oropeza Needham; 23rd Kept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907: 211. Key to Species (based on male charaelcrs) 1. Tarsi snowy white 9 Tarsi dark brown, brown or yellowisli 3 2. Male !iypopygium with the outer dististyle shorlL-V tiian the inner diVtistvle: gonapophysis appearing as a flattened blade provided with delicate setulae the apex an acute glabrous point. (Fig. 26, A) carol us Male liypopygium with the outer dististVle longer than' tiie'innt'r ■" ^ona- pophyses appearmg as divergent lobes that are set with abundant black- ened spuies and setae. (Fig. 26, H) subalbipes No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 211 3. Halteres pale yellow, without conspicuouslv darkened knobs (slightly suf- fused at bases of knobs in sayi and zvalleyi) ; male hypopygium with gonapophyses more or less expanded outwardly into pale blades, usually with pale spinous points 4 Knobs of halteres dark brown ; male hypopygium with gonapophyses either appearing as divergent cushions set with black spinous points, or else as flattened blades that narrow at apex into a single acute spine 6 4. Aedeagus at apex split into two acute black points ; each gonapophysis at apex extended laterad into a long point. (Fig. 26, G) similis Aedeagus simple; gonapophysis not prolonged into a slender apical point... 5 5. Gonapophyses not spinose, appearing as flattened blades that are slightly expanded at outer ends, the surface with abundant setulae. (Fig. 26, F) sayi Gonapophyses expanded at tips, the apex set with irregular denticles. (Fig. 26, K) walleyi 6. Gonapophyses appearing as flattened plates, without spines 7 Gonapophyses appearing as divergent cushions, set with strong black spines and spinous setae ^ 7. Thoracic pleura yellow, unmarked ; stigma pale brown ; no dark seam along vein Cu; hypopygium with lateral arms of tergite not expanded; gonapophyses not blackened at tips. (Fig. 26, B) dorsalis Thoracic pleura variegated with dark brown ; stigma dark brown ; a dark seam along vein Cu; hypopygium with lateral arms of tergite angularly expanded ; gonapophvses graduallv narrowed into long black spines. (Fig. 26, J) '. '. venosa 8. Median region of 9th tergite of male hypopygium more or less produced. 9 Median region of 9th tergite of male hvpopvgium weakly emarginate. (Fig. 26. C) johnsonella 9. Surface of thoracic notum usually subnitidous ; male hypopygium with base of outer dististylc abruptly dilated. (Fig. 26, E) polita Surface of thoracic notum opaque male hypopygium with the outer dis- tistylc not expanded at base 10 10. Median region of tergite of male hypopygium produced into a small, dark plate that is tridentate at apex ; inner dististvle very broad, bidentate and spinous at tip. (Fig. 26, I) ■■ .tridenticulata Median region of tergite produced into a small point on either side of median line; inner dististvle narrow, at anex narrowed to an obtuse blackened point. (Fig. 26,"D) obscura Arrangement of species, based on male hypopygial characters : 1. Gonapophyses (Fig. 26, C, D. E, H. T) densely set with blackened spinous setae, johnsonella, obscura, polita, subalbipes, tridenticulata. 2. Gonapophyses (Fig. 26, A, B, F, G, J, K) appearing as flattened plates, with setae, but no blackened spines or spinous setae, the apex snuioth or else terminating in one or more glabrous pale spines, carolus, dorsalis, sayi, similis, venosa, walleyi. Dolichopeza {Oropeza) carolus nom. nov, (Fig. 2G, A). 1909. Oropeza alhipes Johnson; Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 34:121 (preoccupied). Fig. — Johnson, Ibid., pi. IS, fig. 12 (hyp.). Praescutiim brown, with three darker stripes; pleura yellow, variegated with dark brown. Knobs of halteres darkened. Male hypopygium (Fig. 26, A). $ . Ht. 10 mm.; w. 12 mm. ?. L. 12-13 mm.; w. 11- 12 mm. (June- Aug.) Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to Ind. and Mich., southw. to Va., N. C, S. C. and Tenn. 212 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Connecticut.— Cornwall Bridge, Aug. 19, 1931 (C.P.A.) ; Granby, July 9, 1929 (RBF)- Kent Falls, July 23-24. 1931 (C.P.A.); Norfolk, July 24, 1931 rc'p'A)' N Woodstock, Tune 30, 1928 (C. F. C.) ; Riverfon, July 23, 1931 (C p'A)' Saiisburv, Sept. 12, 1928 (C. P.A.); Tunxis State Park, July 23. 1931 (C.P.A.); W. Granby, June 8, 1929 (C.P.A.). This preoccupied species is re-named in honor of the late Mr. Charles W. Johnson, whose friendly interest was largely responsible for leading me into a study of the Tipulidae. D. {Oropeza) dorsalis (Johns.) (Fig. 26, B). 1909. Oropeza dorsalis Johnson; Ihid., 34: 119-120. Fig. — Johnson, Ibid., pi. 15, fig. 6 (hyp.). General coloration yellow, the mesonotum brown, including scu- tellum and center of mediotergite ; praescutal stripes^ confluent, with a delicate darker median line. Tarsi brown or brownish black. Male hypopygium (Fig. 26, B) : gonapophyses much as in carohis, densely setif erous, the acute apex glabrous. S. L. 9 - 10 mm. ; w. 9 - 10 mm. 9. L. 10.5-11 mm.; w. 9-10 mm. (June) Ont., Que., Me., N. Y., westw. to Mich, and Alta., southw. to Md. and N. C. (Hudsonian, Canadian). Connecticut.— East River, July 14, 1912 (Ely) 1 iH . D. {Oropeza) dorsalis rogersi (Alex.) 1922. Oropeza rogersi Alexander; Occas. Papers Mus. Zool. Uni- versity Michigan, 127:6-7. Almost identical with the typical form but smaller; hypopygium identical. $. L. 7.5-8.3 mm.': w. 8.5-9 mm. 9. L. 10 mm.; w. 9 mm. (May, June) Va., southw. to Tnd. and nw. Fla. (Transition, Austral). D. {Oropeza) johnsonella (Alex.) (Fig. 26,C). 1930. Oropeza, johnsonella Alexander; Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 25:279-280. Mesonotum reddish brown, the praescutal stripes darker but re- latively indistinct. Halteres dusky. Tarsi paler than remainder of legs, yellowish brown. Male hypopygium (Fig. 26, C) : lateral arms of tergite long, slender. $ . L.' 8- 9 mm. ; w. 9^8 - 11 mm. (Aug.) N. J., southw. to S. C. (Transition, Austral). D. {Oropeza) obscura (Johns.) (Fig. 26, D). 1909. Oropeza ohscura Johnson; Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 34:122. Figs.— Johnson, Ibid., pi. 15, fig. 7 (ven.), fig. 10 (hyp.). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y.. 1. r.1. 43, fig. 186 (wing); 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wi.sc., p. 212, fig. 114 (wing) ; 1932. ' Mesonotum opaque dark brown, pleura almost uniform dull brown. Antennae ( $ ) relatively long, if bent backward extending No. 641 DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY ..id 213 ^ •' c 0 rT^' A. D. B. D. C. D. D. D. E. D. F. D. Figure 26. Dolichopesa (O.) carolns n.n. (O.) dorsalis (Johns.) (O.) johnsonella (Alex.) (O.) johnsonella (Alex.) (O.) polita (Johns.) (O.) sayi (Johns.) Symbols : g, gonapophysis (Oropeza) ; male hypopygia. G. D. H. D. I. D. J. D. K. D. (O.) similis (Johns.) (O.) subalbipes (Johns.) (O.) tridenticulata (Alex.) (O.) venosa (Johns.) (O.) zvalleyi (Alex.) d, inner dististyle; od, outer dististyle; t, tergite. 214 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. to base of second abdominal segment. Knobs of halteres dark brown. Tarsi a trifle paler than the brown tibiae. Wings strongly inf umed ; stigma moderatel}^ dark brown. Male hypopygium (Fig. 26, D). S . L. 8 - 9 mm. ; w. 10 - 11 mm. ; antenna, about 4 - 4.5 mm. $ . L. 10 - 11 mm. ; w. 10 - 11 mm. (Mid-June -Aug.) Ont., Que., N. B., Me, N. H., Vt, Mass., R. I., N. Y., N. J., Pa, westw. to Mich, Wise, and Minn, southw. to Va, N. C, S. C, Tcnn. and Fla. Connecticut.— Kent Falls, July 23-24, 1931 (C. P. A.); Riverton, July 23, 1931 (C. P. A.); Tunxis State Park, July 23, 1931 (C P. A.). D. (Oropesa) polita (Johns.) (Fig. 26, E). 1909. Oropena ohscura polita Johnson ; Ihi/l.^ 34 : 122-123. Fig. — Johnson, Ibid., pi. IS, fig. 8 (abnorm. ven.). General coloration dark brown, the surface usually shiny, more rarely opaque reddish brown. Antennae {$) shorter than in ohscura., if bent backward extending about to root of halteres. Outer two- thirds of abdomen almost black. Male hypopygium. (Fig. 26, E). $. L. 9-10 mm.; w. 10.5-12 mm.: antenna, about 2.8-3 mm. ?. L. 11-12 mm.; w. 11-12 mm. (July, Aug.) Que, N. H, Vt., Mass., N. Y., N. J, westw. to Ind. and Mich, southw. to Va. and N. C. (Canadian, Transition). Connecticut.— Kent Falls, Aug. 19, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; Norfolk, July 24, 1931 (C. P. A.). D. (Oropesa) sayi (Johns.) (Fig. 26, F). 1823. Tipulu annulata Say; Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 3:25 (preoccupied). 1909. Oropeza sayi Johnson; Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 34:118- 119. Figs.— Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 16, fig. 5 (ven.) ; 1908. Johnson, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 34, pi. 15. fig. 2 (livp ), fig 3 (win<^0 • 1909. v.f/>o V .-/ ■ Mesonotum with distinct dark brown areas on praescutum and scutum ; pleura Avith large dark areas. Halteres chiefly pale or with knobs only slightly darkened. Tarsi paling to brownish yellow. Stigmal spot dark brown. Abdomen yellow, ringed with brownish black, the latter forming a more or less complete longitudinal median stripe above. Male hypopygium (Fig. 26, F) : outer dististyle pale. ^. L. 9.5-10.5 mm.; w. 10.5-11.5 mm. (June, July) N. B Me.. N. H., Vt, Mass., N. Y, N. J., Pa., westw. to Ohio. Jnd. and Mich., southw. to Va., Tenn. and Fla. Connecticut.--Kent Falls, June 12-13, 1931 (C.P.A.) ; Saptree Run State Park, June 14, 1933 (C. P. A.) ; Tyler Lake, June 13, 1931 (C. P.A.). D. {Oropeza) similis (Johns.) (Figs. 24, B; 26 G). 1909. Oropeza similis Johnson ; Proc. Boston' Soc. Nat. Hist., 34 : 119. 11, f'^'^T^^I^nlo"' ^^'^■' P^- ^^' ^"- "^ (^^>'P-)- Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 212, fig. 113 (wing); 1932. No. 64 I DIPTERA OF COXNKGTICUT : TAXOXO.AfY 215 Very similar to .saiji in t>eiieral appearance. Praesental stripes and darkened areas of pleura tlistinct. Halteres yellow. Legs chief- ly yellow. Stigma dark brown; a dark seam along vein Chi. Male hypo])yginm (Fig. 26, G). $. L. 10-11 nun.: w. 11-1-2 nnn. 9. L. 12-18 nnn.; w. 11.5-13.5 mm. (June, early July) Out., Ale., N. H., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to n. Iiul.. Mich, and Wise. Connecticut. — Tyler Lake, June 13, 1931 (C. P. A.). D. {(Jropeza) subalbipes (Johns.) (Fig. 26, H). 1909. Oropeza suhalhipes Johnson: IJAcL, :U: 121-122. Figs. — Johnson, [bid., pi. 15, fig. 5 (abnorm. ven.), 11 (hyp.). Similar in general appearance to carolx.s, differing very con- spicuonsly in the male hypopyginm (Fig. 26, H): lateral arms of tergite dilated at tips; inner dististyle broad, truncate at apex. <5 . L. 1) mm.: w. 11 - 11.5 mm. 9 . L. 12 - 18 nun.; w. 11 - 12 mm. (Jnne-Aug.) Ont.. Ale., N. H., Alass.. N. Y., N". J., Pa., westw. to Incl... Midi, anrl Tenn., southw. to S. C, Fla., Ala. and La. (Transition, x\ustral). Connecticut.— Brooklyn. June 15, 1933 (C. P. A.); East River, 1910 (Elv); Kent Falls, May 31, 1931 (C. P. A.); Saptree Run State Park, June 14. 1933 (C. P. A.) ; Stafford Springs. June 14, 1933 (C. P. A.). D. {Oropeza) tridenticulata Alex. (Fig. 26, 1). 1981. DoVichopesa {Oropeza) trulciiHcuIafa Wex-Andev: Bull. Brook- lyn Ent. Soc, 26: lTT-178. Closely allied to ohscura. Tarsi a little paler than tibiae. Wings with stigma relatively pale brown, only a little darker than the ground; no dark seam along vein Cu. Male hypopyginm (Fig. 26, I), i . L. about 10 mm.: w. 11 nnn. (Early July) Ont.. Alass.. w^estw. to Ind., Micli., and Mo., southw. to S. C. (Canadian) . D. {Oropeza) venosa (Johns.) (Fig. 26, J). '• 1909. Oropeza venosa Johnson: Proc. Boston Soc. Xat. Hist.. 84: 120. Fig. — Johnson. Ibid., pi. 15, fig. 9 (hyp.). Brown. Praescutal stripes and plenral areas conspicnoiis, brown. Knobs of halteres dark broAvn. Legs obscure yellow, the tarsi clearer yellow. Winirs with the stigma dark brown; a brown seam along vein Cu. Abdominal tergites with a brown median stripe, at incisures extended laterad almost to mariiins. Male hypopyginm (Fig. 26. J). i . L. 10 - 11 mm.; w. 11 - 12.5 mm. 9. L. 12 - 18 mm.: w. 12 - 18 mm. June-early July) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H.. Yt., Alass., N. Y., westw. to Ind. and Alich., southw. to S. C. (Canadian). Connecticut.— Hamden, June 29. 1928 (R. B. F.) ; Kent Falls. June 12-1.5. 1931 (C. P. A.); Norfolk, June 9. 1929; June 12, 1931 (C. P. A.) : Riverton, June U 1931 (C.P. A.): Saptree Run State Park, June 14, 1933 (C. P. A.) : Union, June 14. 1933 (C.P. A.); W. Granbv. Tune 8. 1929 (C.P. A.); W. Harttord, June 10. 1929 (R. B. F.); \Yinsted, June 9, 1929 (C.P. xA..). 216 COXNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST, SURVEY [Bull. D. (Oiopeza) walleyi (Alex.) (Fior. 2G. K). 1931. Orojyeza walleyi Alexander; Can. Ent., 63 : 139-140. Generally similar to i^cnjl in most regards. Pleural darkened areas not distinct, only the ventral sternopleurite a little darker. Knobs of halteres slightly infuseated. Legs brownish yellow. Wings with stigma moderately darkened : no dark seam along vein C\l Ab- dominal tero;ites with a brown median stripe. Male hypopygium (Fig. 26, Kf. 5 . L. 9 - 10 mm. ; w. 11-11.5 mm. 9 . L. 11 - 12^ mm. ; w. 12 mm. (June, Jul\) Que., N. H., \\.., N. Y., N. J., westw. to Ind. and Mich. (Canadian). Brachypremna Osten Sacken ISSC). B rack ij pre m.na Osten Sacken: Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 30:161. A small genus (about 12 species) of essentially Neotropical crane- flies. Our local species has a vertical dance over a height of some 3 to 4 feet and was aptly termed '""the King of the dancing Tipulids"' by the late Mr. Charles W. Johnson. The insect is common in open Austral woodlands. The early stages are imperfectly knoAvn but are apparently spent in decaying wood. Brachypremna dispeHens (Walk.) (Fig. 24, C). hsOO. Tipula dkpelhns Walker: Trans. Ent. Soc. London, (n. s.), o : 334. Figs. — Johnson, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 34, pi. 16, fig. 16 (ven.) ; 1909. Alexander, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 20:227. text-fit:-, (hyp.), pi. 16, fig. b (wing); 1912. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 43, fig. 188 (wing) ; 1919. Mesonotal praescutum light brown, the extreme margin more whitish : three jjale brown stripes, more or less bordered hy darker, the median one further divided by a pale vitta; scutellum and mediotergite with two narrow^, white, intermediate lines. Pleura whitish, with delicate brown longitudinal stripes. Femora brownish black : tibiae and tarsi whitish. $ . L. 11.5 - 17 mm. ; w. 15 - 21 mm. 9. L. 15-17 mill.: w. 16 - IS nun. (June, July) N. J., Ind., 111., Ky., Tenn., southw. to Fla. and Tex. (on Continent into Tropical Cent, and S. Amer.). Tanyptera Latreille 1805. Tanyptera Latreille; Hist. Nat. Crust, et Ins.. 14:286. 1832. Xiphura BruUe ; Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1 : 206. A small group of Holaretic crane-flies whose specific limits are still poorly understood. In our faunal region, three nominal species are found but the remarkable variation in color strongly indicates tliat the number of valid forms is less than the figure given and it is very possible that but a single species is found within our limits. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 217 Dr. Townes has recently reported the caj^ture at Ithaca, N. Y., May 31, 1936, of a mating pair, the male being frontalis, the female fumi- pennis. The adults frequent open mesophytic or mixed woodlands. They are highly polished, black and yellow to red. superficially re- sembling ichneumonid Hymenoptera more than they do other crane- flies. The larvae live in the relatively sound wood of prostrate hard- wood trees. Key to Species 1. Wings smoky black; body-coloration black, male with feet and abdomen black, female with feet and base of abdomen reddish yellow fumipennis ' Wings not black 2 2. Wings strongly tinted with topazine yellow, the stigma dark brown, in cases with the wing-tip infumed; body-coloration varying from black to yellow ; legs reddish yellow topazina Wings hyaline, stigma brown ; body-coloration ranging from black to yellow frontalis Tanyptera frontalis (O. S.) (Fig. 25, A). 1864. Ctenophom frontalis Osten Sacken; Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila- delphia. 3:48-49. Figs.— Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 14, fig. 3 (ven.) ; 1908. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y.', 1, pi. 43, fig. 191 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 213, fig. 115 (wing) ; 1932. Coloration ferruginous to black. Wings hyaline; stigma dark brown. 5 . L. 12 - 16 ram. ; w. 10 - 12 mm. (May, June) One., N. S., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., N. J., westw. to 111. and Wise, sonthw. to Aid. Connecticut.— Tyler Lake, June 13. 1931 (C. P.A.). T. fumipennis (O. S.) 1864. Ctenophora fumipennis Osten Sacken; Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila- delphia, 3 : 47. Black; wings strongly suffused with blackish; in female, legs and base of abdomen reddish yellow, i . L. 13-15 mm. ; w. 12 - 14 mm. ?. L. 20-22 mm.; w. 13-15 mm. (Late May-early June) Que., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., N. J., westw. to Minn., Wise, and 111., southw. to Va. and N. C. Connecticut.— Hamden, May 25 (A. B. C.) ; June 4, 1926 (P. G.) ; Mt. Carmel. June 10, 1916 (Q.S.L.) ; Norfolk, June 5, 1919 (M.P.Z.) ; S. Meriden, May 28 (H. L. J.); Stamford, June 5, 1930 (B. T. R.L.); W. Granby, June 8, 1929 (C.P.A.). T. topazina (O. S.) 1864. Ctenophora topazina Osten Sacken; Proc. Ent. Soc. Phda- delphia, 3:47-48. Fig.— Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 213, fig. 116 (wing) ; 1932. Coloration ferruginous to black; abdomen pale, with a dark dorso-median stripe, in cases abdomen entirely black. Wings tinted 218 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY fBuli with vellcAV ; stio-iua dark brown: in cases, wino-tip infuuied. S . L. 1,5-20 mm.: w. 18- V> mm. 9. L. 20- 22 mm.: w. IG mm. (May-early July) Out.. Que.. Me., N. H., \'t., Mass., X. Y., Ohio, westw. to Wise Tamfpfcra siiccrfJens (Walker), described in 1i)ecies in owv local fauna. Ctenophora Meigen 1800. Fliihcll/fcni Meio-en; Xouv. Class. Mouch., p. 1'5 (iioni. nud.i. l-er".s Maa'.. 2:203. lOlO. rikorocfcutd Coquillett: Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus., 37 : :).S1). In this ii-enus. a condition exists that is quite com])arable to thai found in Toinj ptera. There are sup[)osed to be nearly a score of species, includmo; two in the local fauna, but the exact status of these fiies I'emains in question. The extreme polymorphism of color found here has been discussed by Johannsen (Maine Agr. Expt. Sta., Bull. 177:02-35; 1910). The adults are not commonly met with in nature, beino; found flyino' about in o])en woodlands. The lai'vae live in decay i no- wood. Key fo Species 1. Wings variously patterned, either entirely darkened, or yellowish, with tlie entire apex beyond cord strongly infumed; body either black, or yellow with dark markings apicata Wings nearly hyaline, tinged with yellow in costal region; a large brown cliiud between cord and wing-tip, not reaching tlie apex: thorax yellow, with a cuneate median brown stripe nubecula Ctenophora apicata ((). S.) (Fi^^ 2."). B). 18G1. Cii'iiopJioid np'icdfd Osten Sacken : Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila- delphia. 3:4(). Figs.— Johannsen, Maine Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. 177, fig. 14 (wing) ; 1910 Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 43. figs. 189-190 (wing) ; 1919. Coloration very varied, ran^uin*:- from l)lack to reddish yellow,, with dark markings. The dark phase iji both sexes has the mid- femora black, tibiae and tarsi yellow, the body chiefly polished black: winas blackish brown, with restricted clearer spots alon^^ cord. The yellow phase, likewise involving both sexes, is chiefly polished red- dish yellow, with restricted black areas; wings vellow, darkened apically. 5. L. 13-15 mm.; w. 13-15 mm. ?. L. 18-20 mm.; w. 15 - 17 mm. (June-Aug.) Out., Que., N, B., Me., N. H., \\., Mass., R. L, N. Y. Connecticut.— Colebrook, 1905 (American Museum Nat. Hist part of W M Wheeler collection); Killingly, July 3, 1919; Stonington, July 26 1906 (T A."h) ■^r ,i'^o?i^V\\''n^•n^.'^^^'■"^^^"°"'■ ^"^ H, 1922 (S.W.'b.) Waterford; July ks, 1914 (I.W.l).); Woodbury, July 16, 1913 (W. E, B.). No. G4] DIPl'ERA or COXXECTICUT: TAXOXOMT 219 C. nubecula (O. 8.) 1864. C'tenophora iKihcviiIa O.sten Sacken; Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila- delphia, 3 : -15 - -IG. If this fly is distinct from apieafa, it will be separated best by the winor-pattern, as described in key. It will probably be found to be polychroic, as in apicafa. i. L. 13-15 mm.; w. 13-15 mm, 5. L. i\)-'2{) mm.: w. IG-IS nnn. (June) Que., Alass., N. Y., X. J., w. to 111., Tenn. and Mo. Connecticut.— Rowayton, June 10, 1909 (C. W. J.). Ctenophora doi's^dis AValker (l' conspic- uous. $. L. about 11.5 mm.; w. 13 mm. (July) Lab. — Arctic Canada. 220 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll, P. fuscipennis (Lw.) (Fig. 24, E). 1865. 8t(/geropis fusGiqyennis Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 9:129. 1901. Tipida illustris Doane; Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 9:97-98. Figs.— Snod^rass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pi. 12, figs. 61-63, 67 (hyp.) ; 1904. Alexander Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 43, fig. 194 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 214, fig. 117 (wing) ; 1932. Mesonotal praescutum yellowish, the three stripes more yellowish gray, with a capillary dark brown median vitta that ends ])efore suture; mediotergite darker posteriorly; pleura whitish gray, dorso- pleural membrane light yellow. Wings with a strong fulvous tinge, costal border more yellowish. Abdomen reddish brown throughout. ?i . L. 9-12 nun. ; w. 11-14 mm. (Apr.; June-Aug.) Ont., Que, Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. I., N. Y., N. J., Ind., westw. and northwestw. to Idaho, Colo., Wash., Alta. and B. C. P. sordida (Lw.) 1803. ^St>/geropls sordida Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7:298. Brownish black, opaque, including the entire frontal prolonga- tion of head. Praescutal stripes poorly delimited. $ . L. 11 - 12 mm.; w. 10-12.5 mm. (June, July) Mass., northwestw. to Man. and Alta. Longurio Loew 3 869. Longurio Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 13:2-3. 1916. Togotipula Matsumura; Thous. Ins. Japan, Addit. 2:465. A small genus, including about a dozen species in the eastern Nearctic, southern Ethiopian and eastern Palearctic regions. One of the local species, testaceus, is the largest crane-fly in the fauna. The adult flies occur near rapidly-flowing woodland streams. The larvae are aquatic, living in sand or gravel in the stream-bed. or, more rarely, in saturated submerged wood. The Nearctic species, including the genotype, testacevs, have the squamae naked and the tibiae without spurs. Key to Subgenera 1. Wings with cell Mi sessile Aeschnasoma Wings with cell Ah petiolate Longurio Subgenus Aeschnasoma Johnson 1909. Aeschnasoma Johnson ; Proc. Boston Soc. Xat. Hist., 34 : 115- 116. Longurio {Aeschnasoma) rivertonensis (Johns.) ]909. Aeschnasoma rivertonensis Johnson; Ihul.. 34:116. Figs.— Johnson, Ibid., pi. 16, fig. 13 (wing), figs. 14, 15 (hyp.). No. O-t] DIPTERA or CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY ' 221 General coloration reddish brown, the praeseutiun with four cleai-er reddish brown stripes that arc narrowly bordei-ed by dai-k brown lines; vague dark areas near winfjroot. Legs reddish broA\n. the tips of tibiae narrowly infuscated. Wings strongly tinged with reddish brown, more saturated in costal region. Abdomen reddish brown. $. L. 33-35 mm.; w. 18-22 mm.; abdomen alone, 27-28 mm. ?. L. about 40 mm.; w. 23 - 24 mm. (June, July) N. J, Va., N. C. Subgenus Longurio Loew Key to Species 1. Large (wing, $, over 25 mm., abdomen over 30 mm.); cell .l/i of wings with very short petiole testaceus Smaller (wing, $, under 20 mm., abdomen under 25 mm.); cell Mi of wings with long petiole minimus L. {Longurio) minimus Alex. 1914. Lonqrirfo in/ii'nnus Alexander; Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila- delphia, 1914:605. Figs. — Alexander, Ibid., pi. 27, fig. Z2 (wing). Alexander. Cfls. X. Y., 1, pi. 43, fig. 193 (wing) ; 1919. General coloration broAvnish yellow, thoracic stripes indistinct, pleura dull yellow. Legs brownish yellow, the tips of femora and tibiae broadly brown. Wings subhyaline, cell aS'c and apex very nar- rowly inf umed ; stigma and a conspicuous cloud on anterior cord, dark brown; cell il/i long-petiolate ; m-cu at or close to midlength of cell 1st Mz\ J/3 + 4 distinct, shorter than distal section of (Jux. ^ . L. 20-22 mm.; w. 14-16.5 mm.; abdomen alone, 16-18 luin. 9. L. 25-27 mm.; w. 16-16.5 mm.; abdomen alone, 20-22 mm. (June-Aug.) N. C, S. C, Tenn., Ga. (In mts.) L. {Longurio) testaceus Lw. (Fig. 24, F). 1869. Longurio testaceus Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 13:3.. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 43, fig. 192 (wing) ; pi. 49, fig. 256 (hyp.); pi. S3, fig 329 (hyp.); 1919. Mesonota'l praescutum obscure yellow, with three reddish brown stripes, the median one paler yellow^ medially, divided by a capillary dark brown vitta; an extensive pale yellow median line, including scutum, scutellum and base of mediotergite ; pleura pruinose in front, more whitish behind. Legs obscure yellow: tips of femora and tibiae conspicuously dark brown. Wings (Fig. 24, F) pale gray, brightened at base; narrow brown seams along cord and vein Cu\ J/3-1-1 subequal to distal section of Cih- $ • L. 45-50 mm.; w. 26-28 mm.; abdomen alone, 36 - 42 mm. $ . L. 45 - 60 mm. ; w. 28 - 33 mm. ; abdomen alone, 38-50 mm. (July) Me., N. H., Mass., N. Y., N. J., southw. to Va., N. C, S. C, Ga., Tenn. and nw. Fla. 2^J2 fOXXKCntTT GKUL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVF.Y I Bllll. Nephrotoma Meigen 1800. Pales Meigen: Noiiv. Class. jNIouch., p. 14 (nom. mid.). 1803. Nevhrotoma Meigen; Illiger's jSIag.. 3 : ji62. 1834. Pachyn-hlna ]Srac-qnart; Hist. Xat. Ins., Dipt.. 1:88. A large genus of often similar flies, espeeialh' cliaracteristic of tlie Holarctif and Ethiopian Regions, much less common in Austral- asia and the Xeotropics. As a rule, members of this genus may be told from Tipiila by the polished body, in our commonest species iferrii(//)i<'(i) of a rusty-red, in other species testaceous or ^-ellow, often variegated with black. A very few species are opaque, while, conversely, a small number of T'lpnla s])ecies {N ohUofipula, Nlt/diti- /nila) have the body polished, riu' innnature stages are chiefly sj^ent in earth or in leaf mold. The present account is based chiefly on a treatment by Dietz (IDIS), '^ince I have not been able to study the types of several of the species. Many of these have been based on details of coloration and the validity of certain species is questionable. Much work must be do)ie l)efore we have an accurate idea of synonymy and distribution of these flies in the present fauna. In 1931), while the ])resent j^aper was ready for the press, Professor J. Speed Rogers was able to examine the Dietz types and has furnished me with a statement of his opinion concerning the identity of many of the si^ecies. I have added his notes following the sj^ecies in ({uestion. Key to Species 1. Head and thorax almost uniformly black; abdomen reddish basally. the terminal segments black altissima etythrophrys General coloration of body yellow or brownish yellow, often with black or rusty markings 2 2. Thoracic stripes black 3 Thoracic stripes, when present, not black 10 3. Anterior ends of lateral praescutal stripes curved laterad into an opaque velvetv-black spot 4 Lateral praescutal stripes straight 6 4. Occiput opaque, yellow ; wing-tip clear virescens Occiput with a polished triangular brand ; wing-tip darkened 5 5. Sides of pronotal scutum and the abdomen conspicuously spotted wnth black or dark brown ; pleura variegated with reddish brown to dark brown ; mouth parts darkened incurva Pronotal scutum and abdomen cliiefly yellow ; pleural spots ochre-yellow ; mouth parts yellow perdita ''. A black spot between antennal bases 7 No black spot between antennal bases 8 7. Wings nearly hyaline, only the stigma, a seam on anterior cord and the very narrow apex darkened pedunculata Wings with the costal region conspicuously yellow, the other cells before cord strongly suffused with brown ; cells beyond cord more nearly clear lugens ^!. Median region of mesonotal scutum with a dark line : a velvety-black spot opposite anterior end of lateral praescutal stripe but entirely disconnected therefrom sphagnicola Median region of scutum pale; no black velvety spot, as above 9 No. 64] DiPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : taxoxo:mt 223 9. Posterior vertex obscure yellow, with a broad median darkening that at- tains the margin of the eye or nearly so ; wings tinged with brownish, especially along cord and in apical portion: flagellar segments ($) strong- ly incised penumbra A narrow black median stripe on the otherwise bright-colored posterior vertex ; wings clear light yellow ; flagellar segments ( $ ) less strongly incised vittula jO. Mesonotum opaque or nearly so 11 Mesonotum polished 19 11. Wings with macrotrichia in cells hirsutula Wings without macrotrichia 12 12. Lateral and caudal margins of abdominal tergites black., .macrocera dietziella Abdominal tergites not so patterned, with linear black lateral dashes 13 l.v Antennae ( S ) elongate, if bent backward extending to beyond midlengtli of abdomen 14 Antennae short in both sexes 16 "J4. ^lale hypopygium with the Sth sternite terminating- in a median cone macrocera gnata Male hypopygium witli the 8th sternite terminating in two finger-like lobes. 15 J 5. Flagellar segments bicolorous macrocera macrocera Flagellar segments uniformly dark brown or black macrocera atrocera J6. Male hypopygium enlarged; inner dististyle appearing as a conspicuous ser- pentine rod cornifera \Iale hypopygium small ; inner dististyle inconspicuous 17 J7. Antennal flagellum entirely dark brown tenuis nigroantennata Antennal flagellum weakly bicolorous ; bases of segments restrictedly yellow- ish " 18 J8. Appendage of aedeagus small, inconspicuous tenuis tenuis Appendage of aedeagus large and protuberant, strongly elbowed, .tenuis hamata J9. Lateral praescutal stripes curved laterad into an opaque velvety-black spot.. 20 Lateral praescutal stripes not as above 23 20. Occiput opaque, immaculate punctum Occiput with polished brand 21 21. Flagellar segments weakly bicolorous: a brown median line on anterior vertex calinota Flagellar segments unicolorous : vertex unmarked 22 22. Alesonotal scutum with a narrow^ black median stripe : antennal flagellum blackish opacivittata Mesonotal scutum without such a stripe: antemiae entirely yellowish evasa 23. Flagellar segments unicolorous 24 I'lagellar segments bicolorous 31 24. Antennae entirely yellow to brownisli yellow 25 Antennal flagellum beyond base uniformly blackened 26 25. Occiput shiny, with a large triangular spot that is a little darker ; antennal flagellum brownish yellow. . festina Occiput with a narrow dark brown line : antennae yellow temeraria 2o. Occiput entirely polished but chiefly pale in color 27 Occiput opaque, with polished triangular brand 28 27. Posterior vertex and occiput unicolorous sodalis Posterior vertex and occiput with a narrow black median stripe. ..■ occipitalis 28. A black spot at lateral end of transverse suture 29 No such blackened area 30 29. Abdominal tergites with row of dark spots ferruginea Abdominal tergites each with latero-posterior margins black. .. .beutenmuelleri W. Stigma brownish yellow occipitalis Stigma dark brown gracilicornis 31. Flagellar segments at base dark brown or black 32 Flagellar segments at base yellow 37 '•i2. Occiput polished 33 Occiput opaque, witli a polished triangle ^d 224 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. 33. No blackish tinge at lateral ends of transverse suture; thoracic stripes poorly defined >^"^ A blackened area at lateral end of transverse suture; thoracic stripes more clearlv indicated •^S 34. Orange; abdominal tergites with lateral rows of black spots xanthostigma Testaceous to f errugineous ; abdominal tergites with a lateral stripe, the segments banded posteriorly with black cingulata 35. Abdomen with dorsal and lateral rows of black spots ■ .obliterate Abdomen with lateral stripes; tergites banded posteriorly with black wyalusingensis 36. Wings with cells C and Sc hyaline ; stigma subfuscous abbreviata Wings with cells C and Sc infumed; stigma yellowish brown - .suturalis 37. Antennae with 13 segments 38 Antennae with 16 or more segments 41 38. A black spot before anterior end of each lateral praescutal stripe. . .clandestina No such darkened marks on praescutum 39 39. Lateral and posterior margins of abdominal tergites black . .approximata Abdominal tergites with lateral rows of black spots 40 40. Flagellar segments excised beneath ; abdominal tergites with median row of spots breviorcornis Flagellar segments cylindrical; abdominal tergites with a continuous dark stripe stigmatica 41. Antennae ( $ ) 19-segmented eucera Antennae ( S ) with 16 or 17 segments 42 42. Stigma yellowish brown ; wing-apex not darkened • • euceroides Stigma dark brown ; wing-apex distinctly darkened polymera Nephrotoma abbreviata (Lw.) 1863. Pachyi^rhma ahhreviofa Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7:295. Occiput oraiifre; brand of moderate size, shiny, concolorous; palpi pale; antennae yellow, flafirellar segments darkened basally. Thoracic stripes ochraceons; ends of suture black. Wings hyaline; stigma sub- fuscous; apex infuscated. Abdomen variegated with black, the me- dian area larger trigonal, lateral areas minute. 2. L. about 11-12 mm. ; w. 11-12 mm. Miss. (Austral). Recorded by Dickinson (1932) from Wise, probably in error. Prof. Rogers considers this as very po,ssibly being a member of the ferruginea complex of forms and only doubtfully distinct from fer- miginea. N. altissima erythrophrys (Will.) 1877. Pachyrrhina altissima Osten Sacken; Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., 3:210. 1893. P. eri/throphrys Williston : Kansas Univ. Quart., 2 : 63. Fig.— Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 216, ng. 118 (wing) ; 1932. Typical form almost entirely black, sides of posterior vertex ob- scure reddish. Form ej^yfhropliri/s with more reddish coloration, es- pecially the basal abdominal segments; terminal segments entirely blackened. $. L. 9-11 mm.; w. 8-10 mm. 5. L. 16-18 mm.; w. 11- 12 mm. (June, July) Rocky Mt. Reg., Aha. to N. M., eastw. to Minn., Wise, 111. and Mich.; Man. and w. Ont. (Hudsonian, high Canadian). No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 225 Prof. Roarers is of the opinion that this specias and form may represent extreme melanistic types of lugens and be placed as sub- species under that species. N. approximata (Dtz.) 1918. Pachyrhina approximata Dietz; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 44:136-137. Figs. — Dietz, Ibid., pi. 5, fig. 19 (wing) ; pi. 7, fig. 2>?i (hyp.). Close to hreviorcornis. Antennae {$) long, slender, if bent back- ward extending to beyond base of abdomen: flagellar segments brown, ferruginous at bases. Occiput shiny; median stripe dark. Thoracic stripes rusty brown. Wings grayish; stigma brownish yellow. Ab- dominal tergites with black lateral stripes, margined posteriorly with brown. $ . L. 12 mm. ; w. 12 mm. (Aug.) Pa. Considered by Prof. Rogers as being identical with hreviorrornis^ the supposed differences in coloration of the abdomen apparently be- ing due to post-mortem changes. N. beutenmuelleri (Dtz.) 1918. Pachyi'h'ma heutenmuelleri Dietz; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 44: 130-131. Fig. — Dietz, Ibid., pi. 5, fig. 14 (wing). Close to fei^uginea. Flagellum beyond basal segment blackish; a dark brown orbital spot; occipital brand shiny, rusty, produced cephalad to summit of vertical tubercle. Thoracic stripes rusty; lat- eral ends of suture blackened. Abdominal segments bordered laterally and posteriorly with black. S . L. 10.5 mm. ; w. 10.5 mm. (Sept.) Pa.— N. C, westw. to Mich. Recorded by Dickinson (1932) from Wise, perhaps erroneously. Prof. Rogers considers this to represent only a variant, or per- haps merely an individual variation of ferruginea. N. hreviorcornis (Doane) 1908. Pachyrhina hreviorcornis Doane; Ent. News, 19:178-179. Fig.— Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 219, fig. 126 (wing) ; 1932. General coloration yellow; thoracic stripes reddish brown. An- tennae with flagellar segments gently excised on lower face. Abdo- men with rows of spots; median tergal row less distinct behind. $ ._ L. 13-14 mm.; w. 12.5-13 mm. (June, July) Ont., Que., N. H., Mass., N. Y., westw. to 111., Mich., Wise, and la., southw. to N. C. and S. C. Connecticut.— Kent Falls, June 12-13, Tulv 23-24. 1931 (C. P. A.) ; Union, Aug. 17-18, -; 1928 (C. F. C.) ; W. Granby, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.). 226 COXXECTTCUT (JEOL. AXD XAT. HIST. SUKVEY fBllll. N. calinota (Dtz.) 1918. PachyrhliKi calhiota Dietz; Trans. Anier. Eiit. Soc, 44: 121-122. Fig. — Dietz. Ibid., pi. 4. fig. 7 (wing). Yellow: thoracic strij^es .silvery-^Tay ])riiinose. marjriiied with ferruirinous : median .stripe further divided by a black line: median region of scutum with an elongate dark s])ot. Frontal prolongation of head and ])oyterior vertex with a median brown line. Abdominal tergites with a series of large brown median spots. 18. rdrlnirhlna cornifera Dietz: Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 44:120- 121. Figs.— Dietz, Ibid., pi. 4, fig. 6 (wing), pi. 6, fig. 25 (hyp.). Yellow, opaque; jn-aescutal stripes vellowish red, more shiny. Fhigellar segments beyond second brown. ' AVings tinged with vellow; stigma dark brown. Abdomen with lateral spots on tergites; male No. G4] DIP'l-ERA OF CONXECTICUT: TAXONOMY 227 hj^popygiiiin large and conspicuous, the inner dististyle ap[)earin<:- as a slender, twisted, serpentine rod. S . L. 14 nun.; w. 15 nmi. (July) \'a., N. C, n. Fla. (Austral). N. eucera (Lw.) 186:3. Pachiiif/iiiKi eucera Loew : IJerlin. Eut. Zeitschr., 7:296. General coldrntion yellow. ()cci})ut unmarked, entirely polislied. Antennae ( htlv mor* blackened. (June, July) Ct., Pa. Connecticut.— Saptree Run State Park, June 14, 1933 (C. P. A.). Considered by Rogers as a somewhat melanistic individual of ■macror('/'(f. N. m. gnata (Dtz.) (Dietz. 1. c. 44: 118; 1918) JVIale hypopygium with 8th sternite terminating in a median conelike sirncture; in typical macrocera, terminating in two digiti- form lobes. (Aug.) Wise. Prof. Rogers places this in the strict synonymy of macrocero.. N. m. dietziella nom. nov. {rirqata Dietz, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc, 47:2r)0; 1921, nee vh-gata Coquillett, 1898) Abdomen with posterior and lateral borders of abdominal ter- gites black. (July. Aug ) Me., Pa. N. obliterata (Dtz.) 1918. Pachyrhind. oblHerata Dietz: Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 44:133- 134. Figs.— Dietz, Ibid., pi. 5. fig, 15 (wing), pi. 7, fig. 31 (hyp.). Close to imnthostigma. General coloration polished sidfiir-yel- low ; lateral ends of praescutal stripe suffnsed with black. Antennae- relatively short; flagellar seginents bicolorous, blackened basally. Abdomen with a dark dorsal stripe and lateral dashes. $ . T. 14 mm*. : w. 12.5 mm. ?. L. 10-17 nnn.; w. 15-15.5 mm. (July, Aug.) Out., Pa., Mich. . A .synonym of .^odaV/s, according to Prof. Rogers. N. occipitalis (Lw.) Lse.J. Pdclii/ri'h'nui. (>(■(■} p'/fdlis Loew" ; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr.. 8:65. General coloration yellow, the praescntal sti-ipes reddish to ochra- ceous. A narrow dark brown stripe on posterior vertex and occiput. Wings grayisji yell(>w: stigma yellowish. Abdominal teraites with No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 231 a median brown vitta and less evident lateral streaks. 9. L. lH-15 mm.; w. 18 - 14 mm, (June. July; Sept.) Alta., Sask., Out., Que., N. B., Mich. (Hudsonian, high Canadian). N. opacivittata (Dtz.) 1918. Fachi/rhina opacivittata Dietz; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 44: 123. Fig. — Dietz, Ibid., pi. 4. fig. 9 (wing). Close to calinota. Posterior vertex unmarked. Flagellar seg- ments relatively stout and moderately incised. Praescutal stripes reddish brown, the median one behind divided by a narrow black vitta. ,$ . L. 12 - 12.5 mm. ; w. 11 - 12 mm. (Aug.) Mass., Wise, Man. N. pedunculata (liW.) 1863. Pachyrrhina pedunculata Loew ; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7 : 293. Figs. — Snodgrass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pi. 11, figs. 58, 59 (hyp.) ; 1904. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 44, fig. 205 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 217, fig. 121 (wing) ; 1932. Yellow with black markings. A small black spot between bases of antennae. Wings almost uniformly subhyaline; stigma and very narrow apex darker. ^ . L. 12-13 mm. ; w. 12 - 13 mm. ? . L. 16-18 mm. ; w\ 12 - 14 mm. (Late May-early Aug.) Ont., Que., N. B., N. S., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Wise, 111., and Minn. (Canadian). Connecticut. — Reported from Connecticut by the Experiment Station, without more accurate data. N. penumbra Alex. 1915. Nephrotoma penmribra Alexander: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, 1915 : 467-468. Figs.— Alexander, Ibid., pi. 16, fig. 1 (wing) ; Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 44, fig. 205 (wing) ; 1919. Coloration obscure yellow, variegated by black or brownish black. Frontal prolongation of head trivittate with dark brown. Antennal flagellum black ; flagellar segments strongly incised. Dark markings on vertex and occiput broad, especially at anterior end. Abdomen with middorsal black stripe. $. L. 12-13.5 mm.; w. 12-13.5 mm. 5. L. 16-18 mm.; w. 14-15 mm. (July) N. B., N. H.; alpine and subalpine portions of Mt. Washington, 4000-6290 ft. (Hudsonian). N. perdita (Dtz.) 1918. Pachyrhina perdita Dietz; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 44:116- 117. Fig.— Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 217, fig. 120 (wing) ; 1932. 232 COXXECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY | Bull. Close to incurva, ditferino- chiefly in colorational details. 9 . L. about 17 mm.: w. 14.5 mm. (July-Aug.) Wise, Man. (Canadian). Prof. Rogers believes this to be synon^^moiis with ?ie.:cllis, which is considered as beiiiQ' a valid western race of ineurva. N. polymera (Lw.) 18G:1 Pachj/rrhina polymera Loew ; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr.. 7:297. Figs,— Snodgrass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pi. 11, figs. 50, 60 (hyp.) ; 1904. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 219, fig. 127 (wing) ; 1932. Yellow; praesciital stripes rusty. Antennae of $ IG-segmented, of 5 14-segmentecl ; bicoloroiis. Wings yellowish: stigma bi-ownish black: wing-tip darkened. $. L. 11-13 mm.; w. 12-14 mm. ?. L. 15 - IG mm. ; w. 13 - 14 mm. (May-June; Sept.) Ont., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Wise, la., and Kan., southw. to S. C. and Tenn. (Transition). Connecticut.— Kent Falls, June 12-13, 1931 (C. P. A.); New Haven, Julv 1, 1928 (W. E. B.): Portland, June 24, 1932 (N. T.). N. punctum (Lm.) 1803. FachyrrldiKi punctum Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7:294. Occiput opaque, unmarked. Antennae with outer flagellar seg- ments blackish. Pronotum yellow. Praescutal stripes brownish black; a velvety-black spot op])osile anterior end of lateral stripe. Wings with blacki.sh bi'own stignia. Intermediate abdominal seg- ments with a blackish subtriangular area. 9. L. 15 mm.; w. 13 mm. (May-July) Me., N. H., Mass., R. I., N. J., Pa., 111., Mich. N. sodalis (Lw.) 1804. PacJiyrrhina sodalis Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., S : G4. Head orange: antennal flagellum beyond second .segment l)lack. Praescutum polished, the stripes brownish ochreous; lateral ends of suture blackish; scutellum and postnotum ochreous, unmarked. Wings grayish yellow; costal region and stigma light yellow. Abdominal tergites with a median stripe and a series of lateral black dashes. $ . L. 17 - 18 mm. ; w. 14 - 15 mm. (May-Sept.) Ont., Que., N. H., Alass., N. Y., N. J., westw. to Mich, and Wise, southw. to N. C. Connecticut. — Loew's type taken in Connecticut, without closer data; East River, Sept. 10, 2$ (Ely); Storrs. June 1928; Windsor, June 5, 1925 larvae, emerged Sept. 9, 1925 (W. E. B.), June 5, 1925 (W. E.B.), June 10, 1925 (B. H.W.); Yalesville, June 27, 1906 (P. L. B.). N, sphagnicola Alex. 1920. Nephrotomn. sphagnicola Alexander; Can. Ent., 52:110-111. Close to ineurca. Occipital brand broadly subtriangular. Scu- tnm with a nai-row black median stripe, in addition to the areas on No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 233 the lobes. Wings yellowish; stigma dark brown: Aving-tip and a seam on cord darker brown. Abdomen with a broken black dorso- median stripe, with more brownish lateral stripes. 9. L. 13.5-14 mm, ; w. 10 . 5 - 12 mm. (June, Aug.) 111., Mich. N. stigniatica (Dtz.) 1918, Pachyrhina si'/^ Coloration of body opaque, pruinose or pollinose, usually gray brown or yellow, never with the contrasted colors found in Ncphrotoma 4 3. Wings with m-cu close to or just beyond base of cell 1st Ah; veins Mi and M-2 with macrotrichia ; ovipositor with elongated sclerotized cerci Nitidotipula Wings witli >u-cii some distance beyond base of cell 1st M-2; M and its branches without macrotrichia; ovipositor with short and fleshy cerci Nobilotipula 4. A','; unusually long, fully twice m-cu, in alignment with Ru-„ the basal de- flection of the latter lacking; m-cu uniting with Ms+i some distance be- fore fork of latter, very rarely at fork ; anepisternum with setae ; pleurotergal tubercle conspicuous; large species (wings, $, 22-25 mm.; ?, 27-30 mm.) Nippotipula Rs of moderate length, ranging in length to one-half longer than ,n-cn; in rarer cases {Vatnatotipula, Vcstiplcx, Oreoi!!y:;a) attaining to fully twice the length but, if so, with basal section of Rt+s present; m-cu inserted at fork of Ms^.^ or beyond on base of Mi (except in Tipula dickinsoni) ; anepisternum glabrous ; pleurotergal tubercle lacking or but feebly de- veloped; usually much smaller species (but in valida, wing, S- 20 24 mm. 9 , 22-24 mm. ") 5 5. Wings with m-cu unusually long, so cell Mt is very deep and much wider at base than at margin; vein Cui not conspicuously constricted at point of insertion of m-cn; male hypopygium with midregion of tergite ex- tended into a median compressed blade, rarely depressed (if so, Tipula idci the lobe glabrous, its apex not roughened by points, as in Tipula and Yauiatotipula) Schummelia Wings with m-c%i of moderate length, so cell Mi is short and but little wider at base than at margin ; Oui more constricted or shirred at point of in- sertion of m-cu; male hypopygium with tergite not extended into a median compressed blade (in Yauiatotipula and Tipula. olcracea group, with a median entire or bifid depressed lobe) 6 6. Ovipositor with hypovalvae greatly reduced, the cerci correspondingly large, hea\ ily sclerotized, placed horizontally and with the margins serrate ; male hypopygium with the caudal portion of tergite (Fig. 27, A-D) bearing a shallow, often blackened and polished saucer ; claws ( 5 ) simple Vestiplex Ovipositor with hypovalvae well-developed ; cerci either reduced and fleshy {Arctotipula; Lunatipula, bicornis group), or, usually, elongate and slender, the margins never serrate ; male hypopygium without a tergal saucer ; claws ( id Mo (Cincto- tipula ) 3 3. Antennae with flagellar segments bicolorous ; basal enlargements of individ- ual segments black, the remainder yellow unimaculata Antennae with flagellar segments uniformly darkened algonquin Tipula {Trichot'qnila) algonquin Alex. 1915. Tipula {Cincfotipiila) ale yellow to whitish stripe extending from the siitui-e to base of abdomen. Stigma pale brown; outer radial cells with dusky central darkening. Abdominal segments with caudal margins brown, more or less triangular or ± -shaped in outline. 5 . L. 8.5 -9 mm.; w. 10 mm. 9 . L. 13 - 13.5 mm.: w. 10 mm. (Aug., Sept.) N. H. (Alpine summits of Mt. Washington), westw. to Alinn., Sask. and Alta. (Hudsonian, high Canadian). No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 241 Subgenus Nippotipula Matsumura 1916. Nippotipula Matsumura; Thous. Ins. Japan. Add. 2:457-458. 1931. Nippotipula Edwards; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (10) 8:77. Rs very long, fully twice tm-cu^ the latter close to midlength of cell 1st Ml, and almost always uniting with iI/3+4 some distance before its fork; in rare cases, ni-cu at fork of il/a + i/ Bs in direct alignment with ^4+5, the basal deflection of the latter lacking. M and branches naked. Squama with a group of setae. Tibial spur formula 1-2-2. Setae on sternopleurite and anepisternum. Pleurotergal tubercle Avell- developed. Scutal lobes with two darkened areas that are ringed with pale. The single regional species is one of the largest and finest of all our species of Tipulidae. Tipula (Nippotipula) abdominalis (Say) 1823. Ctenophora ahdorn'rnalis Say; Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, 3 : 18. 1848. Tipula, albilata Walker ; List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1 : 65. Figs.— Needham, 23rd Kept. N. Y. St. Ent. lor 1907, pi. 35, fig. 2 (ad. 9 ) ; 1908. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 45, fig. 210 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 232, fig. 141 (wing), p. 248, fig. 175 (hyp.) ; 1932. Praescutum and scutum with velvety-black areas that are narrow- ly ringed with light gray. Pleura longitudinally striped with gray and brownish black. Femora whitish, darkened on outer half, the tips narrowly blackened, preceded by a narrow, dirty white ring; tibiae darkened, with a narrow whitish ring at extreme base. Wings subhyaline, clouded with gray; costal border with three larger brown areas, the first at arculus, second at origin Rs, the ocelliform third in- volving the stigma and extensive seams on anterior cord and outer end of Rs; a more or less developed cloud midway between the first two dark areas; a series of small marginal spots at ends of longitu- dinal veins. Position of m-cu variable. Abdominal tergites deep or- ange, bordered sublaterally with black. $. L. 25-30 mm.; w. 22-25 mm. 5 . L. 35-38 mm. ; w. 27-30 mm. (May-July ; Aug. -Sept. ; apparently two generations, more numerous in late sum- mer.) Ont., Que., Nfd., N. B., N. S., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Mich., Wise, and Kan., southw. to S C, Ga., Ky., Tenn. and Fla. (to Marion Co.). Connecticut.— New Haven, Aug. 28, 1903 (B.H. W.); N. Branford, July 3, 1931 (G. H. P.) ; Storrs. Subgenus Vestiplex Bezzi 1924. Vestiplex Bezzi; Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, 51:230. Nasus present or lacking. Rs long, fully one-half longer than m-cu, in cases even longer. Squama naked; branches of 31 with trich- ia. Tibial spur formula 1-2-2. Pleura glabrous. Male hypopyg- ium with the ])osterior half of tergite forming a shallow saucer (Fig. 27, A-D), in several species heavily sclerotized and blackened and with the lateral angles produced caudad into acute spines. In the 242 CONXECTICTJT GEOL, AND NAT. HIST, SUm'EY |Blll). two more southern local species, caroliniana and longiventris, the an- terior border of this saucer is indicated by a blackened transverse ridge, the remainder of the area being pale. In the species with a blackened saucer, this often tends to bend ventrad and cephalad, so the only portion visible from above is the anterior or cephalic ele- , vated rim. Ovipositor with cerci strong and powerfully constructed, heavily sclerotized, horizontally placed and with the outer edge ser- rate; hypovalvae very small or rudimentary. ! The species are chiefly Northern and Arctic in distribution. All members of TestipJex have the wings marmorate with brown, gray and white; the praescutal stripes usually strongly margined with brown ; and with the male antennae strongly excised beneath, in cases very strongly so. The local species all have the basistyle of the malei hypopygium unarmed, except in caroliniana and longiventris. Key to Species 1. Ground-color of wing pale brown or gray, sparsely variegated with darker brown and whitish areas ; cell R without white areas immediately be- yond arculus • • • 2. Ground-color of wing brown, more conspicuously variegated with whitish, including a large area in cell R just beyond arculus 3 2. Wings with the whitish areas restricted to small marks near posterior mar- gin of cell M and in cells 1st M^ and base of A'L centralis! Whitish wing-pattern more extensive, including areas before and beyond origin of Rs, a conspicuous band beyond stigma and anterior cord and a basal area from cell M through 1st A perretti 3. W'ings with a conspicuous brownish area in bases of cells R and M beyond arculus 4^ Wings with cells R and M just beyond arculus clear 7\ 4. Male hypopygium with basistyle armed caudally with a slender spine ; tergite pale, the cephalic border of tergal saucer represented by a small median, transverse black elevation; female (known only in longiventris), with abdomen greatly elongated 5' Male hypopygium with basistyle unarmed ; tergal saucer more extensively blackened ; abdomen of normal length in both sexes 6i| 5. Antennae ( $ ) relatively short ; flagellum bicolorous, the enlargements black, the remainder yellow ; praescutum fawn-colored, the stripes bordered by brown; darkened post-arcular area more extensive longiventris! Antennae ( $ ) more elongated ; flagellum unicolorous, dark brown ; praescu- tum dull gray, with four brown stripes : darkened post-arcular area re- duced Carolinians 6. Antennal flagellum distinctly bicolored throughout, the enlargements dark- ened, the remainder yellow; cell 2nd A of wings uniformly whitened or with a linear brown discal streak fultonensis Antennal flagellum beyond the basal segments uniformly dark brown ; cell 2nd A of wings more clouded v/ith brown platymerai 7. Wing-pattern very pale, being scarcely darkened along cord ; dark pattern restricted to small clouds at origin of Rs and in vicinity of stigma ; cell Ro pale at base; cell 1st M-2 almost uniformly pale serrulatai Wing-pattern more developed ; cell i?^ darkened at base ; cell 1st ih with outer cephalic half darkened Jl 8. Antennae dark throughout ; flagellum entirely black, the segments (S ) very strongly excised, the outer lobe nearly equal in size to the basal en- largement ; abdomen (?) bluish gray arcticai Antennae indistinctly to clearly bicolorous, the flagellar segments less strongly excised; abdomen obscure yellow or brownish yellow, the tergites with a median brown stripe f No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 243 9. Antennae ( S ) with flagellar segments slender, very feebly excised ; basal enlargements dark, the remainder light yellow ; male hypopygium with a strong median tooth near caudal border of the extensive tergal saucer (Fig. 27, A), the latter entirely blackened, with lateral spines; inner disti- style a little expanded and bidentate at apex balioptera Antennae ( $ ) with flagellar segments stouter and more strongly excised ; basal enlargements dark brown, the remainder pale brown; male hypopyg- ium with tergite pale, the saucer (Fig. 27, B) very short, without lateral spines, the caudal border with a broad U-shaped notch ; inner dististyle (Fig. 27, B) narrow, the apex simple canadensis Tipula (Vestiplex) arctica Citrt. 1831. Tipula arctica Curtis; Ross's Voyage to the Arctic Regions, p. Ixxvii, pi. A, fig. 15. 1838. T. nodulicornis Zetterstedt ; Ins. Lapponica, Dipt., p. 841. 1848. T. glomerata AValker; List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1:70. Figs.— Alexander, Kept. Can. Arctic Exped., 1913-18, III, C (Dipt.), figs. 10 (wing), 17 (antenna), 35 (hyp.), 40 (ovipositor); pi. 6 (ad. ?); 1919. General coloration, including abdomen of 2 bluish gray; abdomen of $ with tergites more reddish yellow, trivittate with darker. Prae- scutal interspaces with brown punctures. Wings with cell R clear except for spot at origin of Rs. Male hypopygium with inner disti- style a narrow arcuate rod, its apex simple. $ . L. 15-17 mm. ; w. 17-18 mm. 9. L. 21-23 mm.; w. 18-19 mm. Arctic portions of Eurasia and North America. (Arctic-Alpine). T. {T^es'fi/>?ea?) balioptera Lw. (Fig. 27, A). 1863. Tipula halioptera Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7 : 284. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 46, fig. 227 (wing), pi. 50, fig. 279, pi. 54, fig. ?>i7 (hyp.) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 234, fig. 146 (wing), p. 249, fig. 187 (hyp.) ; 1932. Readily told by the median spine of tergal saucer (Fig. 27, A). Abdominal tergites brownish yellow, with a conspicuous median brown stripe. $. L. 14-15 mm"!; w. 14-16.5 mm. 2 L. 20-22 mm.; w. 16-17 mm. (Late June, July; Sept., Oct.) Subarctic North America. Ont., Que., Me., westw. to Wise, and Alta. (Hudsonian). T. {Vestiplex) canadensis Lw. (Fig. 27, B). 1864. Tipula canadensis Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 8:59. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 50, fig. 281, pi. 54, fig. 341 (hyp.) ; 1919. Posterior border of tergal saucer of hypopygium (Fig. 27, B) with numerous pale setae on either side of midline. $. L. 13-16 mm.; w. 14-16.5 mm. (June, July) Subarctic North America, southw. to Ont., Que., Labr., westw. to Alta. (Hudsonian). T. {Vestiplex) caroliniana Alex. 1916. Tipula caroliniana Alexander; Can. Ent., 48: 46-48. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 50, fig. 286 (hyp.) ; 1919. 244 CONNECTICUT CxEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Characters much as in Jongiventris, readily told by the more elongate male antennae, with the pedicels approximately three times as long as the basal enlargement. $. L. 18-19 mm.; w. 19-21 mm. N. C. (Transition). T. {Vestiplex) centralis Lw. 1864. Tipula centralis Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 8:60. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 50, fig. 280, pi. 54, fig. 339 ^hyp.) ; 1919. Antennae with basal three flagellar segments indistinctly bi- colored, the remainder uniformly dark brown. Abdomen orange; a 9r A. T. B. T. C. T. Figure 27. Tipula (Vestiplex, Arctotipula) , male hypopygia. (V.) balioptera'Lw.; 9t. c\oTS,a.\. D. T. (V.) fultonensis Alex.; details. (V.) canadensis Lw. ; 9t, id. E. T. (A.) besselsi O.S.; 9f. (V.) perretti Alex.; 9t. F. T. (A.) dickinsoni Alex.; 9t. Symbols : id, inner dististyle ; od, outer dististyle ; t, tergite. dorso-median stripe on tergites one to nine, interrupted by pale caudal borders, broader on segments seven to nine and here including most of segments. Male hypopygium with tergite a small black saucer. Outer dististyle relatively large, pale, dilated outwardly, the outer angles distinct to appear somewhat like the blade of an axe. ? . L. 17 mm. ; w. 17.5 mm. Subarctic North America: Hudson Bay Region; Que., N. H. (Alpine summits). (Hudsonian). ^"0.64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: TAXONOMY 245 T. (Vestiplex) fultonensis Alex. (Fig. 27,1)). 1918. Tiptila fidtoneiisis Alexander; Can. Ent., 50:67. 1920. T. hinei Alexander; Ohio Jonrn. Sci., 20: 200. Male hypopygium with notch of tergite (Fig. 27,13,5^) broadly U-shaped. Outer dististyle, ocl^ relatively small, narrowed beyond midlength, the apex obtuse. Inner dististyle, id., unusually broad, the posterior edge irregularly serrulate. $ . L. 16-17 mm. ; w. 17.5- 19 mm. $ . L. 21-22 mm. ; w. 17-19 mm. (June-Aug.) Subarctic North America, southw. to Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Yt., and N. Y., westw. to Alaska. (Hudsonian, Canadian). T. (Vestiplex) longiventris Lw. 1863. Tipula longiventris Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7:278. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y.. 1, pi. 46. fig. 229 (wing), pi. 50, fig. 285 (hvp.) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise. p. 234, fig. 147 (wing), p. 249, fig. 182 (hyp.) ; 1932. Most readily told by the structure of the male hypopygium and the unusual length of the abdomen in the female. $ . L. 15-17 mm.; w. 18-20 mm. $ , L. 30-35 mm. ; w. 20-21 nun. ; abdomen alone 26-30 mm. (Late May-early July) Ont., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. I., N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to Mich., 111., Wise, southw. to S. C. and Tex. (Canadian, Transition). Connecticut. — Hamden, Tune 14, 1916 (H. L.) ; Manitic Lake, June 8-9, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Montville, June 12, 1929 (W. E. B.) ; Riverton, June 12, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; Rowayton, June 16, 1909 (C. W. J.); Stamford, June 17, 1929, June 1, 1930 (B.T. R. L.) : Storrs, May 1928, 1929; Tolland, June 23, 1932 (N. T.) ; Tunxis State Park, June 12, 1931 (C. P. A.). T. (Vestiplex) iDQVY^m A\q^. (Fig. 27, C). 1928. Tipula pet^etti Alexander ; Can. Ent., 60 : 98-99. Antennae with flagellar segments indistinctly bicolorous, dark brown, the basal enlargements black. Abdomen bright orange, the basal six tergites narrowly trivittate with brownish black, Male hypopygium with the tergite (Fig. 27, C) appearing as a thin flat- tened plate that represents the usual cephalic border of the tergal .saucer, the caudal margin of this plate with a broad U-shaped notch, the lateral angles decurved into triangular points. $ . L. 13.5 nun.; w. 14.3 mm. (July) Subarctic Xortii America: Lab. (Hudsonian). T. (Vestiplex) platymera AVk. 1856. Tipula platymera Walker; Ins. Saundersiana, 1, Dipt. : 441. 1863. T. tesselata Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7:277-278; ?. 1863. T. septentrionalis Loew; Ihid.. 7:278; $. 1915. T. lahradorica Alexander; Insec. Inscit. Menst., 3:128. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 46, fig. 228' (wing, $ ), pi. 50, fig. Z'iX pi. 54, fig. 338 (hyp.) ; 1919. Wing-pattern of female much more tesselated and contrasted than in male. Male hypopygium much as in fultonensis, but cephalic 246 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. border of tergal saucer high and elevated, more or less notched medi- ally. Inner dististyle e\en broader, the outer caudal angle strongly produced. $. L. 15-17 mm.: w. 16-19 mm. 9. L. 23-25 mm.; w. 18-20 nmi. (June, July) Arctic and Subarctic North America, southw. to mts. of Ont., Que., N. B.,' N. H., \'t. and N. Y. (Hudsonian, Canadian). T. {VestipJex) serrulata Lw. 1864. Tiqnda serrulata Loew ; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 8 : 58. Still known only from the unique type female but apparently rep- resenting a species distinct from either halio'ptera or canadensis, the near allies. ? . L. 25 mm. ; w. 20.5 mm. Subarctic North America: Hudson Bay Region. (Hudsonian). Subgenus Arctotipula Alexander 1938. Arctotipula Alexander; Philippine Journ. Sci., 52:410-411. Distinguished from Vestiplex chiefly by the long, pale body vestiture, the unusually glabrous nature of the wing^veins, and the structure of the ovipositor, the cerci being abruptly narrower than the remainder of abdomen, pale and without serrations. Nasus present or lacking. Stpiama naked. Male hypopygium with tergite and sternite separate. Tipula dicldnsotii is referred here with some doubt. Key to Species 1. Wings tinged with brown, stigma relatively inconspicuous ; m-cu uniting with AI-Mi at or before midlength ; male hypopygium with tergite produced into a median lobe (Fig. 27, F) ' dickinsoni Wings subliyaline, the stigma dark brown, conspicuous ; m-cu uniting with Mi just beyond base; male hypopygium (unknown in piliceps) with tergite notched medially (Fig. 27, E) ; Arctic and Subarctic species 2 2. Coloration of praescutum blue-gray, with four darker, in cases nearly black, stripes, the intermediate pair tending to be confluent; a median vitta on vertex ; median stripe on abdominal tergites broad ; female with eighth tergite not conspicuously expanded ; cerci small besseisi Coloration of praescutum dull light gray, with four light brown stripes ; median vitta on vertex indistinct ; median stripe on abdominal tergites narrow ; female with eighth tergite flattened and expanded ; cerci long, pale piliceps Tipula {Arctotipula) besseisi O. S. (Fig. 27, E). 1876. Tipula besseisi Osten Sackcn: Proc. Boston Soc. Xat. Hist., 19 : 42. Antennae black throughout. Xasus lacking. Coloration of body blue-gray; lateral borders of abdominal tergites paler. Conspicuous erect pale setae on head, thoracic interspaces, sternopleurite and all coxae. Ninth tergite (Fig. 27, E) : .sketch of type by Nathan Banks. S. L. 11-12 mm.; w. 13-14 mm.; antenna, about 4-4.2 mm. (July) Arctic North America, Greenland to Alaska. No. 64] DIPTERA or CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 247 T. {Arctotifula) dickinsoni Alex. (Fig. 27, F). 1932. Tipula dickinsoni Alexander ; Bull. Publ. ]Mus. Milwaukee, 8 : 240-242. Figs. — Ibid., p. 251, figs. 197 (wing, hyp.), by Dickinson. Nasus elongate. x\.ntennal flagelliim with basal segments bi- colorous, black, the basal enlargements dull yellow, the outer seg- ments uniformly blackened. General coloration of notum brown; praescutum with darker brow-n stripes, the lateral pair more or less obsolete; pleura and coxae blue-gray. Vestiture of body relatively short and inconspicuous, lacking on sternopleurite. Hypopygium with tergite (Fig. 27, F). $. L. 12-13 mm.; w^ 12.5-13 mm.; an- tenna, 4.5-4.8 mm. 5. L. 13-13.5 mm.; w. 11-11.5 mm. (Late May) Mich., in grass-sedge-cattail marshes; Wise, in tamarack bog. (Cana- dian). T. (Arcfofrpula) piliceps Alex. 1915. Tipula piliceps Alexander; Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1915 : 482-484. Fig. — Alexander, Ibid., pi. 21, fig. 85 (ovipos.). The essential characters are given in the key. ? . L. 14.5 mm. ; w. 16 mm. Subarctic North America. Subgenus Yamatotipula Matsumura 1916. Yamatotipula Matsumura; Thousand Ins. Japan, Add. 2:461- 462. Bs long, nearly if not quite twice m-cu, in extreme cases even longer; tti-cu usually close to base of cell 1st Mo, M^+a being short to very short; second section of i)/i + 2 and basal section of Mz often par- allel to one another but the latter usually shortened by the length and obliquity of in. Squama naked; outer branches of M with macro- trichia. Tibial spur-formula 1-1-2 or 1-2-2 ; claws ( $ ) toothed. Male hypoiDygium strongly compressed, the tergite and sternite fused into a continuous ring; median region of tergite produced caudad in- to a simple or bifid depressed lobe, the apical margin of which is set with small blackened spines. Gonapophyses usually appearing as pale spatulate blades; a single or double tuft of yellow setae jutting from the notch of the ninth sternite. Includes all members of the so-called "Yittatae" (the tricolor or lateralis group), having the wings striped longitudinally with brown and white. A few species are included that have the wings clear or nearly so and with m-cu slightly more distad in position {tephro- cephala), such forms apparently being consubgeneric. The most aberrant species is iroquois, which has the tergite rather distinctly separated from the sternite. Tipula diclinsoni has a depressed tergal lobe that is very suggestive of members of this subgenus, but from other characters is referred to another subgenus {Arctotipula) . 248 CCXNECTICLTT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Key to Species 1. Wings longitudinally striped with brown and whitish, the pattern tending to become obsolete or dilute in certain species; a dark seam on veins Cu and m-cu {Vittatae) 2 Wings unmarked except for the stigmal darkening and a yellowish to brown costal border, or else (iroquois) with the apex of wing irregularly dark- ened ; no dark seam on veins Cu and m-cu 17 2. Antennae with the scape and pedicel darkened, the flagellum uniformly light yellow throughout manahatta Antennae with the flagellum not uniformly yellow 3 3. Wings with at least the outer portion of cell Rs white, the area nearly if not quite continuous with the pale central area in cell M 4 Wings with the cells beyond cord, including Ro, darkened ; (in some jratcrna, the outer end of cell R-o is pale but the area is isolated by dark color be- yond cord) 12 4. Antennae with outer flagellar segments uniformly dark brown, the more basal ones yellowish brown 5 Antennae with the flagellar segments bicolorous, yellow, the bases dark- ened 6 5. Size large (wing, $, over 20 mm.) ; wing-pattern heavily contrasted; cell R chiefly dark brown, cell M abruptly pale ; stigma yellowish ; male hy- popygium with median tergal lobe narrow, subtended on either side by lateral claws (Fig. 28, M) noveboracensls Size smaller (wing, $, 16 mm. or less) ; wing-pattern pale and diffuse, cells R and M chiefly pale ; stigma brown ; male hypopygium with median ter- gal lobe broad, without lateral armature vicina 6. Wings with bases of cells Mi and 2nd M-2 pale ; cell R immediately before origin of Rs not conspicuously pale, this color being confined to outer end of cell 7 Wings with cells Mi and 2nd M2 uniformly darkened; cell R with invasion of pale coloration before origin of Rs 10 7. Abdomen ochre-yellow, without lateral brown stripes ; cell 1st M- entirely pale conspicua Abdomen with conspicuous brown sublateral stripes on tergites ; cell 1st M2 with outer half or more darkened 8 8. Antennae ($) short, if bent backward not attaining wing-root; basal half of cell M or nearly so dark brown caloptera Antennae ($ ) longer, if bent backward extending to mid-distance between roots of wings and halteres; cell M with only the basal fourth or fifth darkened 9 9. Wing-pattern pale and diffuse, not strongly contrasting; vein 2nd A not or only weakly bordered by brown strepens Wing-pattern strongly contrasted ; vein 2nd A, except at base, margined with brown calopteroides 10. Wings with the dark and light pattern contrasted, the white coloration in cell R more extensive, reaching vein R or nearly so before the origin of Rs, the dark costal border thus with its posterior margin appearing bisin- uate furca Wings with the dark pattern more diffuse and less contrasted, not so con- spicuously invading cell R before origin oi Rs and the dark costal stripe not appearing bisinuate 11 11. Cell 1st Mi entirely clear, the pale area in cells R and M thus continued un- interrupted to wing-tip; male hypopygium with apex of median lobe of tergite convexly rounded eluta Cell 1st Ml with more than apical half darkened, separating the pale area in cell M from that in cell R„ ; male hypopygium with apex of median lobe of tergite gently concave (Fig. 28, D) concava 12. Wings with a conspicuous whitish crossband at cord, reaching the posterior margin of wing in cells M3 and Mi fraterna Wings with the whitish crossband at cord less extensive, extending through cell 1st Mj or only slightly beyond 13 No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 249 13. Thoracic pleura with a transverse dark brown stripe involving the cephalic portions of the anepisternum and sternopleurite subeluta Thoracic pleura unmarked 14 14. Wings very poorly marked with whitish, the pale areas in cell M and at the cord ill-defined to almost obsolete ; veins brown, contrasting with the ground-color ; male hypopygium with the tergal lobe at apex shallowly bifid (Fig. 28, K) kennicotti Wings with central portion of disk conspicuously brightened ; veins yel- low ; male hypopygium with the tergal lobe obtuse, entire 15 15. Abdominal tergites with dark sublateral stripes vitrea Abdominal tergites without stripes 16 16. Coloration of thorax and abdomen reddish brown, the terminal abdominal segments scarcely darkened; male hypopygium without a pencil of setae on either side of median lobe of tergite sackeniana Coloration more grayish, praescutal stripes brownish gray; outer abdominal segments extensively inf uscated ; male hypopygium with a pencil of long setae on either side of median lobe of tergite tricolor 17. Antennae with basal enlargements of flagellar segments light yellow, the remainder dark brown or black tephrocephala Antennae with the flagellum uniformly darkened, or, if bicolorous, the basal enlargements of the individual segments dark, the remainder paler 18 18. Costal border of wings dark brown, the color involving the cephalic border of cell R and all of cells Ri and Sc2 sayi Costal border of wings only moderately if at all darkened, the coloration yellowish to brownish yellow, including cells C and Sc but not passing caudad beyond level of vein R 19 19. Wing-apex darkened Iroquois Wing-apex clear 20 20. Antennal flagellum bicolorous ; size large (wing, $ , over 16 mm.) 21 Antennal flagellum uniformly blackened ; size smaller (wing, $ , under 14 mm.) 22 21. Stigma brown, conspicuously darker than the yellowish costal border; veins dark brown, conspicuous ; male hypopygium with the tergite dark, termi- nating in two slender yellow finger-like lobes (Fig. 28, C) cayuga Stigma pale brownish yellow, concolorous with the costal border ; veins pale, yellowish or brownish yellow, inconspicuous against the ground ; male hypopygium with the tergite terminating in an obtuse median black lobe (Fig. 28, J) jacobus 22. Abdomen gray, the tergites more brownish medially ; antennae black through- out 23 Abdomen brownish yellow to obscure orange, at least basally; antennae with basal segments yellowish 24 23. Male hypopygium with caudal margin of tergite bearing four lobes, there being two parallel submedian ones between the lateral divergent pair (Fig. 28, A) aprilina Male hypopygium with caudal margin of tergite bearing two divergent lobes, usually with a low rounded tubercle between (Fig. 28, E) dejecta 24. Scutellum and postnotum gray, concolorous with the thoracic pleura; male hypopygium with caudal margin of tergite with three low lobes, the laterals fully as high as the very broad median lobe (Fig. 28, H) grenfelli Scutellum and postnotum, including pleurotergite, light sulphur-yellow, contrasting abruptly with the light gray pleura; niale hypopygium with caudal margin of tergite terminating in two submedian lobes (Fig. 28,0) sulphurea Tipula (Tamafotipula) aprilina Alex. (Fig. 28, A). 1918. Tipula aprilina Alexander; Can, Ent., 50: 63-64. Male hypopygium with tergite (Fig. 28, A) large, reddish brown; lateral lobes blackened, with microscopic tubercles; submedian lobes 250 CONNECTICUT GEOL, AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY fBull. slightly longer, more pointed, directed slightly ventrad. $ . L. 9-11 mm.; w. 10-11.5 mm. 9. L. 12-13 mm.; w. 11 mm. (Apr., May) Mass., southw. to Va., N. C. and S. C. (Transition, Austral). Connecticut.— Branford, May 12, 1933 (M.P.Z.); Storrs, April 1932, May 23, 1929 (J. A.M.). T. { YamatotipuJ a) calopier a Ijw. (Fig. 28, B). 1SC3. Tipula caloptera Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., T : 292. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 45, fig. 214 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 228, fig. 131 (wing) ; 1932. Praescutal stripes narrowly but conspicuously bordered by dark brown. Vein 2nd A seamed with brown. Male hypopygium with median lohe of tergite (Fig. 28, B) very broad, obtuse, not subtended by lobes or hair-pencils. $. L. 18-22 mm.; w. 22-26 mm. 5. L. 25-26 mm. ; w. 26-28 mm. (June-Aug.) Ont., Que., N. B., N. S., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. I., N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to Wise, and Mo., southw. to n. Fla. and Tenn. Connecticut.— Cornwall Bridge, June 12, 1931 (M. M. A.); East River, June 12 (Ely); Kent Falls, June 12-13. 1931, July 23-24, 1931, Aug. 19, 1931 (C. P. A.); Sharon, Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C. C.) ; Stamford, July 17, 1929 (B.T.R.L.); Storrs, 1929 (CS. C). T. {Y amatotipula) calopteroides Alex. 1919. TipuUi calopteroides Alexander; Can. Ent., 51:168-169. 1921. T. antiopa Dietz; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 47:266-267. Close to strepens and possibly only a darker southern race of same, distinguished by the larger size and more intense pattern of the wings, which are almost as dark in color as in caloptera. $ . L. 17- 17.5 mm.; w. 21-22 mm. 9. L. about 25 mm.; w. 25-25.5 mm. (May, June) Pa., southw. to N. C. and S. C. T. {Y amatotipida) c?iyw.ga. AlQrs.. (Fig. 28, C). 1915. Tipula cayuga Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1915 : 485-487. Figs.— Alexander, Ihid., pi. 16, fig. 10 (wing), pi. 19, fig. 49, pi. 20, fig. 63 (hyp.). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 46, fig. 222 (wing), pi. 49, fig. 272, pi. 53, fig. 325 (hyp.) ; 1919. Praescutum olive gray, the stripes reddish brown, bordered by dark brown. The structure of the hypopygium shows an obvious re- lationship to tephrocephala\ ninth tergite (Fig. 28, C). 5. L. 15-18 mm. ; w. 16.5-18.5 mm. 9 . L. 23-24 mm. ; w. 21-22 mm. (Late May, June) Ont., N. B., N. S., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Mich., southw. to Tenn. Connecticut.— Cornwall Bridge, May 30, 1931, June 13, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; W. Granby, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.). No. 64] DIPTEEA OF CONNECTICUT: TAXONOMY 251 T. {Tatnatotipula) concava Alex, (Fig, 28, D). 1926, Tipula concava Alexander; Ent, News, 37: 294-295, Male hypopygimn, tergite (Fig. 28, D). $. L, 12,5-13 mm.; w. 12-13.5 mm. (June-Aug.) Ct., westw. to Mich., Ind. and Mo., southw. to Tenn. (Transition). Connecticut. — Cornwall Bridge, June 12, 1931 (C. P. A.); Winnipauk, June 16, 1909 (C. W. J.), recorded by Johnson (1925:36) as eluta. T. {Yamatotipula) conspicua Dtz. 1917. Tipula conspicua Dietz ; Ent. News, 28 : 149-150. Figs. — Dietz, Ibid., pi. 11, fig. 2 (wing, hyp.). Male hypopygium with caudal margin of tergite extended into a cone, at base of which, on either side, with a small inconspicuous pen- cil of setae. $ . L. 15,5 mm. ; w. 17 mm. (Sept.) N. C. T. {Yaviatotipula) Ae]Qci^.^Y\i. (Fig. 28, E). 1856, Tipula dejecta Walker; Ins. Saundersiana, 1, Dipt., p. 442. 1901. T. fumosa Doane; Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 9:99-100. Figs. — Snodgrass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pi. 12, figs. 64, 65 (hyp.) ; 1904. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 48, fig. 251 (wing), pi. 51, fig. 301 (hyp.) ; 1919. General coloration gray, the pleura clear gray; praescutal stripes brown or grayish brown, narrowly bordered by darker. Wings weak- ly infumed; stigma brown. Ninth tergite (Fig. 28, E) : ventral face of each lobe with an acute blackened tooth. $ . L. 8-10 mm. ; w. 9.5- 12 mm. 9 , L. 10-12 mm. ; w. 8-12 mm. (Apr.-June) Ont., Que., N. H., Mass., R. I., N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to Ind., 111. and Mich., southw. to Md. and Va. Connecticut.— N. Branford, May 12, 1933 (M. P. Z.); Riverton, May 17, 1931 (C. P.A.); Salisbury, May 16, 1931 (C. P.A.); Storrs, May, 1928, 1929 (C. S. C.) ; Tyler Lake, May 17, 1931 (C. P. A.); WestviUe, May 16, 1904 (W. E. B.). T. {Yaviatotipula) eluta Lw. 1863. Tipula eluta Loew ; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7 : 290, Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 45, fig. 217 (wing) ; 1919. $. L. 12-13 mm.; w. 12.5-13 mm. 5. L. 14 mm. ; w. 14-15 mm. (July, Aug.) Ont., Que., N. B., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to 111., southw. to n. Fla. and Tenn. Connecticut.— Branford, Aug. 24, 1904 (P.L. B.), Aug. 1905 (H.W.W.); Storrs, 1932 (C. S. C). (Johnson's record for eluta, 1925:36, refers to concava Alex.). T. (rawftfo^m/a) fraterna Lw. (Fisr, 28,F). 1864. Tipula fraterna Loew ; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 8 : 56. Antennae relatively long, bicolorous. Specimens sometimes occur that have the outer end of cell ^5 whitish, this area widely separated from the pale band at cord by dark color in cells ^3 to 2nd Mo- 252 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. H N Figure 28. Tipula (Yamafotipula) ; male hypopygia, 9th tergite. A. T. (Y.) aprilina Alex. B. T. (Y.) caloptcra Lw. C. T. (Y.) cayuga Alex. D. T. (Y.) concava Alex. E. T. (Y.) dejecta Walk. F. T. (Y.) fraterna Lw. G. T. (Y.) furca Walk. H. T. (Y.) grenfelli Alex. I. T. J. T. K. T. L. T. M. 7. N. T. O. T. Symbol : t, tergite. (Y.) iroquois Alex. (F. ) jacobus Alex, (■y.^ kennicotti Alex. fF.j manahatta Alex. fF.^ noveboracensis Alex. ("F.; .?a.vt Alex. (^F.^ sulphur ea Doane. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: TAXONOMY 253 Male hypopygium with median lobe of tergite (Fig. 28, F) elongate, obtuse and subtruncate at apex. $. L. 14-15 mm.; w. 15-16 mm. 5. L. 18-20 mm.; w. 17-17.5 mm. (June. July) N. H., Ct., Pa., southw. to N. C, S. C, Ga. and n. Fla. (Transition, Austral). Connecticut. — Cornwall Bridge, June 12. 1931 (C. P. A.); Farmington, June 29 (W. M.); Norwalk, July 9, 1916 (I. N. G.). T. (Yamatotipula) f urea. Wk. (Fig. 28, G). 1848. Tipula furca Walker ; List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1 : 70. 1863. T. heUa Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7:291. Figs. — Snodgrass, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 11, pi. 10, fig. 6 (ovipos.) ; 1903. Snodgrass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30. pi. 16, figs. 123-127 (hvp.) ; 1904. Alexan- der, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 45, fig. 216 (wing), pi. 49, fig. 265 (hyp.) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 228, fig. 130 (wing), p. 248, fig. 165 (hyp.) ; 1932. Antennae {$) relatively short, if bent backward about attaining wing-root. Cell 1st Mo entirely pale. Male hypopygium with tergal lobe (Fig. 28, G) relatively short and broad, obtuse, the margin with blackened spines. $ . L. 13-14 mm. ; w. 15-16 mm. 2 . L. 16-18 mm.; w. 16-18 mm. (May-Sept.) Ont., Que., Me., N. H., Mass., R. I., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Wise, la.. Mo. and Kan., southw. to n. Fla., La. and Tex. Connecticut— Branford, Aug. 11, 1904 (H. L.V.), Aug. 24, 1904 (P. L. B.) May 12, 1933 (M. P.Z.); Farmington, May 16, 1933 (M. P. Z.) ; Kent Falls, May 17, 1931 (C. P.A.), Aug. 19, 1931 (C. P. A.); Middletown, May 26. 1929 (R. C. N.) ; Mt. Carmel, Aug. 27, 1904 (P. L. B.) ; New Haven, May 31, 1929 (R. B.F.), Oct. 19, 1913 (L. B. R.) ; Norfolk, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Oxford, May 21, 1904 (W. E. B.) ; Riverton, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.); Salisbury, Aug. 30, 1904 (W. E. B.) ; Storrs, May 17, 1920 (J. A.M.), May 22, 1929 (K.W.); Wallingford, Aug. 13, 1922 (S. W. B.); Windsor, June 19, 1905 (W. E. B.) ; Connecticut, without more accurate data, Norton, Loew's type of bella, Mus. Comp. Zool., No. 99. T. (Tamatotipula) grenfelli Alex. (Fig. 28, H). 1928. Tipula grenfelli Alexander; Can. Ent., 60:96-97. Antennae ( $ ) relatively long, if bent backward extending to be- yond base of abdomen; flagellar segments feebly excised. Basal ab- dominal tergites orange, darker sublaterally. Male hypopygium with tergite (Fig. 28, H). $. L. 12.5-14 mm.; w. 13-13.8 mm.; antenna, about 5 mm. (June-July) Lab. (Hudsonian). T. {Y am£itotipula) vrofiMoi^ A\q:s.. (Fig. 28, 1). 1863. Tipula cincta Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7:288 (preoccu- pied ) . 1915. T. irogiiois Alexander; Insec. Inscit. Menst., 3:128. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 48, fig. 252 (wing), pi. 51, fig. 300, pi. 54, fig. 344 (hyp.) ; 1919. Antennae uniformly blackened. Praescutum light gray, with four slightly darker gray stripes that are narrowly bordered by 254 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. brown. Abdomen dark brown, the posterior borders of tergites pale. Male hypopyginm with tergite more evidently separated from sternite than usual in subgenus; outer dististyle long and slender, narrowed to a point. Tergite (Fig. 28,1) long, narrowed outwardly, termi- nating in two slender lobes that lie close together. $ . L. 9-11 mm.; w. 11-13 mm. 5. L. 12-14 mm.; w. 13-15 mm. (May, June) Me., N. H., Mass., N. Y., N. J., Pa.. \'a., N. C. and Tenn. (Canadian, high Transition). Along rapidly flowing mountain streams with mossy boulders; larva presumably aquatic in moss. Connecticut.— Kent Falls, Mav 17, 1931 (C. P.A.), May 30-31, 1931 (C. P. A.); Norfolk, June 9. 1929 (C. P. A.); Riverton, May 16, 1931 (C. P.A.), May 30, 1931 (C. P. A.); Winsted, May 16, 1931 (C. P. A.). T. {YamafotlpuJa) jacobus Alex. (Figs. 22, A, B; 28, J). _ 1!)()!>. Tipvla perlongipes Johnson; Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 34: 131 (new name for T. fiUpcs Walker, preoccupied, but based on mis-determination of latter). 1 !).".(). T. jacohus Alexander; Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 25 : 277. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 4(), fig. 21;> (wing), pi. 49, fig. 268 (liyp.) ; 1919. Praescutal stripes conspicuously bordered by brown. Pleura clear gray pruinose. Legs very long. Male hypopygium with tergal lobe (Fig. 28, J). $. L. 17-20 mm.; w. 17-21 mm. (June, July) Mass., R. I., N. Y., N. J , Pa., southw. to n. Fla., Ga. and Tenn. (Transition, Austral). Connecticut. — Union, June 24, 1932 (N. T.). T. {Yamatotipida) kennicotti Alex. (Fig. 28, K). 1915. Tipula kennicotti Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 1915 : 480-482. 192G. T. pa/i'venmTginata Alexander; Ent. News, 37:295-297. Figs.— Alexander, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1915, pi. 16, fig. 6 (wing), pi. 18, fig. 34, pi. 19, fig. 48 (hyp.) ; 1915. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 46, fig. 224 (wing), pi. 49, fig. 269, pi. 53, fig. 331 (hyp.) ; 1919. Antennal Hagellum dark brown, proximal ends of segments some- times a little paler. Praescutal stripes margined with brown, includ- ing a j^ersistent median vitta. Wing-pattern almost obsolete. Male hypopygium with tergal lobe (Fig. 28, K). 5. L. 12-13 mm.; w. 12.5-14 mm. 9. L. 14-15 mm.; w. 15-16 mm. (June-Aug.) Man., Ind., Minn., Mich., westw. to N. Dak. and Alia. T. (y«m«/6>z;2;?wZ<2) manahatta Alex. (Fig. 28, L). 1919. Tipula manahatta Alexander; Can. Ent., 51 : 169-170. Coloration reddish brown, pleura very faintly pruinose. Wings broad, rich reddish brown, centers of the cells j)aler, more grayish; cells beyond cord not or scarcely brightened ; obliterative areas at cord restricted and interrupted. Abdomen without stripes. Male hy- popygium with median tergal lobe (Fig. 28, L) relatively long, apex obtuse, simple. $. L. 15-16 mm.; w. 15-16 mm. No. 64] DIPTEEA or CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 255 (Aug., Sept.) N. Y., southw. to Tenn. and n. Fla. (Austral). T. {Y amatotipula) noveboracensis Alex. (Fig. 28, M). 1919. Tipitla ^wvehoracensis Alexander; Can. Ent,, 51:167-168. Figs. — Snodgrass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pi. 16, figs. 128-131 (hyp., as caloptera) : 1904. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 49, fig. 267 (hyp., as caloptera) ; 1919. Antennae {$) short, if bent backward ending some distance be- fore wing-root. Wings long and narrow; cells C and Sc j'ellowish. Abdominal stripes conspicuous. Male hvpopygium with tergite (Fig. 28, M) . $. L. 18-22 mm. ; w. 21-25 mm"; 5 . L. 25-27 mm. ; w. 21-26 mm. (May-Aug.) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Mich., southw. to Md. (Canadian). Connecticut.— Norfolk, May 31, 1931, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.). T. {Yamntotipula) sackeniana Alex. 1918. Tipula sackeniana Alexander; Can. Ent., 50: 62-63. Close to tricolor, most readily distinguished by the lack of pen- cils of setae on the tergite of the male hypopygium. Antennae rela- tively long, bicolorous. $. L. 16.5-18 mm.; w. 15-16 mm. 9. L. 18-19 mm. ; w. 17-17.5 mm. (July-Sept.) Ct. and N. Y., southw. to Ga. and Tenn. Connecticut.— Sahsbury, Sept. 12, 1928 (C. P.A.) ; Sharon, Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C. C). T. {Yamatotiptila) ^B.yi Mex. (Fig. 28, N). 1823. Tiptila costalis Say; Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 3: 23 (preoccupied). 1911. T. sayi Alexander; Psyche, 18:194. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 45, fig. 219 (wing), pi. 49, fig. 266 (hyp.); 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 229, fig. 135 (wing), p. 248, fig. 169 (hyp.) ; 1932. Antennae strongly bicolored. Disk of praescutum, including in- terspaces, brown; lateral and cephalic borders broadly light gray. Male hypopygium with median lobe of tergite (Fig. 28, X) broad and low, truncate or barely bifid. $. L. 12-15 mm.; w. 11-17 mm. 9. L. 16-17 mm.; w. 16-17 mm. (July-Oct.) Ont., Que., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. I., N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to Mich., Wise, la. and Ark., southw. to n. Fla. and La. Connecticut.— Branford, Sept. 3, 1904 (H. L. V.) ; East River, Sept. 10 (Ely) ; Union, Aug. 17-18, 1928 (C. F. C.) ; Windsor, Aug. 6, 1929 (C, P. A.). T. {Y amatotipula) strepens Lw. 1863. Tipula strepens I.oew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7:291. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 45, fig. 215 (wing), pi. 49, fig. 264 (hyp.) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 229, fig. 132 (wing), p. 248, fig. 166 (hyp.) ; 1932. Antennal flagellum in cases only weakly bicolorous. Wing-pat- tern relatively pale and diffuse, without dark seam on vein 2nd A. $. L. 14-16 mm.; w. 19-22 mm. ?. L. 19-20 mm.; w. 19-20 mm. 256 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. (A'lay-July) Out., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to Wise, Alich. and Kan. Connecticut.— Cornwall Bridge, June 12-13, 1931 (C. P.A.); Danbury, June 14, 1904 (C. W.J.) ; Hamden, June 2, 1928 (R. B. F.) ; New Haven, July 14. 1911 (A. B. C.) ; Manitic Lake, June 8-9, 1929 (C. P. A.); Stamford, May 20, 1929 (B.T.R.L.); Storrs, May 1929 (G. H. G.). T. {Yamatotipula) subeluta Johns. 1913. Ti'pula suheluta Johnson; Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 32: 42-43. Allied to tricolor. Antennae long, bicolorous. Wings with out- er end of cell M darkened, separating the pale area in cell M from that at cord. Male hypopygium with tergal lobe relatively broad, its apex simple obtuse. $ . L. 13-14 mm. ; w. 15-16.5 mm. ? . L. 16-18 mm. ; w. 15.5-17 mm. (Aug., Sept.) Mass. (Nantucket Isl.), southw. to Fla. (Austral). T. {Yamatotipula) s\i\ip\v\n:Q2iV>om\e. (Fig. 28,0). 11)01. Tipiila sulphurea Doane; Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 9:99. Figs. — Snodgrass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pi. 12, fig. 66 (hyp.) ; 1904. Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 46, fig. 225 (wing), pi. 49, fig. 270 (hyp.) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 236, fig. 154 (wing), p. 250, fig. 189 (hyp.) ; 1932. Antennae {$) elongate, if l)ent backward extending to opposite the 2nd abdominal segment. Sublateral dark abdominal stripes con- spicuous. Male hypopygium with tergal lobe (Fig. 28, O). $. L. 12-13 mm.; w. 11-12 mm. ?. L. 14-15 mm.; w. 12-13.5 mm. (May-Aug.) Ont., Que., N. B., jVle., Mass., R. I., N. Y., westw. to Ind., Mich., Wise, Minn., Man., Sask. and Alta. (Canadian). Connecticut.— Norfolk, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.). T. {Y amatotipula) tephrocephala Lw. 1864. Tipula tephrocephala Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 8:62. Figs. — Snodgrass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pi. 15, figs. 118, 120, 122 (hyp.) ; 1904. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 46, fig. 221 (wing), pi. 49, fig. 271 (hyp.) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 236, fig. 153 (wing), p. 249, fig. 186 (hyp.) ; 1932. Readily told from all other members of the subgenus by the pattern of the antennae. The only other regional species of this genus having such a reversal of normal pattern are T. dickinsoni and T. flavibasis, belonging to other subgeneric groups. Lobes of tergite almost as in cmjuga but somewhat longer and more divergent. 5 . L. 14-18 mm.; w. 16-18.5 mm. (May-early August) Ont., Que., N. B., N. S., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. I., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Ind., Mich, and Wise. Connecticut.— Avon, June 14, 1929 (R. B.F.); Canaan, June 10, 1928 (R. B. F.) ; Danbury, June 15, 1909 (C. W.J.); East River, Aug. 1912 (Ely) ; Granbv, June 8, 1929 (C. P.A.); Kent Falls, June 12-13, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; Montville, June 12, 1929 (R.B.F.); Putnam, June 15, 1933 (C. P.A.); Rowayton, June 16, 1910 (C. W.J.); Storrs, June 27, 1927 (C. C G.), 1926, 1932 (R. C. N.), May 27, 1933; Tyler Lake, June 13, 1931 (C. P. A.). No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 257 T. {TamatofliniJa) tricolor Fahr. (Fig. 23, A). 1794. Tlpvla tricolor Fabricius ; Ent. Syst., 4 : 235. Figs. — Snodgrass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pi. 15, figs. 119, 121 (hyp.) ; 1904. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 45, fig. 218 (wing), pi. 49, fig. 263 (hyp.) ; 1919. Dick- inson, Cfls. Wise, p. 229, fig. 133 (wing), p. 248, fig. 167 (hyp.) ; 1932. Antennae strongly bicolorous. Male hypopygium with median lobe of tergite subtended by a pencil of long reddish setae that are nearly twice as long as the lobe itself. $. L. 17-18 mm.; w. 17-19 mm. 9 . L. 21-22 mm. ; w. 17-20 mm. (May-Sept.) Ont., Mass., N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to 111., Wise, and Ark., southw. to Fla., Ga., Ala. and Tenn. Connecticut.— Chapinville. Aug. 27, 1904 (W. E. B.); East River, Aug. 24, 1910 (Ely); Hamden, June 2, 5, 6, 28, 1929 (R.B. F.); Middleburv, Aug. 10, 1928 (R. B. F.); New Haven, Julv 14, 1911 (A. B. C.) ; N. Haven, Aug. 2, 1905 (H.L.V.); Ridgefield, July 19, 1910; Storrs. T. {Yamatotipula) vicina Dtz. 1917. Tipula vieina Dietz ; Ent. News, 28 : 148-149. Fig. — Dietz, Ibid., pi. 11, fig. 2 (wing, hyp.). Male hypopygium with median tergal lobe entire, broad, with in- dications of weak lateral shoulders. $. L. 11.5-13 mm.; w. 13-16 mm. 2 . L. 17-18 mm. ; w. 15-16 mm. (May-July) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., Vt., Mass., Ct., N. Y., Pa., Alich. Connecticut.— Canaan, June 10, 1928 (R. B. F.) ; Cornwall Bridge, June 13, 1931 (M. M. A.); Hamden, June 2, 1928 (R. B.F.): Kent Falls, June 12-13, 1931 (C. P. A.); Norfolk, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Norfolk, May 31, 1931 (C P. A.) ; Storrs, 1932. T. {Yamatotipula) vitrea v. d. W. 1881. Tipvla vitrea van der Wulp ; Tijdschr. v. Ent., 24 : 150. Figs.— Van der Wulp, Ihid., pi. 15, fig. 5 (wing). Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 229, fig. 134 (wing), p. 248, fig. 168 (hyp.) ; 1932. The identity of this fly still remains in question. I am including it herewith chiefly on its supposed recognition by Dipkinson, whose figure of its hypopygium is very suggestive of hennicotti. The fly seems to be closest to tricolor^ and may prove to be identical. (Oct.) Que., Wise. Subgenus Tipula Linnaeus 1758. Tipula Linnaeus; Syst. Nat., Ed. 10 : 585. Rs of moderate length, about one-half longer than m-cu or less, the latter at or close to midlength of cell 1st J/o, closer to base in the ultima group. Tibial spur formula 1-2-2; claws {$) with basal tooth. Squama and sternopleurite with or without setae. Male hypopygium with sternite and tergite fused into a continuous ring; 258 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. median region of tergite produced caudad into a depressed lobe {oleracea ^'oup) or notched medially {ultima group). Close to Yamatotifula and possibly not separable therefrom. The former is maintained as a unit chiefly for convenience in handling species. Key to Species 1. Squama with setae : Sc relatively long, Sc2 ending in Ri beyond three-fourths the length of Rs; Rs nearly straight, not arcuated, beyond origin running nearly parallel to Rt] wings subhyaline, the costal border conspicuously darker ; caudal margin of tergite of male hypopygium produced caudad into a median lobe (oleracea group) paludosa . Squama naked ; Sc short, Sc, ending m R, opposite or just beyond midlength of A'^ ; Rs arcuated or diverging gradually from Ri ; wings without a dark costal border (except in cunctans) ; caudal margin of tergite of male hypo- pygium variously notched {ultima group) 2 2. Costal border of wing, including cells C and Sc, strongly infumed, conspicu- ously and abruptly darker than the pale brownish remainder of disk, .cunctans Costal border of wing not conspicuously darker than the yellow or brownish yellow remainder of wing 3 3. Wings patterned with brown, including dark areas at both ends of stigma, in cell M and at outer end of vein 2nd A ; male hypopygium with tergite (Fig. 29, C) conspicuously notched medially, the wide lateral lobes set with blackened pegs ultima Wing-pattern obsolete or nearly so, in tenncssa the dark cloud at end of vein 2nd A sometimes present but small ; male hypopygium with tergite not deep- ly notched, the apices of lobes not provided with a series of blackened pegs 4 4. Wings with dark seam at end of vein 2nd A sometimes evident ; male hypo- pygium with apex of tergite gently notched (Fig. 29, B), the margins of lobes not blackened but each provided with a single black spine on ven- tral face, this directed ventrad tennessa Wings without dark areas ; male hypopygium more conspicuously notched, the margins of the lobes narrowly blackened but smooth maritima Tipula {Tijmla) cunctans Say. (Fig. 29, A). 1834. Tipula cunctans Sav: Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 3 : 23. 1863. T. casta Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7:289; $. 1863. T. infuscata Loew ; Ihid., 7 : 289 ; ? . Figs.— Hyslop, U. S. Bur. Ent., Bull. 85, pt. 7, figs. 60, 61 (dets., ad. $, $); 1910. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 45, fig. 220 (wing) ; pi. 50, fig. 274, pi. 53, fig. 2,o2 (hyp.) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 230, fig. 136 (wing) ; p. 248, fig. 170 (hyp.) ; 1932. Antennae with flagellum uniformly darkened or with basal seg- ments weakly bicolored. Head and thorax gray, praescutal stripes slightly darker. Abdomen chiefly obscure yellow, the tergites with a median brown stripe. Hypopygium with tergite (Fig. 29, A) ; outer dististyle elongate; inner dististyle with an irregularly blackened comb on face. $. L. 11.5-14 mm. ; w\ 12-16 mm. ; antenna, 3.5-4 mm. . 2. L. 15-17 mm.; w. 15-18 mm. (Sept., Oct.) Out., Que., N. B., Me., Mass., N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to Man., la., Kan. and Colo., southw. to Tenn., Ala. and Miss. Connecticut.— New Haven, Oct. 16, 1903 (H.L. V.). No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: TAXONOMY B 9t 259 9t A. T. B. T. C. T. D. T. E. T. F. T. G. T. H. T. Figure 29. Tipiila (Tipula, ( Tipula) cunctans Say ; 9t. { T.) tctincssa Alex. 9f. (T.) uIHma Alex.; 9t. (Schummclia) fricudi Alex. (S.) hcnnannia Alex. ; id. (Orcoinyza) borcalis Walk. (O.) grata Lw. ; 9t. (O.) hclderbcrgcnsis Alex. ; 9t. id. 9t. Oreomysa) ; male hypopygia. r. r. (O.) latihcnnis Lw. ; 9.'. J. T. (O.) frac/ilis Lw. ; id. K. T. (O.) fragilis Lw. ; od. L. T. (O.) ignobilis Lw. ; od. M. r. (O.) ncbtilipcnnis Alex. ; N. T. (O.) iiisigiiifica A]e\.; ium, lateral aspect. O. T. (O.) froductella Alex. ; od. hypopyg- the same. Symbols: b, basistyle ; id, inner dististyle; od, outer dististyle ; s, sternite; t, tergite. 260 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BuU. T. {Tipula) maritima Alex. 1930. Tipida maritima Alexander; Occas. Pap. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5 : 276-277. Antennae with flagellum bicolored, the enlargements black. Me- dian notch of tergite narrower than in cunctans ; outer dististyle small, expanded distally; flange on face of inner dististyle without a comb of teeth. $. L. 13-15 mm.; w. 14-17 mm.; antenna, about 4 mm. (Oct.) Me., Alass. (Nantucket). (Austral). T. (ri/mZa) tennessa Alex. (Fig. 29, B). 1920. Tipula tennessa Alexander ; Can. Ent., 52 : 226-227. Antennal flagellum bicolored. Dark seam at end of vein 2nd A sometimes obsolete or virtually so, especially in Eastern specimens. Hypopygium with tergite (Fig. 29, B). $. L. 16-16.5 mm.; w. 18.5- 19.5 mm.; antenna, about 4.5 mm. ?. L. 19-21 mm.; w. 18-20 mm. (Oct.) Mass., southw. to Tenn. T. (ri/>wZa) ultima Alex. (Fig. 29, C). 1805. Tipula flavescens Fabricius; Syst. Antl., p. 24 (preoccupied; flavicans, as written by later authors). 1915. T. ultima Alexander; Insec. Inscit. Menst., 3:128. Figs.— Snodgrass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pi. 14, fig. 108 (hyp.) ; 1904. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 47, fig. 232 (wing) ; pi. 50, fig. 273, pi. S3, fig. 2i2> (hyp.) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 230, fig. 137 (wing) ; p. 248, fig. 171 (hyp.) ; 1932. Antennal flagellum bicolorous. Head .and thorax pinkish gray, praescutal stripes ill-defined. Wings strongly suffused with yellow or brownish yellow, sparsely patterned with brown; stigma clear light yellow in central portion. Median tergal abdominal stripe red- dish brown, not consj^icuous ; hypopygium large; tergite (Fig. 29, C) : a median chitinized furcula on ventral side of tergite near base of notch. $ . L. 15-17 mm. ; w. 16-19 mm. ? . L. 17-25 mm. ; w. 16-23 mm. (Late Aug.-Oct.) Ont., Que., N. B., N. S., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. L, N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to Sask., N. D. and Wyo., southw. to Tenn., Miss, and n. Fla. Connecticut.— Branford, Oct. 1, 1929 (R. B. F.) ; E. Hartland, Sept. 1, 5, 11, 1928 (C.P.A.); New Haven, Oct. 16, 1903 (H.L.V.), Sept. 12, 1904 (B. H.W.); Nor- folk, Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P. A.); Salisbury, Sept. 12, 1928 (C. P.A.); Stamford, Sept. 26, 1929, Sept. 18-Oct. 1, 1931 (B. T. R. L.) ; Storrs, 1929 (J. A. M.) ; Westville, Sept. 18, 1904 (W. E. B.) ; Windsor, Sept. 11, 1929 (J.A.M.). T. {Tipula) near paludosa Mg. 1830. Tipula paludosa Meigen ; Syst. Beschr., 6 : 289. 1930. T. paludosa Lackschewitz ; Konowia, 9:267-269, pi. 1, fig. 2 (hyp.) A species very close to paludosa has been taken several times at and near St. Johns, Newfoundland. More material is needed before No. 64] DIPTERA OF COXNECTICUT : TAXOXOMY 261 the species can be definitely determined but it is unquestionably close to paludosa and subcunctans Alex, {czizeki de Jong). The latter oc- curs throughout Europe and northern Asia into northern Japan and may well be found to be even more widespread in the Holarctic Re- gion. Since the species of the group are of considerable economic im- portance, the determination of the true status of the Newfoundland insect is much to be desired. What is undoubtedly this same species has been recorded from Cape Race, Newfoundland, by A. H. Swin- ton, of Totnes, England (Ent. News, 20:436; 1909), as Tipula oler- acea Linnaeus. Subgenus Schummelia Edwards 1931. Schummelia Edwards; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10) 8: 80-81. Rs relatively short, subequal to the long 7n-cu\ cell M^ deep and markedly wider at base than at margin; m-cu very oblique, usually placed near base of the small or medium-sized cell 1st Mo', M^, in alignment with Mz-\i\ Cui without a constriction or shirring at point of insertion of iii-cu. Squama with setae; veins beyond cord with macrotrichia. Tibial spur formula 1-2-2. Male hypopygium with tergite and sternite separate, or {herinannia) fused on cephalic por- tion; in local species, median region of tergite produced into a com- pressed median blade, this more depressed in T. idei. The antennae of males of the local species are elongate. Key to Species 1. Wings immaculate, light yellow ( 5 ) to strongly tinged with brown (5); m obliterated or very short, the outer end of cell 1st Mz strongly pointed annulicornis Wings grayish subhy aline, clouded with pale brown, including major areas before cord; m of normal length, the outer end of cell 1st M-2 truncated. . . 2 2. Antennal flagellum uniformly dark brown or black; outer dististyle of hypo- pygium long and narrow 'dei Antennal flagellum weakly to clearly bicolorous, the segments yellow to brownish yellow, the basal enlargements dark brown or black; outer disti- style of hypopygium broad and depressed 3 3.\ Male hypopygium with median tergal blade small, subtended laterally by an acute spine ; posterior appendage of inner dististyle with a blackened tooth-like lobe separated from the apex by a U-shaped notch (Fig. 29, D) friendi Male hypopygium with median tergal blade large and expanded, subtended laterally by a short spine; posterior appendage of inner dististyle bifid, the two parts separated only by a linear slit (Fig. 29, E) hermannia Tipula {Schummelia) annulicornis Say. 1829. Tipula annulicornis Say; Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 6:151 (5). 1909. T. jejuna Johnson; Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 34:132 (5). Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 48, fig. 243 (wing), pi. 50, fig. 288, pi. 53, fig. 335 (hyp.) ; 1919. Sexes strongly dimorphic in color. Antennae {$) elongate, bi- colorous, yellow, the basal enlargements of flagellar segments black; if bent backward extending to opposite or beyond two-thirds the 262 CONXECTICUT GEOL. A^'D NAT. HIST, SURVEY [Bllll. length of the abdomen. Thorax of male yellow, of female more red- dish broAvn. Caudal margin of tergite oi' male hypopygium a com- pressed median blade, S. L. 8-9- mm. ; w. 8-10 mm.; antenna, 6-6,5 mm. 9. L. 10-11,5 mm.; w. 8-8,5 mm, (July. Aug.) Mass., Ct., N. Y., N. J., westw. to Ind. and Mich., southw. to Md. and Tenn. (Transition). Connecticut.— Bloomfield, Au.?. 6, 1929 (C. P. A.); East River, July 23, 1911 (Ely). T. (Schummelia) fi'iendi Alex. ^ (Fig. 29, D). 1941. Tlpula {Schumm/lia) friendi Alexander; Amer, Mid, Xat,, 26:293 — Figs. 6, 7 (hypopygium). $. L. about 11 mm.; w. 11 mm. Characters almost as in herm,annia^ differing especially in the de- tails of the male hypopygium. Antennae shorter, the flagellar segments weakly bicolorous, brown, the basal enlargements blackened. Wings without dark cloud at midlength of vein Cu. Hypopygium Avith median blade of tergite smaller, subtended by long, slender spines, narrower and more distinct than in hermannh. Po.sterior appendage of inner dististyle (Fig. 29, D) with a blackened tooth-like projection separated from main body of appendage by a U-shaped notch. In hermannia (Fig. 29, E) the two lobules of the posterior appendage lie close together and are of very different conformation. Fleshy lobes of basistyle more oval, with more abundant setae that extend to bases of lobes ; in hermannia^ the lobes more flattened, with setae more restricted to outer half. This interesting fi}^ named in honor of Dr. Roger B. Friend, is now known to range from ^Massachusetts southAvard to the higher mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee, being adult in June and July. T. {SchunwieHa) hermannia Alex, (Fig, 29, E). 18G3. Tiptdd. faxciata Locav; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7:279 (preoccu- pied). 1915. T. hermannia Alexander: Proc. Acad. Xat, Sci, Philadelphia, 1915 : 480, Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 45, fig. 211 (wing), pi. 50, fig. 287, pi. 54, fig. 343 (hyp.) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 235, fig. 150 (wing) ; p. 249, fig. 1841 (hyp.); 1932. Praescutum light gray, Avith four darker gray stripes. Wings; Avith an extensive dark cloud in ends of cells R and J/ and part of M^ adjoining m-cu; petiole of cell Mi seamed with brown. Male hypo- pygium enlarged; posterior lobe of inner dististyle (Fig. 29, E), 5, L. 11-12 mm.; w. 10-11 mm.; antenna, 5-7 mm. 9. L, 13-14 mm.; w., 12-13 mm. (Late May-early Aug.) Ont., Que., Nfd.. N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y.,, N. J., Pa., westw. to Wise, and Kan., southw. to S. C, Ga., n. Fla. and Tenn.' (Cana-- dian. Transition). Connecticut— Granby, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Kent Falls, July 23-24, 1931' (C. P. A.); Manitic Lake, June 8-9, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Norwalk, May 21, 1930: No. f)4 I DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 268 (R. B.F.); Putnam, June 15, 1933 (C. P. A.) ; Saptree Run State Park, June 14, 1933 (C. P.A.); Stafford Springs, June 14, 1933 (C. P.A.); Tunxis State Park, June 12, 1931 (C. P.A.); Winnipauk, June 16, 1909 (C. W.J.). T. {Schumtnelia) idei Alex. 1928. Tipula idei Alexander; Can. Ent., GO : 55. Antennae more elongate than in hermannia. Male hypopygium with median lobe of tergite short, depressed or nearly so, glabrous. A small bifid pale lobe in notch of ninth sternite, not terminating in an elongate seta, as in friendi and liennannia. $. L. 10-11.5 mm.; w. 9.5-11 mm. ; antenna, 7-8.5 mm. (June, July) Ont., Que., southw. to higher mountains of N. H. (Presidential Range), and N. Y. (Adirondacks), westw. to B. C. (Hudsonian, high Canadian). Subgenus Oreomyza Pokorny 1887. Oreomyza Pokorny ; Wien. Ent. Zeitg., 6 : 50. Rs of moderate length ; m-cu some distance bej^ond the fork of M except in the fragilis group. Squama naked; outer branches of M with macrotrichia. Tibial spur formula 1-2-2; claws (3) simple, or, in all local species, with basal tooth. Male hypopygium with tergite and sternite distinct. Ovipositor with slender, smooth cerci. Includes almost all members of the so-called "Marmoratae", hav- ing the wings variously clouded and spotted with brown or gray. Edwards has suggested that the name be re-instated and used to in- clude those species with marmorate wings having the squama naked and claws of male simple. All of our local forms have toothed claws, at least on fore tarsi, and I am herewith modifying the above defini- tion to include such species. In a few species, ^1+2 is atrophied. Key to Groups 1. Male hypopygium elongated, cyHndrical. upturned at an angle to remainder of abdomen; ninth tergite long and narrow, its length exceednig twice the width, the apex variously armed with blackened decurved pomts that are not clearly visible from above; eighth sternite more or less deeply trilobed, the margins fringed with yellow setae. Lateral praescutal stripes margined anteriorly and laterally witli dark brown, tormmg n-shaped areas; median stripe bordered laterally with hrovjn. .boreahs group Male hypopygium not elongated, from small to very large, not upturned, as above ' described ; ninth tergite usually broader than long, the apex without blackened decurved points ; eighth sternite with the actual margm entire or at most emarginate ; in trivittata group sometimes with accessory lobes or brushes of setae. Praescutal stripes usually entire, when bordered with brown, the pattern not as described and the interspaces usually dotted with brown punctures and the median stripe further split by a capil- lary darker line '. 2. Basal section of Mm short to verv short, less than tlie basal section of il/i,,, m-cu thus joining M before level of r->ir. men less than twice Rs; wing-pattern very pale, gray, variegated by white areas; cell Sc uni- formly darkened, contrasting with remainder of wing; stigma brown; no arcular darkening. Male hypopygium with eighth sternite simple or apex merely emarginate, without accessory lobes fragiiis group 264 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. Basal section of Ms+i usually longer, subequal to or longer than basal section of Mi+2, tn-cu joining M opposite or beyond level of r-m; where above is questionable, Rs is more than twice m-cu ; wing-pattern usually heavy, variegated brown, gray and whitish, often with a dark area at arculus ; cell Sc not darkened unless remainder of ground-color is likewise infumed. Male hypopygium with eighth sternite simple or variously provided with lobes or pencils of setae trivittafa group The horealis or unca group. Antennae tending to be elongate. INIale hypopyginni with the inner dististyle very complex, its lowermost appendage forming a pale to sclerotized pendulous lobe that extends cephalad along the ventral surface of hypopygium. The species are most numerous in midsummer, being commonh^ found in mesophytic woodlands. Key to Species 1. Antennae with at least the basal flagellar segments bicolorous, yellow, the enlargements dark 2 Antennae with flagellar segments uniform in color 3 2. A narrow, interrupted dark stripe on dorsal thoracic pleura, extending from cervical sclerites to beneath the wing-root ; male hypop\^gium with lower pendulous lobe of inner dististyle pale ■ • • • borealis No darkened pleural stripe ; male hypopygium with the pendulous lobe of inner dististyle strongly sclerotized, brownish black inclusa 3. Antennae {$) elongate, if bent backward extending about to midlengtli of second abdominal segment 4 Antennae shorter in both sexes, in $, if bent backward, extending about to base of halteres or shortly beyond 5 4. Male hypopygium with eighth sternite deeply trilobed, fringed with long gold- en-yellow setae ; gonapophyses relatively short and inconspicuous, not twisted, the tips decurved ; ninth tergite not terminating in a median point (Fig. 29, H) helderbergensis Male liypopygium with eighth sternite scarcely lobed, the setae shorter and inconspicuous ; gonapophyses elongate, twisted on their own axes, jutting from genital chamber; ninth tergite projecting as a median point (Fig. 29, I) latipennis 5. Wing-pattern subobsolete ; size small (wing, $, under 12 mm.) ; male hypo- pygium with lower process of inner dististyle very long and membranous gaspensis Wing-pattern distinct; size larger (wing, $, over 13 mm.) ; male hypopygium with the lower process of inner di.stistyle more or less sclerotized and blackened apically 6 6. Antennal flagellum pale, yellowish brown ; lower pendulous lobe of inner dististyle short, slender, claw-like grata Antennal flagellum dark brown ; lower pendulous lobe of inner dististyle broad, pale, the apex obtuse afflicta Tipula iOreomyza) afflicta Dtz. 1914. T'rpida sus^fecta Dietz; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 40:351-352; (nee suspecta Loew, 1863). 1015. T. ajfUeta Dietz; Ent. News, 26: 125. Figs. — Dietz, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 40, pi. 13, figs. 5, 6 (hyp.), pi. 14, fig. 2 (wing) ; 1914 Male hypopygium with lower process of inner dististyle broad, the apex obtuse, somewhat sclerotized apically. $. L. 13 mm.; w. 13.5 nun. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 205 (July) N. Y. Still known from the unique type. T. ( Oreomi/za) borealis Wk. (Fig. 29, F ) . 1848. Tipnla horealis Walker; List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1 : 66. 1863. T. hehes Loew ; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7 : 285. Figs. — Dietz, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 40, pi. 13, fig. 1 (hyp.) ; 1914. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 48, fig. 249 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 233, fig. 142 (wing), p. 249, fig. 177 (hyp.) ; 1932. Antennae ( $ ) elongate, if bent backward extending to beyond base of abdomen. Male hypopygimn with apex of tergite truncate, with four blackened clecurved points, the lateral pair shorter (Fig. 29, F). $. L. 13-15 mm.; w. 14-16 mm.; antenna, 6-6.5 mm. ?. L. 16-17 mm. ; w. 15-16 mm. (June-Sept.) Ont, Que., N. B., N. S., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to Wise, and Kan., southw. to S. C. and Tenn. Connecticut— Bloomfield. Aug. 6. 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Branford, Aug. 1905 (H.W.W.) ; E. Haddam, Aug. 25, 1929 (R. B. F.); East River, Aug. 15, 1911 (Ely); Hamdcn, July 31, 1928 (R.B.F.); Middlebury, Aug. 10, 1928 (R. B. F.) ; Stony Creek, Aug. 12, 1904 (P. L. B.); Storrs ; Tyler Lake, July 23, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; Connecticut, without more accurate data, Norton, Loevv's type of hebes. T. {Oreomyza) gaspensis Alex. 1929. Tipida gaspensis Alexander; Can. Ent., 61 : 233-234. Ventral sternopleurite darkened. Male hypopygium with caudal margin of sternite not conspicuouslj^ emarginate. Abdomen with a conspicuous median brown stripe on both tergites and sternites. $. L. 9-10 mm.; w. 10.5-11.5 mm.; antenna, 4-4.5 mm. 2. L. 13- 13.5 mm.; w. 11.5 mm. (June-July) Que. T. {Oreomyza) gY2ii2i 1jV< . (Fig. 29, G). 1863. Tipula grata Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7:281. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 51, fig. 292 (hyp.) ; 1919. Two or three dusky areas on dorsal thoracic pleura. Male hy- popygium with eighth sternite conspicuously trilobed, the setae short but dense. Ninth tergite with apex (Fig. 29, G) a flattened plate, the outer lateral angles appearing as curved acute horns. $ . L. 12 mm.; w. 13.5-14 mm. ; antenna, about 4 mm. 5 . L. 14-15 mm. ; w. 14 mm. (June- Aug.) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Ind., Mich., Minn, and Alta. Connecticut— Kent Falls, June 12-13, 1931 (M. M.A.). T. (6>rec»??iys«) helderbergensis Alex. (Fig. 29, H). 1918. Tipula helderbergensis Alexander; Can. Ent., 50:64-65. Mesonotal praescutum with an elongate dark triangle at cephalic portion of each intermediate stripe. Abdomen chiefly dark brown. Male hypopygium with caudal border of tergite blackened, extended 266 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. into lateral points (Fig. 29, H). S. L. 12-13 mm.; w. 13-14 mm.; antenna, about 6 mm. ? . L. 14.5 mm. ; w. 14.5 mm. (July, Aug.) Ont., N. B., N. Y., westw. to Mich. T. {Oreomyza) inclusa Dtz. 192i. Tipiila inclusa Dietz; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 47: 267-268. Lateral processes of inner dististylo of male hypopygium with all branches strongly sclerotized. $. L. 13 mm.; w. 14 mm. (July, Aug.) Pa. T. {Oreomyza) latipennis Lw. (Fig. 29, 1). 1848. ? Tipvla resurgens Walker; List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1 : 67. 1864. T. latipennis Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 8: 60. 1914. T. ottmraensis Dietz; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 40: 349-351. Figs. — Dietz, Ibid., pi. 13, figs. 2-4 (hyp.), pi. 14, fig. 1 (wing). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y.. 1, pi. 51, fig. 293 (hyp.) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 233, fig. 143 (wing), p. 249, fig. 178 (hyp.) ; 1932. Dark borders of intermediate praescutal stripe broad, restricting the stripe itself to a narrow vitta. Male hypopygium with upper process of inner dististyle expanded, more or less adz-shaped; ninth tergite, apex (Fig. 29,1). S. L. 13-14 mm.; w. 14-15 mm.; an- tenna, about 7 mm. ?. L. 17-18 mm.; w. 16-17 mm. (Late June-Aug.) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., N. J., w^estw. to Wise, Man. and Alta. The fragilis or inarm oraia group. Antennae of moderate length; scape and pedicel yellow; flagel- lum uniformly brownish black or black, not or scarcely bicolored. General coloration gray, the praescutum with four entire brown stripes. Wings with cephalic margin of cell 1st Mo (second section of 3/1+2) often arched, narrowing cell ^5. Male hypopygium small; eighth sternite often modified. A small group of chiefly autumnal crane-flies. Of the local spe- cies, three {ne'buUpeQinis, pJwroctenia^ productella) have the eighth sternite modified; two {fragilis^ nebulipennis) have the outer disti- style blackened and dilated at base. Key to Species 1. Radial cells beyond cord not brightened; dark pattern of wings obsolete or nearly so insignifica Bases of cell R2 and usually also of R^ brightened by whitish; dark pat- tern of wing evident 2 2. Size very small (wing, $, less than 9.5 mm.) ; cell Sc and outer half of cell C darkened , . perparvula Size larger (wing, $, 10.5 mm. or more) ; cell Sc darkened (except in igno- bilis), cell C clear ' 3 3. Male hypopygium with basistyle produced caudad into a slender lobe (Fig. 29, O) productella Basistyle not produced 4 No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 267 4. Male h3-popygium with eighth sternite of normal size, simple, the caudal margin not emarginate, provided with an apical group of setae 5 Male hypopygium with the eighth sternite enlarged, the apex more or less emarginate, its apical margin or lateral lobes provided with spines (phoroc- tenia) or strongly developed setae (nebulipennis) 7 5. Ninth tergite of male hypopygium margined with blackened spines; lateral ends not produced into decurved points packardi Ninth tergite with margin smooth, or (fragilis) with a few scattered spines near outer end of the decurved lateral lobes 6 6. Praescutal stripes ending at level of pseudosutural foveae; intermediate pair usually blunt at cephalic ends ; terminal abdominal segments not con- spicuously darkened; male hypopygium with outer dististyle expanded and blackened on basal portion (Fig. 29, K) fragilis Intermediate praescutal stripes extending about to anterior end of sclerite, the cephalic ends of the stripes bifid ; terminal abdominal segments chiefly blackish ; male hypopygium with outer dististyle a simple pale flattened blade (Fig. 29, L) ignobilis 7. Male hypopygium with the eighth sternite strongly projecting, shovel-like; posterior margin shallowly notched and armed with a comb-like row of blackened spines ; outer dististyle entirely pale phoroctenia Male hypopygium with the eighth sternite slightly projecting, the posterior margin with a broad, shallow, U-shaped notch, the emargination with short whitish hairs, the lobes with longer setae; outer dististyle with a blackened acute tooth at base (Fig. 29, M) nebulipennis Tipula {Oreomyza) fragilis Lw. (Figs. 29, J, K). 1863. Tipula fragilis Lbew ; Berlin, Ent. Zeitschr., 7 : 279. 1863. T. SKSjy'ecta Loew ; lUd., 7 : 280. Figs.— Alexander, Cfis. N. Y., 1, pi. 48, fig. 250 (wing), pi. 51, fig. 297 (hvp.) ; 1919. Tips of femora narrowly blackened. Male hypopygium with eighth sternite mimodified. Ninth tergite notched, lateral angles acute, decurved and set with a few spinous points. Outer dististyle (Fig. 29, K). Inner dististyle (Fig. 29, J) with apical point slender. $ . L. 10-11 mm. ; w. 12-13 mm. $ . L. 13-14 mm. ; w. 13-14 mm. (Sept., Oct.) Ont., Que., N. B., ATe., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Ind. and Alta., southw. to D. C. Connecticut.— Norfolk, Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P. A.). T. {Oreomyza) ignobilis Lw. (Fig. 29, L). 1863. Tipula igiiohilis I^oew ; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7 : 280. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 51, fig. 298 (hyp.) ; 1919. ]\Iuch as in fragilis, differing especially in hypopygial characters. Ninth tergite emarginate, the lobes short and obtuse, without spines. Outer dististyle (Fig. 29, L) broadly expanded basally but entirely pale. $ . L.' 9-10 mm. ; w. 10.5-12 mm. 9 . L. 12 mm. ; w. 13 mm. (June-early Aug.) N. B., Me., N. H., N. Y., westw. to 111., southw. to S. C. and Tenn. Connecticut— Colebrook, Aug. 10 (W. M.W.); Portland, June 24, 1932 (N.T.). T. [Oreomyza) insignifica Alex. (Fig. 29, N). 1924. Tipula insignifica Alexander; Occas. Pap. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5:117-118. 268 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. The usual dark and whitish wing-pattern characteristic of the group almost obsolete. Male hypopygium (Fig. 29, N) simple; ter- gite with a V-shaped median notch, lateral lobes obliquely truncated, unarmed. Outer dististyle simple, subcylindrical to slightly flattened, of nearly equal width throughout. Eighth sternite simple and un- armed. $. L. about 9 mm.; w. 11.8 mm. (Aug., Sept.) Me. (Katahdin), N. H., alpine summits of Mt. Washington and Mt. Madison, White Mountains, 5000-5500 ft. (Hudsonian). T. (Oreomysa) nehulipennis Alex. (Fig. 29, M). 1919. Tipula nebuHpemm Alexander; Can. Ent., 51: 170-171. Intermediate praescutal stripes nearly confluent in front. Outer abdominal segments darkened; hypopygium relatively large. Ter- gite with blackened spinous setae. $. L. 11-13 mm.; w. 11-13 mm. ?. L. 13-14 mm.; w. 13-13.5 mm. (Late June-earlv Aug.) Lab.; E. Que.; N. H., higher ahitudes of Mt. Washington, 4700-5000 ft. (Hudsonian). T. {Oreomyza) packardi Alex. 1928. Tipula packardi Alexander; Can. Ent., 60: 99-100. Male hypopygium with outer dististyle relatively slender, pale throughout; inner dististyle compressed, arcuate, the lower apical angle produced into an acute black spine. $. L. 13-13.5 mm.; w. 12.5-13.2 mm. (Aug.) Lab. (Hudsonian). T. {Oreomyza) perparvula Alex. 1926. Tipula perparvula Alexander ; Insec. Inscit. Menst., 14 : 120-122. Median praescutal stripe sometimes entire, sometimes weakly di- vided by a pale vitta. Abdomen blackened subterminally. Male hypopygium with outer dististyle narrow and entirely pale. $. L. 7.8-8 mm. ; w. 9.3 mm. (June) Man. (Canadian). T. {Oreomyza) phoroctenia Alex. 1919. Tipula phoroctenia Alexander; Can. Ent., 51: 170. Male hypopygium with ninth sternite emarginate, from base of notch with a stout reddish rod that is weakly and unequally bifid. Tergite with a V-shaped notch, the margin narrowly blackened, the lateral angles extended into slender blackened points. $ . L. 13 mm. ; w. 14 mm. (Oct.) Me., westw. to B. C. (Canadian). T. {Oreomyza) productella Alex. (Fig. 29,0). 1928. Tipula productella Alexander; Can. Ent., 60 : 100-101. Readily told from all other regional species by the caudallv pro- duced basistyle (Fig. 29,0). Lat^eral tergal lobes appearing as de- curved black points. Outer dististyle narrow, entirely pale, with No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 269 relatively few setae. An elongate yellow lobe arises from ninth ster- nite. Eighth sternite large, deeply emarginate, the lobes clothed with long yellow setae. $ . L. about 10 mm. ; w. 12.3 mm. (Sept.) Lab. (Hudsonian). - The trivittata group. Key to Species 1. Tip of Ri+i atrophied 2 i?i+3 entire 4 2. Wings with basal fourth nearly clear, without well-defined clouds ; Rs and Ri subequal in length ; male hypopygium with basistyle produced into an acute spine penobscot Wings with clouds in cells R and M basad of origin of Rs and in bases of Anal cells ; Rs relatively long, exceeding Rs ; male hypopygium with the basistyle simple (not known to me for siihfasciata) 3 3. Flagellum uniformly darkened; cell 1st Mi long, subequal in length to cell Mi; praescutum with three brown stripes subfasciata Flagellum weakly bicolorous, dark brown, the basal enlargements of the segments brownish black ; cell 1st M2 shorter than cell Mx ; praescutum with four brown stripes, the intermediate pair divided by a pale vitta.. .decora 4. Nasus lacking 5 Nasus present 6 5. Abdominal tergites with a dark median stripe ; male hypopygium with a small median depressed bispinous plate on caudal margin of eighth sternite (Fig. 30, K) serta Abdominal tergites with the median stripe lacking or subobsolete ; male hypo- pygium with a short finger-like lobe on either side of a median sub- quadrate fleshy plate (Fig. 30, L) neptun 6. Bases of cells R and M beyond arculus clear ; white band beyond cord short, extending only into base of cell Ma ; ovipositor with cerci relatively short and pale, feebly sclerotized 7 Bases of cells R and M with a dark spot beyond arculus; white band be- yond cord completely traversing wing or nearly so, attaining the posterior margin in cell Ma (exceptions in stylifcra and ternaria) ; ovipositor with cerci long and slender, heavily sclerotized and blackened 8 7. Abdominal tergites pale brown, without dark stripes ; male hypopygium with median plate of eighth sternite with two lateral spines on either side (Fig. 30, F) ; ovipositor with cerci broad senega Abdominal tergites obscure orange, trivittate with dark brown, the median vitta broad; male hypopygium with median plate of eighth sternite with a single lateral spine on either side (Fig. 30, D) ; ovipositor with cerci nar- rowed and subacute on apical half illinoiensis 8. Antennae entirely darkened; pale area beyond cord of wing confined to radial field; abdominal tergites beyond the second conspicuously ringed caudally with yellow ternaria Antennae with at least the basal two or three segments pale; crossband beyond cord traversing the wing or virtually so; outer abdominal tergites not ringed caudally with yellow 9 9. Antennal flagellum uniformly brownish black or black 10 Antennal flagellum distinctly bicolorous 12 10. All femora with a subterminal yellow ring, preceded and followed by a broad black annulus ; abdominal tergites with a conspicuous median black stripe ; praescutal interspaces without brown dots ; male hypopygium with eighth sternite provided with two long hair tufts margarita All femora yellowish or brownish yellow; abdominal tergites not conspic- uously trivittate with black; praescutal interspaces with abundant brown setigerous punctures; male hypopygium with eighth sternite unarmed 11 270 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. 11. Male hypopygium with the notch of the ninth tergite V-shaped, the lateral margins with small denticles (Fig. 30, B) ; posterior margin of inner disti- stvle at base with an acute spine entomophthorae Male hypopygium with the notch of the ninth tergite transversely U-shaped, shallow, without lateral denticles (Fig. 30, M) ; posterior margin of inner dististyle not spinous trivittata 12 Male hypopygium with basistvle produced dorsad into a long slender process stylifera Male hypopygium with basistyle simple, not produced 13 13. Praescutal interspaces with brown setigerous punctures entomophthorae Praescutal interspaces not dotted with brown 14 14. A dark spot in cell C opposite midlength of Rs ; white band before cord extending unbroken from veins R to Cu ; male hypopygium with tergite deeply notched medially, the lateral angles produced caudad into long acute points (Fig. 30, C) huron No distinct dark spot in cell C near outer end; white band before cord more or less interrupted by a dark clouding in posterior portion of cell R adjoining vein M, restricting the band to isolated areas in cell M and at midlength of Rs ; male hypopygium with caudal border of tergite truncate, with a small quadrate median notch, at base of which is a small denticle (Fig. 30, A) 15 15. Pale crossband beyond cord incomplete, extending about to midlength of cell Ms ; antenna! flagellum clearly bicolorous, light yellow, the basal en- largements black huntsmaniana Pale crossband beyond cord complete, attaining the wing-margin in cell Mx ; antennal flagellum indistinctly bicolorous, brownish yellow to brown, the basal enlargements still darker, brownish black to black angulata Tipula (Oreomysa) angulata Lw. (Fig. 30, A). 18(;)4. Tlpida angulata Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 8:61. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 51, fig. 291 ; pi. 54, fig. 340 (hyp.) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 231, fig. 138 (wing), p. 248, fig. 172 (hyp.) ; 1932. Antennae relatively long, if bent backward extending to beyond base of abdomen; in cases, the antennal flagellum is so dark that the bicolorous nature is almost lost. Centers of praescutal stripes re- strictedly pale. Tergite of hypopygium (Fig. 30, A). $. L. 12-15 mm. ; w. 12,5-17.5 mm. ; antenna, 5.5-6 mm. 5 . L. 14-15 mm. ; w. 15-16 mm. (June, July) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to 111. and Wise. (Canadian). Connecticut.— Canaan, June 10, 1928 (R. B. F.) ; Riverton, June 12, 1931 (C. P. A.). Compare notes on decora and hvnfsmanmna^ below. T. {Oreoinyza) decora Doane. 1901. Tipula decora Doane ; Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 9 : 125. In all respects other than the atrophied i?i + 2 almost exactly like angulata and the validity is very doubtful. $. L. 12 mm.; w. 14 mm. (June) Que., N. Y. (Canadian). T. ( (9 reomysa) entomophthorae Alex. (Fig. 30, B). 1918. Tipiila entomophthorae Alexander; Can. Ent., 50:385-386. 1921. T. simUissima Dietz; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 47:263-264. No, 64] DIPTERA or CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 271 Fig.— Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 249, fig. 176 (hyp.) ; 1932. Antennae ( $ ) short, if bent backward scarcely reaching the wing- root; in cases, antennal flagellum weakly bicolorous. Femora brown or yellowish brown, the tips not darkened. Abdominal tergal stripes very narrow and pale. Tergite of hypopygium (Fig. 30, B) . $. L. 15-16 mm.; w. 15-16 mm.; antenna, 4.3-4.5 mm. $. L. 21-22 mm.; w. 17-18 mm. (June-Aug.) Ont., Que., Lab., Me., N. H., Vt., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Ind., Alich., Wise, and Alta., southw. to N. C. (Canadian). Connecticut.— Kent Falls, Tune 12-13, 1931 (C. P. A.); Riverton, June 12, 1931 (C.P.A.). T. {Oreomyza) huntsmaniana Z>^2!. 1920. Tipula huntsmaniana Dietz ; Can. Ent., 52 : 7-8. Except for the more brightly colored antennal flagellum and slightly less complete pale band beyond the cord, the present fly is exceedingly close to angulata. Validity very doubtful. $. L. 13 mm. ; w. 13.5 mm. (June, early July) Ont., N. S. (Canadian). T. {Oreomyza) huron Alex. (Fig. 30, C). 1918. Tipula huron Alexander; Can. Ent., 50: 66-67. Fig.— Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 249, fig. 180 (hyp.) ; 1932. Tergite of hypopygium (Fig. 30, C). 5. L. 14 mm.; w. 15.5 mm. (June) Wise. (Canadian). This may be the species reported from Wisconsin by Dickinson as T. armata Doane, a very different fly. T. ((9re(9?7?.y.;«) illinoiensis Alex. (Fig. 30, D, I). 1863. Tipiilu versicolor Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7:285 (preoc- cupied). 1915. T. iUiiioiensis Alexander; Insec. Inscit. Menst., 3:128. Closest to senega. ]SIale hypopj^gium with tergite (Fig. 30,1) having lateral arms very short and broad; median lobe triangular, without oblique carinae. Eighth sternite (Fig. 30, D). $. L. 14- 15 mm.; w. 15.5-17 mm.; antenna, about 5 mm. ?. L. 13-19 mm.; w. 15-19 mm. (Late May, June) Ont., N. H., westw. to 111. and Man. T. ((9reomys«) margarita Alex. (Fig. 30, E). 1918. Tiptda margarita Alexander ; Can. Ent., 50 : 243-244. Antennae very short, if bent backward extending to about two- thirds the distance to wing-root. Praescutal median stripe divided bv a pale vitta that is further divided by a dark capillary vitta. Sub- lateral dark lines on abdominal tergites narrow, the lateral margms broadly gray. In female, all three tergal stripes broad and entire, '2r2 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. black. Male liypopygium with the tergal lobes reddish, flattened, broadly obtuse, separated by a narrow U-shaped notch (Fig. 30, E). Hair-pencils of eighth sternite long, curved, decussate on the mid-line. S. L. 13-14 mm.; w. 14-14.5 mm.; antenna, about 3 mm. ?. L. 23- 24 mm.; w. 18 mm. (June) N. Y., Ohio. (Transition). T. (Oreomyza) penohscoi Alex. (Fig. 30, H). 1915. Tipula penohscot Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 1915 : 472-474. Figs.— Alexander, Ibid., pi. 16, fig. 4 (wing), pi. 18, fig. 32, pi. 19, fig. 45 (hyp.). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 48, fig. 247 (wing), pi. 50, fig. 275, pi. 53, fig. 334 (hyp.) ; 1919. Coloration gray; praescutal stripes relatively indistinct. Wings with cell 1st Mo short and wide, less than two-thirds the length of cell Mi; dark spot at origin of Rs small. Tergite of liypopygium (Fig. 30, H). $. L. 9-11 mm.; w. 10.5-13 mm.; antenna, 3.5-4 mm. 9. L. 13-15 mm.; w. 13-15 mm. (June, July) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Alass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Mich, and Alta. (Canadian). Connecticut.— Norfolk, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.). T. (Oreomyza) senega. Alex. (Figs. 30, F, G). 18G3. Tipula pallida Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7:284 (preoccu- pied). 1915. T. se^iega Alexander; Insec. Inscit. Menst., 3: 128. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 45, fig. 213 (wing), pi. 50, fig. 278 (hyp.) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 234, fig. 149 (wing), p. 250, fig. 188 (hyp.) ; 1932. General coloration pale yellow; praescutum with four entire brown stripes. Flagellar segments {$) strongly nodose, uniformly dark brown. Wing-pattern very pale. Male hypopygium with ninth tergite (Fig. 30, G) ; eighth sternite (Fig. 30, F). Ovipositor pale, the cerci broad, their tips subacute. $ . L. 12-15 mm. ; w. 14-17 mm. ; antenna, 5-5.5 mm. 9 . L. 12-13 mm. ; w. 15-16 mm. (May-July) Ont., Que., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. I., N. Y., N. J., westw. to Wise, la. and Alta. Connecticut.— Hartland, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Kent Falls, May 31, 1931 (C P. A.) June 12-13. 1931 (C. P.A.): Riverton, May 30, 1931, June 12, 1931 (C. P.A.); Salisbury, June 10, 1928 (R. B. F.) ; Storrs, May 1929 (C. J. A.). T. (6>r . L. 15-16 mm.; w. 18-20 mm.; antenna, 4.5-5 mm. $, L. 16-17 mm,; w. 15-16 mm, (June, July) Out., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. L, N. Y., N. J., Fa., westw. to Mo. and Kan., southw. to N. C, Ky. and Tenn. (Transition, Austral). Connecticut.— Hamden, June 11, 1914 (W. E. B.), June 2, 1928 (R. B.F.); Mont- ville, Juhe 12, 1929 (W. E. B.); New Haven, June 5, 1904 (H. L. V.); Rowavton, June 16, 1909 (C.W.J.); Storrs, 1932; W. Hartford, June 10, 1929 (R. B. F.) ; Winnipauk, June 12. 1915 (C. W. J.). Xa 64] DIPTERA OF COXNECTICTJT: TAXONOMY 281 The dorsimacula «Za) georgiana Alex. (Fig. 32, B). 1915. Tipula georgiana Alexander; Insec. Inscit. Menst., 3:133-134. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 52, fig. 311 (hyp.) ; 1919. Nasus reduced. General coloration yellow; praescutal stripes poorly defined; a median darker vitta. Ant«nnal flagellum weakly bicolorous to uniformly dark brown. Obliterative area at cord in- conspicuous. :Nrale hypopygium with tergite (Fig. 32, B). $. L. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 287 11.8-14 mm.; w. 11.5-15.3 mm.: antemia, about 3.5-3.7 mm. 9. L. 15-16 mm. ; w. 14-15 mm. (Late May-July) Mass., R. I., N. Y., N. J., westw. to Mich., southw. to S. C, Ga., Tenii. and Fla. (Transition, Austral). Connecticut.— Storrs ; Union, July 2. 1919 (S.VV. B): Windsor, June 15, 1938 (A.W. M.). T. {Lunatipula) hirsuta Doane. (Fiof. 32, C). 1901. TijniJa hirsuta Doane; Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 9: 113-114. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 51, fig. 304, pi. 54. fig. 345 (hyp.) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise. p. 1?,7 , fig. 156 (wing) ; p. 250, fig. 192 (hyp.) ; 193.?. Closest to valida. Sexes feebly dimorphic in color; male light yellow, female light gray, with darker praescutal stripes. Male hypo- pygiinn with the lateral tergal horns (Fig. 32. C) unusually short, the median lobe correspondingly large; inner dististyle greatly expanded. $. L. 21-23 mm.; w. 22-24 mm.; antenna, about 6.5-7 mm. ?. L. 23-25 mm.; w. 24-25 mm. (Late May, June) Yt., Mass., R. I., N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to Mich, and Wise. (Transition). Connecticut— Kent Falls, June 12-13, 1931 (C. P. A.). T. [Lunatipula) loewiana Alex. 1915. Tifula loewiana Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 1915:488-490. Figs. — Alexendar, Ih'xd, pi. 16, fig. 12 (wing) ; pi. 19, fig. 51, pi. 20, fig. 67 (hyp.). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 47, fia. 234 (wing); pi. 52, fig. 308 (hyp.); 1919. Coloration light gray ; praescutum with four brown stripes. Ab- dominal tergites beyond second brown, the lateral margins broadly, the caudal more narrowly, pale. ?. L. 15 mm.; w. 16-16.5 mm. Subarctic North America. (Hudsonian). T. {Lunatipula) mainensis Alex. (Fig. 32, D). 1915. Tipula mainensis Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 1915:475-476. Figs.— Alexander, Ibid., pi. 16, fig. 5 (wing) ; pi. 18, fig. 31, pi. 19, fig. 46, pi. 21. figs. 75, 76 (hyp.). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1 : 850, fig. 125, O (ant.), pi. 48. fig. 253 (wing) ; pi. 52, fig. 307, pi. 54, fig. 346 (hyp.) ; 1919. Mesonotum yellowish, the praescutum with polished dark brown stripes, the median one more or less divided by a pale line. Anten- nal flagellum bicolorous. Head gray; vertex with a median dark vitta. Abdominal tergites dull yellow, with a median dark stripe; out^r segments more uniformly darkened. Male hypopygium with tergite (Fig. 32, D). $. L. 10-11 mm.; w. 12 mm.; antenna, about 3.5 mm. 9 . L. 11-12 mm.; w. 12.5-13 mm. (Late July, Aug.) Ont., Que.. Nfd., N. B.. Me., N. H., Mass., N. Y., westw. to N. D., Colo, and Alta. (Canadian, Hudsonian). 288 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SUE\'EY [Bull. A. T. B. T. C. T. D. T. E. T. F. T. G. T. H. T. Figure ?>2. Tifula {Lunatipula) ; (L.) flavouvibrosa Alex. ; 8.y. (L.) georgiana Alex. : 9t. (L.) hirsnta Lw. ; 9t. (L.) mainensis Alex. ; 9t. (L.) monticola Alex. ; 9t. (L.) penicillata Alex. ; 9/. (L.) perlongipes Johns. ; 8.f. (L.) seminole Alex. ; 9t. Symbols : ,? I. T. J. T. K. T. L. T. M. T. N. T. 0. T. sternite ; t N 9t male hypopygia. (L.) submaculata Lw. ; 9t. (L.) triplex Walk.; %s. (L.) triplex Walk. ; 9t. (L.) translncida Doane ; (L.) triton Alex.; 9t. (L.) tuscarora Alex. ; 9t. (L.) valida Lw. ; 9t. tergite. 9t. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAX0N03IY 289 T. {Lunatipula) mallochi Alex. 1920. Tipula mallochi Alexander; Pomona Coll. Joiii-n. Ent. & Zool., 12:91-92. Differs from suhmaculata chiefly in hypopygial characters. 15 mm. ; w, 17-17.5 mm. ; antenna, about 5.5-0 mm. $ , L. 20 r L. 15 mm.; w, 17-17.5 mm.; antenna, about 5.5-0 mm. 9, L. 20 mm.: w. 18.5-19 mm. (May, Tune) Md., westw. to 111. and Mo., southw. to S. C, Tenn. and n. Fla. (Transition, Austral). T. {Lunatifula) monticola Alex. (Fig. 32, E). 1915. Tipula monticola Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 1915 : 492-493. Figs.— Alexander, Ihid.. pi. 16, fig. 14 (wing) ; pi. 17, fig. 26, pi. 18, fig. 35, pi. 19, fig. 52, pi. 20, fig. 69 (hvp.). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 52, fig. 312, pi. 55, fig. 347 (hyp.) ; 1919. Flagellum bicolored. Praescntal stripes orange-brown. Male hypopygium with tergite (Fig. 32, E). 5. L. 17-18 mm.; w. 18-20 mm. ; antenna, about 5-6 mm. (Late May, June) Ont., Que., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. I., N. Y., Pa. Connecticut. — Storrs, May 1929 (G. H. G.). T. {Lunatipula) penicillata Alex. (Fig. 32, F). 1915. Tipula penicillata Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, Philadel- phia. 1915:496-497. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 52, fig. 314 (hyp.) ; 1919. General coloration grayish, the praescutum with four dark brown stripes. Tii^ of wing darkened ; obliterative area at cord broad ; post- stigmal brightening in cells R^ and Rz. Hypopygium with tergite (Fig. 32, F); 8th sternite extensive, with lateral tufts of decussate setae. 5 . L. 12 mm. ; w. 12.0 mm. Subarctic North America. (Hudsonian). T. {Lunatipula) perlongipes Johns. (Fig. 32. G). 1848. Tipula fiUpes Walker; List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1:65 (preoccu- pied). 1909. T. perlongipes Johnson ; Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 34 : 131. (The confusion resulting from the use of the name perlongipes Johnson for an entirely different species in our fauna has been men- tioned under T. jacohus Alex. The final determination of Walker's species is due to Mr. Fred W. Edwards of the British Museum of Natural History, who examined Walker's type.) Readily told from other members of the triplex subgroup by the relatively narrow yellow wings and the structure of the eighth ster- nite of the male hypopygium (Fig. 32, G). Stigma paler than costal border. Ground-color of praescutum ranging from pale yellow to gray, the four stripes from light reddish brown to much darker brown. $. L. 16-18 mm.; w. 20-22 mm.; antenna, about 6.5-7 mm. (Apr., May) N. C, westw. to Ind., soutlnv. to Fla. (Austral). Oi)0 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BuU. T. {Lwiatipula) Seminole Alex. (Fig. 32, H). 1915. Tipiila seminole Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliiladel- phia, 1915 : 495-496. Figs— Alexander. Ibid., pi. 16, fig. 16 (wing) ; pi. 17. fig. 28, pi. 18, fig. 37, pi. 19, fig. 54, pi. 21, fig. 77 (hvp.). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 55, fig. 348 (hyp.) ; 1919. Xintli tergite (Fig. 32, H). Setae of eiglith sternite in two jflat- tened, relatively small brushes. $ . L. 12.5-14 mm. ; w. 12.5-14 mm. ; iinteiiiia. about 4.6-5 mm. 9. L. 22-23 mm.; w. 15.5-16 mm. (Apr., May^ N. C, Ga. T. (Zwrt«!5i/?wZ«) submaculata Lw. (Fig. 32, 1). 1863. Tipvla ftuhmacnJafa Loew; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7:288. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls; N. Y.. 1, pi. 47. fig. 239 (wing), pi. 52, fig. 317 (hyp.); 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 22>2,, fig. 145 (wing) ; p. 249, fig. 181 (hyp.) ; 1932. Praescutiim grayish, with four narrow brown stripes, the inter- mediate pair more or less obsolete at anterior ends, representing the lateral borders of a broad, more grayish, median area. Heavily-pat- terned individuals have the outer cells of wing much darker than those before cord. Ninth tergite (Fig. 32,1) : thei^ is some variation in length of tergal horns. $ . L. 12-13 mm. ;^ w. 15-16 mm.; antenna. 5-5.5 mm. ? . L. 16-19 mm. ; w. 15-19 mm. (May-July) Ont., Que., N. S., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass.. N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to Mich, and Wise, southw. to S. C. and Tenn. (Canadian, Transition). Connecticut.— Canaan, Tune 10, 1928 (R. B. F.) ; Tunxis State Park, Tulv 2i, 1931 (C.P.A.). T. {Lunatipula) translucida Doane. (Fig. 32. L). 1901. Tipula tmnslucida Doane; Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 9:109. 1919. T. devia Dietz; Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 12: 86-87. Figs.— Dietz, Ibid., pi. 5, figs. 1, 2 (hyp.). Alexander, Cfls. N-. Y., 1, pi. 52, fig. 313 (hyp.) ; 1919. Antennae bicolored, yellow, the basal enlargements of segments more or less darkened. Male hypopygium with tergite (Fig. 32, L). $. L. 14-16 mm.; w. 16-18 mm.; antenna, about 5 mm. (June, July) Pa., Md., westw. to 111., Mo. and Okla., southw. to N. C. S. C. ?nd Tenn. (Austral). I can see no differences between denia and translucida except the Lslightly more acute apex of basistyle of the former. T. (Z^^m^^^;pMZa) triplex Wk. (Figs. 32, J, K). 1S48. Tvpula tiipJca- Walker; List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1 : 66; Alexander, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 25 : 277. 1901. T. inemils- Doane; Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 9 : 112. Figs.— Snodgrass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pi. 14, figs. 89-93 (hyp.) ; 1904. Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 47, fig. 236 (wing), pi. 52, fig. 309 (hyp.) ; 1919! Dick- inson, Cfls. Wise, p. 250, fig. 190 (hvp.) ; 1932. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 291 General coloration obscure yellow, praescutal stripes brown or grayish brown. Antennae obscure yellow or brownish yellow, weakly bicolorous. Male hypopygium with median tergal spines (Fig, 32, K) long and slender, needle-like. Posterior lobe of inner dististyle long and slender, almost touching the posterior basal appendage. Kods of eighth sternite (Fig. 32, J) slender, parallel-sided, separated by a wide U-shaped notch. The more southern iimhrosa Lw. has the median tergal spines shorter and broader, not needle-like ; posterior lobe of inner dististyle relativel}^ short and blunt. Tlie exact limits of distribution of the two species have not been accurately determined, i. L. 18-20 mm.; w. 20-22 mm. ; antenna, 7-7.5 mm. ? . L. 26-28 mm. ; w. 20-23 mm. (June-Sept.) Ont., Que., Nfd., N. S.. Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. I., westw. to Wise, and Aha., southw. to Md. and Va. (Canadian, Transition). Connecticut— Norfolk, Sept. 6, 1928 (G. C. C.) ; South Britain, 1884 (Pierce). T. {Lunatipula)iY\ionA\Qx. (Fig. 32, M). 1915. Tipula triton Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1915:487-488. Figs— Alexander, Ihid.,-^\. 16, fig. 11 (wing) ; pi. 19, fig. 50, pi. 20, figs. 65, 66, pi. 21, figs. 78, 79 (hvp.). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 47, fig. 240 (wing) ; pi. SI, fig. 315 (hyp.) ; 1919. Coloration yellow, praescutal stripes light brown to reddish brown. Antennae bicolorous. Abdominal tergites three to six each with a brown lateral spot near base. Ninth tergite (Fig. 32, M). $ . L. 13-13.5 mm. ; w. 13.5 mm. ; antenna, about 4.5 mm. (May) D. C. Ind., Ky., S. C, Ga. (Austral). T. {Lunatipula) tuscarora Alex. (Fig. 32, N). 1915. Tipula iusccirora Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 1915:493-495. Figs.— Alexander, Ihid., pi. 16, fig. 15 (wing) ; pi. 17, fig. 27, pi. 18, fig. 36, pi. 19, fig. 53. pi. 20. fig. 64. pi. 21, fig. 80 (hvp.). Alexander Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 47, fi.g. 241 (wing) ; pi. 52. fig. 316, pi. 53, fig. 328, pi. 55, fig. 349 (hyp.) ; 1919. Coloration yellow, praescutal stripes not or scarcely indicated. Antennae bicolored. Ninth tergite (Fig. 32, N) somewhat as in suh- maculata but horns more obtuse at tips. Readily told from all other nearctic Tipula species by the structure of the outer dististyle. i. L. 15-16 mm. ; w. 17 mm. ; antenna, about 4-4.2 mm. (June) Md., Va. and Ky., westw. to Ind., 111. and Mo., southw. to N. C. and S. C. (Austral). T. {Lunatipula) \2i\\d2i\^^. (Fig. 32, O). 1863. Tipula valida Loew ; Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 7 : 287. 1901. T. calva Doane; Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 9 : 114. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y.. 1, pi. 47, fig. 237 (wing) ; pi. 51, fig. 303 (hyp.) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 237, fig. 155 (wing) ; p. 250, fig. 191 (hyp.) ; 1932. Sexes feebly dimorphic in color; males with praescutum yellow, with four entire more brownish stripes; female yellowish gray, with 290 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVET [Bull. darker stripes. Antennae bicolorous. Male hypopygium very large; tergite (Fig. 32, O). $. L. 20-22 mm.; w. 20-24 mm.; antenna, 7.5- 8 mm, ?. L. 20-22 mm.: w. 22-24 mm. (Late Mav-Aug.) Ont., Que.. Nfd., N. B.. N. S.. Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., N. J., Pa.,'westw. to Wise, and Minn., southw. to N. C. (Canadian, Transition). Connecticut— Putnam, June 15. 1933 (C. P. A.); Short Beach (C. W. J.); Windsor, June 13. 1927 (R.B.F.). Subfamily Cylindrotominae An isolated subfamily, serving in a remarkable manner to con- nect the Tipulinae with the Limoniini. The subfamily is of small extent, with only nine genera and about 40 recent species. The dis- tribution is chiefly Holarctic and Antipodal. The adult flies are sluggish, usually to be swept from rank vegeta- tion in shaded spots. The larvae differ from those of all other crane- flies in their habit of living on the leaves of various bryophytic and spermatojjhytic plants, where they feed almost in the manner of certain lepidopterous caterpillars . The body of the adult fly, especi- ally the abdomen, is elongate. The ovipositor has fleshy valves of a peculiar structure, modified for the purpose of laying eggs in plant tissues. Key to Genera 1. Head and mesonotum, excepting the praescutal stripes and centers of scutal lobes, with numerous deep punctures ; a deep median longitudinal groove on praescutum; wing (Fig. 33, I) Triogma Head and mesonotum smooth ; no median praescutal groove 2 2. Three branches of Radius reach the wing-margin, Rl^2 being preserved as a distinct element (Fig. 33, E) Phalacrocera, part Two branches of Radius reach the margin, R-.+v. being entirely atrophied, giving the appearance of a long backward fusion of vein 7?i and the anterior brancli of Rs (Fig. 33, F-I) 3 3. Four branches of Media reach the margin (Fig. 33, G) Cylindrotoma Three branches of Media reach the margin 4 4. Wings with crossvein r-vi usually present ; outer end of cell 1st il/? almost always closed by a single transverse vein, cell Mi being present, sessile to short-petiolate ; cells 2iid M« and Mi confluent by atrophy or partial atrophy of distal section of vein Ah; antennae nearly simple, the lower face of individual segments not produced (Fig. 33, A, F) Phalacrocera, part Wings with crossvein r-vi usually shortened to quite obliterated by the ap- proximation or fusion of veins 7?4+5 and il/;42 ; outer end of cell 1st M2 closed by two transverse veins, these being in and the basal section of Ms; cell Ml lacking, cells 2nd M3 and Ms distinct; antennae strongly nodulose, especiallv in male, the individual segments nearly cordate (Fig. 33, C, H).." , Liogma Phalacrocera Schiner 1863- Phalacrocera Schiner; Wien. Ent. Monatschr., 7:224. A limited group (ten species), distributed throughout the Holarc- tic Region. The venation of the more generalized species {neoxena^ repTicafa) is quite as in the genus Tipida and serves to interpret the XO. G4] DIPTEI5A OF COXXECTICUT : TAXONOMY 293 more rediicod venation of the reniainini;" Jiiembers of the subfamily. In all of these, vein ^1 + 2 is completel^^ atrophied and vein J?i merges jjradiially into R2, effecting the illusion of a long backward fusion of the anterior branches of R (Fig. 33, F). The missing branch of M is J/3. The free tip of vein Sc2 is preserved in all local species but the actual tip of Sci is atrophied. The antennae (Fig. 83, A) are 16-segmented, with a structure and appearance that is much as in Tipida^ the segments being relatively short, with conspicuous basal verticils. The adult flies are very sluggish in their habits. The larvae are aquatic or nearly so. living and feeding on submerged mosses and seed plants in bogs or similar places. Key to Species 1. Ru2 entirely preserved (Fig. 33, E) neoxena Ru2 atrophied (Fig. 33, F) . . . / tipulina Phalacrocera neoxena Alex. (Fig. 33, E). 191:t. Phalacrocera neoxena Alexander: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, 1914: 603-604. Figs.— Alexander, Ih'id., pi. 25, fig. 10 (wing) ; 1914. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 30. fig. 9 (wing) : 1919. Alexander, Gen. Ins., Fasc. 187, pi. 2, fig. 6 (wing) ; 1927. General coloration dark brown, heavily pruinose, the three prae- scutal stripes darker gray. Femoral tips insensibly darkened. Wings very strongly suffused with brown; venation (Fig. 33. E) variable, ■r-iii present or lost bv fusion of adjoining veins. 5 . Tj. 11.8 - 12 mm. ; w. 10 . 4 - 11 mm. 2 '. L. 11 . 8 mm. ; w. 10 .9-11.9 mm. (AIa3^, June) Ont., Que., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Mich. P. tipulina O. S. (Fig. 33, A, F). 1865. Phalacrocera fqmllna Osten Sacken; Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila- delphia, 4:241. Figs.— Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 11, fig. 2 (wing) 1908. Alexander, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelpln'a, 1914, pi. 25, fig. 11 (wing) 1914. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y.. 1, pi. 30, fig. 8 (wmg), text-fig. 125, J (ant. $) 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 210, fig. 112 (wing) ; 1932. Praescutal stripes not well-defined against the dark ground of the notum. Antennae dark, only the base of scape pale. Femoral tips abruptly blackened. Wings " grayish broAvn, the stigma distinct; venation (Fig. 33, F) variable, in cases the element closing cell 1st .¥0 (i.e., m plus basal section of J/3) lies distad, connecting vein M>. beyond the fork of i/1+2; .^2+3 angulated and almost invariably spurred at proximal end of stigma. Abdominal tergites brown, broadly margined with brownish black. $. L. 11-13 mm.; w. 8.5-10 mm. 2. L. 14-15 mm.; w. 10-11.5 mm. (Late May-early Aug.) Ont., Que., Me., N. H.. Yt., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Mich, and Wise; (in sphagnum bogs). Connecticut.— Manitic Lake, June 8-9, 1929 (C. P. A.); Putnam, June 15. 1933 (C.P.A.). 294 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Cylindrotoma Macquart 1834. Cylindrotoma Macquart; Suit, a Buff on, 1, Hist., Nat. Ins., Dipt., p. 107. A siuall oroup (ten species), distributed throughout the Holarctic Region. The adult flies have the antennae (Fig. 33, B) with long, nearly cylindrical flagellar segments, much longer in male than in female; in male, segments clothed with a dense erect pubescence, in addition to the verticils. The adults may be swept from swampy and boggy places in woods. The larvae live on the leaves of many genera of higher plants, both monocotjdedons and dicot^dedons. Key to Species 1. Tarsi pale yellow, segments two and three concolorous with the basitarsus. americana Tarsi with basitarsus dark brown, its extreme apex and all of segments two and three abruptly light yellow tarsalis Cylindrotoma americana O. S. 1865. Cylindrotoma amencana Osten Sacken; Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila- delphia, 4:236. Figs.— Johnson, Psyche. 19: 2, fig. 2 (ven.) ; 1912. Alexander, Cfis. N. Y., 1, pi. 30, fig. 6 (wing) ; 1919. Pale 3^ellow, praescutum with three distinct black, stripes ; centers of scutal lobes blackened; dark brown areas on ventral anepisternum and ventral sternopleurite ; more or less distinct paired brown spots on posterior border of mediotergite. Tarsal segments one to three pale yellowish brown, the remaining segments darker brown. Vena- tion variable, especially as to position of r-m and m, in cases the latter before or beyond the fork of Mxj^2- Abdominal tergites chiefly yel- low medially, darkened laterally. 5 . L. 10 - 12 mm. ; w. 9 - 10 mm, (Late June, July) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Mich. (Hudsonian, high Canadian). C. tarsalis Johns. (Fig. 33, B, G). 1912. Cyli7\drototna tarsalis Johnson; Psyche, 19:2 {$). 1912. C'. ? anomala Johnson; Ihid., 19:2-3 (9). Figs. — Johnson. Ibid.. 19: 2, text-figs. 3, 4 (ven.); 1912. Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1:850. text-fig. 125, K (ant. $), pi. 30. fig. 7 (wing); 1919. Alexander, Gen. Ins., Fasc. 187, pi. 2, fig. 1 (wing) ; 1927. Quite as in last, differing in the conspicuous light yellow inter- mediate tarsal segments, which contrast abruptly with the brownish black basitarsi. The darkened spots on anepisternum and medio- tergite are reduced or subobsolete; mark on sternopleurite alw^ays distinct. $ . L. S - 9 mm. ; w. 7 - 9 mm. ? . li. 8 mm. ; w. 9 mm. (Late June-Sept.) N. B., Vt., Ct., N. Y. (Canadian). Connecticut.— Norfolk, June 12, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; Sept. 11, 1928, one dead in spider's web (C. P. A.); Sept. 12, 1928, one male flying (G. C. C). No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: TAXONOMY 295 Liogma Osten Sacken 18C9. L'/ogma Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. X. Aniei'.. 4:298. A very restricted gronp (seven species), widespread throughout the Holarctic Region. The polished black coloration of our local species, in conjunction with the strongh^ nodulose antennae, renders the fly conspicuous and easily recognizable. The adults are common in deep shaded woods. The larvae feed on terrestrial mosses. Key to Subspecies 1. Mesonotum and pleura chiefly polished hlack, the dorso-pleural membrane yellow nodicornis nodicornis Posterior sclerites of mesonotum and most of thoracic pleura yellow nodicornis flaveola 2nd A Figure 2)2). Cylindrotominae. A. Phalocrocera tipulina O.S. ; anten- D. Triogma cxculpta OS.; auimna, $, na, $, basal segments. t)fs^ ^"<^ ^P^-"^- T, ^ r ^ * t I- 1 u . ^u^ E. Plialacroccra nco.rcna Alex. : wmg. r5. Lyhnarotoma tarsalis Johns. the „ „ ^.^ ,. ^^ r- ■ „ -^ F. P. hpuliiia O.S. ; wmg. ^^^^- G. Cvliiidrotoma tarsalis Johns. ; wing. C. Liogma nodicornis (O.S.) ; antenna, h. Lioginu nodicornis (O.S.) ; wing. $. I. Tri'ogma e.vcnlpta O.S. ; wing. Symbols: a, antenna; A, Anal; Cit, Cubitus; M, Media; R, Radius; Sc. Subcosta. Liogma nodicornis nodicornis (O. S.) (Fig. 33, C, H). 1865. Triogma nodicornis Osten Sacken; Proc. Ent. Soc. Philadel- phia, 4:239. Figs.— Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 1, fig. 7 (wing) ; 1869. Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 15. fig. 5 (ven.) ; 1908. Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1:850, text-fig. 125, I (ant. 6 ). pl. 30, fig. 5 (wing) ; 1919. Ale.vander, Gen. Ins.. Fasc. 187, pl. 1, fig. 1 (entire insect), 6 (ant. $): pl. 2, fig. 9 (wing); 1927. Dickinson. Cfls. Wise. p. 210. fig. Ill (wing); 1932. 296 COXNECTICUT GEOL. AXD XAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Mesonotum and pleura chiefly polished black, the dorso-pleural membrane conspicuously j^ellow. A'enation (Fig:. 33, H) with r-m sometimes preserved, more often shortened and lost by fusion of ad- joinin lying basad of origin of Rs (Fig 40 A-J) Pedi'ciini 3ia. Ej'cS glabrous; vein .S"ri short or of moderate length, when long (some Eriopterini), Sc- lying distad of origin of Rs; where Sd lies basad of origin of Rs (some Limoniini, Eriopterini), the entire vein Sc is short- ened 2 2. Free tip of .S"r- often present; veins Rt and R5 fused to margin, only two branches of Rs being present (Fig. 34, A, B) ; antennae usually with 14 (Limoniaria) or 16 segments Limoniini Free tip of Sco atrophied ; veins Ri and Rr, separate, the former usually cap- tured by i?2+3 to form a distinct element i?2+3+4 ; usually with three branches of Rs present (exceptions in Atarba, Elcphantomyia, Teucholabis and some Gononiyia, where Ri is captured by 7^2+3 (Figs. 44, P; 47, E, F. G)); antennae usually with 16 segments 3 ^ 3. Tibial spurs present Hexatomini 3#i Tibial spurs lacking Eriopterini ^i^ Limoniini A considerable tribe, including within our limits, representatives of six subtribes, of which the Limoniaria are most common and well- known. Key to Subtribes and Genera 1. Wings with vein R, lacking (Fig. 38, B, D) 2 Wings with vein R2 present (Fig. 38, C, E-G) 3 2. Rostrum short and inconspicuous ; Sd far from tip of 5ci, lying basad of the origin of Rs, the latter vein long and straight, miming close to i?i and in direct alignment with R2+3; r-m distinct (Fig. 38, D). (Ellipteraria) Elliptera, part Rostrum of moderate length, about equal to or longer than remainder of head ; Sc-2 at tip of Sci, both being about opposite the fork of Rs, the latter vein short, gently arcuated, not in alignment with R2+3; r-m oftftn shortened or obliterated by the approximation of adjoining veins (Fig. 38, B). (Heliaria) Melius 3. Wings with m-cu close to or beyond the fork of M ; if before the distance not or scarcely exceeding the length of the vein itself (Figs. 34, A, B; 38, C, E, F) '^ Wings with vi-cii far before level of origin of Rs (Fig. 38, G). ( Ormiar- gaj-ia) Orimarga: Diotrepha 4. Wings with vein Ro lying far distad, beyond level of outer end of cell 1st M«: )ii-eit bevond fork of M : a conspicuous pale fold in distal end of cell Cu. shown in illustration bv a dotted line (Fig. 38, F). (Dirranopty- charia) Dicranoptycha Wings with R2 in almost transverse alignment with r-m and the basal half of cell 1st M2, at most (some Limonia) opposite the outer end of cell 1st M-2 ; iu-cu at or slightly before fork of M ; no fold in cell Cu 5 5. Wings with Rs long, straight or slightly convex (Fig. 38, C, E) ; antennae 16-segmented •. " Wings with Rs shorter, more concave in outline (Fig. 34, A, B) ; antennae 14-segmented (Limoniaria) Limonia 298 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BlllL 6. Anal angle of wing prominent, almost square; Sc lynig very close to R. Sci not evident ; Rs long, straight or slightly convex, diverging from R-, at an acute angle, ending approximately between the branches of Rs cr else in alignment with R^ (Fig. 38. C). (Antocharia) Antocha Anal angle of wing normally rounded; Sc distinct from R, Sc-, far from tip of Sci, lying basad of origin of Rs; Rs long, lying very close to Rj and nearly parallel with it, its distal end in alignment with R,,s; basal section of' Rm short and arcuated, diverging at nearly a right angle from the end of Rs (Fig. 19, E). ( Ellipteraria) Elliptera, part 1. Subtribe Limoniaria Limonia Meigen 1800. Amphinome Meigeii; Nouv. Class. Moiich., p. 15 (nom. lutd.). 1803. Lhnonia Mei^en; Illiger's Mafj., '2 : 262. 1818. Limnobm Mei^en; Syst. Beschr. Zweifl. Ins.. 1 : 116. As now constituted, the subtribe includes only the genus Limonia, with about a score of suboenera that have long been held to represent valid generic groups. The reasons for relegating these familiar names to this lesser ranking have been jjiven by the Avriter in another paper (Philippine Journ. 8ci., 40:239 -248; 1929). Limonia.. in this broad sense, will very probably be found to be the largest genus of Tipulidae, even exceeding the vast genus Tipula. Limonia is found in every region of the World, including the lesser oceanic islands, whereas Tipula is lacking or "\artually so in certain major land areas, notably Australia and New Zealand. In so protean a group we encounter a tremendous range in struc- ture, involving almost all parts of the body. Thus we have species with elongate rostra {Geranomyia, Fig. 34, C), with others having very reduced mouth parts; other forms with branched antenna! seg- ments (Ehipidia, males, Fig. 34, F, G) to others that have the usual simple structure of this organ; and forms with supernumerary cross- veins in certain cells of the wing {Dlscohola) or lacking such extra elements. The adult flies are very common and familiar. The larvae live in a great variety of ecological habitats, as marine (some Dicran- omyia. Geranomyia) ; lithophilous, living in saturated mosses and crusts of liverworts on the faces of shaded cliffs (many Geranoinyia, some DUrano'my'm) ; in decaying wood and beneath bark {Livtonia, Dlscohola, some Rhlpldla) ; in fungi {Llrit07ila) ; and, in fact, in the great majority of ecological niches occupied by members of this family. Key to Subgenera 1. Wings with m and both sections of vein Ms, lacking, cell Mi thus being entirely obliterated (Fig. 34, B) Limonia: Aiexandriaria ^^'ings with at least the distal section of M^ preserved and usually with both sections, together with m, cell Ms thus usually present (Fig. 34, A) 2 2. A supernumerary crossvein in cell 1st -A, connecting the two Anal veins. Limonia: Discobola No supernumerary crossvein in cell Jst A .■? Yii No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONXECTICUT : TAXONOMY 299 3. Mouth parts, and especially the labial palpi, lengthened, the rostrum thus formed much longer than remainder of head and usually about as long as the combined head and thorax (Fig. 34, C) Limonia: Geranomyia Mouth parts, with the labial palpi, not notably lengthened, shorter than re- mair.der of head 4 A. An.tennae (male) more or less branched (bipectinate, unipectinate. or sub- pectinate. Fig. 34, F, G) ; of female simply serrate, sometimes weakly so. Limonia: Rhipidia 3-2^ Antennae simple in both sexes 5 5. Wings with vein 6\- short, Sci ending opposite or before origin of vV.?. Limonia: Dicranomyia 3'0 Wings with Sc long, Sci ending beyond midlength of Rs (Fig. 15, A). Limonia: Limonia Subgenus Limonia Meigen Key to Species 1. Wings with numerous macrotrichia in all cells beyond cord fusca Wings without macrotrichia in cells of wing 2 2. W"ings unmarked, except for stigma when this is present; size small (w., 6 mm. or less ) 3 Wings patterned (except in sociahilis) ; size large (w., 7 mm. or more, usually over 10 mm. ) 4 3. No stigmal spot or brown seams to veins ; free tip of Sc2 lying markedly basad of Rn, the latter thus appearing decurved into R2+:i\ tarsi brown. globithorax Stigma evident, brown : paler brown seams along cord and outer end of cell 1st M-2\ free tip of Sc and R2 in transverse alignment; intermediate tarsal segments on all legs whitish macateei 4. Wings subhyaline, with abundant brown spots and dots in all cells. .. .simulans Wings with clouds larger, confined to vicinity of veins ^ 5. i?i+2 and R2 subequal in length o /?i+2 two or more times as long as R2 ^^ 6. Legs uniformly dark brown rara Legs chiefly yellow, the femora banded with dark brown, in rare cases the legs uniformly pale yellow 7 7. Wings yellow, with three eye-like brown markings, placed at origin and fork of Rs and at stigma ; femora yellow, the tips narrowly dark brown, in rare cases uniformly pale tnocellata Wings without such an ocelliform pattern ; legs with one or mere dark femoral rings basad of the darkened apex (this subtermina! dark ring only feebly indicated in novae-angliac) 8 8. Knobs of halteres pale at tips ; male hypopygium with dististyles separate almost to base; gonapophyses with apical hair-brushes (Fig. 34, H) 9 Knobs of halteres uniformly brownish black to black; male hypopygium with dististyles fused on basal half; gonapophyses without setae (except in hudsonica) (Fig. 34, L) 10 9. Femora with two brown rings cinctipes Femora with three brown rings immatura 10. Wings with a large dark spot in cell R at mid-distance between the arcular area and the mark at origin of Rs ; male hypopygium with setae on .sjonapophyses hudsonica Wings without such a spot, being either immaculate in this field, or else with a series of three or more small dots in cell R ; male hypopygium with glabrous gonapophyses (Fig. 34, L) H 11. Wiijgs with cell R unmarked between the arcular and radial darkened areas; subterminal dark femoral band obsolete or barely evident novae-angliae Wings with small dots ir. a linear series in cell R : subterminal dark femoral band oresent 300 COXNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST, SURVEY [Bull. 12. Intermediate praescutal stripes lacking or ill-defined, the laterals enclosing a pale median area; antennae chiefly dark brown; wings narrow, with a clear-cut dark brown pattern, the series of spots in cell R small and well-defined; size small (w., 5, about 9.5 mm.) faliax Intermediate praescutal stripes well-marked, at least on posterior half ; basal antennal segments chiefly yellow ; wings broader, with the pattern paler brown, more diffuse ; spots in cell R larger, often poorly delimited, more or less confluent; size larger (w., $, about 11 mm.) solitaria 13. Femora brown, the tips conspicuously yellow ; wings with three large circular brown costal areas, located at origin of Rs, fork of Sc and on R„ maculicosta Femora yellow, with the apices dark brown (color unknown in sociabilis) ; wing-pattern not as described, if n-itli three costal darkenings {trisiigma) , these small and scarcely evident 14 14. Wings witli conspicuous brown clouds and seams 15 Wings immaculate or nearly so, at most with three or four small brown costal dots 17 15. Large species (w., 15 mm. or more); apex of wing very obtuse; all cells beautifully clouded and marbled medially with gray and brown parietina Smaller flies (w., 12 mm. or less) ; apex of wing norinal ; wing-markings beyond cord confined to vicinity of veins or lacking; the most evident darken in.gs appear as a seam along cord and (in iiidigciia) as a broken crossband before cord 16 16. x\bdominal tergites blackish, the posterior borders conspicuously pale ; no transverse cloud before cord of wing baclia Abdominal tergites pale, the posterior borders broadly brownish black ; a transverse broken crossband before cord of wing indigena 17. Wings with three small brown dots along costal border: head entirely dark; antennae pale, darkened towards tips tristignna Wings yellowish, without markings ; head yellow, except on front ; antennae yellow " sociabilis Limonia {Limonia) badia (Walk.) 1,S4S. LlmnoUa hadia Walker: List Dipt. Brit. Miis., 1:46 (The bad'w of authors previous to 1930 equals L. {Dicranomyia) hum'idicola (O. S.) ). Head black, pruinose; palpi and antennae black. Mesonotum opaque; praescutum with an indefinite median brown stripe; lateral stripes represented by small brown spots on marfjin before suture. Halteres ]Dale. Wings with venation much as in indigena; Rs longer, spurred at origin; /S'Ci ending just before midlength of Rs. 9. W^ 9 mm. N. S. ; probably westw. I am indebted to Dr. Fred W. Edwards for a re-description of the unique type in the British Museum. L. {Limonia) cinctipes (Say) (Fig. 34, A, H). 1823. Limnohia cinctipes Sav; Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. PhiladeliDhia. 3:21. " " Figs.— Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 30, fig. 3 (ven.) ; .n. ^'^lexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 2,2, fig. 29 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 186, fig. 62 (wing) ; 1932. ]Mesonotuni obscure yelloAv, the praescutum with four narroAv dark brown stripes; pleura variegated with brown. Femora with No. 64] DIPTER A or CONXECTICrT: TAXONOMY 301 outer chirk rino- narrow and subterminal in position, the extreme tip 3-ellow. AVing- {Fig. 34. A). Abdomen yellow, narrowly maririned laterally with brownish black; a more or less distinct brown crossband just beyond midlenoth of each segment; hypoi)ygium pale. Mal(> hypopygium (Fig. 34, H) Avith dististyles distinct: gonapopliyses with a brush of setae at inner apical angle. $. L. 30-16 mm.;" w. 13 - 18 mm. Like nuiny other species in the subgenus, the present species shows great variation in size. (Apr.-June; Aug., Sept.) Out., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Ma.ss., N. Y., westw. to Man., Mich., 111., Wise, Minn., Mo. and Alta., southw. to N. C, S. C, Fla. and Miss. L. (Lhnonia) fallax (Johns.) 1909. Limnoh'/a fallax Johnson; Proc. Boston Soc Xat. Hist.. 34: 1:25. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. iZ, fig. 21 (wing) ; 1919. Pronotum and mesonotum narrowly ])ale medially, with a sub- median brown vitta on either side, the dark strii)e.s gradually divej-g- ing behind, leaving the scutellum and mediotergite chiefly j)ale: pleura yellow. The number of brown dots in cell R ranges from three to about twelve, i . L. about 7-7.5 unn. ; av. 8-8.5 mm. 9 . L. 8-9 mm.; w. 9-10 mm. (May-July) N. Y., N. J., Pa., \'a., westw. to 111., Mich., ]\Io. and Okla.. southw. to Tenn. and N. C. L. (Z///;(9/*/V0 fusca Meig. (Fig. 34, 1). 1804. Lhnonia fusca Meigen ; Klass.. 1:54. 1856. Lhnnohia tat'pis Walker; Ins. Saimdersiana. I)ii)t.. 3:300. 1859. Dicranonnjia puhipennis Osten Sacken ; Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phdadelphia, 1859:211. 1863. lAmnohia p Hip emi i s Fgger; Verb. zooL. bot. Ges. AVien. 13 : 1108. Figs.— Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. X. .■\mer., 4, pi. 1, fig. 2 (wing); 1809. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1. pi. 31, fig. 28 (.wing) ; 1919. General coloration dark brown, including antennae and halteres. Legs brown, the femora more yellowish basally. Wings tinged with l)rown, stigma darker; jSci encling near two-thirds the length of Rs, 'Sco at its tip. Male hypopygium (Fig. 34,1) : dorsal di.stistyle pres- ent; rostral spines two, abnormally three. S. I^. 5.5-6 mm.; w. 6-7 mm. 9. L. 6-6.5 mm.; w. 7-8 mm. (June-Sept.) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Alass., N. Y.. Pa., westw. to Mich., southw. to S. C, Ga. and Tenn. (Eurasia). Near streams and in open gorges. Connecticut— Cornwall Bridge, Aug. 19, 1931 (C. P. A.); E. Hartland, Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P. A.); Hartland, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Kent Falls. Mav 30-31, 1931, Julv 23-24, 1931 (C. P. A.): Norfolk, Mav 31, 1931, June 12, 1931, July 24, 1931, Sept. 6, 1928 (C P.- A., G. C. C.) ; Riverton, May 30, 1931. Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P. A.) ; Stafford Springs, June 14. 1933 (C. P. A.); Union, June 14. 1933 (C. P.A.); W. Granby, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Winsted, June 9, 1929 (C. P.A.), Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C.C). 302 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BuU. Figure 34. Limonia; details. A. Limonia (Limonia) cinctipes (Say) : wing. B. L. (Alcxandriaria) whartoni (Ndm.) ; wing. C. L. (Gcranomyia) canadensis (Westw.) ; head. D. L. (Limonia) indis. — Alexander, Cfls. N. Y.. 1, pi. 31, fig. 11 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 185, fig. 56 (wing) ; p. 155, fig. o6 (claw) ; p. 153, fig. i2, (ant.) : 1932. General coloration dark brown. Head, including antennae, more blackened. Halteres dark broAvn. Praescntum very gibbons. Wings with a strong brown tinge; no stigina; Sc\ at niidlength of i?.>', /S'Co at tip of 8cx. Male hj-popygium (Fig. 34, J): a single fleshy clis- tistyle, set apically with blackened spines. 5 . L. 4-5 mm. ; w. 4.5-6 mm. $ . L. 5-5.5 nnn. : w. 5 .5-0 mm. (May-Sept.) Ont., Que., N. B.. Ale., N. H., \'t., Mass.. X. Y., Pa., westw. to Mich, and Wise, southw. to S. C, Tcnn. and Fla. Connecticut.— Cornwall Bridge. Aug. 19. 1931 ( C. P. A. ) ; Hartland, Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P. A.); W. Granb.v, Sept. 4. 1928 (G. C. C). L. {Lhnonia) hudsonica (O. S.) 1861. Limnohki had son lea Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, 1861:289. Closely allied to solitarkt, most readily told by the four major dark areas in cell jR of wings, the first arenlar. third at origin of I?s, fourth at fork of Rx. Head and })leura liea\'ily prninose. Male hypop3^giiim with apices of gonapophyses densely hairy. $ . L. 10 nnn.: w. 11 mm. 9 . L. 11 - 12 mm.: w. 11 - 12 mm. (June, July) Ont., Que., X. B.. Me., X. H., Vt., Mass . X. Y.. westw. to Alta., B. C. and Alaska. L. {L'nnon/(i) immatura ((). S.) lcS5!). Llintiohia immatiim Osten Sacken: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859:214. Fig.— Dickinson. Cfls. Wise, p. 186. fig. 61 (wing); 1932. Very .similar to mirfipeH. (Tcnei-al coloration of bodv darker, l^emora with last brown ring nearlv tei-minal in position, much nar- rower than \\iK^ intermediate band. Stigmal area of wing .sometimes almo.st solidly dailcened. ^f7;r/r//rt. Osten Sack?n: Proc.' Aca(l Xat Sci Phila- delphia, 1859: 215. Figs.— Osten Sacken. Mon. Dipt. X. Amer., 4 nl 3 fio 7 (livnV mr.Q Alexander, Cfls. X. Y., 1, pi 3' fi- 33 CwinS'c, and at stigma, the latter extensively surrounded bv light yellow ; narrow brown seams along cord and outer end cell 1st M^ ; Rs angulated at origin. Male hypopygium (Fig. 34. N) : dorsal dis- tistyle present; ventral dististyle with two pale rostral spines: a small tubercle near base of style, bearing two very long .setae : mesal lobe of basi-style bearing an additional small lobule on face, i . L. 5.5-7 mm.; w. 7-9 mm. $, L. 6-6.5 mm.: w. 7-7.5 mm. (May-July; Aug.-Sept.) N. Y., N. J., Pa.. Md., westw. to 111., Wise, and la., southw. to Ga. and c. Fla. No. 64] DiPTER A OF Connecticut: TAXONOMY 307 L. {Lirnonia) simulans (AValk.) (Fig. 34, O). 1848. Lrmnohki sim.ulam Walker; List Dipt. Brit. Mus.. 1:45. 1859. L>'icrar>oviyia defuncta Osten Sackeri; Proc. Acad. Xat Sci Philadelphia. 1859:213. Figs.— Osten Sacken. Mon. Dipt. N. Atner., 4, pi. 3. fig. 1 (hyp.) : 1869. Needham, 23fd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 11, fig. 1 (wing)- 1908 Alexan- der, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 31, fig. 24 (wing) ; 1919. General coloration gray, the praescutiim with three blacki.^h stripes, the median more or less divided by a pale line. Knobs of halteres black. Femora dark brown, tips black, preceded by a con- spicuous yellow ring. Wings with four major brown costal areas, in addition to the abundant lesser dotting; Sc^ ending before midlength Rs. Abdomen dark brown ; caudal margins of segments, especially of sternites, paler. Male hypopygium (Fig. 34, O) : dorsal dististjde present ; rostral spines two, pale. $ . L. 6.5-7 mm. ; w. 7.5-8 mm. $ . L. 8 - 9 mm. ; w, 8-10 mm, (May-Oct.) Ont., Que.. N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., w. to 111., Mich and Wise, southw. to S. C. and Tenn. ; at margins of fast-flowing streams ; on exposed rock surfaces near waterfalls. Connecticut.— Kent Falls, Sept. 11, 1929 (A.J.W.); May 30-31, June 12, 13, Julv 23-24, 1931 (C. P. A.); Middletown, June 17, 1909 (C. W.J.): Storrs, Mav 1929 (C.J. A.); Winsted, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.). The identity of L. (Z.) pellucidlguttata (Dietz) (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 47:242; 1921) must remain in question and the species may well prove to be distinct. As far as known to me the fly is still represented only by the unique type taken near Hazleton, Pa., July 22, in a swampy area. L. {Liinonia) sociabilis (O. S.) 1869. Limn oh la sociahilis Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4:95-96. Pronotum and mesonotal praescutum shiny ochre-yellow, with a broad brown median stripe; lateral stripes smaller, more or less coalescent with the median. Head with front and part of vertex brown. Halteres brownish ochreous. Wings yellow, unmarked; /?2 beyond midlength of stigmal area. ? . L. about 9 mm. The possibility exists that this is an abnormal form of tristigma. As far as known to me, only the unique type, a female, from Illinois, has been discovered. L. {Limonia) solitaria (O. S.) 1859. Limnobia solitcvna Osten Sacken ; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, 1859 : 215. Figs. — Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 3, fig. 6 (hyp.) ; 1869. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 32, fig. 31 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 155, fig. Zl (claw); p. 153. fig. 34 (ant.); p. 152, fig. 30 (head); p. 186, fig. 60 (wing); p. 247, fig. 160 (hvp ) ; 1932. ;'>()« CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Mesonotum obscure yellow, usually with four brownish black stripes, the intermediate pair sometimes obsolete in front; pleura chiefly pale, with a more or less distinct bloom. Inner brown femoral ring ill-delimited to lacking. Brown spots in cell R usually from four to seA'en, the one beneath origin Rs more elongate. ^lale hy- popygium with dististyles fused on basal half ; apices of gonapophyses truncated, quite smooth, without setae. 6 . L. 10 - 15 mm. ; w. 11 - 16 mm. 9. L. 11-13 mm.; w. 11-13 mm. (May-Sept.) Ont., Que., N. S., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Alass., N. Y.. westw. to Mich., Minn., Wise, and Alta. Connecticut.— Cornwall Bridge, Aug. 19, 1931 (C. P. A.); Kent Falls, Mav 31, June 12-13, Aug. 19, 1931 (C. P. A.); Norfolk, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.); Sharon, Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C. C) ; Twin Lakes, Sept. 12, 1928 (C. P. A.). L. {Limonia.) triocellata (O. S.) (Figs. :?3, B; 34, P). 1859. Liimiobia triocellata Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859:216. Figs. — Crampton, Journ. Ent. & Zool., 20, fig. 23 (head) ; 1928. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. Z2. fig. 34 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 185, fig. 57 (wing) ; 1932. Mesonotum polished yellow, tlie black praescutal stripes broken- into spots by having the intermediate portions obsolete; pleura chiefly yellow. Antennae yellow. Knobs of halteres darkened apically. Wings with restricted brown areas, additional to the ocelli, including a seam along cord and marginal clouds at ends of veins. Abdomen yellow ; caudal margins of tergites brown ; subterminal sternites black- ened. Male hypopygium (Fig. 34, P) : basistyles elongate, with mesal lobe on cephalic portion; apices of gonapophyses evenly setiferous. 5 . L. 8 - 9 mm. ; w. 9 - 11 mm. 9 . L. 8 - 10 mm. ; w. 9.5- 12 mm. (June-Sept.) Ont., Que., N. S., Me., N. H., \'t., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Minn., Wise, Mich., Man. and Alta., southw. to N. C, S. C, Ga. and Tenn. Connecticut.— East River, July 28, 1910 (Ely); Riverton, June 12, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; Salishury, Sept. 12, 1928 (C. P. A.); Saptree Run State Park, June 14, 1933 (C. P. A.); Twin Lakes. Sept. 12, 1928 (C. P. A.); W. Granby, Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P. A.) ; Winnipauk, June 16, 1909 (C. W. J.). L. {Limonia) tristigma (O. S.) 1859. Limnohia tri.sfi^cra?^c>?^?.y^(2) cramptoniana Alex. (Fig. 35, B). 1926. Dicranomyia cram.pt oni Alexander; Ent. News, 3T-: 47-49 (pre- occupied). 1929. Limonia {Dicranomyia) crannptoniana Alexander; Philippine Journ. Sci., 40 : 247. General coloration dark broAA'li; pleura pruinose with yellowish gray. Antennae black throughout. Rostrum dark. Wings tinged with gray. Male hypopygium (Fig. 35, B) large and unusually com- plicated in structure. $ . L. 5.5-5.8 mm. ; w. 6-6.5 mm. 2 . L. 6.5-7 mm. ; w. 6.2-6.4 mm. (Oct.) Mass. L. {Dicranomyia) decora (Staeg.) 1840. Limnohia decora Staeger; Krojer, Naturhist. Tidsskr., 3:47. 1920. Dicranomyia terrae-novae Alexander; Pomona Coll. Journ. Ent. and Zool. 12 : 85-86. Figs. — Nielsen, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk-naturh. Foren., 74:203 (wing); 1922. Nielsen, Danmarks Fauna. Stankelben, fig. 5 (wing), 6 (hyp.) ; 1925. General coloration gray, praescutum with three darker brown stripes. Antennae dark brown. Legs with femora brownish yellow, tips indistinctly darker. Wings whitish subhyaline, with a heavy dark brown pattern, including five major costal areas, the third at origin of Rs^ the last apical; Sc2 far from tip Scx. located in 2nd dark costal area ; m-cu about its own length before fork of M. Male hypo- No. 64] DIPTERA OF COXNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 315 pygium with basistyle black, contrasting with the pale tergite and ven- tral dististyle; rostral prolongation very small, with two long straight spines. S. L. about 5-5.5 mm.; w. T.5-7.6 mm. 9. L. about 7-7.5 mm. ; w. 7.5-7.7 mm. (Aug.) Nfld., westw. and northw. to Alta. and Can. Arctic. (Hudsonian). (N. Eurasia). L. {Dicranomyia) distans (O. S.) (Fig. 35, C). 1859. Dicranomyia distans Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1859 : 211. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. Puerto Rico, pi. 44, fig. 7 (hyp.) ; 1932. General coloration dark brown; pleura somewhat paler. Knobs of halteres weakly darkened. Wings with a strong brown tinge. Male hypopygium (Fig. 35, C). $. L. 4.5-5 mm.; w. 5.5-6 nnn. 9. L. 5.5-6 mm. ; w. 5.5-6 mm. (Nov.-Feb.) Md., Va., S. C, Ala. and Fla., southw. into Tropical America. Re- ported from Pa. by Dietz, presumably in error. L. [Dicranomyia) di visa Alex. (Fig. 35, D). 1859. Dicranomyia diversa Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1859:212 (preoccupied). 1929. Limonia {Dicranomyia) divisa Alexander; Philippine Journ. Sci. 40 : 247. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. Puerto Rico, pi. 44, fig. 8 (hyp.) ; 1932. Pale ochreous or brownish yellow; mesonotum unmarked. Ros- trum yellow. Antennae with scape and pedicel pale; flagellum dark l)rown or brownish black. Wings with Sci long. Male hypopygium (Fig. 35, D). 5. L. 4-4.5 mm.; w. 4.5-5 mm. ?. L. 5.5-6 mm.; w. 5.5-6 mm. (May-June; Oct.) Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Mich., 111., la., and Mo.; southw. to Ga. and Fla.; (also in higher mts. of Greater Antilles). L. {Dicranomyi^(?ranom^^a) halterata (O. S.) (Fig. 35, H). 1869. Dicranomyia haUerata Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. X. Amer., 4:71-72. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 31, fig. 18 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 182, fig. 53 (erron. ven.) ; 1932. Antennae and rostrum dark throughout. Halteres with knobs in- fuscated. Wings with a brownish tinge, stigma darker; veins coarse. Male hypopygium (Fig. 35, H) brighter than remainder of abdomen; rostral spines at base of long prolongation. $ . L, 7-8.5 mm. ; w. 7.5- 9.5 mm. No. 64] DIPTERA or CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 319 (June-Aug.) Labr., Que., N. B., N. S., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., and Pa. westw. to Aha., B. C and Alaska; in bogs. Connecticut.— Kent Falls, June 12-13, 1931 (C. P. A.). L. {Dicra7io}n>/ia) humidico\a. (O.S.) (Fig. 35. 1). 1859. Dicmnomi/ia humidlcola Osteii Sackeii; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci Philadelphia, 1859 : 210. (From 1809-1930, erroneously identified as L. (L.) hadia (Walk.) ) Figs.— Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 3, fig. 2 (hyp.) ; 1869. Alex- ander, Cfls. N. Y.. 1, pi. 31, fig. 20 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 182, fig. 52 (wing) ; 1932. General coloration dark brown, sparsely variegated with more reddish brown. Rostrum and antennae black. Knobs of halteres dark brown. AVings subhyaline; stigma brown; paler brown clouds in basal cells and along cord; dark pattern of wings sometimes obsolete or nearly so. Abdomen dark brown, the incisures, including the nar- row bases and apices of each segment, broadly pale yellow. Male hypopygium (Fig. 35, 1) : ventral dististyle large and fleshy. $. L. 6-8.5 mm. ; w. 7.5-9.5 mm. ? . L. 7.5-8 mm. ; w. 8-9 mm. (May-Nov.) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., Vt., N. Y., Pa., Mo., Okla., westw. to Cal., southw. to S. C. and Tenn. (Southw. into mts. of Cent. Amer.) ; along rocky strearns, in gorges, etc. Connecticut.— Cornwall Bridge, Aug. 19, 1931 (CP. A.); Hartland, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Kent Falls, May 31, June 12-13, July 23-24, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; Kent Falls, Aug. 19, 1931 (C. P. A.): Norfolk, Sept. 6, 11, 1928 (G. C. C.) ; June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Winsted, Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C. C.) ; May 16, 1931 (C. P. A.). Connecticut, no further data, recorded by Osten Sacken as badia. L. (Dicrmiomt/m) immodesta (O. S.) (Fig. 35, J). 1859. Dicrano7^vi/ia hnrnodesta (Jsten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859:211. Figs.— Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 27, fig. 3 (ven.) ; 1908. Rogers, Florida Ent., 9:49, figs. 2, 2a (hyp.); 1926. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 181, fig. SO (wing) ; 1932. General coloration yellow. Rostrum yellow. Antennae dark brown, the basal segments paler. Knobs of halteres weakly darkened. Wings with stigma scarcely evident; Scy longer than Us or m-c\i. Male hypopygium (Fig. 35, J). $> . L. 5.5-6.5 mm.; w. 6.5-7.5 mm. 2. L. about (5-7 mm.; w. 7-8 mm. (June; Aug.-Oct.) Ont., Que., N. S., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., Pa., southw. to N. C. and S. C, westw. to Ind., Mich., Minn., Wise, la. and Alta. Connecticut.— Kent Falls, May 31, 1931 (C. P.A.); Norfolk, Sept. 12. 1928 (C. P. A.); Sahsbury, Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C. C), Sept. 12, 1928 (C. P.A.); Stafford Spnngs, Tune 14, 1933 (C. P. A.); Union, Aug. 17-18, 1928 (C. F. C.) ; W. Granby, Sept. 4, 1928 (G. C. C), Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P.A.). L. (Z>^cnmo??iym) iowensis (Rogers) (Fig. 35, K). 1926. Dicranomyia iowensis Rogers; Florida Ent., 9 : 49-52. Figs.— Rogers, Ibid., 49 : fig. 3 (hyp.), 4 (wing); 1926. General coloration opaque brown, more or less gray pruinose, pleura sometimes rather heavily so; praescutum darker brown medial- i20 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SfRVEY [BuU. Iv. Rostniin yellow. Win«rs hyaline. sti«rnia faintly darker. Ab- dominal tergite.s brown, sternites more yellow. Male hypopytrium {Fig. 35, K). 6. L. 5-G.5 mm.: w. 5.5-7 mm. 9. L. 5.5-6.5 mm.; w. 5.5-6.5 mm. (May-July; Aug.-Oct., probably 2 generations). Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Mass., N. Y., Ind., vvestw. to Mich, and la. Connecticut.— Hartland. June 9. 1929 (C. P. A.) : Kent Falls, June 12. 13, Aug. 19, 1931 (C. P. A.); Manitic Lake. June 8-9. 1929 (C. P. A.); Norfolk, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Riverton, Tune 8, 1929 (C P. A.) ; Tyler Lake. June 13, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; W. Granby, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.). L. {nicranomyia) lacroixi (Alex.) (Fi2(>. Dicranomyia lacrohi-'t Alexander; Ent. News. 37:46-47. General coloration brownish ochreous. the praescntum with three conspicuous dark brown stripes: pleura uniformly ochreous. An- tennae black throughout. Wings narrow: axillary region strongly infumed. Male hypopygium (Fig. 35. L). <5 . L. about 6 mm.; w. 6.!) nnn. (July) Alass. ; in bogs. L. (///c;y/;/.o/>i//w) liberta ((). S.) (Fig. 36, A). 1859. I>kr(tnomyia liherta Osten Sacken : Proc. Acad. Nat. 8ci. Phil- adelphia, 1859 : 209. Figs.— Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer.. 4, pi. 3. fig. 3 (hvp.); 1809. Alex- ander, Cfis. N. Y., L pl. 31, fig. 21 (wing) : 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. W^isc. p. 182, fig. 54 (wing) ; 1932. Praescutum with a distinct brown median stripe and narrower, subobsolete lateral stripes. Rostrum and antennae black. AVings sub- hyaline, cord and outer end of cell 1st Mj very narrowly and vaguely seamed w^ith brown; stigma restricted to a narrow seam on Ri + o and R-j. Male hypopygium (Fig. 36, A). S. L. 5.5-6 mm.; w. 6-7 mm. 9 . L. 6.5-7 mm. ; w. 6-7 mm. (Apr.-June; Aug.-Sept.) Ont., Que., N. B., N. S., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Man., 111., Wise, la. and Kan., southw. to S. C, Ga., Fla., Ala. and Miss. Connecticut.— Canaan, Tune 10. 1928 (R.B.F.): Farmington. May 16, 1933 (AI.P. Z.): Hamden, June 2, 1928 (R. B. F.), Aug. 31. 1932 (N. T.): Kent Falls, June 12-13, 1931, July 23-24, 1931 (C. P. A.): Manitic Lake, June 8-9, 1929 (C. P. A.); New Haven, May 24, 1905 (W. E. B.), May 26. 1904 (H. L. V.), June 20, 1902 (E. J. S. M.) ; Putnam, July 12, 1905 (H. L. V.) ; Riverton, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Salisbury, Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C.C). L. {Dicranonij/ia) longipennis (Schunun.) (Fig. 36, B). 1829. Limnobm longipennis Schununel: Beitr. zur Entomol., 1:104. 1861. Dicranomyia iminnemor Osten Sacken: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1861 : 287. Figs. — Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pl. 1, fig. 1 (wing) ; 18o9. Snodgrass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pl. 8, fig. 4 (hyp.); 1904. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pl. 31, fig. 14 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 181, fig. 49 (wing) ; 1932. Xo. C4J DirTERA or conxectici:t : taxonomy 321 (Jeneral coloration brownish yellow; praescutal striiH's faintly in- dicated; i)leural .stri])e continued caudad as a narrow, lateral, abdom- inal line. Rostrum brownish black, somewhat [)roduced. Knobs of halteres weakly darkened. Wings very narrow, yellowish, axillary re- gion darkenecl. Male hypopygium (Fig. 80, B). S. L. 6-7 mm.; w. 7-8 mm. 9 . L. 7-8 mm. ; w. 7-8 nun. (May-Oct.) Out.. Que.. Me., N. H.. Vt.. Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Wise, Man., Colo, and Wash. (Eurasia). In marshes. Connecticut.— East River, July 11, 1910 (Ely) ; Hamden, July 10, 1932 (N. T.) ; Kent Falls, May 31, 1931 (C. P. A.): Norfolk, June 9, 1929 ((!. P. A.); Riverton, June 8, 1929 (C P. A.) ; W. Granby. June 8, 1929 (G. C. C. ). L. {Dicranomyfa) morioides (O. S.) (Fig. 36, C). 1860. Dicranomyia morioides Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1860:17. Fig.— Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 31, fig. 2i (wing) ; 1919. Pleura silvery, the ventral anepisternum and ventral sternopleu- rite black. Anterior vertex silvery ; remainder of head blackened. Antennae black ; terminal segment elongate. Knobs of halteres brown- ish black. Wings with a brownish tinge, stigma darker; Sci longer than m-cu. Abdominal tergites black, sternites pale brown. Male hypopygium (Fig. 36, C). $. L. 4-5.5 mm.; w. 4-6.5 mm. 5. L. 4-5.5 mm. ; w. 3.5-5 mm. (May-Aug.) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Colo., Alta., B. C. and Alaska, southw. to Va., N. C. and Tenn. (Hudsonian, Canadian). Connecticut.— Kent Falls, May 31. 1931, June 12-13, 1931, July 23-24, 1931, Aug. 19, 1931 (C. P. A.). L. {Dicranomyia) nycteris (Alex.) (P"ig. 36, D). 1927. Dicranomyia nycteris Alexander; Can. Ent., 59:220. Allied to the European morio\ in our fauna most similar to morioides. Pleura silvery. Mid-coxae black basally, apical half yel- low. Abdominal tergites black, weakly bicolorous; sternites two to five with caudal margins yellow. Male hypopygium (Fig. 36, D). $ . L. about 3.5-4 mm. ; w. 4-5 mm. (June, early July) Que., N. B.. westw. to Mich, and Alta. (Hudsonian). L. {Dicranomyia) profunda (Alex.) (Fig. 36, E). 1925. Dicranomyia profunda Alex.; Occas. Pap. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5 : 173. General coloration yellow to yellowish brown. Antennae dark throughout. Femora yellow^, the tips very narrowly but conspicuously dark brown. Wings yellow; narrow seams at origin of Rs, along cord and outer end of cell 1st Mo. Male hypopygium (Fig. 36, E). $. L. 4.5-6 mm. ; w. 5-7 mm. $ . L. 6.5-7.5 mm. ; w. 7.2-8.5 nnn. (June-Sept.) Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y. (Canadian). Connecticut.— Tunxis State Park, July 23-24, 1931 (C. P. A.); W. Granby, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.). :322 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Figure 36. Livwnia (Dicraiio)iiyia) ; male hypopygia. A. L. (D.) libcrta (O.S.) B. L. (D.) longipennis (Schumm.) C. L. (D.) morioidcs (O.S.) D. L. (D.) nycteris (Alex.) E. L. (D.) profunda (Alex.) F. L. (D.) piidica (O. S.) (i. L. (D.) piidicoides Alex. H. L. (D.) sphagnicola (Alex.) I. L. (D.) spinifcra (Alex.) J. L. (D.) stiilta (O.S.) K. L. (D.) uliginosa Alex. L. L. (D.) walleyi sp. nov. Symbols: a, aedeagus ; b, basistyle ; dd, dorsal dististyle; d, dististyle; g, goiiapophysis ; t^ tergite; vd, ventral dististyle. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 323 v.il ytf g b 3-24: COXXECTICUT GEOL. \XI) NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. L. {Dicranomym) pudica ((). S.) (Fig. 36, F). 1850. Dicmnom.yia pudica Osten Sacken: Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1859 : 212. Fig.— Alexander. Cfls. N. Y, 1, pi. 31, fig. 22 (wing) ; 1919. Body almo.st entirely pale yellow, includinji: antennae, legs and halteres. Wings tinged with pale yellow; stigma lacking or barely perceptible: Sci short, Sc-i sometimes obsolete. Male hypopygium (Fig. 36. F). Ovipositor with cerci long and slender, gently iipcurved. $. L. 6-7 nnn.; w. 6-T mm. (Mav-Julv) Que., Me., N. H., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Mich, and 111., soutlnv. to N. C. ' L. (/>/("/v/7/(9w.///V/) pudicoides Alex. (Fig. 36, G). 1920. Limorda {Dicnow/nyia) pudicoides Alexander; Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 24 : 299-300. Characters as in pudica, differing in the structure of the male hypopygium (Fig. 36, G). Antennal scape and ])edicel pale but flagellum a trifle darker. Wings with Sco usually lacking. S. L. 6-6.5 mm. ; w. 6-6.5 mm. (Tuly-Sept.) N. B., Me., N. Y., westw. to Ind., southw. to Tenn. L. {Dicranomi/ia) rostrifera ((). S.) 1869. D'ia^anomyia, rostrifera Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. X. Amer., 4:65-66.' Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 31, fig. 16 (wing) ; 1919. General coloration dark gray, notum darker medially. Antennae black throughout. Knobs of halteres dark brown. Wings and hypo- pygium almost exactly as in hrevivena. $. \j. al)out 4.5 mm.; w. 5-5.5 mm. 9. L. about 5.5-6 mm.; w, 6-6.5 mm. (Late Aug., Sept.) Que., Me., N. Y., westw. to Wise, and Alta. (Hudsonian, Canadian). L. (/>/c'?Ym«9mv-/a) sphagnicola (Alex.) (Fig. 36, H). 1925. Dicratwmi/io sphaqnicoJa Alexander: Occas. Pap. Boston Soc. Xat. Hist., 5 : 173-174. General coloration brown. Rostrum and antennae black. Wings with a faint brown tinge; stignui faintly darker: Sci long. Male hypopygium (Fig. 36, H). $. L. 4.5-5.5 mm.: w, 5.5-6.5 mm. 9. L. 5.5-6 mm. ; w. 6-6.5 mm. (June, July; Oct., probably two generations) Ont., Que., N. H., Mass., N. Y., in bogs. Connecticut.— Granbv, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.); Kent Falls, June 12-13, 1931 (C. P. A.) : Manitic Lake, June 8-9, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; New Haven, Oct. 16, 1903 (H. L. V.). L. (Z>«'crfmo7?«,y/a) spinifera (Alex.) (Fig. 36, 1). 1927. Dicranomyia spinifera Alexander: Occas. Pap. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5 : 229-230. No. 64] DIPTERA OF COXNECTICUT: TAXONOMY 325 General coloration of notuni opaque brownish yellow, with three confluent dark In-own stripes; pleura pruinose; sternopleurite dark- ened. Abdomen elon<^ate. Male hypopy, L). Wings long and narrow, as in longipennis: rostrmu and palpi brownish black; general coloration gray, the thoracic pleura indis- tinctly striped with brown; legs chiefly black; wings whitish sub- hvaline, the bases of Anal cells and a seam along vein Cu brownish; ,326 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. cell 1st Mo closed: male livpopygium Avith the long rostral prolonga- tion of the ventral dististyle bispinoiis. Rostrum and palpi brownish black, the former a little brighter at base in female. Head dark grayish brown, with a sparse yellow pollen. Mesonotal praescutum gray laterally and on humeral region, more brownish on disk, with a broad brownish black median stripe and narrow, incomplete, lateral stripes; scutal lobes dark brown, the median area with a yellow pollen; scutellum and mediotergite dark, the former with a pale median stripe in front, the latter heavily pruinose. Pleura pale yellowish gray to buffy, striped longitudinally with darker brown, this including the entire ventral sternopleurite and a more dorsal area on anepisternum. Halteres pale, the knobs darkeneci. Legs very long and conspicuous; coxae and trochanters obscure yellow; remainder of legs dark brown to brownish black, the femoral bases narrowly obscure yellow. Wings long and narrow, whitish subhyaline; bases of cells Ou, 1st A and 2n<:l A more infumed. the color continued along vein Cu almost to m-cu\ veins dark, in the prearcular, costal and subcostal fields, as well as basal half of M. pale. Venation : So ending opposite origin of Rs ; cell 1st M2 closed, the veins beyond it tending to diverge. Abdominal tergites brownish black, narrowly pale sublaterally : a narrow black pleural stripe; sternites obscure yellow, more darkened behind. Male hypopygium (Fig. 36, L) with the dististyle as in lacroixi, the body of style larger and more produced; rostral pro- longation dusky at apex, before midlength with two strongly curved spines that arise close together. $ . L. about 6-7 mm. ; w. 6.5-8.2 mm. $ . L. about 8 mm. ; w. 8.5 mm. Holotype, $, Mer Bleue, Ontario, September 6, 1928 (G. S. Wal- ley). Allotopotype^ $. Paratypes^ $, Lepreau Harbor, New Bruns- wick, September 1929 (D. Galbraith) ; 10 5$. near Chandler, West Pabos R., Gaspe, Quebec, Aug. 25, 1937 (C. P. Alexander) ; several males and females. Mount Desert Island, Me., September, October (Brower and Procter) ; for detailed record of specimens, consult Wil- liam Procter, Biol. Survey Mount Desert Region, Part VI, The In- sect Fauna, p. 289 ; 1938. Type in Canadian National Collection. Most nearly allied to lacroixi, as shown by the key. I dedicate this interesting fly to the collector of the type, my friend, Mr. G. S. Walley. His specimens were found associated Avith Phalacrocera lipidina O. S., Lrmonia {Dicranomjjia) longipennis (Schumni.) and other crane-flies. Subgenus Rhipidia Meigen 1818. Rhipidia Meigen; Syst. Beschr. Zweifl. Ins.. 1 : 153. An abundant group, wide-spread throughout the major regions of the Globe. In the local fauna, three divisions occur, separated on the nature and degree of pectination of the antennae. 1. Rhipidia s. s. {macidata group) ; antennae {i) bipectinate (Fig. 34, F) ; hryanti. maoidata. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOM Y • 327 2. Moriorhipidm Alexandev. {unisertafa ^jiiowy) : aiitcmiac {$) iinipectinate (Fig. 34, G) ; fidelis. 3. Athipidki Alexander, {domest'im. <;r()up): antennae of hoth sexes subpectinate to simple: (lomcstJcd. shaiinoni. The habits and haunts of the adult Hies are iniit-h as in Dicran- oinyki. The early stages occur in decaying organic matter or beneath the bark of dead trees. Key to Species 1. Wings with an abundant pale brown or gray dotting in all cells 2 Wings with the markings larger, confined to vicinity of veins 3 2. Body-coloration grayish, praescutum with a broad brownish black median line : mediotergite gray ; wings with a heavy brown pattern along costal margin, the dark areas subequal in extent to the interspaces ; legs brown : antennae ( S ) bipectinate maculata Body-coloration yellowish brown, praescutum without a dark median line ; mediotergite with a large black triangle : wings with small brownisli black spots at base, at supernumerary crossvein in cell Sc. origin of Rs, fork of Sc and over Rn, all these areas much smaller than interspaces ; all cells with numerous paler dots ; legs chiefly yellow, femoral tips weakly darkened ; antennae subpectinate in both sexes shannon! 3. Praescutum reddish brown, yellow pollinose, with narrow darker lines ; pleura dull yellow, with two narrow blackish longitudinal stripes ; antennae dark, with penultimate and antepenultimate segments abruptly light yellow ; vi-cii usually far before fork of M ; antennae subpectinate in both sexes domestica Praescutum brown, pruinose, with a broad, brownish black, median stripe ; pleura grayish or plumbeous, the stripes narrow or lacking; antennae black throughout ; ;;;-(-/( at fork of M ; antennae ( S ) unipectinate or bi- pectinate • ^ 4. Wings with the dark pattern beyond origin of Rs only, including large rounded clouds at origin and fork of Rs, stigma, and outer radial cells : costal cell uniformly darkened; thoracic pleura unstriped ; abdomen dark brown, hypopygium paler ; antennae ( S ) unipectinate f idelis Wings with a series of about five major grayish brown areas along costal margin, two being before origin of Rs : costal cell not uniformly darkened: thoracic pleura with a narrow longitudinal stripe ; abdominal tergites yel- low, the caudal half of individual segments dark brown; antennae (i ) bipectinate bryanti Limonia {Rhipklia) bryanti (Johns.) (Fig. 37, B). 1901). Rhlp'ulia hryanti Johnson: Proc. Boston 8oc. Nat. Hist.. 34: 123-124. Figs.— Johnson, Ibid., pi. 16, fig. 20 (wing) ; 1909. Alexander, Cfls. N. ^'., 1, pi. 32, ng. Z7 (wing); 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 178, fig. 45 (wmg) : 1932. A small blackish spot on either side of cephalic end of praescutum ; lateral praescutal stripes subobsolete; pleural stripe very narrow, that on sternopleurite even less distinct. Flagellar branches ( $ ) relatively short; of ? relatively long, unipectinate. Legs black, basal half of fore, basal two-thirds of remaining femora, obscure yellow, (iround color of wing grayish subhyaline, the dark areas narrowly bordered by white, besides the costal areas, with narrower seams along cord and outer end of cell 1st Mo, and with gray streaks in centers of certani cells. Male hypopygium (Fig. 37, B) : rostral spines three, unus- ually short. <3. L. 6.5-7 mm.; w. 8-8.5 nmi. 9. L. 9-10 mm.; w. 9-9.5 nun. 328 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. (June, July; Sept.) Me.. Mass., N. Y., N. J., Md., westw. to Mich., Wise, 111., Colo., Tex. and Ariz., southw. to Fla. L. (Rhipidm) domesiica (O.S.) (Fig. 37, C). 1859. Rhipidm do7nestica Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1859 : 208. Figs.— Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 3, fig. 5 (hj'p.) ; 1869. Alex- ander, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 8, pi. 1, fig. 9 (wing) ; 1912. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 32. fig. 40 (wing) ; 1919. Legs brownish yellow ; femora and tibiae darkened at tips. Male hypopygimn (Fig. 37, C). The antennal pattern is distinctive of this fly. $ . L. 5-6 mm. ; w. 5-7 mm. 5 . L. 5-6 mm. ; w. 6-7 mm. (July, Aug.) Ct., N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to la., Kan. and Tex., southw. lo S. C, Ga., Fla. and Miss., thence southward into Neotropics. Connecticut.— East River, Aug. 20, 1912 (Ely). L. {RhipUia) fidelis (O. S.) (Figs. 34, G; 37, D). 1859. Rhipulia fidelis (3sten Sacken ; Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Philadel- phia, 1859 : 209. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, text-fig. 125, B (ant. $),x>\. 32, fig. 38 (wing) ; 1919. Praescutum brown to gray, depending on degree of pruinosity. Antennae of male short-imipectinate (Fig. 34, G), of female sub- pectinate to nearly simple. Halteres pale. Male hypopygium (Fig. 37, D): rostral spines three, long, gently curved. $. L. 6-7 mm.; w. 6.5-8 mm. 9 . L. 7-8.5 mm. ; w. 7-9 mm. (May-July) Ont., Que., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Ind., 111. and Alta., southw. to S. C, nw. Fla. and Tenn. Connecticut.— Rowayton, June 16, 1909 (C. W. J.). L. {Rhipidm) maculata (Meig.) (Figs. 34, F; 37, E). 1818. Rhipidia Tnaculata Meigen ; Syst. Beschr. Zweif 1. Ins., 1 : 153. Figs.— Meigen, Ihid., pi. 5, fig. 11. Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 27, fig. 1 (ven.): 1908. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1. text-fig. 125, A (ant. $), pi. 32, fig. 36 (wing); 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 178, fig. 46 (wing); 1932. Halteres pale. Wing-markings variable in intensity and amount. Male hypopygium (Fig. 37, E) : rostral spines usually from four to eight in number, i . L. 5-7 mm. ; w. 6-7.5 mm. 9 . L. 7-8 mm. ; w. 8-9.5 mm. (June-Sept.) Ont., Que., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. I., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Cal., Alta., B. C. and Alaska, southw. to Va., Ind. and Tenn. (Eurasia). Connecticut.— East River, July 18, 1912 (Ely); Kent Falls, Aug. 19, 1931 (C. P. A.); Norfolk, Sept. 5. 1928 (G. C. C), Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P. A.); Salisbury, Sept. 5, 1928 (G.C.C.). Sept. 12, 1928 (C.P.A.); Sharon, Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C. C.) ; Twin Lakes, Sept. 12, 1928 (C. P. A.); Union. Aug. 17-18. 1928 (C. F. C.) : W. Granby, Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P. A.); Winsted, Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P. A.). Xo. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 329 L. {Rhipidia) shannon! (Alex.) (Fig. 37, F). 1914. Rhipidia {Arhipidia) shannoni Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1914 : 581-582. Figs. — Alexander, Ibid., pi. 27, fig. 23 (wing). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 2,2, fig. 39 (wing) ; 1919. Mesonotum yellowish brown ; praescutum without distinct stripes, the markings, when present, only near suture ; pleura with two narrow longitudinal dark stripes. Sci ending at from one-third to one-fourth the length of Rs. Male hypopygium (Fig. 37, F): rostral spines two, slightly unequal. $ . L. 5 mm.; w. 6.5-6.8 mm. 9. L. 5.5 mm.; w. 5.8-7.2 mm. (June-Sept.) Md., Va.. s. Ind., Tenn., S. C, Ga. and Fla. (Neotropics). Subgenus Alexandriaria Garrett 1922. Alexandrdaria Garrett; Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington,.24: 60. Rather numerous species, occurring in many major regions of the Globe. The single local species is rare and I have seen only the type. Limonia (Alexandriaria) whartoni (Ndm.) (Fig. 34, B). 1908. f Dicranonii/ia whartoni Xeedham; 23rd Kept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907:211-212. Figs. — Needham, Ibid., pi. 27, fig. 5 (ven.). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 31, fig. IS (ven.) ; 1919. General coloration yellowish; mesonotum darker. Head yellow; antennal flagellum yellowish. Fore legs brownish, middle and hind legs yellow. Wings hyaline ; veins brownish. $ . Expanse of wings 9.5 mm. (each wing thus about 4.2 mm.). (Aug.) Mich. Subgenus Geranomyia Haliday 1833. Geram,omyia Haliday; Ent. JSIag., 1 : 154. A very extensive group of long-beaked crane-flies, especially nu- merous in species in the tropics and subtropics. Unlike the other groups of Tipulidae with elongate rostra, this in Geranomyia (Fig. 34, C) is constituted almost entirely of greatly lengthened labial palpi, the true front being proportionately short. In all local species, there is a supernumerary crossvein at near midlength of cell S^c. The adult flies are found on vegetation, where they suck nectar from tubular flowers. The immature stages are very characteristic of hygropetric associations, such as the faces of vertical cliffs, rocky margins of streams, and similar situations where the rock surface is covered with algal growth and the surface is continually wet with falling or percolating water. Key to Species 1. Wings heavily patterned with dark brown, including a series of four or five larger costal areas; tips of tibiae conspicuously blackened, of fore tibiae slightly swollen rostrata :330 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. Wings unmarked, except for stigma, or rarely (divcrsa) with small spots or seams along cord ; tips of tibiae neither darkened nor swollen 2 2. Sc short, Sci ending opposite or just beyond origin of Rs ; crossveins and deflections faintly seamed with darker; male hypopygium (Fig. 37, H) with rostral spines from long, unequal basal tubercles diversa Sc long. 6"^! ending opposite or near midlength of Rs ; wings unmarked, except for the stigmal spot; male hypopygia (Fig. 37, G) with rostral spines from, short, inconspicuous tubercles 3 3. Body-coloration reddish yellow, mesonotum unmarked : wings with stigma pale ; legs dull yellow, femora not darkened at tips distincta Body-coloration yellowish brown, the praescutum and scutum marked with darker ; wings with well-defined brown stigma ; legs brownish yellow, femora infuscated at tips canadensis Limonia (Geranomyia) canadensis (Westw.) (Figs. 34, C; 37, G). 1835. Lim,nol)io7'hynchus eanadensis Westwood ; Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 4 : 684. 18.59. GeranomAfia coinmrwrhis Osten Sacken ; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859:207. Figs.— Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 27, fig. 2 (ven.) ; 1908. Alexander, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliiladelphia, 1916, pi. 25, fig. 1 (wing) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, text-fig. 124, A (head, 5) ; pi. 31, fig. 11 (wing) ; 1919. General coloration yellowish brown to grayish brown, the prae- .scutnni with three darker brown stripes; posterior sclerites of mesono- tum and the pleura more pruinose. Head gray; rostrum and antennae dark. Male hypopygium (Fig. 37, G). i. L., exclud. rostrum, 5.5- 7 mm.; w. 6.5-8.5 mm,; rostrum, 3.3-3.5 mm. 9. L., exclud. rostrum, 6.5-7 mm. ; w. 7.5-9 mm. ; ro.strum, 3.5-4 mm. (May-July) Ont.. Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Alta. and Cal., southw. to S. C, Ga., Fla., La., Okla. and Tex. Connecticut.— East River, July 10, 1910 (Elv) ; Kent Falls. July 23-24, 1931 (C.P.A.). L. {Geranomyia) distincta (Doane). 1900. Gerano7nym distincta Doane; Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 8: 186. Figs. — Doane, Ibid., pi. 7, fig. 13 (abnormal ven.) ; 1900. Alexander, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1916, pi. 25, fig. 2 (wing) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 31, fig. 12 (wing) ; 1919. Head grayish; rostrum yellowish, browner at base; antennae yel- loAvish brown. Halteres pale. Legs pale yellow. $. L., exclud. rostrum, 6.5 mm. ; w. 8 mm. (June) Que., Me., N. H., Mass., Ct., R. I., N. Y., N. J.„ Md., Ind., Tenn., westw. to Mich., southw. and southwestw. to Fla., Mo. and Tex. (in bogs). Connecticut.— New Bedford, Hough (Tvpe specimen) ; Putnam, June 15, 1933 (C. P. A.). L. {Geranoviyia)A\\%YS^{0.'ti.) (Fig. 37, H). 1859. Geranomyia diversa Osten Sacken ; Proc. Acad Xat Sci Phila- delphia, 1859 : 207. Figs.— Alexander, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1916, pi. 25, fig 4 (wing) • 1916 Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 31, fig. 13 (wing) ; 1919. Cole, Proc. Calif'. Acad. Sci., (4) 16:461, fig. 12 (hyp.); 1927. No. 64 J DIPTERA OF COXXECTICUT : TAXONOMY 331 (Id JO-^ is "r^* — -^ Figure 37. Limonia (Discobola. Rhipidia, Gcrauon,yia) ; male hypopygia. L. L. A. L. (Discobola) amiulata (Linnaeus) B. L. (Rhipidia) hryanti (Johns.) C. L. (R.) dowestica (O. S.) D. L. (R.) fidclis (O. S.) E. L. (R.) maciilata (Mg.) , ■ , ^ Symbols: a, aedeagus : b, basistyle : dd, dorsal dististyle: g, gonapophys.s : t, ter gite : 7'd, ventral dististyle. H. I. (R.) shannoni (Alex.) (Geranomyia) canadensis (Westw.) (G.) diver sa (O. S.) (G.) rostrata (Say) 332 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. General coloration gray; praesciitum with a broad median and narrow lateral blackish stripes. Head gray; posterior vertex with a blackish area on either side; rostrum black. Knobs of halteres dark- ened. Legs brownish yellow; tarsi darker. Male hypopygium (Fig. 37, H). $. L.. exclud. rostrum. 5-6.5 mm.; w. 5-6.5 mm.; rostrum 2.2-2.7 mm. 9. L., exclud. rostrum. 6-7.5 mm.: w. 6.5-7 mm.; ros- trum 2.5-2.8 mm. (May-Oct.) Me.. Mass., N. Y., westw. to Ind., Mich., Wise, and AIo., soutliw. to N. C, S. C. and Tenn. Connecticut.— Kent Falls. Tune 12-13. 1931. July 23-24, 1931, Aug. 19, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; Middletown, May 30, 1929 (R. C. N.). L. {Geranomyia) rostrata (Say). (Fig. 37. 1). 1823. Limnohia rostrata 8av: Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 3:22. 1869. Geranomyia rostrata Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4:79-80. Figs. — Alexander, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia. 1916, pi. 25, fig. 7 (wing) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 31, fig. 10 (wing) ; 1919. Mesonotum obscure yellow, the i)raescutum with three confluent brownish gray stripes; .scutal lobes darkened. Knobs of halteres dark brown. Male hypopygium (Fig. 37,1). $. L., exclud, rostrum, 5-6.5 mm.; w. 5.5-8 mm.; rostrum, 2.5-3 mm. 9 . L., exclud. rostrum, 5.5-7.5 mm.; w. 5.5-7 mm.; rostrum, 2.6-3.1 mm. (May-Seot.) Que., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Mich., 111. and Mo., southw. to Fla.. Ala. and La. Connecticut.— Hamden, July 11, 1932 (N. T.); Manitic Lake. June 8-9, 1929 (C. P. A.); Rowayton, June 16, 1909 (C. W. J.). Doubtful species : L. {Geranomyia) costomaculata (Dtz.) (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, ^7:Zi7-22>%; 1921, as Geranomyia). Close to diversa. Thorax dark brown, pruinose ; praescutal stripes obsolete. Wing-spotSi as in diversa but larger and more conspicuous, the first area at super- numerary crossvein in cell Sc, the second including both origin of Rs and fork of Sc ; the third, large and rhomboidal in outline, at stigma. Hazleton, Pa. ; May 27, a single $ . This fly may represent a valid species by the obsolete praescutal stripes, which are clearly defined in all specimens of diversa that I have seen. 2. Subtribe Heliaria Helius St. Fargeau 1825. Helius St. Fargeau; Encycl. Method., Index, p. 831. 1830. Rhamphidia Meigen; Syst. Beschr. Zweifl. Ins., 6: 281. An extensive genus, with representatives in all major regions of the World, including New Zealand. The local species are eminently characteristic of open marshy areas where the adults may be swept from reeds and sedges, while the immature stages live in the black organic soil of the habitat. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 333 Key to Species 1. Rostrum short, subequal to remainder of head; legs pale yellow, with tips of femora and tibiae narrowly blackened; wings tipped with dusky, the stigma dark brown ' flavipes Rostrum about one-half longer than remainder of head; legs uniformly dark brown; wings subhyaline, the stigma pale brown mainensis Helius {Helius) flavipes (Macq.) (Fig. 38, B). 1855. Rhainphidia flavipes Macquart; Dipt. Exot., 5th suppl.: 17. Figs.— Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 14. fig. 4 (ven.) : 1908. Alexander, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1916: pi. 25, fig. U (wing); 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 3,X fig. 42 (wing); 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 188, fig. 66 (wing) ; 1932. Mesoiiotum light to dark brown ; pleura more pruinose. Rostrum dark. Wings with r-in preserved or lost by fusion of adjoining veins (Fig. 38, B), Abdominal segments dark brown, ringed caudally with obscure yellow. $. L. 7-8 mm.; w. 7.5-8 mm. ?. L. 8-10 mm.; w. 7-8.5 mm. (May-Sept.) Ont., Que., N. H.. Vt., Alass., N. Y., N. J., Pa., westw. to Mo., Kan., Man. and Alta., southw. to S. C, Ga., Fla., Ala. and Tex. Connecticut.— Bloomfield, Aug. 6, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; East River, Aug. 29, 1910 (Ely) : Kent Falls, Sept. 11, 1929 (A. J.W.); Manitic Lake, June 8-9. 1929, Aug. 6, 1929 (C. P. A.); Saptree Run State Park, June 14, 1933 (C. P. A.); Storrs, Mav 1933 (R. H.); Tyler Lake, June 13, 1931 (C. P. A.); Union. Aug. 17, 1928 (C. F. C) ; Winnipauk, June 16, 1909 (C. W.J.). H. {Helium) mainensis (Alex.) (Fig. 38, A). 1916. R ha m.phidia mainensis Alexander; Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1916 : 498-499. Figs. — Alexander, Ibid-, pi. 25, fig. 14 (wing). Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. Z2,, fig. 43 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 188, fig.. 67 (wing) ; 1932. Mesonotum light yellowish brown, the praescutum with three dark brown stripes. Head light gray, with a large brown area on vertical tubercle. Abdomen dark brown, basal sternites and hypopyg- ium yellowish. $ . L. 6-7.5 mm. ; w. 5.8-7.7 nun. (June-Sept.) Me., N. Y., and Md., westw. to 111., Mich, and Wise. 3. Subtribe Antocharia Antocha Osten Sacken 1859. Antocha Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859 : 219. A genus of moderate size (about 35 species in the typical sub- genus), most numerously developed in Eastern Asia. The adult flies occur on vegetation or are found crawling on the exposed surfaces of stones, always near streams. The immature stages live on the sub- merged stones in such locations. The habits have been discussed by the writer (Cornell Univ. Agr. Expt. Sta. Mem. 38: 800-803: 1920). The coloration varies notably and can be relied upon only withm re- du CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY Bull. stricted limits. The genitalia of the male provide the best char- acters for specific determination. Key fo Species (Based especially on male characters) 1. General coloration of mesonotum and pleura gray ; male hypopygium with the outer dististvle stout basally, narrowed to ,a flattened subacute apex. (Fig. 39, C) saxicola General coloration of mesonotum and pleura ochreous ; male hypopygium with the outer dististyle not so thickened basally (Fig. 39, A, B) 2 2. Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle elongate, the tip broadly obtuse ; gonapophyses small, curved strongly laterad (Fig. 39, A) obtusa Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle narrowed to an acute or subacute point ; gonapophyses and other elements of the phallosome long and nar- row, nearly straight (Fig. 39, B) opalizans Figure 38. Limoniini ; details of various subtribes. A. Helms (Heliiis) mainensis Alex.; head. (Heliaria). B. H. (H.) flavipcs (Macq.) ; wing. C. Antocha (Antocha) saxicola O.S. ; wing. ( Antcjcharia ). D. Elliptera illini Alex.; wing. (Ellipteraria). E. E. tennessa Alex. ; wing. F. Dicranoptycha septemtrionis Alex.; wing. (Dicranoptycharia). G. Orimarga (Diotrcpha) mirabilis (O. S. ); wing. (Orimargaria). Symbols: a, antenna; p, maxillary palpus; M, Media; R, Radius. Antocha {Antocha) obtusa Alex. (Fig. 39, A). 192;"). Antocha [Antocha) oUusa Alexander; Ent. News, 30: 201-202. General coloration ochreous, the praescutum with a conspicuous brown median stripe. Male hypopygium (Fig. 39, A). $. L. about 4.8 mm.; w. 5.5 mm. 9 . L. about 5.2 mm.; w. 6 mm. (May-Aug.) Que., N. Y., Mich. Xo. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICTT : TAXOXO^VIY 335 A. {Antocha) opalizans O. S. (Fi«r. 39. B). 1S59. Antocha opalizans Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1859 : 220. Figs. — Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 1, fig. 11 (wing) ; 1869. Snodgrass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pi. 8, figs. 5, 8, 11 (hyp.) ; 1904. Needhani. 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 29, fig. 4 (ven.) : 1908. Dickinson, CH.- Wise. p. 189. fig. 68 (wing) ; 1932. General coloration ochreous; praesciituin with a hioad niediaii and narrow incomplete lateral brown .stripes. Knobs of halteres weakly darkened. Wings opalescent, milky-white, brighter at base. Ab- domen dark broAvn; hypopygium ob.scure yellow. Male hypopygiinii (Fig. 39, B). $. L. 4-5"nun.; w. 4.5-6 mm. 9. L. 4.5-6 nnn.; w, 5-6 mm. Cu not extending distad beyond the approximate level of the cord: intermediate praescutal stripes broad and almost confluent. contermina Dark seam along vein Cu extended distad onto the outer section of vein Ctii ; intermediate praescutal stripes distinct 2 2. Dark seams along- Cu and the cord broad, the former extending the entire length of the vein and thus attaining the wing-margin ; intermediate prae- scutal stripes darker in color than the laterals albivitta Dark seams along Cu and the cord narrow, the former ending at about mid- length of the distal section of vein Ciii, not attaining the wing-margin ; intermediate praescutal stripes concolorous with the laterals margarita While the i)re.sent report was in press, a fourth species of Pedicia has been added to the present faunal area. This has been described as Pedicm {Pedicia) proctet^iana Alexander (Bull, Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 36; April 1939). By the above key, the species runs to contermina, from which it is distino:uished by the very deep cell il/4 of wings and, especially, by the distinct structure of the male hypopvgium. It is known only from Ontario (Ide) and Mount Desert Island, Me. (Wil- liam Procter). This species is on the wing; from late ^lay into July. Pedicia {Pedicia) albivitta Walker. 1848. Pediaa alUvitta Walker; List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1 : 37. Figs.— Aldrich, Psvche, 7:201, text-t^g. (wing); 1895. Necdham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 26, fig. 1 (ven.) : 1908. Williston, Man. N. Amer. Dipt.. Ed. 3:80, fig. 1 (wing); 1908. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y.. 1, pi. 42, fig. 175 (wing): 1919. Young, Cornell Univ. Agr. Expt. Sta. Mem. 44:283, pi. 9, figs. 1, 2 (thorax) : 1921. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, (col. frontispiece, ad. $); 1932. Mesonotum whitish gray; pleura light gray, the dorso-pleural re- gion blackened. Antennae short, scape brown, flagellum ol)scure yel- low. Head gray, with a small dark vertical tubercle. Halteres pale. Femora yellow, tips conspicuously blackened. Abdomen whitish graj'', the tergites with triangular or diamond-shaped darker gray areas that are bordered by rusty-3'ellow, this color most extensive at incisures. $ . L. 24-28 mm. ; w. 23-24 mm. 9 . L. 30-35 mm. ; w. 23-27 mm. (July-Sept.) Ont., Que., N. S., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Man., Minn., Wise, la.. Mo. and Kan., southw. to Va.. N. C, and S. C. Connecticut.— Cornwall Bridge, Aug. 9, 1931 (C. P. A.); E. Hartland, Sept. 11. 1928 (C. P.A.); East River, Sept. 10 (Ely): New Haven, Sept. 12, 1904 (B. H.W.): New London (O. S.) ; Salisbury, Aug. 27, 1904 (W. E. B.), Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C. C). Sept. 12, 1928 (C. P. A.): Storrs, 1929 (L. S.): Twin Lakes, Sept. 12, 1928 (C. P. A.): W. Granby, Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P. A). P. {Pedicia) contermina Walk. 1848. Pedicia contermina AValker; List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1:38. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 42, fig. 176 (wing) ; 1919. Long held to be a mere variation of albivitta, now known to be distinct. Wings with the pale brownish yellow costal border extend- ing to beyond the stigma. S. L. 26-30 mm.: w. 25-26 nnn. 9. L. 28-30 mm, ; w\ about 26 mm. (Mav-Julv) Que.. N. S., Me.. N. H., Vt., Mass.. N. Y., westw. to Alich.. southw. to N. C. ' 34G CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT, HIST. SURVEY [Bull. P. {Fed icla) margarita Alex. (Fig. 40. B). 1929. Pedieki m47. Figs.— Alexander, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1916, pi. 28. fig. 49 (wing) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 42, fig. 181 (wing) ; 1919. Mesonotiim yellowish gray, the praesciitiim witli three conspicuous brown stripes; pleura yellowish gray, sparsely variegated with brown. Basal antennal segments brownish yellow, the outer segments brown- ish black. Head gray. Halteres pale. Legs obscure yellow, femoral tips very narrowly darkened. Abdomen generally light brown, ter- gites darker, their caudal margins narrowly ringed with paler, of sternites more yellowish. Male hypopygiimi (Fig. 41. A). S. L. 15-17 mm.; w. 13.5-17 mm. 9. L. 18 mm.; w. 16 mm. (June) Ont., Que., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y. Connecticut.— W. Granby. June 8 1929 (G. C. C); resting on face of mossy cliff. P. {Tncyphona) autumnalis (Alex.) (Fig. 41, B). 1917. Tncyphona autumnalis Alexander; Can. Fut., 49:30-31, 61-62. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1. pi. 42. fie- 179 (wing $), fig. 180 (wing 9 ) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 208, fig. 106 (wing) ; figs. 161, 162 (hyp.) ; 19.i2. General coloration of thorax i)ale yellow, the praescutum pale with three very indistinct reddish yellow* stripes. Antennae with basal segments yellow, terminal ones black. Head light gray. Knobs of halteres infuscated. Wings yellowish subhyaline, co.stal region more saturated ; stigma brown ; petiole of cell ^4 "subequal to r-jii. Abdom- No. 64] DiPTERA OF conxecticct: taxonomy 349 inal tergites brown, sternites yellow: terminal segments dark brown. Male hypopygium (Fig. 41. B) having unusually long setae on basi- style. S. L. 13.5-16 mm.: w. 13.5-15 mm. 9.' L. 20 nun.: w. 9.5 mm. (Late July-Oct.) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y. and Pa., westw. to Mich.. Wise, and Hudson's Bay. P. (Trlci/phona) calcar (O.S.) (Figs. 40, D; 41, C). 1859. Anmlopis calcar Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 1859:247. Figs. — Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. .A.mer., 4, pi. 2, fig. 14 (wing") ; 1869. Needham, 23rd Kept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 25, fig. 2 (ven. ) ; 1908. Williston, Man. N. Amer. Dipt., Ed. 3, : 84, fig. 25, sub 4 (ven.); 1908. Alexander, Proc. Acad. xVat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1916, pi. 28, fig. 48 (wing) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 42, fig. 178 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 208, fig. 107 (wing) : 1932. General coloration of thorax pale yellow, the praescutum with four slightly more reddish stripes, the interspaces weakly pruinose. Antennae chiefly pale yellow, outer segments brown. Head gray. Wings (Fig. 40, D) tinged with yellow; cell R^ short-petiolate. Ab- domen brown above, tergites laterally and the sternites yellow; sub- terminal segments dark brown. Male hypopygium (Fig. 41, C). $. L. 10-13 mm. ; w. 11-14 mm. ? . L. 15-18 mm. ; w. 13.5-15 mm. (May, June) Ont.. Que.. Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Wise, southw. to N. C. Connecticut.— Cornwall Bridge, May 30, 1931 (C. P.A.), June 12-13. 1931 (C. P. A.) : Hartland, June 9. 1929 (C. P. A.); Norfolk, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.); Riverton, May 30, 1931 (CP. A.); Storrs, May 1931 (C. S. C.) ; Tyler Lake, May 30. 1931 (C.P.A.). P. {Tricy phona) mconsi2iY\^ {O.S.) (Figs. 40, C; 41, E). 1859. Amalopis Inconstans Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1859:247. Figs.— Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 4, fig. 30 {i hyp.): 18o9. Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 25, fig. 1 (ven.) ; 1908. Alexander, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1916, pi. 28, fig. 47 (wing) : 1916. Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 42. fig. 177 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson. Cfls. Wise, p. 209, fig. lOb (wing) ; 1932. General coloration of notuni yellow to yellowish orange, pronotum darkened medially. Antennae yellow, basal segments darker. Head brownish gray. Halteres and legs yellow. Wings (Fig. 40, C) sub- hyaline, costal border broadly and conspicuously inf uscated ; restricted brown dots at origin Rs and on anterior cord. Abdomnial tergites brown, basal sternileb paW. Male hypopygium (Fig. 41, E). $. L. 11-14 mm. ; w. 10-12 mm. ? . T^. 13-16 mm. ; w. 11-14 mm (May-Sept.) Ont., Que., Nfd., N. B., N. S., Me.. N. H Vt. Mass., R. I.. N. Y., N. J.', Pa., westw. to Wise, Minn, and Mo., southw. to S. L. and Ua. Connecticut.-Danbury, June 15. 1909 (C.W.J.): East R^^er Mv 6 1911 (Ely): Hamden, June 2, 1928 ( R. B. F.) : Kent Falls, Sept. 11 929 A. L\ . . Mamt.c Lake, Tune 8-9, 1929 (C. P. A.); Natchaug State Forest, June 14, 1933 (L.P. A.y, 550 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BuU. Figure 41-. Pediciini : male liypopygia. A. Pcdicia (Tricyplwna) auripcnnis (O.S.) B. P. (T.) aittitiiitmlis (Alex.) ; dististyle. C. P. (T.) calcar (O.S.): dististyle. D. P. (T.) jnhnso)ii (Alex.) ; tergite. E. P. (T.) i}iconsta)is (O.S.) F. P. (T.) pahtdicola (Alex.) G. Dicranota (Paradicranota) iowa Alex. H. Pedicia (Tricyphona) vernalis (O.S.) I. Dicranota (Paradicranota) cucera O.S. J. D. (Dicranota) currant Alex. K. D. (Paradicranota) rivularis O.S. L. D. (Dicranota) divaricata Alex. M. D. (D.) novcboracensis Alex. Symbols: a, aedeagus ; b, basistylc ; d, dististyle: i, interbase; p, phallosome ; t, tergite. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONO^fY 351 im} t\-: ■■•• i..'^ 352 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. N. Branford. July 4, 1924 (R. B. F.) ; Norfolk, June 9. 1929 (C. P. A.): Pulnam, June 15. 1933 (C. P. A.); Riverton, May 30, June 12, 1931 (C. P.A.); Salisburv. Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C C.) ; Sept. 12, 1928 (C. P. A.) ; Stafford Springs, June 14. 1933 (C. P. A); Tunxis State Park, June 12-13, Julv 22>, 1931 (C. P. A.): Tyler Lake, May 30. 1931 (C. P. A.); Union, Aug. 17. 1928 (C. S. C.) ; Westbrook, June 5, 1929 (R. B. F.) ; W. Granby, Sept. 11, 1928 (G. C. C), June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.). P. (7'W(?y/>Ac»^«) johnsoni Alex. (Fig. 41, D). 1930. Tricyphona johnsoni Alexander; Occas. Pap. Boston Soc, Nat. Hist., 5 : 277. Figs. — Osten Sacken. Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 2, fig. 15 (wing) ; 1869. (as inconstans). Johnson. Psyche, 34:217, figs. 1-4 (wings); 1927, (as inconstans). Generally similar to inco^isfans. Jittering as follows: wings nar- rower, the coloration darker, including the somewhat broader costal border; cell B4 with from one to seven supernumerary crossveins. Male hypopygium with the tergite (Fig. 41, D). (June) Mass. (Nantucket Is.), soutiiw. to flatwoods areas of S. C, Ga. and Fla. (coastal). P. {Trlcyphona) katahdin Alex. 1914. Tricyphonu katahdin Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1914: 598-599. Figs. — Alexander, Ibid.. 1914, pi. 25, fig. 7 (wing). Alexander, Ibid., 1916. pi. 28, fig. 51 (wing) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 42, fig. 183 (wing) ; 1919. Mesonotum light fawn-brown, praescutal stripes very ill-defined, the pleura light yellow. Antennae with basal segment yellow, re- mainder dark brown. Knobs of halteres weakly darkened. Femora yellow basally, passing into brown. Wings light yellow, with a few small brown spots, chiefly along anterior half ; venation variable, m.-ca at or before fork of J/, cell Mz subsessile to long-petiolate. Abdominal tergites weakly bicolorous, brown, the apices broadly pale; sternites brow^nish yellow; margined laterally with brown. jVIale hypopygium almost as in paludicola. $ . L. 6-7.5 mm.; w. 6-7 nmi. 9. L. 8.8-9.5 mm. ; w. 7.5-9 mm. (Aug.) Me., Vt., westw. to Mich. P. {Trlcyphona) macateei Alex. 1919. Tricyphona macateei Alexander; Can. Ent., 51: 166. Mesonotum yellowish gray, the praescutum with four brown stripes, intermediate pair only narrowly separated. Antennae brown- ish black throughout. Head dark gray. Femora brownish yellow, tips broadl}^ dark brown. Wings nearly hyaline, with a heavy dark brown pattern. Cell M^ sessile; m-cv. at or before fork of M. Ab- dominal tergites brownish gray, the caudal margins more yellowish gray. Male hypopygium almost as in ^aZ^/<;?^co?«. $. L. 8-8.5 mm.; w. 8-9 mm. 9. L." 9-10 mm.; w. 10-11 mm. (Early May; Sept., Oct.) Mass., N. Y., southw. to Md. and N. C. Connecticut.— -W. Granby, Sept. 11, 1928 (G. C.C.). Xo. 64] DIPTERA OF COXXECTICUT : TAXONOMY 353 P. (Trici/jthona) pa\udico\a. {Ahx.) (Fig. 41, F). lUlC). Trk'i/phona imludicola Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1916:538-540. Figs.— Alexander, Ihid., 1916, pi. 28, fig. 53 (wing). Alexander, Cfls. N .Y., 1, pi. 42, fig. 184 (wing) ; 1919. General coloration brownish gray, the praescutum with four brown stripes ; pleura gray. Head brownish gray. Knobs of halteres infuscated. Femora obscure yellow, tips broadly brownish black. Wings sometimes nearly unimaculate ; cell Mz sessile. Abdomen dark brown, including hypopygium. Male hypopygium (Fig. 41, F) with apex of basistyle set with microscopic black spines; dististyle bearing two or three small spines or spinous plates; interbase with abundant setae on distal half. $. L. 7-8 mm.; w. 8-9 mm. 9. L. 10.5-11 mm.; w. 10.5-11 mm. (May-early June). Ont., N. B., Me., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Mich. The four species, katahdin., iixacateel^ palu^lcola and pumiht, all have this peculiar type of hypopygium and are unquestionably closely allied, being best separated by the characters given in the key. P. {Tricyphona) pumila sp, nov. Rostrum brownish gray; palpi dark brown. Antennae 14-seg- mented, dark brown throughout; flagellar segments oval, the outer ones more narrowed ; terminal segment longer than the penultimate. Head yellowish gray, the center of vertex extensively infuscated; a weak low carina on vertex, possibly abnormal. Pronotum brow^nish gray, the central portion a little darker. Mesonotal praescutum gray with four brown stripes, the median line more brownish gray; posterior sclerites of mesonotum clearer gray, the center of each scutal lobe with a brown triangular area. Pleura gray, the dorso-pleural region more yellowish. Halteres obscure yel- low^, the knobs infuscated. Legs with coxae brownish gray; tro- chanters brownish yellow; femora brownish black, the basal portions brighter; remainder of legs black. Wings narrow, whitish subhyaline, with a very restricted brown pattern that is chiefly costal, including small spots at ends of veins Sc, B1 + 2 and as narrow vague seams along the cord; veins pale brown. Venation: tending to be degen- erate ; petiole of cell R^ elongate, exceeding cell 1st M?. Abdomen brownish gray, including the hypopygium. Male hypopygium much as in kataMin; dististyle broadly flattened and provided with two or three spines; setae of interbasal process very dense but of moderate length only; aedeagus capitate. $. L. about 5.5 mm. ; w, 5x1 mm. Holotype, <5 . near Woodstock, New Brunswick, June 15, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; in author's collection. The species belongs to the paludicola group, being most closely allied to the typical member, paludicola. It is the smallest and most degenerate species of the genus so far discovered in Eastern North America. :More recent observations made in ^Michigan by Professor Rogers indicate the probability that pumila is scarcely distinct from palndicola. 354 COXXECTICT'T GEOL. AXP XAT. HIST. SURVEY [BuU. P. i T rici/2)hona) yernaUs (O.^.) (Fig:. 41, H). 1861. Amalopis vernalis Osteii Sacken; Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phil- adelphia. 1861:291. Figs. — Alexander, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1916, pi. 2%. fig. 51 (wing) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 42. fig. 185 (wing) ; 1919. General coloration gray, the j^raescutum with three brown stripes, median stripe rarely divided by a pale vitta. Head brownish g:i"ay. Wings with a faint brown tinge, heavily spotted with darker brown. M-cu connecting with M^ just beyond base; cell 1st 31-2 in cases open by atrophy of m.. ]Male hypopygium (Fig. 41, H) with the dististyle bearing a slender, setiferous, tail-like lobe. $ . L. 6.5-7.5 mm. ; w. 8-9 mm. 9. L. 11-12 mm.: w. 10.5-12 mm. (Late May. June) Ont.. Que, N. B., Me., N. H., \'t., Mass., N. Y., southw. to N. C. S. C. and Ga. Connecticut— Hartland, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.). Dicranota Zetterstedt iSiis. IJ icranof a Zetterxtedt: Ins. La])ponica, Dipt., p. 851. The uniting of several groups of small crane-flies into the single genus Dicranota has rendered this the largest genus within the tribe, with nearly a score of .species occurring in our faunal limits. The members of the genus are readily told from the larger Pediciini by the usually unvariegated wings, generally open cell 1st Mo-, and small size. The antennal structure, including number of segments, is remarkably variable among the dilferent species. Similarly the venation is high- h^ plastic, especially as regards the radial Held, and most of the sub- generic groups here recognized are separated on slight details of vena- tion. Such groups are admittedly artificial and are maintained chiefly for convenience in handling the unwieldy mass of species. Occasion- ally abnormal specimens are found in a series but since more than a single, or even several, species may be taken at a single place and date, the identification should be checked by a study of the male hypopyg- ium. The adtdt flies occur along woodland streams, in gorges, in boggy areas, and similar ecological situations. The carnivorous larvae live in the wet soil in or near such places. Kc\ to Subficncra 1. A supernumerary crossvein in cell R^ about opposite end of vein Sc^ 2 No supernumerary crossveins in cells of wing 4 2. Cell 1st M-2 closed (Figs. 23, C; 40, E) ....'. Eudicranota Cell 1st M-j open bv atrophy of rn 3 3. Cell Mr lacking (Fig. 40. F) Paradicranota Cell Ml present Dicranota 4. Cell 1st M; closed (Fig. 40. G) Amalopina Cell 1st M2 open by atrophy of 111 5 5. Cell Ml lacking (Fig. 40. H) Plectromyia Cell 3/1 present (Fig. 40, I, J) Rhaphidolabis No. 64] DIPTERA OF COXXECTICUT : TAXONOMY 355 Subgenus Eudicranota Alex. 11)34. Eudicranota Alexander; in Curraii, Keys to the Families and Genera of North American Diptera, [). 40. Distinguished from Dicranota^ s.s., b}^ the closed cell 1st M-z Jiut^l 15-segmented antennae. Within the liinits of this grou[) is to be found almost the whole range of i)<)sition of vein R^ to be found in the tribe, this being retained in its primitive position on the ])()sterior fork by Hotahills^ while being extensively ca].)tured by the up[)er fork, forming a long element i?2+3+4, in pallida. TyiJe of subgenus. — Dicranota notahllis Alexander (Eastern Nearctic ) . Both known species occur within our limits or are regional. The only other member of the genus with cell 1st M^ closed, is A?nuloj)ina, which lacks the supernumerary crossvein m cell /i*i and has cell J/i long-petiolate. Eudicranota has the cell very short-petiolate to sessile. Kcv to Sffccies 1. A short fork of Ri*-.. cell A% thus being short-petiolate, Rj sessile (V\g. 40 £\ notabilis A^ captured by R^^s, forming a long fusion of A2-.'U4, cell R-., thus being long- petiolate, R, sessile (Fig. 23, C) pallida Dicranota {Eudicranota) notabilis Alex. (Fig. 40, E). 1929. JJicranota notahilis Alexander; Can. Ent., 01:18. General coloration pale yellow. Halteres and legs yellow: tips of femora and tibiae weakly' infumed. ^^'ings pale yellow, the base and costal region a trifle darkened; stigmal area and veins of cord a little suffused; cell My broadly sessile. 5. L. about 10 mm.: \v. 9.5 mm. (June) Tenn. D. {Eudicranota) pallida Alex. (Fig. 23, C). 1914. Dicranota, pallida Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 19l4:599-()00. Figs.— Alexander, Ibid., 1914, pi. 27, f^g. 31 (wing). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1. pi. 41, fig. 167 (ven.) : 1919. General coloration pale yellow, scutal lobes, base of scutellum and postnotum more infuscated; pleura yelloAV. teinora yellow, a little darkened at tips. Winir« hvaline, iridescent, costal margin a trifle infumed, especiallv basally; lis long, angulated and spurred at origin; cell i¥i nearly sessile (Fig. 23, C). ?. L. S mm.: w. 8 mm. (July) Me. (Mt. Desert), N. H. (White Mts.) Subgenus Paradicranota Alex. 1934. Paradicranota Alexander; in Curran, Keys to the Families and Genera of North American Diptera, p. 40. Distinguished from Dictranota, s.s., by the loss of cell J/i of wings. 356 CONXECTICUT GEOL. AND XAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Type of subgenus. — Dicranota rivularls Osten Sacken (Eastern Xeairtic). A weak division of the genus, paralleling Plectro77iyia in the Rhaphidolahis group of species. The subgenus includes a few Euro- pean species (loiu/ltar.sis Bergroth, robusta Lundstrom) and other Nearctic forms (as eucera Osten Sacken and iowa Alexander). With- in the group are found species with elongate antennae in $ and oth- ers with the organ short in both sexes. Key to Species (Based chiefly on male characters) 1. Halteres pale; antennae short in both sexes, if bent backward ending some distance before wing-root ; male hypopygium with outer angle of basistyle produced into a lobe (Fig. 41, K) rivularis Halteres with knobs weakly to strongly inf uscated ; antennae ($) elongate, if bent backward extending to some distance beyond base of abdomen ; male hypopygium without lobe on basistyle (Fig. 41, G, I) 2 2. Wings unmarked except for the pale brown stigma ; mesonotal praescutum with three brown stripes ; male hypopygium with inner dististyle elongate, approximately twice the small oval outer style ; interbase with a long slender stem, the acute apex bent at a right angle (Fig. 41, I) eucera Wings with a brown seam on anterior cord, additional to the dark brown stigma ; mesonotal praescutum with four brown stripes, the intermediate pair approximated ; male hypopygium with both dististyles nearly equal in length; interbase a short, powerful, beak-like blade (Fig. 41, G) iowa Dicranota (Paradic7'(mota) eucera O. S. (Figs. 40, F; 41,1). 1861). Dicranota eucera Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4:281- 282. Fig.— Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 209, fig, 109 (wing) : 1932. General coloration of mesonotum gray; pleura gray. Antennae dark throughout; in $ elongated, if bent backward extending about to base of third abdominal segment, of 5 short, extending about to wing- root. AVings with a weak brownish tinge, stigma darker; Rs short, angulated at origin; cell ^3 short to very short petiolate. Abdomen dark brown. Male hypopygium (Fig. 41,1). $. L. about 5-5.5 nun.; w. 6-7 mm.; antenna about 8 mm. $. L. 6-6.5 mm.; w. T-7.5 mm. (Apr., May) Mass., westw. to Minn., southw. to Md., Va. and N. C. Wisconsin records (Dickinson, 1. c.) pertain to the next species (Rogers, in litt.). D. {Pamdicfanota) \oyf2t. X\qx. (P'ig, 41, G). 1920. Dicranota ioira Alexander; Can. Ent., 52 : 78-79 ( $ ). 1921. D. rogersi Alexander; lUd., 53 : 136 {$). Generally sinular to eucera in the elongate antennae of male. Male hypopygium (Fig. 41, G). $. L. 5.5-6.5 mm. : w. 6-7.5 mm. 9. L. 7.5-8.5 mm. ; w. 8-10 mm. (June-Aug.) Que., westw. to Mich., Wise, Minn., and la., southw. to Hudsonian Zone of Mt. Washington, N. H. Xo. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 357 D. {Paradicrmiota) riyu\aris O.S. (Fig. 41, K). 18ol>. Dicmnofa rivularis Osten Sacken : Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1859:281. Figs.— Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 2, fig. 16 (wing) ; 1869. Will- iston. Man. X. Amer. Dipt., Ed. 3 : 84. fig. 25, sub 2 (wing) ; 1908. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y.. 1, pi. 41, fig. 169 (ven.) ; 1919. (jreneral coloration . Plectromyia modcsta Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. X. Amer., 4:284. " l.'igs.— Osten Sacken, Ibid., 4. pi. 2, fig. 18 (wing). Williston, Man. N. Amer. Dipt., Ed. 3:84, fig. 3 (wing); 1908. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 41, fig. 174 (ven.) ; 1919. (leneral coloration pale brown, with tliree slifjlitly darker brown praeseutal stripes. Antennae dark throughout. Knobs of halteres weakly infuscated. Wings nearly hyaline; stigma scarcely indicated; veins pale l)rown. Abdomen brown, the hypopygium a trifle more yellowish. Male hypopygium (Fig. 42, C). $ . L. 4.2-5 mm.; w. 5.5- 6 mm. $. L. about 5 mm.; w. 5-5.5 mm. (Tune) N. H., \i., in mountains. (High Canadian, Hudsonian). D. [Plecf I'omiihi ) ipei\o\2iia {XXex.) (Fig. 42, D). r.lli). Tricyphovd. petiolata Alexander; ('an. Ent., 51:194-195. (Jul\-, Aug.) Que., X. H. (Mt. Washington, 5000 feet and over), westw. to high mountains of Colo. (Hudsonian). Subgenus Rhaphidolabis Osten Sacken Ls(i9. Rhapli/dolah'is Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4:284-287. A numerous group of small pediciine crane-flies that are most commonly found along streams and in boggy wooded areas. The early stages live in saturated earth. The adults are on the wing in Spring and P'all, and some, at least, have two generations per year. Key to Species (Based chiefly on male characters) 1. Cell R^i of wings sessile or nearly so (Fig. 40, I) ; male hypopygium with the median region of tergite not or scarcely produced (in rogersiana. produced into a broad lobe with truncated apex) 2 Cell R.i of wings long-petiolate (Fig. 40, J) ; male hypopygium with the tergite produced medially into a slender lobe 4 2. Male hypopygium with median region of tergite merely rounded, the lateral arms appearing as paddle-like blades, with rounded tips ; interbase short, bidentate at apex ; wings subhyaline to pale grayish 3 Male hypopygium with median region of tergite produced into a broad lobe, its apex truncate, the lateral arms small, each bent at apex into a simple point ; interbase a long, nearly straight yellow rod, its apex micro- scopically toothed (Fig. 42, I) ; wings milky-white rogersiana 3. Coloration of thorax grayish brown, the praescutum with three dark brown stripes ; abdomen dark brown, the caudal margins of segments paler ; wings very pale brown, Rs short, arcuated to angulated ; male hypopygium with interbase relatively narrow (Fig. 42, F) cayuga Coloration of thorax reddish brown, sparsely gray, pruinose, the praescutum with three indistinct darker stripes ; abdomen yellowish brown, the hypo- pygium bright yellow ; wings nearly hyaline, Rs somewhat elongated and gently arcuate; male hypopygium with the interbase broader (Fig. 42, J) rubescens 4. Thoracic pleura chiefly gray pruinose ; male hypopygium with the basistyle bearing a conspicuous darkened hairy lobe on mesa! face near base ; inner dististyle somewhat bottle-shaped, broad basally, the outer half suddenly narrowed into a neck-like portion, the apex obtusely rounded (Fig. 42, H) 5 No. 64] DIPTERA OF COXXECTICUT : TAXONOMY 361 Thoracic pleura chiefly yellow, the ventral steriiopleurite dark ; male hypo- pygium without a lobe on mesal face of basistyle; inner dististyle elongate, more blade-like, gradually narrowed to a subacute tip (Fig. 42, K) 6 5. Male hypopygium with intcrbase a flattened blade that terminates in two slender arms directed toward one another, to appear more or less like tongs ; lateral arms of tergite appearing as a long, slender, strongly curved hook (Fig. 42, G) ■ forceps Male h.\popygium with interbase bearing two unequal arms, one a Ijroadly flattened blade, the shorter arm slender, sinuous ; lateral arm of tergite only gently curved at apex (Fig. 42, H) persimilis 6. lilale hypopygium with interbase terminating in a slender spinous point, tlie structure somewhat resembling the head and beak of a bird ; lateral arm of tergite only slightlv curved at apex; apex of inner dististvle subacute (Fig. 42, E) . .' '. ' !.avis Male hypopygium with interbase a broadly flattened blade, tlie apex nar- rowed and obtusely rounded ; lateral arm of tergite very strongly recurved into a hook; apex of inner dististyle more obtuse (Fig. 42. K) tenuipes Dicranota {RhapMdola'bu) avis (Alex.) (Fio-. 4'2. E). lO'iC. Rhaphidohihis {Rhaphidolahis) oris Alexander: \\u{. News, 37: 50, 51. Closely allied to tenuipes, differin///V/(9/c/6is) rubescens (Alex.) (Fig. 42, J). 1916. Ii/i 19^8 (G. C. C); W. Granby. Sept. 11. 1928 (C. P. A.). HeXAT;)M1XI In the local fauna, the tribe Hexatoniini incliules ei«rht siibtiibes that are readily tohl from all other Limoniinae, with the exception of the Pediciiiii, by the presence of spur.s on the tibiae. All but two of these subtribes, the Atarbaria and the Elephantomyaria, are further separated from the Linioniini and aberrant Erioptei-ini {To.rorh'nm\ Gonomyia; Teucholahis) by the presence of three l)ranches of Ra reaching the win<>-mari(iis}s Alexander, ])reviously known only from Alberta. The geiuis PJuillo- Jahts I'uns to couplet 10 by the use of the acc()m))anying key to the hexatomine genera. It is readily told from all others in our fauna by the loss of vein lij, and the position of m-eu clo.se to the extreme outer end of cell 1st il/o, the latter character being nnich as in the family Trichoceridae. The species, lagganensis^ is of medium size, (hirk-col- ored, with unmai'ked wings. The specimens were secured in late Au- gust, 1935, at high altitudes on Mount Madison. (Occas. Pap. Bos- ton Soc. Nat. Hist., 8: 275-2TG, fig. 3; 1936). Key to Subtribes and Genera 1. Antennae with not more than 12 segments (Hexatomaria) Hexatoma V'3 Antennae with more than 13 segments 2 2. Rostrum elongate, exceeding one-half the length of the entire body (Fig. 46, L) (Elephantomyaria) . Elephantomyia Rostrum short, or of moderate length only, not exceeding in length the remainder of head • • • ^ 3. Wings with two branches of Rs reaching the margin (Fig. 44, O) (Atar- baria) Atarba Wings with three branches of Rs reaching the margin (Fig. 44. A-E, L. N) ,■ ^ 4. Apical cells of wing with macrotrichia (Figs. 43, A, B, J, K : 44, 1 ) 5 Cells of wings without macrotrichia (excepting in stigmal area) 7 5. Cell Rz of wing (Fig. 44, I) sessile or subsessile; in local species, cell .Ui lacking and the macrotrichia involving cells basad of cord Ulomorpha Cell Ri of wings petiolate ; cell Mi present, rarely lacking, in the latter case {Oxydiscus cayuga, Fig. 43, B; Limnophila subtennieornis, Fig. 43, K) withmacrotrichia confined to extreme apical cells of wing 6 6. Small species (wing less than 5.5 mm.); antennae short !n both sexes (Oxvdiscaria) (Fig. 43, A, B) ...Oxyd.scus Larger species (wing over 6 mm.) ; antennae of male elongate (Limimphi- laria, part) (Fig. 43, J, K) Limnophila: Lasiomast.x 7. A supernumerary crossvein in cell C (Fig. 43, C) (Epiphragmaria) Epiphragma dh«^ No supernumerary crossvein in cell C '^ 366 CONXECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. 8. Wings with m-cu at or close to fork of M; anterior arculus lacking ( Fij;. 43, D) (Dactylolabaria) Dactylolabis Wings witli ;;;-(•;( beyond the fork of I\I, at from one-third to one-half the length of the cell 1st Mj-. where close to fork of M (some PseiidolUuno- f'liila ) , the arculus complete 9 9. Wings with the anterior arculus lacking (Fig. 43, E-G) (Pseudolimno- philaria, part) . . . 10 Wings with the anterior arculus present (Fig. 43, H-P) II 10. Cell Isf M-2 of wings very large, its inner end lying far proximad of the other elements of the cord (Fig. 43, E) Prolimnophila Cell 1st M> of wings of normal size, its inner end straight and in approxi- mate alignment with the elements of the anterior cord (Fig. 43, I*", (j ) Austrolimnophila 11. Wings with Sc relatively short, Sci ending before the level of the fork of Rs (F'ig. 44, F-H) (Limnophilaria, part); compare also Liiiuiopliila alhipcs, F'ig. 44, C, readily separated by the white posterior tarsi 12 Wings with Sc longer, Sci ending opposite or beyond the level of the fork of Rs (Figs. 43, H, I; 44, D, E) ; compare also Pilaria rccondita. distin- guished by the elongate antennal verticils 13 12. Antennae with long, conspicuous verticils; tuberculate pits present, small, placed at extreme cephalic end of praescutum ; Rs elongate, exceeding vein R^; cell Ml present or lacking (Fig. 44, G, H) Pilaria Antennae with short verticils ; tuberculate pits lacking ; Rs short and strongly arcuated or angulated at origin; cell Mi lacking (Fig. 44, F) Shannonomyia 13. Head strongly narrowed and prolonged behind; radial and medial veins beyond cord long and sinuous ; vein R^ extending generally parallel to vein Ri, not diverging markedly at tips ; vein 2nd A strongly curved to margin (Fig. 43, H, I). (Pseudolimnophilaria, part) Pseudolimnophila37 V Head broad, not conspicuously narrow ed behind ; radial and medial veins more nearly straight ; vein Rs diverging strongly from vein Ri ; cell Rx conspicuously widened at margin ; vein 2)id A not curved strongly into margin (Fig. 44, A-C). (Limnophilaria, part) Limnophila ^'' 1. Siibtribe Oxydiscaria Oxydiscus de Meijere 1891. Adelphonii/ia of autjiorities, nee Bergroth, Mittheil. Xaturf. Ges. Bern, 1890 : 134. 1913. Oxydiscus de Meijere; Tijd. voor Ent., 56:350. The genus Oxydiscus is placed in the present tribe with some ques- tion. On the basis of structure of the adult, the species of the genus are hexatomine and are the smallest species of the tribe within our faunal limits. The larvae of this genus show certain features held as being characteristic of the tribe Pediciini and the group had earlier been placed in this latter tribe in treatments by the present writer. The immature stages occur in rich saturated organic earth. Key to Species 1. Wings with cell Mx lacking (Fig. 43. B ) cayuga Wings with cell M, present (Fig. 43, A) 2 2. Coloration of body and wings clear light yellow; macrotrichia of wing-cells very restricted in number and area, occurring in the extreme outer cells only minutus Coloration of thoracic notum brownish yellow to dark brown ; wings tinged with gray or brown ; macrotrichia of wing-cells more abundant, occurring in cells distad of level of vein R-2 3 No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 367 3. Thoracic pleura clear yellow, unmarked americanus Thoracic pleura yellow, with two narrow brown longitudinal stripes that are best delimited in front pleural is Oxydiscus americanus (Alex.) (Fig. 43, A). li)l'2. Adelphomi/m americana Alexander; Pomona Coll. Journ. Ent., 4:829-831. Figs. — Alexander, Ibid., fig. 260, A (ven.). Alexander, Ent. News, 22:353, fig. 4 (wing, as senilis); 1911. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 41, fig. 160 (ven.); 1919. Vein R2 present (Fig. 43, A). $. L. about 3-3.5 mm.; av. 4.2-4.6 mm. $ , L. about 4 mm. ; w. 5-5.5 mm. (Aug., Sept.) N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Mich., southw. to N. C. and S. C. Connecticut.— Norfolk. June 6-12. 1928 (C. P. A., G. C. C.) ; Salisbury, Sept. 5-12. 1928 (C. P. A., G. C. C); Twin Lakes, Sept. 12, 1928 (C.P. A.): W. Granbv, Sept. 11. 1928 (C.P. A.). O. cayuga (Alex.) (Fig. 43, B). 1912. Adelphom,yia cayuga Alexander; Pomona Coll. Journ. Ent., 4:831. 1916. Ormosia ahnormis Dietz; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 42: 137-138. 1921. Adel/phomyia hazletoneihsis Dietz ; Ihid., 47 : 252-253. Figs.— Alexander, Ibid., fig. 260, B (wing). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 41. fig. 162 (ven.) ; 1919. Dietz, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 42, pi. 10, fig. 3 (hyp.) ; 1916. General coloration brown to dark brown, the pleura darkened, somewhat paler behind. Vein R-2 usually faint and indistinct; macro- trichia of cells relatively numerous l)evond level of outer end of cell 1st Mo ( Fig. 43, B ) . 5 .' L. 3-3.5 mm. : w. 4-5 mm. 9 . L. 4.5-5 mm. ; w. 4.5-5 mm. (Aug., Sept.) Me.. N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Ind. and Mich. O. minutus (Alex.) 1911. Adelphomyia mmuta Alexander; Can. Ent., 43:287-288. Figs.— Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 41, fig. 161 (ven.) ; 1919. Crampton, Insec. Inscit. Menst., 13, pi. 3, fig. 24 (thorax) ; 1925. Wings with vein A% distinct. $. L, about 3.3-4.4 mm.; w. 4-4.2 mm. 9 . L. 4.5-5 mm. ; w. 4.5-4.8 mm. (Late May, June) Ont.. Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Mich., southw. to N. C . Connecticut.— Cornwall Bridge, Mav 30, 1931 (C.P. A.): Hartland, June 9, 1929 (C.P. A.); Kent Falls. Mav 30-31, 1931 (C.P. A.): Norfolk, May 30, 1931, June 12, 1931, June 9, 1929 (C.P. A.); Union. June 14. 1933 (C.P. A.). O. pleuralis (Dtz.) 1921. Adelphomi/ia pleural^ Dietz : Trans. Amer. P^nt. Soc, 47 : 251- 252. Antennae brown, the pedicel dark brown. Abdomen light brown, the subterminal seirnients dark brown, i . L. about 2.5-2.8 mm. ; w. 3.3-3.6 mm. 9 . ^ L. 3.3-3.8 mm. ; w. 3.8-4.2 mm. 368 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. (June-Aug.) Ont., N. H., Mass., Ct., X. Y.. Pa., westw. to Ind. and Alich., soulhw. to S. C, Tenn. and Fla. Connecticut.— Bloomfield. Aug. 6, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Cornwall Bridge, Aug. 19, 1931 fC. P. A.): Kent Falls, Aug. 19. 1931 (C. P. A.); Natchaug State Forest, June 14, 1933 (C. P. A.) : Saptree Run State Park, June 14. 1933 (C P.A.) ; Stafford Springs, June 14, 1933 (C.P. A.) : Union. June 14. 1933 (C. P.A.). '2. Siibtribe Eptphragmakia Epiphragma Osten Sackeii 1859. LimnophUa {Eflphragnm) Osten Sacken; Proe, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia. 1859 : 238. The genus Epiphragma includes two of our most striking and beautiful species among the medium-sized Tipulidae. The immature stages are spent in moist decaying wood, while the adult flies may be swept from rank Aegetation in shaded places, or appear at dusk in small dancing swarms. Elsewhere in the World, this genus and its close ally in the Southern Hemisphere. AustroUmnophila Alexander, are represented by a host of unusually hand.some crane-flies. Key to Species 1. Wings with pale brown crossbands that are narrowly margined with darker brown, these darkened areas separated by the pale ground-color ; a brown ring at tip of each femur (Fig. 43. C) fascipennis Wings with an irregular pattern of brown and tawny on a subhyaline ground. all darkened areas being more or less confluent on the anterior half of wing; a brown ring before tip of each femur solatrix Epiphragma fascipennis (Say) (Figs. 22, C; 43, C). 1S23. Limnohia fascipmnis Say; Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 3:19. 1859. LhmnopMlii {E piphraqnui) pavonina Osten Sacken; Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859:239. Figs. — Snodgrass, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 11, pi. 11. fig. 18 (ovipos.) : 1903. Snodgrass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pi. 9, figs. 13, 15 (hvp.) : 1904. Needham, 23rd Kept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 19. fig. 3 (ven.) : pi. 31 (entire insect) : 1908. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y.. 1. pi. 41. fig. 158 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson. Cfls. Wise. p. 200, fig. 91 (wing) : 1932. General coloration yellowish brown, pruinose ; mesonotal praescu- tum margined in front with chestnut-brown. Femora, in cases, with a second, subterminal brown ring. Male hvpopvgium (Fig. 22. C). 5. L. 9-11 mm.; w. 9-12 mm. 9. L. 10-12 nun"; w. 11-12 mui. (May-Aug.) Ont.. Que.. X. B.. Me.. N. H.. Vt.. Mass.. R. I.. X. Y.. westw. to Aha., southw. to Ga., Fla. and La. Connecticut.— Branford, June 13. 1918 (B. H.W.): Cornwall Bridge. Mav 30. 1931 (C.P. A.) ; Danburv, June 15. 1909 (C.W.J.) : Eastford. June 12,»1919 (B. H. W.) : Hamden. June 2, 1928 (R. B. F.) ; Hartland. June 9, 1929 (C.P. A.): Kent Falls, Alav 30-31. 1931 (C.P. A.): Manitic Lake. June 8-9, 1929 (C.P. A.): Xew Haven, June 8, 1929 (W. E. B.) ; Xorfolk, June 9. 1929. May 31, 1931. June 12. 1931 (C.P. A.); N. Branford, July 4. 1924 (R. B. F.); Orange. June 19, 1924 (B. H. W.) : Riverton. Mav 30-31. 1931, June 8. 1929 (C. P.A.); Rowayton. June 10, 1909 (C. W. I.); Saptree Run State Park, hine 14. 1933 (C.P. A.); Storrs, May 1933 (C. No, 64) DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: TAXONOMY 309 S. C.) ; TylcT Lake. June 13, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; Waterburv, June 9 1905 (W E B ) • W. Hartford. June 10. 1929 (R. B. R); Westford. June 14. 1933 ^C P A)'- W Granby. June 8. 1929- (C. P. A.) ; Willington. June 24. 1932 (X. T.) ; Winstcd 'lune 10, 1928 (R. B. F.). ^ ■ ■ E. solatrix (O. S.) 1859. Limnophila {Epiphraf/ma) soJatrir Ostcn Sackeii : Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859 : 288. Figs.— Osten Sacken. Mon. Dipt. N. Amer.. 4. pi. 2. fig. 8 (wing) • 1869 Alex- ander, Cfls. N. Y., 1. pi. 41, fig. 159 (wing) ; 1919. General coloration brown, whiti.^h pruinose. the mesoiiotal i)rae- scntiim more reddish brown in front. $. L. 8-10 mm.: w. s-ll mm. $ . L. about 10 nnn. : w. 11-12 mm. (May-Aug.) N. Y. (Long Island), Aid. and \"a.. westw. to Tenn.. Ind. and Mo., southw. to Fla. and La. 3. Snbtribe Dactylolabaria Dactylolabis Osten Sacken 1859. Dactyl olahk Osten Sacken: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia. 1859 : 240. The toxor.eura Wings tinged with pale brownish, sparsely to more heavily marked with brown clouds, at least the anterior cord so clouded ; J^2+3+4 elongate, only goil^j^ arcuated, in most cases subequal to the anterior branch of Rs ; antennae of male elongate, if bent backward extending to or beyond the second abdominal segment ; verticils shorter than segments 2 2. Wings relatively narrow, the cells correspondingly narrowed, especially cell 1st M-> which is parallel-sided ; Rs relatively elongate, much exceeding its anterior branch : macrotrichia almost lacking on main stem of M. restricted Xo. 64] DIPTERA or COXXECTICTT : TAXONOMY 373 to two or three at extreme outer end; male hypopygium with the outer dististyle narrow, terminating in a short curved black' spine ; inner dististyle extended into a long straight apical point (Fig. 45, A) harperi Wings broad, cell 1st M-^ correspondingly widened; Rs short, subequal to its anterior branch ; long conspicuous macrotrichia on distal half of main stem of M ; male hypopygium with the outer dististyle a flattened blade that is suddenly narrowed to a black, nearly straight point : inner dististyle bcnring a blackened lateral branch at near midlength (Figs. 43, G; 45, B) unica Austrolimnophila harperi (Alex.) (Fijr. 45, A). r.>i>(;. Llmnophil(( luirpen Alexander; In.sec, Tnscit. Menst.. 14:23-24. ]SIesonotal i)raesciitiim yello\yish gray with three blackish stripes, the median area broad. Wings with a i-estricted darker brown pat- t-ern, including the stigma and clouds at origin of Rs, along cord and on outer end of cell 1st M>: m-cu at near midlength of cell 1st Mo. Male hypopvgium (Fig. 45. A). S. L. T-S mm.: w. 7.5-8.5 nun. 9. L. 10-11 nun.: w. 9-10 nmi. (June) N. Y. (high mts.), westw. to Alta. (Hudsonian, high Canadian). Resting on wet faces of vertical cliffs. The habits of the adults have been brietlv described by the writer (Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 24:23; 1929). A. toxoneura (O. S.) (Fig. 43, F). 1859. Lhnnophila to.vonenra Osten Sacken : Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859:236. Figs.— Needham, 23rd Kept. N. Y. State Ent. for 1907, pi. 18. fig. 2 (ven.) ; 1908. Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1. pi. 38. fig. 126 (ven.) ; 1919. Dickinson. Cfls. Wise, p. 202, fig. 94 (wing) ; 1932. Head light gray. Mesonotum brownish yellow, the ])raescutum with two slightly darker brown submedian stripes: lateral margin of praescutum sometimes slightly darkened: p.sendosutural foveae pale; pleura yellow, usually with a more or less distinct darkening on the propleura and anepisternum. Wings (Fig. 43. F) with A's short, strongly arcuated to angulated at origin: m-cu at near midlength of cell Isi M-2\ cell J/i deep. Abdomen elongate, in male with hypopyg- ium blackened, i . L. 6-7 mm.: w. 6.5-8 mm. 9. L. 8-9 mm.: w. 9-11 mm. (June, July) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass.. N. Y., westw. to Wise, southw. to \^a. and Tenn. Connecticut.— Brooklyn, June 15, 1933 (C. P. A.) ; E. Hartland, June 8. 1929 (C. P. A.); Hartland, June 9, 1929 (C. P.A.); Kent Falls, June 12-13, 1931 (C. P.A.): \atchaug State Forest. June 14, 1933 (C. P. A.); Norfolk, June 9, 1929, June 12. 1931 (C. P. A.): Riverton, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Tunxis State Park, June 12, 1931 fC. P. A.); Union, June 23. 1932 (N. T.). A. unica (O. S.) (Figs. 43, G; 45, B). 1869. Limnophila umca Osten Sacken: ^lon. Dipt. X. Amer., 4:205- 206. Figs —Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. id, fig. 114 (wing) ; 1919 Dickinson, Cfls. Wise. p. 204. fig. 98 (wing) ; 1932. 374 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT, HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Mesonotum dark brown, more or less pruinose, the median rejiion of praescutum with a more or less distinct stripe of the ground-color ; pleura pruinose. Wings (Fig. 43, G) with a very restricted darker pattern, most evident as a cloud on the anterior cord : macrotrichia of veins long and conspicuous: veins i?i+2. ^2 and ^2+3 all short and sub- equal in length. Male hypopygium (Fig, 45, B). 5. L. 7-9 mm.; w. 7-9.5 mm. 9. L. 7.5-S mm.: w. 9-10 mm. (Late May-July; more rarely in Autumn) Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Mass., N. Y., west, to Wise, southw. to D. C. (Hudsonian. Canadian). Pseudolimnophila Alexander 1919. PHcvdolimnophila Alexander; Cornell Univ. Agr, Expt. Sta. Mem. 25 : 917. 1920. PseudoUmnophUa Alexander: Ibid., Mem. 38:848-850. The chief points of distinction between Pseudolimnophila and Limnophila have been indicated in the key to the genera of Hexa- tomini. The immature stages of the two groups provide stronger and more satisfactory characters for the separation of the subtribes. In the following treatment. PseudoVimnophUa. toxoneura has been re- moved from the present genus and placed in AustroliTnnophila . The adult flies frequent a variety of ecological habitats that are indicated under the various species. The early stages are spent in saturated earth in the same general habitats frequented by the adult. Edw ards (1938) has placed this group as a subgenus under Limnophila ]Mac- quart. Key to Sf'ccics 1. Cell Ml lacking (Fig. 43, I) noveboracensis Cell Ml present (Fig. 43, H) 2 2. Thoracic pleura pale, striped longitudinally with dark brown, the longest stripe being the more dorsal one contempta Thoracic pleura uniform light to dark gray 3 3. Wings yellowish, distinctly marked with pale brown at stigma and on the crossveins and deflections of longitudinal veins (Fig. 43, H) luteipennis Wings gray or yellowish gray, unmarked except for the stigmal area 4 4. Size large (wing, S, over 7 mm.); mcsonotal praescutum with a median brown stripe, the lateral stripes not or scarcely indicated inornata Size small (wing, $, under 6 mm.) ; mesonotal praescutum gray, with four narrow brown stripes, the lateral pair distinct australina Pseudolimnophila australina Alex. 1927. Psendolininophila australina Alexander : Journ. X. Y. Ent. Soc, 35 : 56-57. Size small (wing, 5, 4.5-5.5 mm.). Wings with /?2 + 3 + 4 long and gently arcuated, from two to three times the length of the basal de- flection of i?5. $. L. 4-4.5 mm.; w. 4.5-5.5 mm. ?. L. about 6 mm.; w. 6-G.2 mm. (July) Md., westw. to s. Ind. and Tenn., southw. to S. C, Fla. and Ala. (Austral). No. 64] DIPTERA or COXXECTICUT: TAXONOMY 375 p. contempta (O. S.) imiK Lhnrioph//a confempf a Osten ^iicken- Mon. Dhtt X Ainer 4- 218-219. ■' 1914. L. 7iig7ipleura Alexander and Leonard; Proe. Acad. Xat Sci Philadelphia, 1914:592-593. Figs.— Alexander and Leonard, Ibid., pi. 25, fig. 3 Cwins). Alexander Cfls N. v., 1, pi. 39, fig. 130 (wing); 1919. Mesonotal praescutum lig-ht brown, with indications of four sli«!:htly darker brown stripes, best indicated behind: pseudosutural foveae pale brown. Wings yellowish gray, the stigma dai-ker; in cases, with very pale brown clonds along the cord and outer end of cell Ist il/o: ^2+3+4 long and gently arcuated, exceeding twice the basal de- flection of ^5. 6. L. about 5-5.5 mm.; w. about 6-0.5 nnn. 9. L, about 6-6.5 mm. ; w. 6.5-7 mm. (June-Sept.) Ont., Que., X. B, Me., N. H., Vt., N. Y., westvv. lo Mich, and Mo., southw. to S. C, Ga., Tenn. and n. Fla. A common fly in ravines, on sliaded springy hillsides, in open gorges and similar places. Connecticut.— Bloomfield. Aug. 6, 1929 (C. P.A.); Cornwall Bridge. Aug. 19. 1931 (C. P. A.) : Kent Falls, June 12-13, 1931, July 23-24, 1931, Aug. 19, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; Natchaug State Forest, June 14, 1933 (C. P. A.) ; New Haven, Aug. 20, 1928 (G. B.) ; Saptree Run State Park, June 14, 1933 (C. P. A.). P. inornata (O. 8.) (Figs. 22, D; 28, D). 1869. LknnophUa inornafn Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. X. Amer.. 4: 219-220. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 39, fig. 134 (ven.) ; 1919. General coloration clear gray, the mesonotal praescutum darkened medially but without a more intense capillary median vitta, the lateral stripes obsolete or nearly so; pleura clear blue-gray: pseudosutural foveae black. Wings (Fig. 23, D) with a faint l)rownish tinge, un- marked except for the slightly darkened stigmal area: R-^^-^j^i variable in length, in cases only a little longer than the basal deflection of i?5, in other specimens exceeding twice this length. $ . L. 7-8 mm. ; w. 7.5-8 mm. 5 . L. about 8.5-9.5 mm. ; w. 8-9 mm. (May-Aug.) Ont., Que., N. B., Ale., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., wcstw. to Ind. and Mich., southw. to Md. A very characteristic inhabitant of sphagnum bogs. The record and figure by Dickinson (Cfls. Wise, p. 201, fig. 93: 1932) pertains to some other crane-fly. Connecticut.— Branford, Aug. 11, 1904 (H. L.V.): E. Haddam. .May 31, 1923 (W. E. B.) ; Manitic Lake, June 8-9, 1929, preved upon by a cordylurid fly (C. P. A.) ; Norfolk. June 9, 1929 (C P. A.); Putnam, June 15, 1933 (C. P. A.): Stafiford Springs, June 14, 1933 (C. P.A.); Stamford, June 7. 1923 (B. T. R. I..): Storrs (C. S. C.) ; Union, June 24, 1932 (N.T.). P. luteipennis (O. S.) (Fig. 43, H). . , . 1859. LUnnoplnla luteipennis Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859 : 236. Figs.— Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer.. 4, pi. 2, fig. 10 (wing), pi. 4, fig. 25 (hyp.) : 1869. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y.. 1, pi. 39, fig. 135 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfis. Wise, p. 201, fig. 92 (wing) ; 1932. 37G CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SUKVEY | Hllll. Figure 43. Hexatomini ; venation. A. Oxydiscus amcricaniis (Alex.) B. O. cayu(/a (Alex.) C. Et^ij^lirai/ina fascipciiiiis (Say) D. Pactylolabis nwntana (O. S.) E. Proliiiniophila arcniafa (O. S.) F. .htstr(>li)iiuflf^hila foxoiicura (O. S.) G. J. iiiiica (O. S.) H. Psciid()U)iuuiphila hiicipcuuis ((). S.) I. P. )wveboraccnsis (Alex.) J. Liiituophila {Lasio}iiaslix) vwcroccra (Say) K. L. (L.) subtcnui'cornis Alex. L. L. (Dicranophrayma) fiiscoToria O. S. M. L. ( Idioptcra) fasciolafa O. S. N. L. (fllaeophila) aprilina (). S. O. L. (Idiolimnophila) cmmclina Alex. P. L. (Eittonia) all e iii ]<)hns. Symbols: .i. Anal: Cii, Cubitus: M, Media: R, Radius; Sc, Subcosta. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 377 SPy R. l^uK" 2nd A Cu, M, ;378 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. General coloration above gray to brownish gray, clearer gray laterally and on pleura; in most specimens with a capillar^' dark brown praescutal vitta. S . L. 7-7.5 nnn. ; w. 7.5-9 mm. 9 . L. 7.5-8 mm.; w. 8-8.5 mm. (May-Sept.) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Cal, southw. to Fla., Ala., Miss, and La. The most common member of the genus, especially characteristic of helophytic associations. Connecticut.— East River, Sept. 1910 (Elv) ; Granby, June 8. 1929. Sept. 4, 1928 (C. P. A., G. C. C.) : Manitic Lake, May 16, 1931, Aug. 6, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Xatchaug State Forest, June 14, 1933 (C.P.A.); Storrs (C. S.C.). P. noveboracensis (Alex.) (Fig. 43, 1). 1911. LjmnopMJa novehorac&nsis Alexander; Psyche, 18:196-198. Figs. — Alexander, Ibid., pi. 16, fig. 3 (ven.). Needham, 23rd Rept. X. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 18, fig. 6 (ven.); 1908 (as quadrata). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 40, fig. 150 (ven.) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 202, fig. 95 (wing) ; 1932. General coloration yellowish brown, the notum without distinct markings; pseudosutural foveae pale, inconspicuous; thoracic pleura yellowish. Wings with a pale yellowish tinge, the stigmal area a little darker; fti-cu somewhat variable in position, often close to fork of M. S. L. 5.2-6 mm.; w. 6-6.5 mm. 2. L. about 7-8 mm.; w. 7-7.8 mm. (June-Aug.) Ont., Que., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Wise, N. D. and Alta., southw. to N. C. and S. C. Especially characteristic of shaded humid wood- lands near flowing water ; occasionally in bogs. Connecticut.— East River, July 4-Aug. 11, 1910 (Ely). 5. Subtribe Limnophilakia Limnophila Macquart 1834. LiiiiHophUa Macquart; Suit, a Button, 1, His^t. Xat. Ins. Dipt.: 95. Key to Subgenera 1. Apical cells of wing with scanty macrotrichia (Fig. 43, J, K) Lasiomastix No macrotrichia in apical cells of wing 2 2. Supernumerary crossveins in either cell Rz or cell M of wing 3 No supernumerary crossveins in any cells of wing 5 3. A supernumerary crossvein in cell Rs (Fig. 43, L) Dicranophragma A supernumerary crossvein in cell M (Fig. 43, Al, N) 4 4. Wings with an interrupted cross-banded pattern ; Rs long-spurred at origin : antennae of malq elongate (Fig. 43, Al) Idioptera Wings with a spotted pattern, or else immaculate; Rs slightly if at all spurred at origin; antennae short in both sexes (Fig. 43, N) Elaeophila 5. Cell i?3 sessile; cell Mi lacking (Fig. 43, O) Idiolimnophila Cell R3 petiolate ; cell Mx present 6 6. Very large species (wing over 16 mm.) ; wings with the branches of .1/ leaving the main stem at a strong angle, cell 1st M2 thus being strongly hcxagonal (Fig. 43, P) Eutonia Smaller species (wing under 14 mm.) ; wings with the branches of M not strongly divergent, especially Ms+i, cell 1st M2 being more nearly rectangular in outline (Fig. 44, A) 7 7. Wings with i?2+3+4 short, subequal to the basal deflection of R5; Rs elongate, exceeding four times R2+s+i (Fig. 44, A) ; coloration polished black (viun- Xo. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 379 da, mnndoidcs) or gray (nifibasis group), the latter group having the male hypopygium with a series of teeth on margin of outer dististylc. producing a comb-like appearance (Fig. 45, L, M) Prionolabls Wings with Ro^s+i longer (Fig. 44, B, C, E), usually exceeding the basal deflection of R;, (compare irrorata) : Rs shorter, not exceeding three times R-2+s+i (compare irrorata); body-coloration never polished black; when gray, the male hypopygium without a comb of spines on the outer dististyle S 8. Rs short, weakly to more strongly angulated at origin, more rarely merely arcuated (compare hi tea) ; /?2+3+4 subequal to or shorter than m-cu (Fig. 44. B) ; antennae short in both sexes Phylidorea Rs longer, more gently arcuated ; in species with Rs shorter (compare poetica; laricicola; albipcs, niveitarsis) with antennae of male elongate, and. except in poetica, with i?2+3+4 elongate, considerably exceeding m-cu Limnophila The various subgenera of Limnophila are highly artificial and are chiefij' maintained for convenience only. The exact definition of the limits of the subgenera Prlonolahis. Phylidorea, and Limnophila, s. s., has proved especially difficult : Prionolahh^ as typified by ruf'ibasis, has a very distinct structure of the male hypopygium, and the nearest allied species {simplex, walleyi) are not apt to be traced elsewhere. The two polished black species {inunda^ mundoides) have a very different hypopygial struc- ture but in other features are referrable to Prlonolahis. Phylidorea^ as typified by jemiginea and a^usta^ includes a con- siderable range of species, agreeing in the general structure of the male hj^popygium. The venation usually shows Rs short and strongly angulated to spurred at origin, but this character is closely approxi- mated by a few^ species with elongate antennae in the male sex that I do not think can be held as being consubgeneric with adusta (compare Lrmnophila, s. s.). However, it should be borne in mind that some species tliat are surely members oi Phylidorea {novae-angliae, siovana) have relatively long antennae in the male sex, and there is a possi- bility that the above-mentioned doubtfid species {laricicola\ alhipes. niveitarsis) will eventually be placed in Phylidorea. All three of the species named are very distinct in hypopygial and other characters and are not a])t to be confused by the careful student. LJmnophila^ as treated for the Xortheastern Nearctic fauna, has been made to receive the residue after the various species have been assigned to other subgeneric groups. It is somewhat doubtful whether any of the species here placed in Liinnophila., s. s., are strictly con- subgeneric with the type, picfipennis Westwood, of Europe, the near- est approach l)eing m irrorata. Besides the four species that approach Phylidorea, as listed' in the above key, having elongate antennae in the male sex, onlv two species are left in the group as now restricted. Both of these" are readily told from all other Eastern species of the genus by the diagnostic features. — hrevifurca by its very small cell ^Ii. and irrorata bv its heavily and closely irrorate wing-pattern. A few crane-flies that presumably belong to the Hexatommi have been described by earlier workers but have not been recognized in the intervening years. Lvmnophila carhonaHa Macq. : Dipt, exot., 1:66; 1838. Unknown; the only species known that agrees even approximately with the de- scription is L. macrocera Say (1823). 380 CONNECTICTT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. LhnnophUa hitennhiafa Walk. ; Insecta Saimdersiana, 1, Dipt., p. 43C): 1856. Dr. Fred W. Ed^vards sends me the following notes on Walker's type. Type "lacking abdomen and all legs except one mid-femur and tibia. Head (crushed) dull broAvnish; appendages brown; antennae short. Thorax uniformly shining reddish-brown; scutellum lighter. Mid-femur scarcely darkened at tip; mid-tibial spurs black, as long as tibial diameter. Venation much as in poetica^ but Rs not quite so long and less distinctly spurred; ^2 + 3+4 not quite so short; m-cu at midlength of cell 1st M-z- Tinj^ brown dots at base and tip of Rs^ over Sc^ fork of ^2+3+4. over R2 and at tip of ^3. Anal area larger than shown for foet'ica (Cfls. N. Y., 1). Walker gives the length as 12 mm. ; wing about 10 mm. Limmophila igriohilis Walk.; Insecta Saundersiana, 1, Dipt., p. 437; 1850. Dr. Edwards states that the type is lost. Certain features of the original description are suggestive of Hexatoma {Eriocera). Subgenus Lasiomastix O. S. 1859. L'tDuiophila {LasiomastAx) Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859 : 233. The essential characters of the present group lie in the presence of macrotrichia in the outer cells of the Aving (Fig. 43, J, K) cor- related with venational characters, such as the very short petiole of cell i?3, and the elongate antennae of the male sex. The immature stages are spent in mud or rich organic earth. Key to Species 1. General coloration of mesonotum polished black; wings subhyaline, with a heavy brown pattern that is more or less cross-banded ; antennae { $) very elongate, approximately as long as the body, the cylindrical segments pro- vided over their entire length with long erect setae that greatly exceed t!ic short, subappressed verticils (Fig. 43, J) macrocera General coloration dull gray ; wings grayish subhyaline, unmarked, except for the stigma; antennae {$) elongate, approximately one-half the length of body, the segments with short verticils at near midlength, these longer than the short dense pubescence ... 2 2. Cell Ml lacking (Fig. 43, K) subtenuicornis Cell Ml present tenuicornis Limnophila (Lasiomastix) macrocera (Say) (Fig. 43, J). 1823. Limnohm viacrocera Sav; Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliiladelphia, 3 : 20. 1869. Limnophila macrocera Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. N. Amer.. 4: 204-205. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 38, fig. 113 (wing); 1919. Crampton, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 18, pi. 3, fig. 5 (thorax) ; 1925. Crampton, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 52, pi. 14, fig. 60 (neck, prothorax) ; 1926. Thoracic pleura pruinose. Antennae of female much shorter than in male, if bent backward extending about to wing-root, without erect setae; maxillary palpi elongate, exceeding the head. Wings whitish subhyaline. incompletely cross-banded with dark brown, including No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICI^T : TAXONOMY 381 areas at origin of Rs, along cord, outer end of cell Jsf M-, and wing- tip : cell ^H short-petiolate; m-cu subequal to or longer than the distal section of Ou^. Abdomen ( S ) bicoloroiis, black, the intermediate seg- ments ringed basally with obscure yellow; hypopygiuni yellow; in female, abdomen more uniformly blackened. $. L. T-8 mm.; w. T.5-8 mm. 9 . L. 10-11 mm. ; w. 8.5-9 mm. (May-Aug.) Ont., Que., N. B., Mc, N. H., Vt., Mass., R. I., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Mich, and 111., southw to Ga. and Tenn., in s. Ga. and Fla. replaced by the sub- species stiff usa Alex., with more heavily patterned wings. A common species, usually in swampy or marshy places. Connecticut.— Granbv, June 8, 1929 (C.P. A.); High Ridee, July 18. 1915 ((..P. E.); Natchaug State Forest. June 14, 1933 (C.P. A.): New Haven, May 26, 1904 (H. L.V.); Norfolk, July 24, 1931 (C. P. A.); Phoenixville, June 14. 1933 (C. P. A.). L. {Laslomastix) subtenuicornis (Alex.) (Fig. 4:3. K). 1918. LaMomastid- suhtennicornis Alexander; Can. Ent., 50:61-62. General coloration gray to brownish gray, the praescutum with three broad, slightly darker brown stripes. Antennae ( S ) with flagel- lar segments subcylindrical to long-fusiform, the verticils and pubes- * cence short; in 9 antennae shorter, extending about to base of abdo- men. Wings with cell R^ sessile to very short-petiolate. $ . L. 7-7.5 mm. ; w. 7.4-8.4 mm. 9 . L. 8.5-9 nnn. ; w\ 8.5-8.8 nnii. (June) Ont. and N. Y., westw. to Ind. and Mich., southw. to Tenn. Swampy and boggy woodlands. L. {Lasiotndstix) tenuicornis O. S. 1869. Limnophila tenuicornis Osten Sacken: Mon. Dipt. X. Amer., 4 : 208-209. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 38, fig. 117 (wing); 1919. General coloration gray, the praescutal disk and scutal lobes more infuscated, pruinose laterally; pleura pruinose. Antennae {$) elon- gate, nearly one-half the entire body, the structure almost as in the last species. Wings with cell Rz sessile to very short-petiolate. Abdo- men relatively long, dark brown; hypopygium blackened. $. L. 7-7.5 mm. ; w. 7-7.5 mm. 9 . L. 8-9 m'm. ; w. 7.5-8.5 mm. (Late May-July) Ont., Que., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., southw. to Va. and S. C. Connecticut.— Norfolk, May 31, 1931, June 9, 1929, June 12, 1931 (C.P. A.): W. Granby, June 8, 1929 (C.P. A.). Subgenus Dicranophragma Osten Sacken 1859. Lhnnophila {Dieranopkragma) Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859 : 240. The subgenus Duranophragma is represented in our fauiui by two common species. The center of distribution for the group lies in the mountains of the Oriental Kegion. The adult flies may be swept from rank herbage in swampy or boggy woods, wliere they rest with the 382 CONNECTICUT OEOL. AXI) NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. winirr(ino))hraasal segments yellow, the outer segments darkei-. Mesonotum brownish gray, the inters])aces var- iegated by dark brown spots and dashes; pleura clearer gray, lined longitudinally with dark brown; a circular dark spot on sternopleurite. Legs yellow, with conspicuous erect setae. Wings with an abundant dotted and spotted brown pattern, including about five costal areas, the third and fourth widely separated; costal fringe {$) conspicuous. $. L. 4.5-5.5 mm.; w. 6-6.5 mm. 9. L. 6.5-7 mm.; w. 7 mm. (June-Aug.) Out.. Que., Me., N. H., Vt.. Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Wise, and Mo., southw. to X. C, S. C, Tenn. and Fla. Cool woodlands. Connecticut.— Canaan, June 12. 1931 (C. P. A.): Danburv, June 15, 1909 (C. W. T. ) : East River, Julv 8, 1910 (Elv) ; Granby. June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.) ■ Hartland, June 9. 1929 (C. P. A.): Kent Falls, June 12-13, 1931, Julv 23-24, 1931 Aug. 19. 1931 (C. P. A.): Riverton. Julv 23, 1931 (C. P. A.); Saptree Run State Park. June 14. 1933 (C. P. A.): Tunxis State Park, Julv 23-24, 1931 (C. P. A.); Tvler Lake. June 13, 1931 rC. P. A.); Westford, June 14, 1933 (C. P. A.); W. Granbv, Tune 8, 1929 (C.P.A.). No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOISIY 383 1st 'A Cd, M Figure 44. Hexatomini ; venation. K L. M. A Limnophila (Prionolabis) rufibasis O. S. B. L. (Phylidorea) adusta O. S. C. L. albi'pes Leonard D. L. brevifurca O. S. E. L. poetica O. S. F.. Shannononiyia lenta (O. S.) G. Pilaria quad rata (O. S.) H. P. toiuipes ( Say) I. Ulomorpha pilosella (O. S.) o t> ^- . J?c R^rlial sector Symbols: A, Anal: Cu, Cubitus: M, Media; R, Radius, i?., Radial sector Hevatoma (Hexatoma) megacera (O.S.). H. (H.) microcera Alex. H. (Eriocera) brevioriconiis Alex. XVI. H. (E.) loiu/icontis (Walk.) N H. (E.) spinosa (O. S.) b .4fa/-ba (Atarha) picticornis O. S. P. Elephantomyia (Elephantomym) wcst- xi'oodi O. S. 384 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Subgenus Idioptera Macqiiart 1834. Idioptera Macquart; Suit, a Buffon. 1, Hist. Xat. Ins. Dipt. : 94. The subgenus Idioftera is represented in the local fauna by a single rather uncommon species. The adult flies frequent sparsely wooded marshy and boggj' areas. The early stages occui- in rich or- ganic mud. Limnophila {Idioptera) fasciolata O. S. (Fig. 43, M). 18()9. LininophUa fasciolata Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. N. Amer.. 4i 206-207. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 38, fig. 115 (wing) : 1919. Head and anterior part of mesonotum dark brown, the posterior sclerites of notum and the pleura more yellow, the latter with a trans- verse brown girdle occupying the anepisternum and sternopleurite. Antennae ( $> ) elongate, approximately one-half the body ; flagellar segments long-cylindrical, w'ith a delicate white pubescence and with verticils at near midlength that are shorter than the segments; in ?, antennae short, extending to just before wing-root. Legs yellow to whitish, the tips of femora broadly, of tibiae more narrowly, black- ened. Wings relatively narrow, whitish subhyaline, with a heavy brown cross-banded pattern. In 2 , wings slightly reduced in size, with the pattern somewhat heavier. Abdomen ( 5 ) elongate, obscure yellow, the segments narrowly bordered by brown ; liypopygium chief- ly blackened. Male liypopygium with the outer dististyle terminating in a single curved spine. ^. L. about 6.5-7 mm.: w. 6.5-8 mm. ?. L. 7-7.5 mm. ; w. 6.5-6.8 mm. (June) Me., Mass., Ct., N. Y., westw. to Mich. Connecticut.— Manitic Lake. June 8-9, 1929 (C. P. A.). Subgenus Elaeophila Rondani 1856. Elaeophila Rondani; Prodr. Dipterol. Italicae, 1: 182. 1864. Ephelia Schiner ; Wien. Entomol. Monatschr., 7 : 222. There seem to be no suflicient grounds on which we can refuse to use the name ElaeopJiila {Eloeophila) for the group that has until re- cent date been called Ephelia. Tlie essential characters of the sub- genus lie in the presence of a supernumerary cross vein in cell M^ in conjunction with the short antennae in both sexes, and the fundamen- tals of structure of the male liypopygium, especially the rather pecu- liar structure of the outer dististyle (Fig. 45, C-J). The adult flies rest on rank vegetation in woods and shaded gorges, more especially along streams of various sizes, the nature of the latter to some ex- tent governing the species. Thus, aprilina tends to frequent small rills, while sabrinu and johnsoni occur especially along the margins of larger streams. The early stages live in rich organic mud near the haunts of the adult. No. 64] DIPTEKA OF CONNECTICUT: TAXONOMY 385 Key to Species (Based chiefly on male characters) 1. Wings pale yellow, unmarked johnsoni Wings heavily spotted and clouded with brown 2 2. Wing-pattern more limited, restricted to the veins, there being a single dark cloud in cell 2nd A, this located at the end of vein 2nd A 3 Wing-pattern more abundant, there being one or more dark clouds in cell 2nd A proximad of the one at end of vein 2nd A 5 3. Wings broad, widest opposite the termination of vein 2nd A aprilina Wings narrower, widest opposite the central third 4 4. Antennae ( $ ) short, if bent backward ending some distance before wing- root ; male hypopygium with the flange of outer dististyle (Fig. 45, E) small, placed on outer half; inner dististyle (Fig. 45, K) with two pencils or tufts of setae irene Antennae ( i ) longer, if bent backward extending to shortly beyond the wing-root; male hypopygium with the flange of outer dististyle (Fig. 45, (i) large, placed on basal half ; inner dististyle without specially modified hair- pencils sabrina 5. Wing-pattern abundant, with numerous dots and clouds in the cells, including a series of three or four clouds in cell 2nd A ; male hypopygium with the outer dististyle widened distally (Fig. 45, J) vernata Wing-pattern more restricted, with only one or two clouds in the outer end of cell 2nd A ; male hypopygium with the outer dististyle narrowed distally (Fig. 45. H, I) 6 6. Male hypopygium with the tip of the outer dististyle prolonged into a sleiukr lobe that is bifid at apex (Fig. 45, I) solstitialis Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle terminating in a simple acute apical spine (Fig. 45, H) serotinella Limnophila {Elaeophila.) aprilina O. S. (Figs. 43, N: 45, C,I)). 1859. Limnophila aprilina Csten Sacken ; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1859 : 235. Figs.— Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 4, fig. 23 (hyp.) ; 1869. Alex- ander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 39, fig. 137 (wing) ; 1919. Alexander, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 22:64, fig. 2 (hyp.) ; 1927. General coloration yellowish gray, the praesciitum Avith four scarcely indicated brown stripes; pseudosutural foveae black, very dis- tinct. Legs yellow, the femora and tibiae weakly darkened at tips. Wings broad in both sexes but more so in male ; a series of five or more large costal areas; last marginal darkening at tip of vein 2nd A. Male hypopygium with the flange of the outer dististyle large and conspic- uous, placed on basal half of style (Fig. 45, C, D). 5. L. 6-7 mm.; w. 7.5-8.7 mm. ? . L. 7-7.5 mm. ; w. 8.5 mm. (May. June) N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., southw. to N. C. and S. C. (Canadian). Connecticut.— Hartland, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.) : Kent Falls, May 31, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; W. Granby, June 8. 1929 (C. P. A.). L. (£'fe6;a/>7w?«) irene Alex. (Fig, 45, E, K). 1927. Limnophila {Ephelia) irene Alexander; Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 22 : 58. Fig.— Alexander, Ibid., p. 64, fig. 3 (hyp.) ; 1927. Generally similar to apriJma in the heavy wing-pattern that is re- stricted to the vicinity of the veins, the last marginal area being that ;iS6 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HTST. SURVEY [Bllll. at the end of vein 2ind A. Praescvital stripes relatively ill-delimited. strai<2:ht, the laterals not confluent in front with the median vitta. Male hypopvginm with outer dististyle (Fio;. 45, E) : inner dististyle (Fif>-. 45. K). $. L. about 5.5 mm.: w. 6-fi.'2 mm. 9. L. 5.5-6.5 mm.: w. 7.5-8.5 mm. (June, July) Out., westw. to Mich., southw. to S. C. L. (7^?6'€(9/>A?7c/) johnsoni Alex. (Fiof. 45, F). 1!>14. LimnophU'a {Ephrlm) johnftoni Alexander: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia. 1014:591. Fi£,rs.— Alexander, Ibid., pi. 25, fis. 2 (ven.) ; 1914. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 39, fig. 138 (ven.); 1919. Ale.xander, Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 22:64, fig. 1 (hyp.): 1927. General coloration pale yellow, the four ])raescutal stripes slightly darker. Male hypopygium (Fig. 45. F). S. L. 4-5 mm.: w. 6-7.2 mm. 9 . L. 6.5-7.5 mm. : w. 7-8.5 mm. (Late May, June) Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., N. J., southw. to Va., Tenn., N. C. and S. C. (Canadian). This species is strikingly distinct from all other members of the subgenus in the yellow body coloration and the immaculate wings. L. { ElaeophJI a) sahrina Alex. (Fig. 45. G). 1929. Limnophila {Ephelia) sahmia Alexander: Bull. Brooklvn Ent. Soc, 24:189-190. Antennae ( $ ) with basal flagellar segments enlarged. Wings with pattern restricted to the vicinity of veins, the last dark area at end of vein Sud A. Male hypopygium (Fig. 45, G). $. L. about 5.5 mm. : w. 5.6-6.8 mm. 9 . L. about 6.5 mm. : w. 7.5 mm. (June) QxK., N. B., N. H., Vt.. Mass., Ct., N. Y. Connecticut.— Winsted, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.). L. {El-GPopMla) SQYoimeWa Xlex. (Fig. 45. H). 19"2<'). Limnophila {Ephelia) serotinella. Alexander: Bull. Brooklvn Ent. Soc. 21: 110-111. Fig.— Alexander, Ibid., 22:64, fig. 6 (hyp.) : 1927. Size small, the wings with a heavy brown })attern that is more abimdant than in aprilina. Winss narrow in both sexes. Male hy- popygium with outer dististyle (Fig. 45, H) small, dilated on basal half, thence suddenly narrowed to the simple acute apex : outer flange spinous, blunt at tip, placed far out near apex of style. $ . L. about 4.3 mm. ; w. 5-5.3 mm. 9 . L. about 4.3 mm. ; w. 4.8 mm. (Sept.) S. C. Tenn., Fla. L. {EJ^eophila) so\stitia\is Alex. (Fig. 45, 1). 1926. Limnophila (Ephelia) solstitialh Alexander: Bull. Brooklvn Ent. Soc, 21 : 109-110. Fig.— Alexander. Ibid., 22:64. fig. 4 (hyp.) ; 1927. I No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 387 Wings narrow in both sexes, with an al)un(lant brown pattern, more broken and interrupted than in april'ma^ there bein^^ two dark areas at outer end of cell ^nd A, the last larger, the penultimate at end of vein 2nd A. Male hypopygium with outer dististyle (Fig. 45, 1) : lateral flange placed at about four-fifths the length of style. $ . L. about 5-5.0 mm. ; w. 5.5-7 mm. $ . L. about 0-6.5 mm. ; w. 7-7.5 mm. (June- Aug.) Out., Que., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., N. J., westw. to Ind. and Mich., southw. to N. C, S. C, Tenn. and Fla. (Canadian, Transition). L. {ElaeopMla) vernata Alex. (Fig. 45, J). 1927. Limnophila {E phelia) veniata Alexander; Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 22: 59-60. Fig. — Alexander, Ibid., p. 64, fig. 5 (hyp.) ; 1927. A small species with narrow wings, having an unusually abun- dant clouded and dotted pattern. Male hypopj^gium Avith outer disti- style (i-'ig. 45, J) gently widened outwardly, broadest about opposite the level of the lateral flange, the latter slender and nearl}^ straight; apical spine genth' curved. $. L. 4-4.3 mm.; w. 5-5.5 mm. 9. L. about 5.3 nnu. ; w. 5.8 mm. (Late Apr. -early June) N. C, s. Ind. (Transition). Subgenus Idiolimnophila Alexander 1934. Limnophila {IdloUm7ioph}la) Alexander; m, (.'lu-ran. Key to the Immilies and Genera North American Diptera, p. 40. Antennae short, the verticils coarse, exceeding the segments. Head broad, not narrowed posteriorly. Tuberculate pits obsolete or nearly so; pseudosutural foveae large, remote from margin. Wings (Fig. 43, O) with cell ^3 narrowly to broadly sessile; cell Mi lacking; >Sc ending opposite or just beyond the fork of Es^ Sco near the tip of Scx\ m-cu at near midlength of cell 1st M2] anterior arculus preserved. Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle profoundly bifid, each arm terminating in an acute blackened point. Besides the subgenotype, emmelina Alexander, it is highly prob- able that LinmophUa antennata Coquillett (Western Nearctic) will likewise fall within the limits of the subgenus. The venation is very similar in the two species, but the elongate antennae of the male and the general structure of the male hypopygium are very distinct from the condition found in emtmlina. The adult flies of this latter species have been swept from rank herbage along small mountain streams. The early stages are quite unknown. Limnophila (/r/ioZ2Wi^o;?M«) emmelina Alex. (Fig. 43, O). 1914. Limnophila emmelina Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1914:597. Figs.— Alexander. Ibid., pi. 27, fig. 28 (ven.) ; 1914. Alexander, Cfls. X. V.. 1. pi. 40, fig. 151 ; 1919. General coloration polished reddish yello^- or brownish yellow, the praescutum without distinct darker markings, or with a more in- 388 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BuU. Figure 45. Hexatomini ; male hypopygia. A. AHstroIi)iniopIiila Iiarperi (Alex.) B. A. unica (O. S.) C. Li)ii)iophiIa (Elacopliila) aprilitta O. S. D. L. (E.) aprilina O. S. ; od. E. L. (E.) irene Alex.; od. F. L. (E.) johnsoniAlex.; od. G. L. (E.) sabrina Alex. ; od. H. L. I E.) scrotincUa Alex.; od. I. L. (E.) solstitialis Alex. ; od. J. L. (E.) vernata Alex. ; od. K. L. (E.) ircne Alex. ; id. L. L. (Prio)io!abis) rufibasis O. S. M. L. (P.) simplex Alex. N. L. (P.) zvalleyi Alex. ; id. O. L. albipes Leonard P. L. irrorata Johns. Q. L. laricicola Alex. R. L. iiii'eitarsis O. S. S. L. poetica O. S. Symbols: a, aedeagus ; b, basistyle ; g, gonapophysis ; id, inner dististyle; od, outer dististyle ; t, tergite. No. 64] DIPTERA or CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 389 0(1^'''"^ 390 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. tense median darkening. Legs stout, obscure _yellow. the tips of the tibiae and the tarsi darkened. Wings with a strong yellow tinge, without a stigmal darkening. Abdomen reddish yellow, i . L. 6-7.5 mm. ; w. 7.5-9 mm. (Late Apr.-June) OhI., Mass. and N. Y., southw. to vicinity of D. C. (Canadian, Transition). Subgenus Eutonia van der Wulp 1874. Eutonia van der Wulp; Tijdschr. v. Ent., 17: 147. Two very large species of lAmnopMla fall in the present subgenus. These are by far the largest and most conspicuous of all local members of the genus, rivalling in stature and coloration the medium-sized species of Tipula. The adult flies of alleni are found in low boggy woodlands, of marchandi more usually in shaded ravines. The early stages are not known but from tent-trap captures of the adults are presumably to be found in organic mud. Key to Species 1. Thoracic dorsum gray, the praescutum with three velvety-brown stripes, the middle one narrowly split by a line of the ground-color, the posterior inter- spaces reddish brown ; ground-color of wings brownish yellow ; basal ab- dominal tergites yellowish, without conspicuous brown setigerous punctures : vein R-, subequal'to /?i+2 (Fig. 43, P) alleni Thoracic dorsum gray, the praescutum with three narrow velvety-brown stripes, the middle one split by a broad pale line ; ground-color of wings whitish-hyaline; basal abdominal tergites gray, with conspicuous brown setigerous punctures"; vein R2 about one-half R^i marchandi Limnophila (^7//'o^i?V/) alleni dohns. (Fig. 43, P). 1909. L'imnophUa alleni Johnson: Proc. Boston Soc. Xat. Hist., 34: 12G-127. Figs. — Johnson, Ih'id., pi. 16, fig. 18 (wing). Alexander, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 24, pi. 8, fig. 1 (wing) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 39, fig. 140 (wing) ; 1919. Legs 3'ellow, the tips of femora and tibiae conspicuously black- ened: tarsi broAvnish black. Wings heavily patterned with dark brown, the major areas being costal in distribution, leaving the small stigma yellow; cell l8t M2 longer than wide. Basal abdominal seg- ments with caudal margins of tergites more or less darkened medially : outer segments and genitalia of both sexes dark brown. $ . L. 23-25 mm.; w. 17-18 mm. ?. L. 27-3G mm.; av. 20-25 mm. (June) N. H., Vt, N. Y.. westw. to O. (Canadian). L. (Eutonm) marchandi Alex. 1916. Limnoph'tla marchandi Alexander; Journ. X. Y. Ent. Soc. 24: 118-120. Figs.— Alexander, Ibid., pi. 8, fig. 2 (wing) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 39, fig. 141 (wing) ; 1919. Generally similar to last, ditfering especially in the coloration of the body and wings, and in the details of venation. Wings with a No. 64] DirTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 391 heavy dark brown pattern that is chiefly costal; branches of M verv strongly divergent, so cell 1st Mo is about as wide as long. S. L. about 22 mm.; w. 18 mm. 9. L. about 80 mm.: w. 20 nun. (May, juiv.') Mass., Ct., southw. to n. Fla. Connecticut.— Farmington, June 7, 1914 (W. M.) ; Type: Storrs, without more- exact data. Subgenus Prionolabis Osten Sacken 1859. Limnophila (Ptionolabis) Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859 : 239. The subgenus Prionolabis is represented in the local fauna by six species, with several others occurring in Eastern Asia. The most aber- rant species is mundoides whose male hyi^opygium is very remarkable and deviates so greatly from that of the subgenotype that it w'ill very probablj' require a new group name. L. irvwula and L. terebrans also depart in some respects from the accepted characters of the group, but undoubtedly belong here. The typical group of Prionolabis includes the type of the subgenus, tnifibasis, together with simplex and loalleyi. In these three species, the characters of a comb-like outer dististyle and a highly compressed aedeagus are found in the male genitalia. This flattened nature of the aedeagus is closely approached by certain species of the subgenus Phylidorea {platyphalhis grou})). indicating a probable relationship. All local species of Prionolahii< have the an- tennae short in both sexes. The adult flies are found resting on veg- etation in open woods, usually near water. The early stages are still unknown. Key to Species (Based chiefly on male characters) 1. Mesonotum polished black 2 Mesonotuni with a gray pruinosity 3 2. Wings with a brownish tinge, patterned with darker brown along cord, outer end of cell 1st ilf- and vein C«i; legs stout, conspicuously hairy: femora dull brownish yellow, narrowly tipped with dark brown : male hypopygium of normal limnophiline appearance munda Wings hyaline or nearly so, unmarked except for the stigmal darkening: legs slender, without conspicuous setae ; femora dark brown, with onl\ tlie extreme bases paler : male hvpopvgium enlarged and very complicated in structure mundoides 3. Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle not pectinate : legs of female short clothed with long conspicuous setae; size small (wing, $, under 8 mm.) terebrans Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle bearmg a series of comb-hke teeth along inner margin of distal half; legs of both sexes long and slender, with normal vestiture : size generally larger (wing. 6. m all except n'aUeyi. over 9 mm. ) .•■•.••••. ■ ■ • ' 4 Male hyoopygium with the inner dististyle simple, termniatnig in a single • <.'r\7:„ AC, \f\ simplex point ( r ig. 4o, M ) -r' ' V-' ' ' \'c' \' ' Vt \ =; Male hypopygium with the inner dististyle bifid (Fig. 45, L, N) 3 5 Size large (wing over 9 and usually over 10 mm.) : male hypopygium witli the inner dististyle bearing conspicuous erect serrations, 'the inner arm slender (Fig 45, L) ; wings with a dark seam along vein Oh rufibasis Size smaller (wing under 8.5 mm.) : male hypopygium with the inner dististyle having both arms short and obtuse, the outer with short appresscd serra- tions (Fig 45 N) ; wings without a darkened seam along vein Ch, walleyi 392 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BuU. The identity of Z. {P.) magdalena Dtz. (Can. Ent. 52:5-6: 1920), described from the Magdalen Islands, Eastern Quebec, remains in ques- tion. The description indicates that the name pertains to a mem- ber of the typical subgroup, calling for a species of medium size, not unlike simplex. The description of the male hypopygium further in- dicates a species having the inner dististyle simple, as in simplex., and the fly would run to this latter species by means of the key provided at this time. Limnophila {PHonolahis) munda O. S. 1869. Lhnnoplula munda Osten Sacken : Mon. Dipt. X. Amer.. 4: 226-227. Figs.— Needham. 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907. pi. 18. fig. 4 (ven.) ; 1908, figure erroneous. Alexander, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 24, pi. 8. fig. 4 (wing) ; J916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 40, fig. 144 (wing) ; 1919. ^lesonotum polished black, the pleura more pruinose. Wings with cell J/i variable in length, from equal to its petiole to twice this length. Male hypopygium with the region of the tei'gite strongly produced medially, the apex broadly and shallowly emarginate; outer disti- style long and slender, its distal half more narrowed and blackened, the apex bifid, before apex on inner face with a weakly toothed flange; inner dististyle terminating in a simple compressed blade: aedeagus not conspicuously comj^ressed. $ . L. 7-8.5 mm. ; w. 7.5-8.5 mm. $ . L. 6.5-7.5 nnn.: w. 5.5-7.5 mm. (June, July) Out., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt.. Mass., N. Y., westw. to Wise, soutliw. to N. C. (Canadian). L. {Pnonolahis) mundoides Alex. 1916. Limnophila mundoides Alexander: Journ. X. Y. Ent. Soc, 24: 120-121. Figs.— Alexander, Ihid.. pi. 8, fig. 3 (ven.) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 40, fig. 145 (ven.) ; 1919. Polished black, including the thoracic pleura. Legs yellow, the femora tipped with brown, most extensive on the fore legs where the outer half is included, narrowest on the posterior legs. Male hypop.yg- ium enlarged and complicated in structure. Xinth tergite produced into a slender median lobe; ninth sternite produced into two longer submedian lobules; basistyles with large ventral lobes that terminate in dense brushes; outer dististyle a slender sinuous hook; inner disti- style large and massive. $ . L. 5.4-5.6 mm. ; w. 6-6.2 mm. (May, June) Pa., Md., Va., N. C. nw. Fla. (Transition). L. (Prloitolabh) rufibasis O. S. (Figs. 44. A : 45, L). 1859. LinniophiJa {Prionolahis) rufibasis Osten Sacken: Pi-oc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859 : 239. Figs. — Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 2, fig. 3 (wing), pi. 4, fig. 27 (hyp.) ; 1869. Snodgrass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.. 30, pi. 9, fig. 17, 21-23, 25 (hvp.) : 1904. Johnson, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 34, pi. 16, figs. 21-23 (ven.) ; 'l9()9. Alexander, Psyche. 18, pi. 16, fig. 11 (hyp.): 1911. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 40, fig. 142 (wing) : 1919. Crampton, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 48. pi. 10, fig. 36 (hvp.): 1923. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 204, fig. 101 (wing): 1932. No. 64] DIPTERA OF COXXECTICUT : TAXONOMY 393 (jeneral coloration Ulack, dusted with f^ray. Praescutum yellow- ish ^ray. with scarcely indicated more shiny strii)es. Leo;s obscure yelloAv, the femoral tips broadly brownish black, most extensive on the fore letjs; tibiae narrowly tipped with black. Wino:s yellowish ^rray, more yellow basally; stijrma dark brown; cord, outer end of cell 1st 3/2 and vein Cui seamed with pale brown. Male hypojiy^ium (Fig. 45. L) with the pectinations of the outer dististyle vai-ial)io in number and degfree. S. L. 8.5-11 mm.; w. d-VI nun. 9. L. 11-14 mm.: w. 11.5-13.5 mm. (May, June) Out., Que., NfcL, N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass.. R. I., N. Y.. N. J., Pa., westw. to Wise, southw. to N. C. and S. C. One of the largest and most common members of the genus in tlic local fauna. Connecticut.— Canaan, June 10. 1928 (R. B.F.); Cornwall Bridge, May 30, 1931 (C. P. A.); Danburv, June 15, 1909 (C. W. J.); Eastford, June 12, 1919 (W. E. B.): Hamden, June 21, 1928 (R.B.F.); Kent Falls. May 31. 1931 (C. P. A.); Aleriden. May 2S, 1930 (R.B. P.); Middlebury, Tune 2. 1919 (W.E. B.): Montville. June 12. 1929 (R. B. F.) : New Haven, May 31, 1929 (R. B. F.) ; Norfolk, May 31, 1931, June 9, 1929. June 12, 1931 (C. P. A.); Riverton, May 30-31. 1931 (C. P. A.): Rowayton. June 16, 1909 (C. W.J.): Salisbury, June 10, 1928 (R. B. F.) ; Storrs, May 14, 1928, June 1. 1933. June 2. 1927 (J. A.M.) ; Tunxis State Park. June 12. 1931 (C. P. A.) : Tyler Lake. May 30. 1931. June 13. 1931 (C.P.A.) ; Westbrook, June 5. 1929 (B. H. W.): W. Granby. June 8. 1929 (C. P. A.); W. Hartford. June 10, 1929 (R. B. F.). L. (Pnonolahis) simplex Alex. (Fig. 45, M). 1911. Llmnophila {Prhnolabis) simplex Alexander: Psvche. IS: 198-199. Figs.— Alexander. Ibid., pi. 16. fig. 10 (hyp.); 1911. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1. pi. 40, fig. 143 (wing) ; 1919. Generally similar to rufihasis, differing especially in the structure of the male hypopygium (Fig. 45, M). Outer dististyle more irregu- larly pectinate, with one outstanding denticle at near midlength. Wing-base not so conspicuously brightened as in ruf /basis. 6 . L. 10- 11 mm.; w, 9.5-11.5 mm. (May, June) N. H., N. Y., southw. to N. C, Ga. and Fla. L. (Prionolahls) terebrans Alex. 1916. Llmnophila terehmns Alexander; Journ. X. Y. V.ui. Soc, 24: 121-122. Figs.— Alexander, Ibid., pi. 8, fig. 5 (wing). Alexander, Cfls. N. Y.. 1. pi. 40. fig. 146 (wing) : 1919. Black, the thorax covered with a yellowish gray jjollen. Legs conspicuously hairy, especially in the female where they are notably shorter than*^in male; femora' yellow, tipped with brown, most exten- sive on the fore legs Avhere tlie outer half is included, narrowest on the posterior legs where only the tips are darkened. Male hypop3^g- ium with the outer dististyle lacking the coml)-like (U'uticles of rM./75fw/5 and allies. $. L. about 7.5 mm.; w. 7.7 unn. 9. L. about 8 unn. ; w. 8-8.3 mm. (Late Apr., May) N. J., to vicinity of D. C. 304 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. L. (Prionokfbis) w alley i Alex. (Fi<2:. 45, N). 1929. Limnophila {PHonolahis) icaUeyi Alexander: Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 24:187-188. In its relatively small size and i^eneral appearance, most resem- bling simplex but with the inner dististyle of the male hypopygium bifid as in mfibasis. Mesonotal praescutum dark yellowish gray pruinose, without stripes. Wings grayish yellow, inconspicuously pat- terned with darker : stigma small but well-defined. Male hypopygium (Fig. 45, N) with the outer dististyle weakly and irregularly pectinate. $. L. 6.5-7.5 mm.: w. 7-8 mm. (May, June) Ont., and N. Y., westw. to Mich, and 111., soiithw. to N, C. Subgenus Phylidorea Bigot 1854. Phylidorea Bigot; Ann. Soc. P]nt. France, 1854: 456. The subgenus Phylidorea^ as typified by the European ferruginea (Meigen) includes, in the Northern Hemisphere, a large number of species that are very difficult of exact definition. In general, the flies are shiny reddish or yellowish, with gray heads, and with the an- tennae beyond the scapal segment yellowish to brownish yellow. Only two of the numerous local species have the body-coloration gray, and one of these (suhcosfafa) is atypical. The various species fall into more or less natural groups that are separated primarily on the struc- ture of the male hypopygium. These groups, as represented in the present fauna, are as follows: 1. The siibcosfata group. Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle slender, entirely blackened, bifid at apex. Aedcagus elongate, much exceeding the dististyle.s in length ; gonapophyses simple, stout, at apex with many ir- regular denticles (Fig. 46, K) subcostata 2. The liifea group. Male hypopygium with the aedeagus very long, subtended at near midlength by an expanded flange that is armed with small, retrorse. spinous points ; at base of aedeagus with three short, blackened, spike-like apophyses. (Fig. 46, E) lutea L. fratria also presumably falls here, agreeing in its general features, but differing in the nature of the gonapophyses (Fig. 46, D). 3. The adusta group. Male hypopygium with the aedeagus and subtending pair ot apophyses very greatly elongated, in length exceeding either of the dististyles ; basal apophyses simple or but inconspicuously branched at apex or beyond midlength (Fig. 46, A, B, F) adusta; caudifera; neadusta 4. The similis group. Male hypopygium with the aedeagus and subtending pair of apophyses short, not or but slightly exceeding the dististyles in length : basal apophyses profoundly bifid (Fig. 46, C, I). A. The cntisimilis subgroup. — Femora blackened, yellow basally (except in nigrngenicitlafa) ; cord and vein Cu of wings not darkened. consimilis; fumidicosta; luteola; nigrogeniculata; persimilis B. The siniilis subgroup. — Femora yellow, with a narrow dark ring at or immediately before tips; cord and vein Cu of w-ings narrowly seamed with darker adustoides; auripennis; iowensis; simiiis 5. The fuh'onervosa { pi aty phallus) group. Male hypopygium with the aedeagus greatly compressed, in outline appearing pod-shaped or reniform, least modi- fied in noz'ac-aufjliac ; gonapophyses very like those of the similis group, of which this is obviously an offshoot (Fig. 46, G, H, J). novae-angliae; platyphaMus; siouana; and presumably terrae-novae ^ ')• *>-i] DIPTERA OF COXXECTICUT : TAXONOMY BO.') The adult flies are most often found by sweepinjtr veo;etation in shaded moist ])laces. L. suhcostata frecjuents oj)en gorges and cold boggy Avoods; luteola^ novae-angliae, plaft/j/haUus and terrae-novae in and near margins of cold bogs. The other species occur along streams and in open woodlands. The early stages, as known, are si)ent in rich organic mud. Key to Species (Based chiefly on male characters) 1. General coloration of thorax light gray; wings unmarked, .-xcept for the stigma when this is evident 2 General coloration shiny reddish or yellowish to dark brown; if at all pruinose. the wings are suffused with darker, at least on the costal and apical portions 3 2. Wings with Rs short, angulated and often spurred at origin ; Rs without macrotrichia ; femora chiefly brownish black, their bases narrowly yellow- ish, this including less than the proximal half subcostata Wings with Rs unusually long for a member of this subgenus, about equal in length to the anterior branch of Rs, arcuated at origin ; Rs with macrotrichia for almost the entire length ; femora chiefly obscure yellow, the tips narrowly darkened fratria 3. Wings unmarked, except for the slightly darker stigmal area 4 Wings more or less patterned with darker, at least the outer radial ceils clouded 6 4. Abdomen ( d ) uniformly brownish yellow, without a distinct dark subtcr- minal ring; antennae ($) brownish yellow, short, if bent backward not extending to the wing-root; male hypopygium (Fig. 46, E) with the gona- pophyses appearing as three short, dagger-like, blackened points, surround- ed at base by scale-like spinulae, the median point smallest lutea Abdomen (S) brownish yellow, with a blackened subterminal ring; antennae ( $) dark brown, elongate, if bent backward extending' approximately to root of halteres : male hypopygium (Fig. 46, G, J) without dagger-like, blackened gonapophyses 5 5. Male hypopygium (Fig. 46. J) witii the aedeagus greatly compressed, pod- siiaped or reniform in outline siouana Male hypopygium (Fig. 46, G) with the aedeagiis only slightly compressed novaeangliae 6. Wings with the disk clear, the costal region and apex strongly suffused with brown, the cord not or scarcely marked with darker; mcsonotum dark brown: male hypopygium (as known) with the aedeagus greatly compressed, pod-shaped in outline (Fig. 46, H) ■ • ■ • 7 Wings without such a combination of infumed costal and apical regions, in conjunction with an unseamed cord (compare fuinicijcosta) ; mcsono- tum shiny reddish or ferruginous, rarely dark brown (siniilis, ncadusta) : male hvpopvgium with the aedeagus cylindrical or nearly so (Fig. 46. A, B, C) ." • ^ 7. Rs almost without macrotrichia. only with two or three at near midlength terrae novae i?s- with from ten to fifteen macrotrichia, distributed for almost the ••ntire I J platyphallus 8. Femo5-a\miformly yellow ".'.'.'.".'.".'.'.'.'..'.'. .'.'.' auripennis Femora more or less extensively "dark brown at tips • ■ ^ 9. Winffs with an apical darkening but with no seams along the cord or veni Ciii; femora chiefly blackened, with more than the distal hall dark (ex- cept in niqrogeniculata). (coiisiiiiilis subgroup) J, ' ' ' a ■ Wings with a narrow but distinct brown clouding along the cord and vem Cii,, in addition to the apical darkening; femora chiefly yellow, only tlie narrow^ tips dark brown to black, (similis subgroup) • • ■ !"* 10. Femora yellow, the tips narrowly and conspicuously blackened mgrogenicuiata Femora "especially of fore legs, black, only the bases restnctedly bnghtentd i i 396 COXXECTICUT GEOL. AXD NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. 11. Wings clear light yellow, including the costal field; abdomen ($) brownish yellow, without a distinct darkened subterminal ring luteola Wings grayish or yellowish subhyaline ; abdomen ( S ) with a dark brown to blackish subterminal ring { except in pcrsiiuilis) 12 12. Stigma not or scarcely indicated; wing-tip very narrowly and vaguely in- fumed ; male hypopygium with the aedeagus elongate, black, fully one-half longer than the branched gonapophyses persimilis Stigma dark brown; wing-tip conspicuously infumed; male hypopygium with the aedeagus pale, subequal to or slightly longer than the branched gonapophj'ses 13 13. Outer end of cell C strongly infumed fumidicosta Costal cell not infumed consimiiis 14. Male hypopygium with the aedeagus and gonapophyses short, not exceeding the outer dististyle in length; basal gonapophyses profoundly branched (Fig. 46, I) (siviilis group) 15 Alale hypopygium with the aedeagus and gonapophyses very elongate, exceed- ing the outer dististyle in length ; basal gonapophyses simple or only weakly branched beyond midlength (Fig. 46, A, B, F) (acliista group.) 17 15. General coloration of mesonotum dark brown similis General coloration of mesonotum polished rusty-red 16 16. Tips of femora narrowly and abruptly blackened; abdomen ( S ) with a black subterminal ring; male hypopygium with the aedeagus black, subequal to or longer than the basal gonapophyses adustoides Tips of femora gradually but narrowly infuscated; abdomen without a dark subterminal ring; male hypopygium with the aedeagus pale, very small, shorter than the basal gonapophyses iowensis 17. Male hypopygium with the median region of tergite produced into a con- spicuous finger-like lobe; inner dististyle straight or nearly so (Fig. 46, B) caudifera Male hypopygium with the median region of tergite not so produced; inner dististyle bent at midlength into a right angle (Fig. 46, A, F) .... 18 18. Wings with dark pattern along cord reduced to a narrow line; male liypopygium (Fig. 46, F) with basal gonapophyses appearing as powerful blackened rods, each of wdiich bears a short lateral spine at near two- thirds the length neadusta Wings with dark pattern along cord conspicuous; male hypopygium (Fig. 46, A) with basal gonapophyses appearing as very slender, unbranched rods adusta LimnophiJa {Phylidorea) adjimcfa Dietz (Can. Ent., 52:6-7; 1!>20), described iiom Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia, seems cer- tainly to refer to tet^ae-novae and is so considered in this report. Limnophila {Phylidorea) adusta O. S. (Figs. 44, B; 46, A). ly;59. Limnophila adusta Osten Sacken : Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1859 : 235. Figs.— Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 18, fig. 5 (ven.) ; 1908. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 39, fig. 128 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. W'isc, p. 204, fig. 99 (wing) ; 1932. General coloration shiny yello^Y to rusty brown, with indications of darker stripes, the pleura more pollinose. Antennae short, j^ellow- ish, the scape a little darker; head black, pruinose. Legs yellow, the femora with a narrow, nearly terminal, brown ring; tips of tibiae nar- rowly dark brown. AVings pale yellow, with a handsome darker pat- tern, including costal and apical cloudings and conspicuous seams along cord and vein Cui. Abdomen ( $ ) pale brown, blackened sub- tenninally; hypopygium fulvous-yellow. Male hypopygium (Fig. No. 64] DIPTERA OF COXNECTlCrT : TAXONOMY 397 4(). A). $. L. 9-11 mm.; w. 8-11.5 mm. 9. L. 11-14 mm.: w. 11-13 mm. (Late Alay-Sept.) Ont., Que, N. B, Me, N. H, Vt, Mass, R. I, X. \.. X. J, Pa, westw. to III, Mich, and Wise, southw. to N. C. Connecticut.— Danbury, June 15, 1909 (C. W.J.); East River. Sept. 1910 (Ely); New Haven, June 11. 1914 (collector?) ; Rowayton, May 27, 1913 (collector?) ; Tvler Lake, June 13, 1931 (C. P. A.). L. {Fhylidorea) adustoides Alex. 1927. Limnopkila {PhqVidorea) adustoides Alexaiuler; Bull, liiook- lyn Eiit. Soc, 22 : 63-64. Belongs to the similis group and subgroup. Antennal tiagellum light yellow. Wings strongly suffused with yellow, the base and costal region clearer yellow to very pale brown ; wing-tip broadly darkened. Abdomen browniish yellow; hypopygium dark ferruginous. Male hypopygium with aedeagus black, slender, subecpial t(» oi- longer than the basal gonapophyses. S . L. 8-11 mm.: w. 9-11 mm. 9 . L. 10-14 mm.; av. lU.5-13 mm. (June, July) !Mass.. westw. to Ind. and Tenn. L. {Phylidorea) auripennis Alex. 1926. Lhnnophila {rJn/JUorea) auripemih Alexander: Bull, lirook- lyn Ent. Soc. 2i : 113-114. Fig. — Alexander, Psyche, 18, pi. 16, fig. 9 (hyp.); 1911; as adusia. Belongs to the sini'dh group and subgroup. (leneral coloratiou ferruginous-yellow. Antennal flagellum yellow. AVings strongly tinged with yellow, the costal margin more saturated: wing-tij) and cord vaguely .seauied with darker. Abdomen ferruginous-yellow, in male without a dark subterminal ring. Male hypoi)ygimn with the aedeagus slender, gently curved at ajiex. a trifle longer than the gon- apophyses. $. L. 8-9 nun.: w. 8.5-9.5 nun. $. U 10.5-11.5 mm.: w. 10-11 mm. (Late Mav-Aug.) Ont., Que., Me., X. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to 111. and Mich. Connecticut.— Storrs (C. S. C): Union, Aug. 17-18, 1928 (C. F. C). L. (/^%//V/c>/'^ff) caudif era Alex. (Fig. 46, B). 1927. Lhnnophila {Phi/Vidorea) cawHfera Alexandev: Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 22: ill. Belongs to the odusfa group. Closely allied and generally suu- ilar to adtisfa, differing notably in the structure of the male hypopyg- imn. General coloration of mesonotum shiny brown. Legs with fem- ora bright yellow, passing into brown, the tips dark brown. Wmgs with a faint" vellowish tinge, the costal and a|)ical i)ortions mfuscated ; a conspicuous seam along vein Ovu with a narrower seam along cord. Abdomen obscure brownish vellow, with a dark brown subtermnia ring (5). Male hvpopvgium (Fig. 46, B): basistyle with dorsal lobe provided with long yellow setae : outer dististyle very broad and 398 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Figure 40. Hexalomini : Liinnophihi (Phylidorca) : male hypopygia. Elcphantomyia ; head. A. Liiiinophila (Phylidnrca) adusta O. S. B. L. {P.) .caiidifcra Alex. C. /.. (P.) coiisiinilis Dtz. D. L. (P.) fratrla O. S. E. L. (P.) lutca Doanc F. L. (P.) ncadiista Alex. G. L. (P.) iiovac-angliae Alex. H. L. (P.) plalyphalliis Alex. I. L. (P.) si)iiHis Alex. J. L. (P.) siniiaiKi Alex. K. L. (P.) siihcostata Alex. L. Elel^Iiaiifoinyi I ( FJcphaiilouiyid) -o^'cstwoodi O. S. ; head. Symbols : a, aedeagus : /;, basistyle ; .'/, gonapophysis ; id. inner dististylc ; od. outer dististvle; t. tergite. No. 64] DIPTERA or COXXECTICUT : TAXONOMY 399 400 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull, flattened, the tip siiddenl}" narrowed into a slender tinker-like point, near outer end of style with microscopic setulae; basal gonapophyses slender, nearly straif^ht, heavily blackened, beyond midlength a little dilated but not branched; aedea\\\1. Uiooklvu Ent. Soc, 22 : 112-113. Belongs to the similis group and subgroup. Legs with tibiae brown- ish yellow, the tips very narrowly darkened. Wings with a yellowish tinge, the base and costal region clearer yellow. Male hyi)opygium with the aedeagus feebW sclerotized, weak, shorter than the l)asal gonapophvses. <3 . L. 9-10 nun.: w. 9-9.5 mm. 5. L. 9-10.5 mm.: w. 9-10 nmi. " (June) Alich.. la. L. {Phylidorea) lutea Doane. (Fig. 46, E). 1900. LimnophUa lutea Doane; Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 8: 191. Figs.— Doane. Ibid., pi. 8, fig. 4 (ven.) ; 1900. Alexander. Cfls. N. Y.. 1, pi. 39, fig. 132 (ven.) ; 1919. General coloration dull brownish yellow, the praescutum opacpie, without darker markings. Antennae with flagellum brownish yellow to pale brown. Legs brownish yellow, the femoral bases clear yellow, the outer segments of leg passing into brown. Wings uniformly yellow, the stigma a trifle darker. Male hypopygium (Fig. 46, E) Avith the outer dististyle relatively slender, irregularly bidentate at apex : inner dististyle shorter, gradually narrowed to the obtuse tip; aedeagus elongate, slender, more enlarged at end, subtended by an expanded flange set with microscopic retrorse points, i . L. 5-7 mm.; w. 6.5-9.5 mm. 9 . L. 8-9 mm. ; w. 7.5-8.5 mm, (Late May-Aug.) N. B.. Me., N. H., \'t., Mass., N. Y., southw. to Va. and Tenn. Connecticut.— Hamden, June 11, 1914 (W. E. B.); Storrs ; Tunxis State Park, June 12, 1931 (C. P.A.). L. (F/jyZ/r/ortY/) luteola Alex. 1927, LimnophUa {Phi/lidorea) luteola Alexauder: Bull, Brooklyn Ent, Soc, 22 : li3-114. Belongs to the similis group, conslmilis subgroup. General color- ation dark ferruginous. Antennal flagellum yellow, the outer seg- ments darker; head light gray. Femora black, the bases extensively yellow, on fore legs including nearly the basal third, on the posterior legs including more than the basal half. Wings strongly suft'used with yelloAv, including the clearer yellow basal and costal regions; stigma and wing-tip darkened: ^2+.s+4 without niacrotrichia Abdo- men obscure brownish yellow, without a darkened subtermiual rmg in 402 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. S , at most the eighth segment weakly iiif uscated. Male hypopygium with the branched gonapophyses strongly blackened; aedeagus weak, equal in length to its subtending apophyses. S. L. about 9 mm.; w. 9 mm. ? . L. 8.5-10 mm. ; w. 8.5-9.5 mm. (June) Que.. Vt., N. Y. Especially characteristic of cold Iris bogs. The unusually liaiidsonie light yellow wings distinguish the fly from the closely allied consimilis and fti>nidicosta. L. (/^////Ziri6>/'m) neadusta Alex. (Fig. 46, F). 19^7. Lvninophila {Phylidorea) neadusta Alexander; Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 22:110-111. Belongs to the adusta gr(jup. Closely allied and generally sim- ilar to adusta, differing especially in the structure of the male hypopyg- ium. Mesonotum darker colored, brown medially. Legs with the tips of the femora rather broadly inf uscated. Male hypopygium (Fig. 46, F) with the median lobe of ninth tergite much more extensive, its caudal margin with a very shallow notch; outer dististyle with the apical point long and slender; outer gonapophyses and aedeagus very long and unusually slender. $ . L. about 8.5 mm. ; w. 9 mm. (June) N. Y. L. {Phylidorea) nigrogeniculata Alex. 1926. LimnophiJa {Phylidorea) nigrogeniculata Alexander: Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 21 : 114-115. Belongs to the similis group, conshnllis subgroup. Genei-al color- ation shiny ferruginous. Antennal flagellum yellow; head irray. Wing with ^2+3^4 having macrotrichia throughout its length. Ab- domen obscure yellow, with a brownish black subterminal ring {$). Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle unusually slender and heavily chitinized, terminating in two acute teeth; branched gona- pophyses with the arms unusually long and slender, blackened. $ . L. 5-5.5 mm.; w. 6-6.5 mm. ?. L. 6.5-8 mm.; w. 6-8 mm. (July) Tenn. Amply distinct from the other members of the subgroup in the nar- rowly blackened tips of the femora. L. (/^AyZ/V/6>r(g«) novae-angliae Alex. (Fig. 46, G). 1914. Limnophila novae-angliae Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1914:594. Figs.— Alexander, Ihid., pi. 25, fig. 4 (ven.) ; 1914 Alexander, Cfis. N. Y., 1, pl. 39. fig. 131 (ven.) ; 1919. lielongs to the platy phallus group. General coloration shiny red- dish yellow, the mesonotum without markings. Head chiefly dark. Legs yellow, the tips of femora aud tibiae narrowly darkened. ^ Wings with a strong yellow to brownish yellow tinge, the stigma a trifle darker. iSIale hypopygium (Fig. 46,' G) with the region of the tergite strongly produced, narrowed to a truncated lobe that bears several long powerful setae: outer dististvle entii-ely glabrous, narrowed into a No. 64] DIPTERA or CONNECTICUT: TAXONOMY 403 gently curved apical point; inner dististyle with a large basal setifer- ous lobe, the outer portion of style strongly bent at near midlength into a straight terminal portion. $. L. 6.5-7.5 mm.: w. 5.8-7.2 mm. ? . L. 7-8 mm. ; w. 6.5-7.5 mm. (July, Aug.) Que., Me., Mass., N. Y., Pa. L. {Phylidorea) persimilis Alex. 1927. Limnophila {Phylidorea) persimilis Alexander; Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 22 : 62-63. Belongs to the similis group, consvmilis subgroup. General color- ation of thorax ferruginous. Antennal flagellum yellow; head light silvery gray. Femora brownish black, the bases yellow, on fore legs including about basal fourth, on middle and hind legs about basal third. Wings pale yellow; sparse macrotrichia on .ff2+,s+4- Abdomen obscure yellow without a conspicuous darkened subterminal ring. $. L. 6.5-7 mm. ; w. 6.5-7.5 mm. 9 . L. 8-9 mm. ; w. 7.8-9 mm. (June) S. Ind. The wing-pattern is the palest of any member of the consimUis subgroup, in some cases being very nearly immaculate. L. (P^?/?yV7ore«) platyphallus Alex. (Fig. 46, H). 1926. Limnophila {Phi/lidorea) plati/phalhis Alexander; Bull. Brook- lyn Ent. Soc, 21 : 111-112. General coloration chestnut-brown, the praescutum darker medi- ally. Antennal flagellum yellowish broAvn ; head gray. Fore and middle femora blackened, the basal fifth yellowish; po.sterior femora yellow with about the distal third dark brown. Halteres with dark- ened knobs. Wings whitish subhyaline, the costal and apical por- tions infuscated; usually without a darkened seam aloriir vein Cv^ in cell M. Abdomen brownish yellow, with a dark sul)terminal ring {$). Male hypopygium with the aedeagus a verv flattened, compressed black blade (Fig. 46, H). $. L. 6.5-8 mm. : w."8-9 mm. 9. L. 10-11 nun. : w. 10-11 mm. (June) Ont.. Que., Me.. N. H., \'t., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Mich, and .\lta. Connecticut.— Granby. June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.): Manitic Lake, June 8-9. 1929 ( C. P. A.) ; Putnam, June 15, 1933 (C. P. A.^. Possibly not distinct from ferrae -novas, which is still known only from the female sex. L. {Phiflidorea) similis Alex. (Fig. 46, I). 1911. Limmophila simUis Alexander; Psyche, 18: 195-196. Figs —Alexander, Ibid., pi. 16. fig. 4 (wing), fig. 8 (hyp.): 1911. Alexander. Cfls. N. v.. 1, pi. 39, fig. 129 (wing) ; 1919. General coloration dark brown, sparsely pruino.^e, the sides of mesonotum sometimes brightened. Antennal flawlhnii vellow. Knobs of halteres darkened. Wings yellowish or whitish subhyaline. with a restricted brown pattern, including the costal and apical portions, and 404 COXXECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BlllL narrow seams along the cord and vein Cui. Abdomen dark reddish brown, without a blackened snbterminal ring. Male hypopygium (Fig. 46. 1) with the aedeagiis small and weak, not heavily sclerotized, about as long as its subtending apophyses: basal gonapophyses with the lateral arms slender. $. L. 7.5 nun.; w. 9 mm. 5. L. S-9 mm.; w. 10-10.5 mm. (June. July) Out.. Que., Mass., N. Y. L. {Phylidorea) siouana Alex. (Fig. 46, J). 1929. Limnophila {Phylidorea) siouana Alexander; Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 24 : 188-189. Belongs to the pJaty phallus grou]); closely allied to novae-angliae^ dirt'ering especially in the structure of the male hypopygium (Fig. 46, J). Gonapophyses elongated, strongly bent beyond midlength into a long curved spine, with a small spur at bend. $ . L. 6-6.5 mm. ; w. 5.8-6.5 mm. 9. L. about 6.5 mm.; w. about 6.7 mm. (Late May) la. L. {P hi/lido7-e a) suhcosi2iia. (Alex.) (Fig. 46, K). 1911. Phylodorea subcostata Alexander; Can. Ent., 43 : 288-289. Fig.— Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 40, fig. 149 (wing) ; 1919. General coloration black, heavily dusted with gray, thinner and sometimes leaving blackish stripes visible on praescutum. Antennae black throughout; head heavily gray-dusted. Halteres yellow. Legs black, the femoral bases conspicuously yellow, more narrowly so on the fore legs. AVings subhyaline, the stigma darker; wing base and vein So brighter yellow. Abdomen brownish black. ]\Iale hypopygium (Fig. 46, K) with the tergal region slightly produced medially; basi- styles stout; outer dististyle slender, unequally bifid at tip; aedeagus elongate; gonapophyses terminating in many small spinous points. $. L. 6-6.5 nun.; w, 5.5-7 mm. 9. L. 6-7.5 mm.; w. 5-6.5 nun. (May-early July) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Mich. Connecticut.— Hartland, June 8, 9, 1929 (C. P. A.); Kent Falls, May 31, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; Norfolk, June 9, 1929 (C. P.A.). L. {Phylidorea) terrae-novae Alex. 1916. Limnoph'la terrae-novae Alexander: Journ. X. Y. Ent. Soc, 24:123. 1920. Limnophila ad'junefa Dietz; Can. Ent.. 52:6-7. Figs. — Alexander, Ih'id., pi. 8, fig. 7 (wing) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfis. N. Y., 1, pi. 39, fig. 130 (wing); 1919. Belongs to the plat y phallus group. Body even darker colored than plat y phallus. Legs dark brown. Wings more heavily patterned, including a dark seam in cell M adjoining vein Cux. The male sex is unknown, but presmnably has a hvpopygium not unlike that of pla- typhaUus. 5. L. 9.5-11.3 mm.; w.' 9.2-il.4 mm. (July) (Xfd.) No. 64] DirTERA or coxxecttcut: taxoxomy 405 Siibfrenus Limnophila Macquart The .subgenus LimnophUa^ as here restricted, inchules only six lo- cal specie^ forminof a very loose agj^refration. Of these species, albipcs and niveitarsis form one <>:roiip, but tlie i-eniaininji; si)ecies are so dif- ferent among- themselves that it is difficult to point out relationships. It is pi-obable that the only local species that is strictly consubgeneric with the genotype of L'nnnopkHa is irforafa Johnson. The adult flies of aJhipes and niveitarsis may be swept from rank vegetation in shaded gorges and along minor mountain streams; laricicola and poefica are characteristic bog-inhabiting species; hrevifurca frequents wet places in woods, alder swam])s. and similar situations; irrorafa inhabits the southern gum swamps, where it i-ests on the rich marsh vegetation. Although nothing conclusive seems to be known con- cerning the subject, it seems highly probable that the early stages of all of the included species above mentioned will be found to occur in rich organic earth in and near the hannts of the adult flies. Key to Species 1. Wings yellowish subhyaline, with an abundant irrorate brown pattern that includes small, transverse, brown dashes in all the cells ; legs yellow, the tips of the femora and tibiae abruptly blackened irrorata Wings unmarked, except for the stigmal cloud, and, in cases (poefica). re- stricted clouds at origin of Rs and along tlie cord ; femora and tibiae not abruptly tipped with black 2 2. Wings with cell il/i very small, from one-third to one- fourth the length of its petiole (Fig. 44, D) brevifurca Wings with cell il/i of normal size, subcqual in length to. or only a trifle shorter than, its petiole (Fig. 44, C, E) 3 3. Posterior tarsi extensively snowy-white 4 Posterior tarsi not whitened, similar in color to the other tarsi 5 4. General coloration of thorax shiny reddish yellow to brown, the mesonotum sometimes more infuscated medially ; pleura clearer yellow ; Sc short, end- ing about opposite two-thirds to three-fourths the length of Rs (Fig. 44, C) albipes General coloration of thorax black, heavily gray pruinose; Sc longer, ending about opposite the fork of Rs _ niveitarsis 5. Wings unmarked, except for the darker stigmal area; Rs relatively shcirt. less than two times the length of ))i-cu. angulated but not spurred at origin: ground-color of head gray iancicola Wings with faint dark clouds along cord and at ongni of Rs; Rs long, more than twice the length of iii-cii. angulated and usually spurred at origui (Fig. 44. E) : ground-color of head yellow to brownish yellow poetica Limnophila {Limnophila) albipes Leond. (Figs. 44, C; 45, O). 1913. Lfmnophila albipes Leonard; P:^nt. News, 24:248-249. Figs.— Leonard. Ibid., 24:248, text-figure (wing) : 1913. Alexander. Cfls. N. Y.. 1, pi. 38, f^g. 119 (wing) ; 1919. Body not or scarcely pruinose. Antennae ( $ ) elongate, approxi- mately one-half as long as body, of 9 shorter, extending to base of abdomen. Femora obscure yellow, the tips weakly darkened: tibiae and tarsi brown, the po.sterior tarsi snowy-white. Wings (Fig. 44, C) subhyaline, the stigma a little darker: Sc. at tip of Sd; /f2+M + 4 long, nearlv twice the length of m-cu^ the latter at or beyond nndlengrth of cell isf M., Abdominal tergites dark brown, the sternites paler, in 406 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT, HIST. SURVEY [BllU. 6 with a narrow black subterminal ring; hypopygium yellow. Male hypopygiiun (Fig. 45, O) with the outer dististyle bifid at apex, bear- ing an acute lateral spur on outer margin at about three-fourths the length; inner dististyle short and broad, its apex nearly truncate, blackened; outer gonapophyses bearing a dense brush of long yellow setae on disk; inner gonapophyses slender, microscopically toothed before apex. $. L. 4.5-5 nnn. ; w. 5.5-5.8 mm. 9. L. 6.5-7 mm.: w. 5.8-6 mm. (July) \'t., Mass., N. Y., N. J., southw. to S. C. L. {Lhnnophila) hrexif urea O.S. (Fig. 44, D). 1,S59. Linmophila hrevijurca Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859 : 237. Figs.— Xeedliam. 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 14, fig. 6 (ven.) : 1908. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 38, fig. 125 (ven.) ; 1919. General coloration of mesonotum brownish gray, the praescutal stripes ill-defined : pseudosutural f oveae and tuberculate pits black. Antennae short in both sexes. Legs brownish yellow, the tips of fem- ora and tibiae darkened. Wings with a faint brownish tinge, the stigma a trifle darkened (Fig. 44, D); Rs long; i?2-|-3+4 short, less than m-cu\ R-, about one-third to two-fifths /^i + o- In certain speci- mens cell Ml may be lost in one or even in both wings. Abdomen pale brown, darker laterally, with a dark subterminal ring; hypopygium yellow. Male hypopygium with the basistyles long and slender ; outer dististyle slender, bifid at apex ; interbases terminating in oval heads. c^ . L. 5-6 mm. ; w. 5.5-6.5 mm. 9 . L. about 6-6.5 nnn. ; w. 6.5-7 mm. (May, June; rarely in Autumn) Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., westw. to Mich., southw. to S. C. Connecticut.— Hartland. June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Norfolk, May 21, 1910 (W. L. M.) ; May 16, 1931, Mav 31, 1931, June 9, 1929, June 12, 1931 (C. P. A.) : Kent Falls, Mav 31, 1931 (C. P. A.): N. Branford, Mav 12, 1933 (M.P. Z.); Riverton, May 17, 1931. May 30-31, 1931, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.): W. Granbv, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.): Winsted, May 16, 1931 (C. P. A.). L. {Limnophila) irrorata Johns. (Fig. 45, P). 1909. Lhnnophila irrorata Johnson; Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 34:127-128. 1916. L. Irrorata Alexander: Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1916:531-532. Figs.— Tohnson, Ibid.. 34. pi. 16, fig. 17 (wing) ; 1909. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 39, fig. 133 (wing) ; 1919. General coloration of mesonotum dark brown, with a sparse yel- low pollen, leaving vague darker streaks. Antennae short in both sexes, black throughout. Halteres brownish yellow, the knobs dark brown. Legs conspicuously hairy: outer tarsal segments blackened. Wings with larger dark areas at origin of Rs^ along cord and at ends of veins i?i + 2 find Ri\ R^ + ^+i short to very short, in most cases about one-half 7n-cu\ Ri + o and Rj subequal; cell 31 1 about equal to its petiole: m.-cu beyond midlength of cell 1st M.>. Abdominal tergites No. (J4J DIFTERA OF COXNECTICIT: TAXONOMY 407 brownish yellow, narrowly darkened laterally: outer se^nnents nitire infuscated; liypopy : Km . Figs.— Alexander, Ibid., 19, pi. 13, fig. 4 (wing) ; 1912. Alexander, Cfls. X. Y., 1, pi. 38, fig. 120 (wing) ; 1919. General coloration of mesonotum polished rusty-red. without markings. Antennae ( 6 ) elongate, if bent backward extending to be- yond base of abdomen; flagellar segments swollen on ventral face, black, the incisures a little paler. Halteres with darkened knobs. Legs obscure yellow, the outer tarsal segments darkened. Wings with a strong yellow tinge, the stignui a trifle darker; Sci ending about op- posite r-?n; E-^+s + i long, exceeding rn-cu\ R\j^2 and R_. subecjual: m-cu at or beyond midlength of cell 1st M-^- Abdomen conspicuously hairy, brownish yellow, darkened laterally; in $ with a dark brown subter- minal ring; hypopygium large; obscure yellow. Male hypopygium (r'ig. 45, Q) with the tergite produced into two slender lol)es that are separated by a broad U-shaped notch; outer apical angle of basi- style produced into a ehitinized spine; outer dististyle conspicuously bifid, one arm a slender ehitinized spine; inner dististyle elongate, ex- panded outwardly, shallowly bifid at apex; aedeagus elongate, i. L. 5.5-G mm.; w. 5.5-6.5 mm. 9. L. 7.5-8 nnn.; w. ().5-7 mm. (June) Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Mich., southw. to Va. and Temi. Connecticut.— Phoenixville, June 14. 1933 (C. P. A.): Putnam. June 15. 1933 (C.V. A.); Staflford Springs, June 14, 1933 (C. P.A.). The general appearance, especially of the female, is (jtiite like that of a small, inconspicuous species of Phylldorea^ such as novde-aiKjIjac. and care must be taken in the determination. The nuile hypopygium is very distinctive. L. {Limnophila) niveitarsis O. S. (Fig. 45. K). 1869. Limnophila niveitarsis Osten Sacken : Mon. Dipt. N. Aiiier.. 4: 209-210. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 38. fig. 118 (wing) ; 1919. Praescutum without evident praescutal stri))es: tuberculate pits lacking. Antennae {$) very long, if bent backward extending to near two-thirds the length of abdomen; scape short, black: flagellum dark brown, the segments with a delicate, erect, pale pubesceiice: antennae in $ shorter, extending about to base of abdomen. Head light gray. Halteres yellow. Legs with femora and libiae obscure brownish yellow, the tips darkened: tarsi dark brown, the posterior tarsi snowV-white, especiallv the setae. Wings with a famt brownish 408 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. tinge, the stigma darker; i?i + 2 and R2 subequal; ^^2+3+4 about one- third to one-half longer than in-cu; petiole of cell Mx about one-half the cell; cell 1st il/2 , relatively small. xVbdominal tergites weakly bi- colorous, brownish black, the apices more reddish brown; sternites uniformly yellow ; a narrow black subterminal ring in 5 ; hypopygium obscure yellow. Male hypopygium (Fig. 45, K) with the basistyle having the mesal margin crenate; outer face of basistyle, near apex, with a group of large coarse setae; outer dististyle unusually com- pressed, narrowed to the bidentate blackened apex; inner dististyle short, roughly triangular in outline, the inner portion with a few mi- croscopic spines; gonapophyses appearing as yellow decussate blades, their outer margins microscopically toothed ; aedeagus short. 5 . L. 5. .5-6.5 mm. ; w. 6.5-8 mm. $ . L. 7-7.5 mm. ; w. 7.5-8 mm. (June) Mass., N. Y., southw. to Md., Ind., N. C. and Tenn. (Transition). L. {Limnophila) poetica O. S. (Figs. 44, E; 45, S). 1869. LimnofhUa 'poetica, Osten Sacken: Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4: 207-208. Figs.— Needham. 23rd Kept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 18, fig. 3 (wing) ; 1908. Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 38, fig. 116 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Ctls. Wise, p. 204, fig. 100 (wing) ; 1932. General coloration of mesonotum yellowish to brownish yellow, subnitidous; tuberculate pits lacking; pseudosutural foveae small; pleura yellow, somewhat darker in female. Ant-ennae ( $ ) elongate, if bent backward extending to about opposite one-third the length of the long abdomen ; flagellar segments beyond first black ; antennae in 2 shorter, extending about to root of haiteres. Head with center of vertex darkened. Haiteres with darlcened knobs. Legs with femora brownish yellow, the tips dark brown to black ; tibiae yellowish brown, the tips, together with all tarsi, blackened ; legs of female shorter and more conspicuously hairy. Wings (Fig. 44, E) yellowish, with a very restricted brown pattern, including the stigma and narrow seams at origin of Rs and along cord; wrings of female darker and somewhat reduced in size. Abdomen ( $> ) elongate, yellow, with a narrow black- ened subterminal ring. Male hypopygium (Fig. 45, S) with the basi- styles bearing a truncated lobe on mesal face near base; outer disti- style slender, narrowed to the small bidentate apex; gonapophyses ap- pearing as long sinuous horns, each with a small lateral branch at near midlength. $ . L. 9-9.5 mm. ; w. 8.5-9 mm. 2 . L. 8.5-9 mm. ; w. about 8 mm. (May-Aug., especially June) Ont., Que., northwestw. to Alta. and Alaska, westw. to Mich., Wise, and 111., southw. to Mass. (Hudsonian, Canadian). Shannonomyia Alexander 1929. Shannonomyia Alexander; Dipt. Patagonia and S. Chile, 1:: 142-143. A single species, of discordant affinities, comes within the present: faunal limits. In its general appearance and venation, this fly, S. Xo. 64] DIPTERA OF CONXECTICUT : TAXONOMY 409 Unta^ much resembles a species of Pilarm or Lvninophila {Phijlidorea) but is equally out of place in either : shortly before its fork; position of R-:. near the fork of the long straight 7?2+3+4 wliich is in direct alignment with Rs\ cell M^ lacking (Fig. 44, F). The adult flies oc- cur on vegetation in open shaded situations, usually near Avater. The early stages are unknown. Shannonomyia lenta (O. S.) (Fig. 44, F). 1859. Limnopli'ila lenta Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1859 : 241. Figs. — Alexander, Psvche, 18, pi. 16, fig-. 1 (vcn.) ; 1911. .Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 40, fig. 152 (ven.) ; 1919. General coloration of thorax pale brownish yellow to ochreous, without markings; pleura with a vague pruino.sity. Antennae {$) relatively long, if bent backward extending about to root of halteres; basal segments yellowish, the flagellum chiefly brown. Head gray, more silver}^ in front. Halteres and legs yellow. Wings (Fig. 44, F) with a grayish yellow tinge, the base and costal region clearer yel- low : stigma and vague clouds along cord and outer end of cell 1st Mo pale brown; veins pale. Abdomen obscure yellow, with a narrow darkened subterminal ring. $. L. 5-5.5 mm.; w. 5.5-6.5 mm. 9. L. 7-8 mm. ; w. 7-7.5 mm. (May-Sept.) Out., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., Pa., wcstw. to Mich, and 111., southw. to Ga. and Tenn. Connecticut.— East River, July 6, 1910 (Ely); Granby, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.); Hamden. July 13, 1932 (P.G.): Kent Falls, June 12-13. 1931, Aug. 19, 1931 (C. P. A.); Norfolk. Sept. 6, 1928 (G. C. C.) ; Riverton. Julv 23, 1931 (C. P. A.): Sap- tree Run State Park, June 14, 1933 (C. P. A.); Sharon, Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C. C.) ; Tunxis State Park, July 23, 1931 (C. P. A.) : Twin Lakes, Sept. 12, 1928 (C. P. A.) ; Tyler Lake, Tune 13, 1931 (C. P. A.); Westford, June 14. 1933 (C P. A.) ; W. Granby, Sept. 11. 1928 (CP. A.). A second form of the species is described herewith. Shannonomyia lenta gaspeana subsp. nov. General coloration of body darker brown, more or less pruinose; median region of praescutum "with a darker brown stripe. Antennal flagellum dark broAvn. Knobs of halteres infuscated. Tips of tibiae narrowlv darkened. Wings with the veins darker: veins /?» and Ri more divergent, cell R^ wide at margin. Abdomen, including hy- popvgium, dark brown. 'HoJotype, $, Ruisseau Castor, N. Gaspe, Que., June 2(, 1931 {C. P. Alexander) : in author's collection. It is probable that additional material will show that this fly de- serves full specific rank. The status of .S'. congenita (Dtz.) (Trans. Amer. hnt hoc, 4< : 257; 1921) is still uncertain but seems to represent a dark lorm o± l&nta. The antennae are described as being darker brown than in the typical form and the median region of the ninth tergite ol the male 410 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BuU. hj^popygium is stated to project acutely. The other genitalic char- acters described seem to be more apjiarent than real. (June. Julv) Pa. Pilaria Sintenis 1888. Pilar'm Sintenis; Sitzber. Nat.— (ies. Dorpat. 8:398. 1919, EuJimnopkila Alexander; Cornell Univ., A, at or close to the fork of ^2+3+4, the feature varying somewhat in all species, where the ele- ment may lie before, opposite or beyond this fork in different speci- mens; the usually long fusion of -ffi + 2, shortest in species such as stan- woodae; and the transverse alignment of the three elements constitut- ing the anterior cord (Fig, 44, G, H). In the present fauna, there occur a few species with elongate antennae in the male, together with others having the organ short in both sexes, the latter group having unusually long conspicuous verticils on all flagellar segments, the for- mer group with these verticils in male becoming long and conspicuous on the outer segments. Likewise there occur species having cell Mx present, wdiile a second group of forms have lost the- cell by the fusion of adjoining veins. The adults of oshor-ni, staniroodae and vermon- tana are characteristic inhabitants of bogs; quadrata and recondita of helophytic associations; the other species in rank shaded situations, usually near streams. The immature stages are spent in rich organic earth. As was done with Pseudoliinnophila^ Edwards (1938) has placed this group as a subgenus of Limnophila Macquart. In this arrangement I cannot agree, since the immature stages of both groups differ widely from the condition found in LitnnophiJa. Key to Species 1. Wings with cell NU present ( Fig. 44, H) 2 Wings with cell Ah lacking ( Fig. 44, G) 6 2. Thoracic dorsum chietly dark brown to black ; wings narrow, with a long basal petiole, the stigma usually very distinct ; antennae { $ ) elongate. exceeding one-half the length of body tenuipes Th.oracic dorsum reddish brown to yellowish brown ; wings broader, with a shorter basal petiole and with stigma pale brown to virtually lacking : antennae short in both sexes, except in vermoutafia where tlic thoracic dorsum is polished reddish yellow 3 3. Mesonotum polished reddish yellow to reddish brown 4 Mesonotum opaque yellow to brownish yellow (iinbecilla) 5 4. Wings strongly tinged with brown ; head brown ; antennae short in both sexes recondita Wings only slightly inf umed ; head blackish, pruinose ; antennae ( S ) elon- gate, if bent backward extending to beyond base of abdomen vermontana 5. Size larger (wing, S, over 7 mm.); head light gray imbecilla imbecilla Size small (wing, $, about 6-6.5 mm.) ; head yellowish. . imbecilla illinoiensis N"<>. 64 I DIPTERA or CONNECTICUT: TAXONttMY 411 '. Thoracic dorsum brownish black, the lateral margfins yellow; pleura yellow: wings with distinct stigma ; veins Ra and Rt extending generally parallel tor most of their length, only gently divergent, cell R-^ at margin nearly as wide as cell 7^3; antennae ($) elongate, exceeding one-half the length of body edwardi Thoracic dorsum not differing conspicuously from the ground-color of ])1(U- ra : wings with stigma pale brown or indistinct: veins R^t and 7?i strongly divergent, cell R-2 at margin being about one-half of cell R.t or a triHc more : antennae short in both sexes, if bent backward extending about to wing-root 7 7. General coloration of thorax blackish, gray pruinose quadrata Gen.eral coloration of thorax yellowish to reddish brown S 8. Thoracic pleura with a broad black longitudinal stripe osborni Thoracic pleura pale yellow, immaculate stanwoodae Pilaria edwardi (Alex.) 11>1G. Limnopliihi edvmrdi Alexander: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia. 1916: 533. Figs.— Alexander, Ibid., pi. 17. fig. 45 (wing) ; 1916. Alexaiukr, CHs. X. Y., 1. pi. 40, f^g. 156 (wing) : 1919. Head blackish. Femora and tibiae lif^ht brown, the tips weakly darkened. Wings relatively narrow, very faintly tinged with brown, the stigma darker brown, hairy. Abdomen dark brown, the hypopyg- ium more ^^ellowish. $. L. 7.2 mm.; w. 8 mm.: antenna, about .■> mm. (June) N. Y. Known only from the unique type. It seems very possible that this may prove to be an abnormal specimen of fenuipes. P. imbecilla imbecilla (O. S.) In.-)!). Liinnoplt'dd hnhccUhi Osten Sacken: Pi-oc Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859 : 237. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1. pi. 38, fig. 122 (wing): 191M. Dirkin.M,,. Cfls. Wise, p. 206, fig. 103 (wing) : 1932. General coloration of thorax pale brown to yelhnvish hiown. without stripes; pseudosutural foveae pale. Antennae with scape and pedicel dark brown, basal flagellar segments yellow, the outer seg- ments l^lackened. Legs obscure yellow. Wings yellowish gray, the stiii-ma feebly darkened, the costal region clearer yellow: 7?^ just be- yond fork of*/?,.+:^ + 4. Abdomen pale, darkened outwardly, with a_sul)- terminal brown ring: hypopygium yellow. i> . L. 7-S luiii.: w. <-S..» mm. $. L. about 8 mm.: w. 7.5-8 mm. (June, July) Ont., Qw.. Mass., \. Y.. westw. to Wise, and Hi., southw. to Ind. and Tenn. P. imbecilla illinoiensis (Alex.) . 19'">U Llmnophila {EulimnophUa) hnlecilla dhnoiemis Alexander; Can. Ent., 52 : 22G. Verv close to the tvpical form, differing in the small size and yel- lowish liead. with the antennal scape pale yellow. $. L. (> mm.; w. 0-G.5 mm. (June) Ind., 111., Ky., Tenn. 412 CONNECTICUT GEOL, AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BulL P. osborni (Alex.) 1914. LimnophUa osborni Alexander: Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phil- adelphia. 1914: 596-597. Figs. — Alexander, Ih'id., pi. 25, fig. b (.wing) ; 1914. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 40, fig. 154 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 206, fig. 104 (wing, as recondita), 1932. General coloration of niesonotum rich reddish brown, the poste- rior sclerites slightly pruinose; lateral portions of praescutum and scutum brownish black; pleura reddish yellow with a black lon- gitudinal stripe. Femora yellowish brown, the tips weakly darkened. Wings with a brownish tinge, produced chiefly by vague seams along the veins; stigma a little darker; Ro clo.se to fork of ^2+3 + 4- Abdom- inal tergites brown, becoming still darker on outer segments: a black- ened subterminal ring; hypopygium obscure yellow. $. L. 6.3-6.5 mm.; w. 7.4-7.5 mm. (Late Aug., Sept.) Me., westw. to Wise, and the Rocky Mts. of Wyo. and Colo. This species is closely allied to the European P. mcridiana (Staeger). P. quadrata {O. 8.) (Fig. 44. G). 1859. LimnophUa quadrata Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1859 : 241. Figs.— Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 2, fig. 9 (wing) ; 1869. Snod- grass. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pi. 9, fig. 18; pi. 10, fig. 34 (hvp.) : 1904. Alex- ander, Psyche, 18, pi. 16, fig. 2 (ven.) ; 1911. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 40. fig. 153 (wing) ; 1919. Praescutal stripes lacking or ill-defined. Antennae Ijlack through- out. Femora obscure yellow, passing into brown at tips. Wings (Fig. 44, G) with a brownish yellow suifusion, the base and costal re- gion clearer yellow ; stigma pale ; Scy ending about opposite two-thirds Rs\ Bo close to fork of B2+S+4. Abdomen black, sparsely pruinose; hypopygium rusty-red. S. L. 7-8 mm.; av. 8-9 mm. ?. L. 10-11 mm.; w. 9-10 mm. (May-early Aug.) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Mich, and la., southw. to Ga., n. Fla. and Tenn. Connecticut.— Granby, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Hamden, June 11, 1914 (W. E. B.); Natchaug State Forest, June 14, 1933 (C. P. A.); New Haven. May 31, 1929 (R. B. F.); Putnam, June 15, 1933 (C.P. A.); Southington, May 28, 1930 (R. B. F.): Tunxis State Park. June 12, July 23, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; Tyler Lake, June 13, July 23, 1931 (C.P. A.); Winsted, June 10, 1928 (R. B. F.). P. recondita (O. S.) 1SG9. LimnophUa recondita Osten Sacken: Mon. Dipt. X. Amer., 4: 212-213. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 38, fig. 123 (ven.) : 1919. Dickinson. Cfls. Wise, p. 206, fig. 105 (wing, as osborni) ; 1932. Antennae obscure yellow, the outer segments darkened. Halteres and legs obscure yellow. Wings with stigma scarcely differentiated: 8ci ending shortly before to nearly opposite the fork Of Rs\ R,, some distance beyond fork of ^2+3 + 4; cell M^ deep. Abdomen, including No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: TAXONOMY 418 the liypopy^-iuni, reddish brown. S. L. 8-10 mm. : w U-l 1 mm $ L. 9-10 mm.: w. 9-10 mm. (June- Aug.) Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Wise III Minn, and Mo., southw. to Fla., Ala., La. and Tenn. Connecticut.— Granby, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.); Putnam, June 12 1905 (H L \' ) June IS. 1933 (C. P. A.) ; Tyler Lake, June 13, July 23, 1931 (C. P. A.). ' ' " ' In Florida, there occurs a more southern species or sul)species. arguta Alexander, smaller, with narrower and less infumed win<'-'>^J DirTERA OF rOXXKCTrClT: TAXONOMY 415 phological characters lie in the reduction in nunil)er of anteinial se«^- luents, correlated with a tremendous elon<^ation in this or«,'an in the males of several species, and the presence of a strong protuberance or tubercle on the vertex. As regards venation, the reduction in num- ber of branches of Media is very striking (Fig. -14. J-N), there being species with all four branches, including cell 71/, ))resent ; many others with only three l)ranches. and cell M\ lost by fusion of adjacent veins; Avhile in the subgenus Eexatovm^ cell Ut M-2 is open by the entire atr(>i)hy of m. and both sections of vein J/;., there being but two bran- ches of the vein attaining the wing margin. In the chiefly Palaearctic subgenus Cladollpes Loew, the radial held is similarly reduced, cell R-.^ being lost by the fusion of enclosing veins, a condition that is presaged by the local He.vatoma {He:i'ato))ia) megacera. The species of the sub- genus Hexafoma and some closely allied Enocera have the valves of the ovipositor short and only feebly sclerotized. while tlie other and more numerous species have these valves unusually long and acutely pointed. The adult tiies of certain species of Krhcera are among the most rapid-flying and active of all known Tipulidae, sometimes appearing in vast swarms near the banks of major streams and rivers. Their larvae live in Avater or saturated soil and are intensely carnivorous. When ready to pupate, they come to sandy soil at the bank of the stream. The larvae of Hexatoma {Eriocerd) alb/' f arsis ((). S.) and H. {E.) hrevloncornis Alex., formerly held to belong to a separate subgeneric group, Penthoptera, frecpient rich organic mud in wooded swamps or along densely shaded streams. Hexatoma Latrcillc isoi). Hexatoma Latreille; Gen. Crust, et Ins.. 4:260. Isls. Anisomera ^Nleigen; Syst. Beschr. Zweifl. Ins., 1:210. A';'_v to Subgenera 1. Wilms with cell 1st j\U open; two branches of M reach the mar-iin (iMg. _j^' T j^\ Hexatoma Wings with cell Isf M- closed; tliree or four brandies of M reach the mar- gin (Fig. 44, L, M, N) : ■ Enocera Subgenus Hexatoma Latreille The .subgenus Hexafoma, in our fauna, includes but tAvo species, one of which may prove not to be regional. The extreme reduction of the medial held is parallelled only by a subgenus of Limonia Meigen {Alexandria)^ Garrett). The antennae are reduced to but six evi- dent segments, Avith an additional minute "button", in the male, and Avith the sixth segment of the female sometimes vaguely divided by in- complete constrictions. The adult flies rest on vegetation along the banks of large creeks having sandy margins, Avherein may be found the early stages. Key to Species 1 Cell Rs of wings verv small, subequal to or shorter tiian its petiole (Fig. 44, J) ; Rs and its anterior branch without macrotnchia : antennae {$) '^"S. approximately one-half longer than the entire body megacera 416 CONNECTICUT GEOL, AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BulL Cell R3 of wings large, more than twice as long as its petiole (Fig. 44. K) ; abundant macrotrichia on Rs and its anterior branch (i?*+3+4, i^3+4, Rs and Ri) ; antennae ( $ ) short, if bent backward scarcely attaining the wing- root microcera Hexatoma (Hexafoma) megacera ((). 8.) (Fig. 44, J). 1859. Anuomera megacera Osten Sacken ; Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1859 : 242. Figs. — Osten .Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 2, fig. 12 (wing) ; 1869. Williston, Man. N. Amer. Dipt., Ed. 3:84, fig. 25, sub 13 (ven.) ; 1908, as neglecta. Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 26. fig. 2 (ven.) ; 1908. Alexan- der, Cfls. N. Y., 1:850, fig. 125. G (ant. 5), H (ant. 9); pi. 2,7, fig. 112 (wing); 1919. (leneral coloration of thorax brownish gray, the praescutum with three darker brown stripes; pleura brown. Antennae of female short, not attaining the wing-root. Wings with a browni.sh tinge, caused es- pecially by somewhat darker seams along veins. Abdomen dark brown. $. L, about 5-6 mm.; w. 5-6 mm.; antenna, about 7-0 mm. 9 . L. 6-7 mm. : w. 6-7.5 mm. (Mav, June) Que., N. H., Mass.. N. Y., westw. to Ind., southw. to Md. and Va. Connecticut.— Chapinville, Mav 26, 1904 (W. E. B.) ; Norfolk, Mav 31, 1931 (C. P. A.). H. {HeQcatoina) m\CYOQ.eryi XXi^x. (Fig. 44. K). 1926. Hexatoma microcera Alexander; Ent. Xew.<, 37 : 49-50. General coloration gray, the praescutum witli three more blackish stripes. Legs .short and stout. Wings faintly tinged with brown. 5. L. 5.8-6.5 mm,; w. 7.1-8 mm. Known only from three male specimens in the Vienna Museum, bearing the label "America borealis, 1867." The species has never been re-discovered and may not be regional to the present report. Subgenus Eriocera Macijuart 1838. Eriocera Macquart; Dipt. Exot., 1 : 74. 1863. Penthoptera Schiner; Wien. Ent. Monatschr.. 7: 22(). The subgenus Eriocera is a vast group, best represented in the tropics of l)oth the Old and Xew AVorlds. In the local fauna, it in- cludes about fourteen sjjecie.s, some of which are rather difficult of separation. The character of very elongate antennae in the male sex is very striking, but. unfortunately, is not always correlated with other characters in the female. The various species with such lengthened antennae are often very close to others with the organ short in botli sexes {spinosa^ hrachycerax toilsonii, aurata\ longicornu^ gaspetisis). The adults of several of the species frequent the margins of major streams having sand}' margins; aurata and imlsonii are found in south- ern swamps and bogs; 'brachycera and spinosa are most often to be found flying swiftly over the quiet pools of medium-sized mountain streams; trisfis occurs in small dancing swarms in similar situations. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 417 Key to Species 1. Cell J/i of wings present (Fig. 44, L, N) 2 Cell Ml of wings lacking ( Fig. 44, M ) 5 2. Tarsi snowy-white 3 Tarsi not white 4 3. Wings strongly tinged with brown; antennae ( $ ) more than half the length of body; first flagellar segment more than three times the length of head. albitarsis Wings subhyaline or but weakly suffused with darker; antennae of both sexes less than one-half the length of body; first flagellar segment about twice the length of head brevioricornis 4. Antennae ( $) elongate, approximately three times the body; wings grayish brown ; vertical tubercle very prominent spinosa Antennae short in both sexes, extending about to the w^ing-root or a little beyond ; wings darker brown ; vertical tubercle low brachycera 5. General coloration of body yellow or yellowish red o General coloration of body gray, brown or black 7 6. Wings with a weak yellowish tinge, the stigma pale brown ; antennae ( c5 ) elongate, about one-half longer than the body ; dorso-pleural membrane and a spot on lateral margin of scutum velvety-black wilsonii Wings with a strong brownish yellow suffusion, the stigma conspicuous, dark brown ; antennae short in both sexes ; in cases a small to nearly obsolete brownish spot on lateral margin of scutum a u rata 7. Wings with distal section of vein Cui unusually long, nearly twice ui-cn. alberta Wings with the distal section of C»i sliort, subequal to or shorter than m-cu 8 8. i?a far before fork of Ri^i, the latter subequal to or longer than A'^.^, cell Ri correspondingly shortened fultonensis 7?2 close to or beyond fork of 7^2+3+4, vein R^^i being obliterated or very short, cell Rs correspondingly lengthened y 9. R2 some distance beyond the fork of i?2+3+4, R-m much longer than R^^-.; vein Ri usually with abundant macrotrichia throughout its length : anten- nae {$) elongated; ovipositor with elongate chitinized valves ....cinerea Ro close to fork of i^s+s+i, i?2+3 very short or lacking ; no macrotrichia on Rs or either of its anterior branches (excepting two or tiiree in some speci- mens of gihbosa) ; antennae ( $ ) short, elongate only in $ of longiconiis which has ovipositor with short fleshy valves 10 10. General coloration of thoracic dorsum dark brown or black, without pruinos- ity; vertical tubercle polished black; wings with a strong blackish suffusion .tristis General coloration of thoracic dorsum gray or brownish gray; vertical tubercle opaque, concolorous with remainder of vertex: wings not uni- formly suffused with blackish 1 1 11. Knobs of halteres whitish; wnngs, especially of males, widest opposite the level of vein 2nd A : antennae ( $ ) very elongate (longicornis) or short (gaspcnsts) ; ovipositor w^ith short fleshy valves • ■ - • 12 Knobs of halteres dark brown; wings widest along the central half of wings or opposite the distal half; antennae short in both sexes; ovipositor with long chitinized valves ^-^ 12. Antennae ( S ) very long ; wings with Sc long, Sci ending some distance bevond the fork of Rs: size large (wing, $, over 10 mm.) longicornis Antennae short in both sexes ; wings with Sc short, Sci ending about oppo- site the fork of Rs; size small (wing, S. under 8 mm.) .gaspensic 13 General coloration of mesonotum and pleura grayish brown, distinctly gibbosa prumose •' u' ' ' 1 General coloration of mesonotum and pleura dull dark brown, with only a slight vellowish gray pruinosity fuligmosa 418 COXXECTICUT GEOL. AXD NAT. HIST, SURVEY [BuU. Hexatoma {Eriocera) alberta (Alex.) IWM). Eriocera alberta Alexander; Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 25:73- 74. General coloration black, light gray pruinose. Antennae ( $ ) seven-segmented, black. Halteres with whitish knobs. Wings whit- ish, with clearly delimited grayish brown seams along cord and other veins ; Rs angulated and spurred at origin ; cell ^3 deep, parallel-sided for more than two-thirds the length; cell 1st Mo rectangular; m-cu at or close to fork of 31. Ovipositor with fleshy valves. ? . L. about 7 mm.; w. 9.2 mm. (June) Alta. H. {Eriocera) albitarsis (O. S.) 1S()1). Penthoptera alhitarsls Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. X. Amer., 4: 257-258. Figs. — All figures recorded under albitarsis pertain to the species described later as hrevioricornis. Mesonotum brownish black, with a spar.se blue-gra_y pruinosity, to produce a plunil)eous appearance, the praescutuni sometimes with weakly indicated stripes; pleura abru])tly pale yellow. Antennae {$ ) six-segmented with an additional microscopic terminal ''button". Head light gray. Wings with a brownish tinge, the small stigma very pale brown; m-cu beyond midlength of cell 1st M-2, exceeding the distal section of Cui, the latter in alignment with its basal section. Abdominal tergites dark brown, the sternites and hypopygium yel- lowish. S. L. about 6-7 mm.; w. 7-8 mm. (July) Pa., \v. to Ta., southw. to S. C, Ga. and nw. Fla. I am herewith restricting tlie name albitarsis to the male specimen described by Osten Sacken (1. c), making this lectotype for the species. This species, together with brevioricornis is readily told from all otber meml)er.s of the genus by the snowy-white tarsi. H. {Eriocera) aurata (Doane) 11)01). Eriocera aurata Doane; Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 8: 194. Fig.— Doane, Ibid., pi. 8, fig. 13 (wing) ; 1900. General coloration reddish yellow, the thorax unmarked, or in rarer cases with a small darkened spot on margin of scutmn abo^e wing-root. Antennae pale, if bent backward extending about to wing- root. Head brown. Knobs of halteres dark brown. Legs yellowish to brownish yellow, in the latter case, femora with a vague, more yel- lowish subterminal ring. Wings with .^- + 3 about one-half R--, alone; nmer end cell 1st iI/2 slightly arcuated. Abdomen brownish yellow; ovipositor with elongate chitinized valves. c5. L. 9-13 tnm.; w. 10-12 mm. 2. L. 14-16 mm.; w. 11-13 nun. (June-Aug.) N. C, .S. C, Ga., Tenn., nw. Fla. No. 64] DIPTRRA or CONNECTICUT: TAXONOMY 419 H. {Erlocera) brachycera (O. S.) 1877. Erlocera hnichycera Osten Sackon ; Bull. l'. S. Gcol Surv ;i- 205. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 2,7, fig. 106 (wing) ; 1919. Mesonotiiin praescutimi obscure brownisli yellow, with four clearly defined dark brown stripes, the lateral margin yellowish gray; ventral pleura clear gray. Antennae with basal segments obscure yellow, flagellum black. Knobs of halteres darkened. Femora yellow to brownish yellow, the tips narrowly blackened. Wings with a strong brown tinge, produced especially by broad seams to veins; R2+3, sub- equal to or a little shorter than R-i. Abdominal tergites dark brown, very narrowdy yellowish laterallj" ; sternites yellow ; hypopygium dark ; ovipositor with long chitinized valves. $. L. 18-17 mm.; w. 15-18 mm. ; antenna, 4-5 mm. $ . L. 25-27 mm. ; w. 19-20 mm. (Late June-early Aug.) Ont., Que., Me., N. H., Mass., N. Y., southw. to Tenn. and N. C. H. {Eriocera) brevioricornis Alex. (Fig. 44, L). 1941. Hexafoma {Erlocera) hrevlorlcornls Alexander; Amer. Midi. Xat., 26:311. Figs.— Needham, 23rd Kept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 12. fig. 1 (wing) : 1908 (as albitarsis). Alexander. Cfls. N. Y.. 1, pi. 37, fig. 104 (wing): 1919 (as alN- farsis) . Very similar to alhltarsls^ differing especially in the short an- tennae of the male sex, which are less than one-half the body. Wings more nearly hyaline. $. L. 6.5-7.5 mm.; w. 8-8.5 mm.; antennae, about 3.5 mm. ?. L. 9-10 mm.; w. 9-10.5 mm. (June-July) Que., southw. to Mass., Ct., N. Y., X. C. and Tenn., the latter in the mountains. Connecticut. — Type-material of albitarsis; New London, on sea-beach. (Osten Sack- en, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4:257-2.S8; 1869). H. {Eriocera) cinerea (Alex.) 1912. Eriocera cinerea Alexander; Psyche, 19: 169-170. Figs.— Alexander, Ibid., pi. 13, fig. 9 (wing); 1912. Alexander, Cfls. X. Y.. 1. pi. Z7, fig. 108 (wing) : 1919. Mesonotum yellowish gray, the praescutum with three conspicu- ous brown stripes, the median one broad and undivided; posterior sclerites and pleura clear gray. Antennae ( c5 ) nearly three times body, basal flagellar segments microscopically spinose:^ antennae 5 short. Vertical tubercle conspicuous, especially of 7, fig. 105 (wing): 1919. Mesonotum and pleura light gray, the disk of praescutum more yellowish gray, with four distinct brown stripes. Antennae of male with flagellar segments having small cog-like spinulae almost to tip; antennae ($) short. Vertical tubercle very large, especially in ^. Knobs of halteres dark brown. Femora yelloAv. the tips narrowly m- fuscated to blackened. Wings with a grayish brown tinge, i)roduc^d especially by broad dark seams to veins; R-:>yi nearly as long as R■^. Abdominaltergites browni.sh black, narrowly yellowish laterally: hv- popygium rusty brown ; ovipositor with long sclerotized valves. Body \$) clothed with long, erect pale setae. $. L. 15-18 mm.: w. l(-20 mm. : antenna, 35-50 mm. $ . L. 25-28 mm. ; w. 18-20 mm. r May- Aug.) Que.. Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., X. Y., westw. to 111., southw. to Pa. Connecticut.— Riverton, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.). 422 CONNECTICUT GEOL, AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. H. {Eriocera) tristis (Alex.) 1914. Enocera tristis Alexander: l^roc. Aead. Xat. Sci. Pliiladelphia. 1914:602. Figs.-— Alexander, Psvche, 19, pi. 13, fig. 8 (wing) ; 1912 (as fnliqitwsa). Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 37, fig. 110 (wing) ; 1919. Mesonotum dark brown, the praesciitum with four slightlj^ darker stripes, in cases with an additional capillary line on anterior half; pleura dark brown. Antennae l)rown, the basal two se3 Atarba {Atarha) picticornis O. S. (Fig. 44, 0). I86i>. Atarha picticornis Ostcii Sackeii; Mon. Dipt. N. Aiiicr., 4: I'-'S- 129. Figs.— Osten Sacken, Ibid., pi. 1, fig. 13 (wing) ; 1809. N'eedham, 23rcl Kept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 29, fig. 3 (ven.) ; 1908. Alexanckr. Cfls. X. Y.. 1. pi. i?,, fig. 47 (ven.) ; 1919. General coloration polished yellow, the thoracic ph'iira weakly pruinose. Antennae {$) elongate, if bent backward extending about to third abdominal segment, bicolorous, the basa' half of indivicbial segments yellow, the outer half black, i\\Q dark color increasing in amount on outer segments; antennae (?) shorter. Head slightly gray- ish brown. Legs yellow\ Wings (Fig. 44, O) with a strong yellow to brownish yellow tinge, the stigma barely indicated: Sci ending oppo- site origin of Rs\ tn-cu close to fork of M. Abdomen chiefly obscure 3'ellow, with a blackened subterminal ring (in $). i. L. 5.5-6 mm.; w. 6-T mm. ? . L. 6.8-7 mm. ; w. T-7.5 mm. (Late June. July) N. H., Mass., Ct., N. Y., westw. to Mich., 111., iiul., 'I\iin. aiin Mo., southw. to S. C, Ga., n. Fla. and La. (Transition, Austral). Connecticut.— Brooklyn, June 15, 1933 (C. P. A.): East River. July l.l 191U (Ely). 8. Subtribe Elephantomyakia Elephantomyia Osten Sacken 1859. Elephantovii/ia Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 1859:220. A very distinct genus which is well-characterized by the exceed- ingly elongate rostrum that is nearly as long as the entire body (Fig. 46, L). Other features of note lie 'in the antennae, which show the beginnings of a fusion-segment involving the basal flagellar segments, and with long conspicuous verticils on all segments. The venation (Fig. 44, P) shows R^ entirely lacking; two branches of Rs; m-cu at near midlength of the large cell 1st 31-2 and subetiiud to the distal sec- tion of Cu^. The tibial spurs are short but perfectly distinct. Ihe male hypopygium lias the aedeagus developed mto an elongate coiled penefilum. The adult flies are not uncommon in open inesophytic woods. The early .stages occur in decaying wood. In our fauna there is a single species^ with a local race described at this time. Elephantomyia {Elephantomyia) westwoodi O. S. (Figs. 44. P; 1869. EJephantomyla westwoodi Osten Sacken: Mon. Dipt. N. Ainer., 4 : 109. Figs.-Osten Sacken. Ibid., 4, pi. 1, fig- 5 (wi"g) : Pj- 3, fig,,y^>Pie;aJde?' NeedhL. 23rd Kept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907 pl- f /?■ 1 (v^"-) = ^^OS. Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1 ; 846, fig. 124 (head) ; pi. 33, fig. 44 (wing) , 1919. General coloration of thorax obscure yellow, the posterior sclerites of mesonotum more infumed. Head yellowish gray; eyes vei^ >«i-ge, restricting the vertex. Legs yellow, the femoral tips narro^^ly black- 424 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. eiied. Wings (Fig. 44, P) with a strong yellow tinge, the oval stigma dark brown, conspicuous: vague seams along cord and outer end of cell 1st M2\ wing-tip narrowly darkened; Ks angulated and usually short-spurred at origin. Abdomen obscure yellow, the tergites with J.-sha})ed darker markings; a subterminal blackened ring. $. L., excluding rostrum. 7.5-8 mm. ; w\ 8-8.5 mm. ; rostrum, 7.5 mm. 9 . L., excluding rostrum, 10-11 mm.; w. 10 mm.; rostrum, 8-8.5 mm. One small fenuile measures only 8 mm. in body and wing length and, except in the abdominal pattern, apjiroaches the race described below. (June- Aug.) Out., Que., Me., N. H., \'t., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Wise, Mich, and 111., southw. to S. C, Ga. and Fla. Connecticut.— Bloomfield, Aug. 6, 1929 (C. P. A.) : East River, June 5, 1910 (Elv); Rowayton. June 16, 1909 (C. W.J.). A very small race of this species has been taken in various parts of the Adirondack Mountains, N. Y. Elephantomyia westwoodi adirondacensis subsp. nov. Similar to the typical form but much smaller. Abdominal seg- ments with conspicuous black lateral areas but with the dorso-median portion clear yellow. The male sex is unknown. $ . L., excluding rostrum, 7.5-8 mm. ; w. 7.5-8 mm. ; rostrum, 4.8-5 mm. Holotype^ $, Wilmington Notch, Essex Co., N. Y., June 13, 1927 (C. P. Alexander) ; in author's collection. Paratopotypes. 29 9. I have also taken this form at Lake Pleasant, Hamilton Co., N. Y., June 22, 1926. Eriopterini One of the largest and best-known tribes of crane-flies. In our fauna, representatives of four subtribes occur. The tribe is very close to the Hexatomini, especially in the two subtribes Claduraria and Gonomyaria, where the chief character available for referring the groups to the present tribe is to be found in the absence of tibial spurs. Key to Subtribes and Genera 1. Nearly apterous species, the wings reduced to microscopic structures that are smaller than the halteres. (Claduraria) Chionea Fully-winged species 2 2. Wings with cell Mi present. (Claduraria) 3 Wings with cell il/i lacking 4 3. \"ein R^^-^.^ shorter than vein Rz, cell Rz being much longer than its petiole; R2 far beyond fork of i?o+s+4 (Fig. 47, A) " '. . .Cladura A'ein /?,•.,;,, longer than vein Rz, cell Rz being subequal to its petiole; vein -/?- at or before fork of i?3+4 (Fig. 47, B) Neolimnophila 4. Rostrum very long and slender, about as long as the combined head and thorax; setae of legs profoundly bifid (Fig. 50, M) (Toxorhinaria) Toxorhina Rostrum short, not exceeding the remainder of head 5 5. Two branches of Rs reach the wing-margin (Fig. 47, E-G) (Gonomv- aria) 6 Three branches of Rs reach the wing-margin (Fig. 47, H-N ; Fig 50 A-L) : 7 Xo. 64] DIPTERA OF COXXECTICUT : TAXONOMY 425 6. Wings with Sc long, Scr ending beyond origin of Rs ; m-cu bevond iork of M (Fig. 47, E) • .Teucholabis Wnigs with Sc short, Sci ending before origin of Rs ; m-cii at or before fork of il/ (Fig. 47, F, G) Gonomyia (part) /. Wings with vein Rs shorter than the petiole of cell /?•,, cell R-^ short CFii? 47, H-M : Fig. 50, B, C) ."..... . . . . .' g Wings with vein Rs longer than the petiole of cell R-^, cell R3 ions (Fie 47, N : Fig. 50. A, D-L) 11 8. Vein R, present (Fig. 47, M ; Fig. 50, E, C). (Erioptcraria) ..'.'.'. 9 Vein R, lacking (Fig. 47, H-L) ;; jO 9. /?.? elongate, exceeding distal section of Muz (Fig. 47, M) ; tuberciilate pits on cephalic portion of praescutum ; trochanters elongate Rhabdomastix (part) Rs shorter, less than the distal section of jV/1+2 (Fig. 50, B, C) ; tuberculate pits removed from cephalic margin of praescutum, nearly in transverse alignment with the pseudosutural f oveae ; trochanters short Erioptera (part) 10. Sc long, Sci extending from opposite midlength to just before the fork of Rs: m-cti at or beyond the fork of M (Fig. 47, L) ( Eriopteraria ) Rhabdomastix (part) Sc short, not extending beyond midlength of Rs (Fig. 47, H, J, K) ; if .SV is relatively long, m-cu lies more than its own length before fork of M (Fig. 47, I) (Gonomyaria) Gonomyia (part) 11. Wings with distinct macrotrichia in outer cells (Fig. 50, I-K) 12 Wings with the outer cells glabrous (Fig. 50, A-H) 15 12. Rs shortened, its union with i?2+?+4 forming an angle, so cell 7?i is nearly equilateral in outline (Fig. 50, I) (Eriopteraria) Cryptolabis Rs long, normal in position; cell Ri elongate (Fig. 50, J, K) 13 13. Size very small (wing, 2.6 mm. or less) ; Rs ending in cell Rx, this cell being sessile, without element Rz+s+i (Fig. 50, K) (Eriopteraria) Tasiocera (Dasymolophilus) Size larger (wing 4 mm. or over) ; Rs ending in cell A'.i, cell R.^ being petiolate by the presence of a distinct element R-2*s+i (Fig. 50, J) 14 14. Sc2 close to tip of Sci, the two veins thus subequal in length (Gonomy- aria) Gnophomyla (part) Sc2 far removed from tip of Sci, the latter vein long, subequal in length to Rs (Fig. 50, J) (Eriopteraria) Ormosia i/<.2L 15. Rs ending in cell Rs, therq being no element 7^2+3+4 (Fig. 50, L) (Eriop- teraria) Molophilus *'/'£' Rs ending in cell Ri, cell Rs being petiolate bv a distinct element R^^iui (Fig. 47, C, D, N ; Fig. 50, A, D-H) If^ 16. A supernumerarv crossvein in cell Rs] vein 2nd A strongly sinuate (Fig. 47, N) (Eriopteraria) Symplecta No supernumerary crossvein in cell Rs; vein 2iid A straight or only weakly sinuate (Fig. 50, D-H) 17 17. Coxae of middle and hind legs only slightly separated by the small meral region ;■ Sci relatively short, not exceeding one-fourth the length of Rs (Fig. 47, C, D) (Gonomyaria) :••;, ^8 Coxae of middle and hind legs widely separated by a large "pot-bellied" meral region; Sci very long, exceeding one-half of Rs (Fig. 50. A. D- H) (Eriopteraria) 18 Wings with ni-cu some distance beyond the fork of M ; R^,2 long, more than three times R. and exceeding Ruu^ (Fig. 47, C) ..Gnophomyia (part) Wings with m-cu at or close to fork of M ; Ru^. short, subequal to Ae and less than one-half i?..3.. (Fig. 47, D) Lipsothnx 19 Vein Cui nearly straight, the distal section not swinging cephalad toward wing-tip ; cell 1st M2 present, small, less than one-half the distal section of Mi,2 (Fie-. 50, A, .E) J ■■•••■■■;•■ ■ Vein C«i with distal section slightly deflected at apex toward ^'"^^'Pi cell 1st /v/o, when present, elongate, subequal to or longer than tlic distal section of Mu. (Fig. 50, G. H) Enoptera (part) 41^6 COXXECTICUT GEOL. AXD NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. 20. Terminal three segments of antennae suddenly smaller than those pre- ceding; body-coloration dull gray or huffy (Fig. 50. A) Trimicra Antennal segments gradually decreasing in size toward end : coloration of local species coal-black, variegated with yellow (Fig. 50, F) Erioptera (part) 1. Subtribe Claduraria Cladura Osten Sacken isf)!). (ladura Osten Sac-ken; l*roc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phihidelphia. 1859 : ±>S). A small aeniis of flies, mo.st numerous in species in ,Ta[)an. The adults are on the wing in late summer and autumn. The eai-ly stages occur in relatively dry soil in mesophytic woodlands. Key fn Species 1. Larger (w., 7 mm. or more); reddisli yellow, the thoracic pleura sparse!} variegated with brown spots ; wings yellowish, the crossveins and deflec- tions of veins clouded with brown ; Sc long, i'd ending beyond fork of R-2+J+1, Sc-j opposite this fork; R2 much shorter than R-2+3. usually one- fourth to one-fifth this length ; petiole of cell Mi short, not greatly ex- ceeding );/ (Fig. 47, A) ; male hypopygium with a single dististyle. (Sub- genus Cladura) ' ". flavoferrugi.iea Smaller (w., 6 mm. or less) ; very pale yellov,- or wliitish yellow, without spots on pleura ; wings hyaline, without conspicuous darkened areas on the crossveins ; Sc relatively short. Sci ending opposite two-thirds the length of -Rj+n+4, Scj nearly opposite or shortly beyond the fork of Rs ; R^ only a little shorter than /?2+:i; petiole of cell I\Ii long, about two or three times ;<•/ ; male hvpopvgium with two dististyles. (Subgenus Xeocladura Alexander) ." " delicatula Cladura (A^ocJadura) delicatula Alex. 1S>14. Cladi/ra deUcatida Alexander: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 1914:589-590. Fig.— Alexander, Ibid., pi. fig. 27 (wing); 1914. (xeneral coloration pale yellow, the mesonotal praescutum darker medially. Abdomen narrowly margined laterally with dark brown. $. L. 4.5-5 mm.; \\. 5.6-6 nun. 9. L. 4.5-4.8 mm.: w. 5.5-5.7 mm. (Sept.) Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Ind. and Midi., southw. to S. C. and Tenn. C. (rZf/*f?//y/) flavoferruginea O. S. (Fig. 47. A). 1859. Cladura flacoferriK/inea Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Philadeli)hia, 1859 : '229. 1861. C. riidirisa O.sten Sacken: Hid.. Is61 : -291. Figs. — Osten Sacken, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, pi. 4, fig. 34: 1859. Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4:34 (ven.), pi. 4, fig. 22 (hyp.) ; 1869. Need- ham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907. pi. 22, fig. 2 (ven.) ; 1908. Alexander and Leonard, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 20:36-39, pi. 4 (abnormal ven.) ; 1912. Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 37, fig. 102 (wing) ; 1919. Crampton, Insec. Inscit. Menst.. 13, pi. 3, figs. 19, 22 (thorax) ; 1925. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 198, fig. 87 (wing) ; 1932. No. 64] DIPTERA OF COXXECTICUT: TAXONOMY 427 Figure 47. Eriopterini ; venation A. Cladiira (Cladura) fhn'ofcrni7, fig. 100 (wing) ; 1919. Crampton, Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 18, pi. 3, fig. 8 (thorax) ; 1925. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 190, fig. 71 (wir.g) ; 1932. Xo. 64] DIFTERA OF COXXECTICIT : TAXoNuMV 431 Black, Avith stronolv darkened winos. A\'iiiirs with hasal section of /?5 short to very short, in approximate alitrnnient with lis. 6. L. (i-8 mm.: w. 5.5-8 mm. 9. 7.5-8 mm.; w. fi-T nnn. (June-Aug. ) Que., Ont., Mc, N. H., A't., Mas.s., R. I. and N. Y., wcstw. to la., Kan. and Tex., southw. to S. C, Ga., ?la. and Ala. Connecticut— New Haven, July 20, 1929 (W. It. B.) ; Riverton, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.) : W. Granby, June 8, 1929 (C P.A.). Lipsothrix Loew 1873. Lipsothrix Loew: Beschreib. Em\ Dipt., 3:09. A small <>enus, including twelve described recent specie.-^, wide- spread throughout the Holarctic Region. A single species in eastern Xorth America. The adults frequent the vicinity of streams, often near small waterfalls. The immature stages are unknown. Lipsothrix sylvia (Alex.) (Fig. 47.1); 51, A). 1916. LimnopkUa si/lria Alexander; Proc. Acad. N^at. Sci. Phihidel- phia, 1916:534-535. Figs. — Alexander, Ihid., pi. 27, fig. 46 (wing) ; 1916. .Mexander. Cfl.s. X. Y., 1, pi. 40, fig. 157 (wing) ; 1919. Mesonotum above dark brown, the sides of thorax paling to ob- scure yellow. AVings (Fig. 47, D) with a faint brownish tinge, the stigma poorly indicated; ^1+2 and R2 subequal; basal section ^5 strongly arcuated or angulated; m-cu not far from fork of M. Male hypopygiuni (Fig. 51, A) wdth the interbasal structures appearing as conspicuous blackened rods that narrow abruptly into a terminal spine. $ . L. 5-6 mm. ; w. 5.5-7 mm. 2 . L. 6-7.5 mm. ; w. 6.5-8 mm. (June-Aug.) Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., southw. to N. C, S. C. and Tenn. Connecticut.— Hartland, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.); Kent Falls, June 12-13 1931 (C. P. A.): Katchaug State Fore.st. June 14, 1933 (C. P.A.); Union. June 14. 19.W (C.P.A.). Teucholabis Osten Sacken 1859. Teucholabis Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859 : 222. An extensive, essentially tropical genus, with few species in the local fauna. The immature stages occur in decaying wood. The various species have the notum highly polished, the pleura often with a silvery pruinosity. The general appearance is thus quite different from the allied genus Gonoviyia. The males of most species of Teucholabis have a curious pocket of setae on the seventh abdommal sternite. Key to Species 1. Sc long, Sci ending far beyond midlength of Rs (Fig. 47, E) - Sc short, Sci ending slightly beyond origin of Rs • • • • • ■ • 2. Mesonotal praescutum with three black stripes; male hypopygium wi li tlu spine of the basistyle very small; outer dist.style smiple ; '-^^'^leagvi^^^^^^ with terminal spine very short 432 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. Mesonotum reddish, unmarked with darker, in cases with black stripes ; male hypopygium with the spine of basistyle large, apical in position ; outer dististyle at midlength bearing a lateral branch ; aedeagus termi- nating in a long straight apical spine immaculata 3. Wings with cell R2 at margin more extensive than is cell Ri ; thoracic pleura chiefly pale brown, with an indistinct darker brown longitudinal stripe carolinensis Wings with cell Rt at margin more extensive than cell R2; thoracic pleura black, with a whitish longitudinal stripe passing beneath the halteres. lucida Teucholabis {T eucholahis) carolinensis Alex. 1916. T eucholahis carolmenms Alexander: Can. Ent., 48:44. Lateral margins of praesciitmn and the thoracic pleura chiefly yellow, with a dorsal blackish pleural area that extends backward about to tlie level of the wing-root. Wings with branches of Rs ex- tending generally parallel to one another. S. L. 4-4.2 mm.; w. 3.8-4 mm. (Aug.) S. C. to Fla. (Austroriparian). T. (T eucholahis) complexa O. S. (l^'ig- "IT, E). 1859. Teucholahh complexa Osten Sackeii; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1859 : 223. Figs.— Osten Sacken, Ibid., pi. 3, fig. 10; 1859. Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. X. Amer., 4, pi. 1, fig. 12 (wing), pi. 3, fig. 9 (hyp.); 1869. Williston, Man. X. Amer. Dipt.. Ed. 3, fig. 25, sub 30 (wing) ; 1908. Alexander, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, pi. 25, fig. 15 (wing) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y.. 1, pi. 2,?,, fig. 52 (wing) : 1919. Crampton, insect. Inscit. Menst., 13, pi. 3, fig. 14 (thorax) ; 1925. General coloration obscure yellow, the praescutum with three black to brownish black stripes; scutal lobes chiefly blackened. Pleura chiefly black, with obscure yellow areas on ventral portion. $ . L. 6-7 mm. ; w. 6.5-8 mm. (July, Aug.) Ct., N. J., westw. to Alich., 111. and Okla., southw. to Ga., Fla. and Ala. (Austral). Osten Sacken's type record from northern New York is almost certainly in error. Connecticut.— East River, July 9, 1910 (Ely). T. {T eucholahis) immaculata Alex. 1922. Teucholabis complexa immaculata Alexander; Occas. Papers Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 127 : 5-6. Quite as in the typical form but with the mesonotum .shiny red- dish, unmarked. P'or a discussion of complexa and imimaculata^ see Alexander. Amer. Mid. Nat., 24:636-638; 1940. (June) Ind., Tenn. (Carolinian). T. {Teucholabis) lucida Alex. 1916. Teucholabis {Teucholabis) lucida Alexander; Can. Ent., 48:43. Figs. — Alexander, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, pi. 25, fig. 16 (wing) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 2,2,, fig. 53 (wing) ; 1919. No. 64] DIPTERA OF COXNPXTICUT ; TAXONOMY 43c Praescutum polished black, Imineral re (Fig. 47, I-K) .^ o 3. Wings with m-cti about its own length before fork of M (Fig. 47, I)..ldiocera Wings with ,11-cii at or clo.se to fork of M (Fig. 47, J, K) Gonomyia Siib, is very small and evidently tending to be lost by fusion of adjoining veins (Fig. 47. H). In our fauna, this latter group includes only sulphurella. The male antennae of members of this subgenus have exceedingly elongate verticils on the, antennal flagellum. Kc\' to Sfccics (Based in part on male characters) 1. Wings with three branches of Rs reaching the margin, cell Rs being pres- ent (Fig. 47, H) sulphurella Wings with two branches of Rs reacliing the margin, cell R■^ being lost by fusion of enclosing veins (Fig. 47, F, G) 2 2. Legs with tibiae snowy-white: wings wilh cell 1st M2 open by atrophy of basal section of Ms (Fig. 47, F) ; costal margin china-white alexanderi Legs without white on tibiae; wings with cell 1st M2 closed (Fig. 47, G) ; costal margin brown or yellow 3 3. Wings grayish brown, the costal border broadly light sulphur-yellow ; stigma pale brown, preceded and followed by yellowish areas : abdominal seg- ments brown, narrowly ringed caudally with yellovy sacandaga Wings with the costal border concolorous with remainder of wing or nearly so, where more brightened, the stigma conspicuously dark brown ; ab- dominal segments uniformly darkened, or else pale with narrowly dark- ened incisures 4 4. Stigma very conspicuous, dark brown : femora with a darkened nearly ter- minal ring (extra-limital) pleurajis Stigma lacking ; femora uniformly brown 5 5. Thoracic pleura pale, only slightly if at all striped with darker; male hy- popygium with the dististyle entirely fleshy, terminating in a single fas- ciculate seta (Fig. 49, A) '. .' manca Thoracic pleura with the ground-color dark, striped longitudinally with pale yellow ; male hypopygium with the dististyle a blackened curved hook, the.se of different sizes on the two sides of body (Fig. 49, B ) puer Gonomyia {Lipophleps) alexanderi (Johns.) (Fig. 47. F). 1912. EUipjtera alexanderi Johnson; Psyche, 19:3. 191(). Gonomyia {Leiponeuia) alexanderi Alexander: Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1916 : 513-514. Figs. — Johnson, Ihid., 19:3, fig. 6 (ven.) ; 1912. Alexander, /in'rf., pi. 26, fig. 17 (wing) : pi. 29, figs. 59, 61 (hyp.) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 36, fig. 86 (wing) ; 1919. Fore femora black ; mid-femora yellow, the tips conspicuously ]»lackened: hind femora vellow. with a narrow brown subterminal No. (j-ij DirTERA or COKXECTICl T : IAXoXomy 435 a vmS'c short. (June) Okla. G. {Idiocera) mathesoni Alex. (Fig. 49, F). 1915. Gonoiiuiia {Gonomyia) mathesoni Alexander; Ent. News. 26: 170-172. Figs. — Alexander, Ibid., 26:171, fig. 1 (wing), 2, 3 (hyp.); 1915. Alexander, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 518, pi. 26, fig. IZ (wing) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 36, fig. 89 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 196, fig. 81 (wing) ; 1932. General coloration yellow, the praescutum indistinctly striped with reddish brown. Pleura white, striped longitudinally with red- dish brown. Wings subhyaline. the stigma barely indicated, veins i?i+2 and R^ approximated at margin. Abdominal tergites dark brown, the caudal margins narrowly yellow. Male hypopygium (Fig. 49, F). $. L. 5-5.4 mm.; w. 6-6.5 mm. 9. L. 6.5-7 mm.; w. 6.2-7 mm. (June-Aug.) N. S.. N. H., Vt., Alass., Ct. and N. Y., westw. to Wise, Mo. and la., southw. to N. C. Connecticut.— Kent Falls, July 23-24, 1931 (C. P. A.); W. Granbv, June 8. 1929 (C. P. A.). Subgenus Gonomyia Meigen Key to Species (Based chiefly on male characters) 1. Wings with cell 1st M- open by atrophy of basal section of Ma {coinuitella group) 2 Wings with cell 1st Ah closed (Fig. 47, J, K) 6 No. 64] DiPTERA or coxxecticut: TAxoNo^rv' 439 2. Male hypopygium with the inner arm of inner dististvlc bitid ( Via 48 C, E) : ..:....: 3 Male hypopygium with inner arm of inner dististyle sinipk' (Fig. 48, H, D, !-" ) 4 3. Male hypopygium with outer dististyle a very long slender rod. with onl\ three or four setae ; inner arm of inner disti.style very long and slender. the stem longer than the arms (Fig. 48, C) cognatella Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle stouter, fringed along margin with several setae; inner arm of inner dististyle short, the stem stout. shorter than the arms (Fig. 48, E) kansensis 4. Outer dististyle a short powerful arm, dilated at apex, pnjvidcd with setae : gonapophyses with a marginal spine that is directed caudad (Fig. 48, I") reflexa Outer dististyle a long, sinuous, chitinized arm, without setae ; gonapophyses produced into strong, erect, chitinized points (Fig. 48, A, B. !)) S 5. Gonapophyses small, the beak-like points feebly sclerotized; outer dististyle only slightly prolonged into an apical spine (Fig. 48, D) florens Gonapophyses appearing as powerful, straight, heavily sclerotized spikes ; outer dististyle produced into a powerful acute spine (Fig. 48, A. B) armigera 6. Wings with vein Rs shorter than R'2+::+-,, the latter nearly straight: K-,. short and straight (Fig. 47, K) (noveboraccnsis groui)) noveboracensis Wings with Rs subequal to or longer than the arcuated R^^i^t: A'.: longer. gently sinuous (Fig. 47, J) (subcincrca group) 7 7. Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle short and stout, at apex nearly truncate, sclerotized ; outer arm of inner dististyle entirely pale ( Fig. 49, j\ mainensis Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle slender, the apex not sclerotized and only very obliquely truncated: outer arm of inner dististyle lieavily blackened '^ 8. Outer arm of inner dististyle obtuse and weakly bidentate at apex; gona- pophyses equal in size, pale throughout (Fig. 49, G) bidentata Outer arm of inner dististyle an acute spine; gonapophyses unequal in size, heavily blackened 9 9. Inner dististyle bearing two, or, in cases, three, blackened spines of various sizes, the outermost largest (Fig. 49, H) currani Inner dististyle a single powerful black spine, basal in position, with a more slender outer pale spinous point (Fig. 49, J) subcinerea The male genitalia of the lueiiibers of the eognafe/io j:v()\\\) {Fi«r. 48) show several features in common. There are two dististyles, the outer one simple but showing a considerable diversity of structure in the different species. Inner style very complex, divided into two principal arms, the longest of which is sometimes deeply split {cof/- natella, kansensis), in the other local species simple. The longest arm is strongly bent upon itself close to base and here is broken or frac- tured. Gonapophyses paired, compressed, variously lobed on lower margin. Aedeagus likewise compressed and variously lobed aiul notched on margin. Gonomyia (6^onww?/m) armigera Alex. (Fig. 48, A, B). 19'2:i. Goiwmyia {Gonomijia) armigera Alexander: Occas. Fapers Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, 127 : 4-5. Coqnatella group ; rostrum and palpi black. Antennae with basal seo-ments yellow; flagellum black. General coloration of mesonctum light brown: pleura yellow, with a conspicuous dark brown longi- tuVnal stripe.' Legs yellow. Abdominal ^^^^^^J^ segments narrowly ringed caudally with yellow. Male h>p(.p>gnun (Fig. 48, A, B) . 5 . L. 4.8-5 mm. ; w. 4.5-a mm. (June) N. Y.. .s. Ind. 440 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [BllU. G. {Gono77iyia) hideniaia Alex. (Figs. 49, G; 47, J). 192-2. Gonomyia {Gonomyia) hidentata Alexander; Ihid.^ 127:3-4. Subdnerea group ; rostrum orange. A conspicuous brown spot on anepisternum. Male hj^popygium (Fig. 49, G). $. L. 4.2-4.6 mm.; w. 5.5-5.8 mm. 9 . L. 4.8-5.4 mm. ; w. 5.4-5.8 mm. (July-Sept.) N. B.. Me.. N. H.. Vt.. Mass., N. Y.. westw. and southwest w. to Ind. and Wise. Connecticut.— Kent Falls, July 23-24, Aug. 19, 1931 (C. P.A.); Norfolk, Sept, 6, 1928 (G. C. C), Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P.A.); Sharon, Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C, C). , G. {Gonomym) cognaieWa O.S. (Fig. 48, C). 1859. Gonomyia cognatella Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1859 : 230. p-igs.— Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 4, fig. 18 (hyp.) ; 1869. Needham, 23rd Kept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 24, fig. 4 (wing) ; 1908. Alexan- der, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, pi. 26, fig. 29 (wing), pi. 29, figs. 73-75 (hyp.) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 2^, fig. 93 (yen.) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 197, fig. 84 (wing) ; 1932. Type of cognatella group ; see general description under armigera. Male hypopygium (Fig. 48, C j . $ . L. about 4.5 mm. ; w. 4.5-5 mm. (June, Tuly) Ct., N. Y., westw. to Wise, la. and Mo., southw. to Va., S. C, Ind. and 111." Connecticut.— East River, July 5, 1910 (Ely). G. {Gonomyia) CMYYani Aleyi. (Fig. 49, H). 1926. Gonomyia {Gonomyia) currani Alexander; Can. Ent., 58:239. Svhcinerea group. Rostrum light yellow ; head dark gray. Prae- scutum with three confluent grayish brown stripes; scutellum yellow. Wings with Sci ending some distance beyond origin of Rs. Male hypopygium (Fig. 49, H). $. L. 3.8-4 mm.; w. 4.5-4.8 mm. 9. L.. 5-5.4 mm. ; w. 6.2-6.5 mm. (Late May, June) Ont., Mass., Ct., N. Y., southw. to N. C. Connecticut.— Middletown, May 31, 1929 (R. C. N.). G. (6'^(9/K?mym) mainensis Alex. (Fig. 49, 1). 1019. Gonomyia {Gonomyia) mainensis Alexander; Can. Ent., 51: 163. Suhcinerea group. Thoracic pleura light yellow, distinctly striped Avith purplish brown. Male hypopygium (Fig. 49,1). $. L. about 5 mm. ; w. 5.6 mm. (Aug.) Me. G. ((y6>7i<3m?//<2) kansensis Alex. (Fig. 48, E). 1918. Gonomyia {Gonomyia) kansensis Alexander; Ibid., 50: 158-160. Cognatella group. Male hypopygium (Fig. 48, E). $. L. about'l 4.5-4.6 mm. ; w. 4.7-4.8 mm. (May, June) Ind., 111. and Mich., westw. to Kans., Mo. and Okla. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 441 G. (Gonomi/ia) florens Alex. (Fig, 48, D). 1916. Gonomyia {Gonomyia) florens Alexander; Lbid.. 4» : 316-317. Figs. — Alexander, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, pi. 26. fig. 28 (wing), pi. 29, fig. 71 (hyp.) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 36, fig. 92 (wing) ; 1919. C ogiiateUa gvou^. Male hypopygium (Fig. 48, D). $. L. 4-4.2 mm.: w. 5.2-5.7 mm. ?. L. about 5.6-5.8 mm.; \v. 6.6-6.8 mm. (June) Ont., Que., Vt., N. Y., westw. to Ind., 111. and Mich., southvv. to N. C. and Tenn. G. {Go7iomyia.) noveboracensis Alex. (Fig. 47, K). 1916. Gono7iu/ia {Gonomyia) noveboracensis Alexander: Ibid., 48: 319-320. Figs. — Alexander, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, pi. 26, fig. 30 (wing), pi. 30, figs. 79-80 (hyp.) ; 1916. Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 36, fig. 92 (wing) ; 1919. Type of noveboracensis group. Antennae black throughout; head gray. Pleura yellowish white with two brown stripes. Wings with vein ^3 short "^and oblique; cell 1st M2 closed (Fig. 47, K). Male hypopygium with a complicated development of structures surround- ing the phallosome. $ . L. about 3.8-4 mm, ; w. 4.5-4.8 mm. ? . L, about 5 mm, ; w, about 4,5 mm. (June) S. shore of Gaspe, Que., westw. to Mich, and Ind., southw. to \\., Mass. and N. Y. An isolated group, including also acicvUfera Alex, (w, N, Amer,) and edwardsi Lacks, (n, c. Europe). G. (Gonomyia) reflexa Alex. (Fig. 48, F), 1927. Gonomyia {Gonomyia) reflexa Alexander: Journ. X. Y. Ent. Soc, 35 : 59-60, Cognatella group, Male hypop5^gium (Fig. 48, F), 5 , L. about 4 mm. ; w. 4.6-5,2 mm, ? , L. about 5 mm, ; w, about 5 mm, (July) Mich. G. {Gonomyia) subcinerea O. S. (Fig. 49, J). ^ 1859. Gonomyia subcinerea Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. bci. Phil- adelphia, 1859 : 231. Figs— Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 2, fig. 4 (wing); 1869. Alexander, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, pi. 26, fig. 33 (wing) pi. 26, figs. 83-85 (hyp.) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 36, fig. 95 (wing) ; 1919. Type of subcvnerea group. Brown to grayish brown, variegated with sulphur-yellow to pale yellow, Kostrum obscure yellow, Ihoracic pleura pale yellow, with a small dark spot on laterocervi.x and pro- pleura only. Abdominal tergites yellow, with large dark brown cen- tral areas,"^ Male hypopygium (Fig, 49,J). $. L. 4.8-o.a mm.; w. 5-6 mm. $ . L. about 5,5-6 mm, ; w, 5-6 mm, (June-Sept.) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt Mass., N. Y., w^estw. to Sask., Mont.. Kan. and Mo., southw. to S. C, Ga. and n. l^la. 4-12 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. Connecticut.— East River, Julv 3. 1910 (P:1v): Granbv, Tune 8, 1929 (C. P. A.) Hartland. June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.); Kent Falls. Tune 12-13. 1931 (C. P.A. ) Manitic Lake, Aug. 6, 1929 (C. P. A.): Aliddletown. June 16. 1909 (C.W.I.) Norfolk. June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.); Riverton, June S, 1929 (C. P.A.): Tvler Lake, May 30, June 13. 1931 (C. P. A.) ; W. Granbv, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.). 3. Siibtribe Eriopteraria Rhabdomastix Skiise 1889. RhahdomastLx Skuse; Proc Linn. Soc. Xew South Wales, (2) 4 : 828-829. Subgenus Sacandaga Alexander 1911. S(ic<()idaeniis Sacandaga is represented in our fauna by but few species. Adults may be swept from rank herba^re along the margins of streams, where they appear in small swarms at dusk. Of these species, flava and hudsonica are found along larger streams or rivers; hritfonl and suharctica along margins of lu'ooks or minor streams. The immature stages occur in Avet earth. Key to Species 1. \'eip R^ present as a weak element; m-cit at or close to fork of .1/ (Fig. 47, M ) ; northern to Arctic 2 \'cin R-^ lacking; m-cu from one-third to one-half its own length bevond the fork of M (Fig. 47, L) ^. '. 3 2. \'eins /?3 and Rt strongly divergent, cell R^ at margin nearly twice as wide as cell R..\ vein R3 short, about two-fifths Rt,: macrotrichia of veins scanty, there being none on i?3, R^+i or /?n+3+4 caudata Veins /?3 and Ri only slightly divergent, cell R^ at margin subequal in extent to cell R'\ vein Rs long, oblique in position, nearly one-half as long as Ri (Fig. 47. M) ; macrotrichia of veins abundant, occurring on Rx. R:ui. A'i.+3+i and on the distal third of Rs subarctica 3. Size large (wing, $, 7.5-8.5 mm.) ; general coloration yellow, the head and thorax conspicuously patterned with grayish brown hudsonica Size smaller (wing, 1^, not exceeding 7 mm.); general coloration yellow, unmarked except for reddish brown thoracic areas, when these are pres- ent 4 4. Size small (wing, $, about 5 mm.); coloration clear sulphur-yellow; vein Ri of wings gently curved, provided with scanty macrotrichia : wings hya- line, witiif)ut stigma; veins pale and but little conspicuous (Fig. 47, L) brittoni Size larger (wing, S, 6.5-7 mm.); coloration ochreous-yellow, the praescu- tum with reddish stripes ; vein Ri of wings long and nearly straight, usually without macrotrichia (a very few scattered ones occurring in rare cases) ; wings hyaline, the stigma pale brown but usually evident ; veins pale brown, distinct flava Rhabdomastix {Sacandaga) brittoni Alex. (Fig. 4T, L). 1933. Rhahdomastix {Sacatulaqa) Trntfoni Alexander; Journ. X. Y. Ent. Soc, 41 : 93. ' Macrotrichia on distal half of the gently ciuved vein Ri. $. L. 4-4.2 mm.; w. 4.8-5 mm. $. L. 5.5 nun.; w. 5.5 mm. (July) N. H., Mass., Ct. (Transition). Connecticut.— Kent Falls, July 23-24, 1931 (C. P. A.); types. No. 64] DIPTERA OF ( ON N IXTICI T : TAXONOMY 443 R. {Sacaridaga) caudata (I^undb.) 1898. Goniomyia {Ewpcda) cdudata LuMdhefk; Videiisk. Meddel. fra den iiatuih. Foroii.. Copenhagen, 1898:'J()7. pi. 0, tig.' 18 (wing). Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 36, fig. %• (,vving) ; 1919. Greenland, Baff inland. (Arctic). R. {Sacandaga) flava (Alex.) lull. Sacandaga jlava Alexander; Ent. Xews. '1-1: '^'A-'iWl. Figs.— Alexander, Ibid., 22:349. fig. 1 (head): 350, fig. 2 (tarsus): 352. fig. 3 (wing) ; 1911. Alexander, Cfls. X. Y., 1, pi. 36, fig. 97 (ven.) ; 1919. Pleura variegated with reddi.sh brown. Halteres and legs yellow. Wings iridescent, i. L. r)..")-6 nun. ; w. G..")-? mm. 9. L. 6-6.5 mm. : w. 6.5-7 mm. (June, July) Que., N. S., N. H., Vt., Mass., Ct., X. Y., southw. to Tcnn. Connecticut.— W. Granby, June 8, 1929 (G. C.C.). R. {Sacaiidaga) hudsonica Alex. 1933. RhabdoDUistlr (Sacandar/a) hudsonica Alexaiuk'!-; .lourn. X. \. Ent. Soc, 41 : 92-93. Center of vertex, three praescutal stripes, centers of scutal lobes, posterior two-thirds of mediotergite and conspicuous areas on pleura gravish brown. Antennae black; scape yellow. Tips of femora and tibiae, and all tarsi, brownish black. Wings subhyalinej_ veins brown, conspicuous. S. L. 6-7 nun.; w. 7.5-8.5 mm. $. L. 7 mm.: w. 8..) mm. (June). Que.-N. Gaspe. (Hudsonian). R. {Sacandaga) subarctica Alex. (Fig. 47. M). 1933. Rhrdjdoma.s-ti.i' {Sacaiulaqa) suharctica Alexantler: Journ. >. l . Ent. Soc, 41 : 91-9-2. 9 . L. 4.5-5 mm. ; w. 5-5.5 mm. (June) Que.-N. Gaspe. (Hudsonian). Symplecta Meigcn 1825. IleloUa St. Fargeau; Encycl. Method.. Ins.. 10: 5.s5 ([)reocc.). 1830. Symplecta Meigen; Syst. Beschr. Zweitl. Ins.. 6: 282. \ small "-roup containine found in saturated earth Edwaidh has ""nth- )la<^d the present group as a subgenus of ^;7^(-- -'^J.^- appears to be its proper arrangement. It may be noted tha a^ lai a^ known there is but a' single species m North America and this should 444 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. be called cana\ the very numerous American records of hyhrida all pertain to the species considered below. Symplecta cana (Walker). (Fig, 47, N). 1804. Liinonia hyhi^ida Meigen; Klass., 1:57, pi. 3, fig. 17. (Erron- eous for American records). 1818. Lhimobia functipennis ]\Ieigen ; Syst. Beschr. ZAveifl. Ins., 1 : 147. (Erroneous for American records). 1848. Z. cana Walker; List Dipt. Brit. Mus., 1:48. Figs. — Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 1, fig. 20 (wing) ; 1869. Snodgrass, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 11, pi. 11, fig. 15 (ovipos.) ; 1903. Snodgrass, Tran.s. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pi. 8, figs. lO, 12 (hyp.) ; 1904. Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 24, fig. 1 (ven.) ; 1908. Williston, Man. N. Amer. Dipt., Ed. 3, fig. 23 (entire insect), fig.: 25, sub 21 (wing) ; 1908. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 2,1, fig. 98 (wing) ; 1919. Crampton, Insec. Inscit. Menst., 13, pi. 2, fig. 2; pi. 3, fig. 12 (thorax) ; 1925. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 194, fig. 78 (wing) ; 1932. General coloration gray, the praescutum with three brown stripes. Wings subhyaline, with a ver}^ restricted grayish brown pattern that is confined to the vicinity of the veins (Fig. 47, N). $ . L. 4-5 mm.; w. 5-6 mm. $ . L. 5-7 mm. ; w. 5.5-8 mm. (Late Feb. and Mar., into Spring; recurring in Fall) Almost universally dis- tributed throughout the United States and Canada. Connecticut.— East River, Julv 16, 1911 (Ely); Granby, Sept. 4, 1928 (G. C. C); Hamden, Mar. 30, 1930 (R. B. F.) ; Middletown, Apr. 4-7, 1929 (R. C. N.) ; Nor- folk, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Riverton, June 8, 1929 (C. P.A.). Trimicra Osten Sacken 1861. Tri/micra Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1861 : 290. A small genus, including a single wide-spread species, filipes (Fabr.), with other closely allied species, or perhaps races, in many parts of the World. I am considering the local fly as being a sub- species of pilipes. Similar representatives of the genus occur virtually throughout the entire Globe, including many of the most remote oce- anic islands. The early stages occur in wet earth, near water. In many parts of the World, a surprising range in size and relative pilosity is to be found within members of this group. This has led to the belief that even in a restricted area two or more species occur, but all of these seem to refer to the single fly, pUipes. Edwards now considers Trimicra as being a subgenus of Erioptera. Trimicra pilipes anomala O. S. (Fig. 50, A). 1861. Tri'trdcra anomala Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1861 : 290. Figs. — Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 2, fig. 1 (wing) ; 1869 (as pilipes). Snodgrass, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 30, pi. 8, fig. 9 (hyp.) ; 1904. Alex- ander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 37, fig. 99 (ven.) ; 1919. General coloration buffy, the praescutum almost covered by three confluent gray stripes, with an additional velvety-black capillary me- dian vitta. Pleura with brown and yellowish longitudinal lines. Legs No. 64] DIFTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 445 chiefly yellow, conspicuously hairy; femora with brown subterminal rmg. Wings (Fig. 50, A) subhyaline, the veins more or less seamed with darker. Abdomen dark brown, tlie hiteral and caudal margins of the tergites obscure yellow; hypopygiuiu large, yellow. $ . L.'^G-S mm.; w. 8-11 mm. 9. L. 6-7 mm.; w. 6-8 nnn. (June-Sept.) Mass., R. I., N. Y., N. J., Md, westw. to Cal., southw. to Fla., Tex. and Mex. (Cosmopolitan). Erioptera Meigen 1803. Erioptera Meigen; Illiger's Mag., 2:262. A very extensive genus of small crane-flies, including many of our commonest and best-known species. Chiefly for the sake of conven- ience, the genus is divided into a number of subgenera, of which seven occur within our limits. These groups are based on u.'^ually slight venational features which are sometimes difficult to maintain. The adult flies occur on vegetation near water, the early stages living in moist earth in this same habitat. Besides the subgenera discussed be- low, Edwards has now placed the two preceding genera, Symplecta Meigen and Tnmicrn Osten Sacken, as subgenera in this major genus. Key to Subgenera 1. Wings with cell Rz short, vein Rt shorter than the petiole of cell Rz; vein R^ some distance before origin of vein Rz (Fig. 50, B, C) ; antennae {$) with very long verticils 2 Wings with cell Rz deep, vein Rz longer than the petiole of cell R-,: vein 7^2 lying distad of origin of vein Rz (Fig. 50, D-H): antenna! verticils not conspicuously lengthened .1 2. Wings with cell 1st M-z open by atrophy of m with m-cu at fork of M ; veins Rz and Ri generally parallel, cell Rz having a normal Erioptera shape but shorter ; at margin, cells R2 and Rz subequal in extent or with Rx approximately twice R2. (Fig. 50, B) Erioptera: Empeda Wings with cell 1st M2 closed, with m-cti some distance beyond fork of .1/ : veins Rz and Ri strongly diverging, cell Rz having a Goiioniyia-hkc. shape: at margin, cell Rs nearly three times as extensive as cell R2 (Imr. 50. C) Erioptera: Gonempeda 3. Wings with vein 2iid A arcuated, the distal portion being deflected strongly cephalad so cell 1st A at midlength is usually as broad as, or broader than, it is at margin ; cell 1st A'h opening into cell Znd Ah by atrophy of vi (Fig. 50, D) Erioptera: Erioptera Wings with Anal veins diverge;it, cell 1st A being widest at margin; vein 2nd A straight or essentially so ; cell 1st Mi closed or open 4 4. Wings with cell 1st M2 open (Fig. 50, E) 5 Wings with cell 1st Mo closed, the basal section of Ms greatly exceednig m in length (Fig. 50, F-H) ;■■••: « 5. Wings with cell 1st Ma opening into cell Ms by atrophy of basal section ot Mz (Fig. 50, E) Erioptera: Mesocyphona Wings witii cell 1st Ah opening into cell 2nd M-, by atrophy of m Erioptera: Psiloconopa (part) 6. Wings with a more or less complete spur from the angulated basal section of vein Mz jutting basad, into cell 1st M,, sometimes completely dividing the cell (Fig. 50. G) Erioptera: Hoplolab.s Wings without such a spur (Fig. 50, F, H) ;•,•■•; • ,' ^ 7 Wings with cell 1st M2 small (Fig. 50, F) ; coloration of local species pol- ished black and yellow Erioptera: Ps.loconopa (part) Wings with cell 1st M2 very elongate. ;;/ lymg far distad. the J'st^jl ^^S;'.^" . .. of vein Ml., shorter than the cell (Fig. 50, H) Erioptera. Ilisia 446 COXXECTICUT GEOL. AND XAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Subgenus Empeda O. S. 1869, Ennpeda Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. X. Amer.. -1 : l.s:M,S4. A wide-spread group, with two species occurring in our limits. Very rec^ently, P]dwards has recognized the genus Cheilotrichia Rossi (Verz. Oesterreich. Dipt., 1848:12) as valid and has placed the pres- ent subgenus, a.s well as the next. Gonempeda Alexander, as subgenera therein. Key to Species ]. Wings sul)hyaline, immaculate; vein Rs longer than /?:;+, (Tig. 50, B) stigmatica Wings dusky gray with the stigma and a narrow clouding along cord pale brown : vein R.: subequal to or shorter than R-.i+t noctivagans Erioptera {Empeda) noctivagans Alex. 1917. Erioptera {Empeda) noctivagans Alexander: Can. Ent., 49: 200-201. Fig.— Alexander, Ibid., 49:203. pi. 12, fig. 5 (wing): 1917. General coloration grayish l)r()wn. the huniei-al region of praescu- tuni yellow. Halteres yellow. Legs brown, i. L. 3-3.2 mm.; w. 4.6-4.S mm. 9. L. 3.8-4 mm.; w. 5,5-5.8 mm. (Oct.) Va., Fla. (Austral). E. {Empeda) si\^m3.i\c?i {O.^.) (Fig. 50. B). 1869. Empeda stigmatica Osten Sacken: Mon. Dipt. X. Amer., 4: 184-185. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. X. Y., 1. pi. .15, fig. 85 (ven.) ; 1919. Crampton, In- sec. Inscit. Menst., 13, pi. 3, fig. 11 (thorax) ; 1925. General coloration brownish gray: pleura more buH'v. Halteres yellow. Legs chiefi}^ oliscure yellow, the outer segments darkened. Abdomen pale brown; hypopygium yellow. $ . L. 4-4.5 mm. ; w. 4-4.5 mm. 9. I>. 4.5-5 nun.; w\ 4.5-5 nun. (May- Aug.) Out., Que.. N. B.. Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., X. Y., westw. to Mich., southw. to X. C. and Tenn. Connecticut.— Granbv, Tune 8, 1929 (C. P. A.); Hartland, Tune 9, 1929 (C. P. A.); Xorfolk. lune 9, 1929 (C. P. A.): Rivcrton. Tune 8. 1929 (C. P. A.). Salisburv, Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C. C): Tvler Lake, Tune 13, 1931 (C. P. A.); W. Granbv, June 8, 1929 (C.P. A.). Subgenus Gonempeda Alex. 1924. Gonempeda Alexander; Proc. Y . S. Xat. Mus., 64, art. 10:8. A single species in the local fauna. The adult flies occur in swarms beneath trees and shrubs growing along small streams. The early stages presumably live in the saturated earth at the water's mar- gin. Edwards noAv considers that this subgenus, as well as Empeda Osten Sacken, are more properly subgenera of the Palearctic group Chedoti'iehia Rossi. No. 64] DIPTERA or COXXECTICl '!■ : TAai iM ).\1 V 44< Figure 50. Eriopterini : venation. F £ (Mcsocxphona) needhami Alex. , . , ,., ■ ai..- ( Alex. ) ( O S ^ G E (Hoplolabis) arwata O. S. [^i.n.) Symbols: -4, Anal; Cu, Cubitus: il/. Media: R, Radius: 5r.. Subcosta. 448 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST, SURVEY [Bllll. Erioptera {Gonempeda) nyctops Alex. (Figs. 50, C; 51, B). 1916. Erioptera {Eiwpeda) nyctops Alexander; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, lOlO: 503-505. Figs.— Alexander, Ihid., pi. 27, fig. Ze (wing), pi. 31, fig. 98 (hvp.) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 35, fig. 84 (wing) ; 1919. General coloration pale yellow throughout, only the eyes conspicu- ously black. Wings (Fig. 50, C) with 8c very long. Male hypopyg- ium (Fig. 51, B) with the basistyle produced far beyond the level of apices of either dististyle, gradually narrowed to an acute point. 5. L. 3.8-4 mm.; w. 4.3-4.5 mm. 9. L. 3.8-4 mm.; w. 4.5-4.8 mm. (Late May, June) Que., Me., N. H., Vt., N. Y., Ct., westw. to Mich., soutliw. to N. C. and Tenn. Connecticut.— Hartland, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.); Riverton, May .30. June 12, 1931 (C. P. A.); Tyler Lake, Mav 30, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; W. Granbv, Tune 8, 1929 (C.P.A.). Subgenus Erioptera Meig. Key to Species (Based especially on male characters) 1. Knobs of halteres dark brown 2 Halteres pale throughout 4 2. General coloration of body polished black; femora obscure yellow, the tips blackened; male hypopygium (Fig. 51, G) ebenin-u General coloration of body dull brown; legs brown or black 3 3. General coloration of mesonotum dull brown, the humeral region of praescu- tum scarcely brightened; pleura uniformly gray to brownish gray; male hypop3'gium with the inner dististyle a small simple structure that nar- rows gradually to a point (Fig. 52, E) uliginosa General coloration of mesonotum brown, the lateral and humeral portions of praescutum conspicuously brightened ; pleura obscure yellow, striped longitudinalh' with dark brown ; male hypopygium with a conspicuous spine on outer margin of outer dististyle at near midlength (Fig. 52, B) septemtrionis 4. Wings with small darkened spots on crossveins and deflections ; outer costal field and cell R2 suffused with darker ; fore femora chiefly black- ened, the coloration produced in large part by long black setae 5 Wings unmarked ; legs pale (more darkened in villosa) 6 5. Male hypopygium with the outer lobe of outer dististyle relatively slender ; basal gonapophyses appearing as long straight spines (Fig. 51, E) chrysocoma Male hypopygium with the outer lobe of outer dististyle dilated ; basal gonapophyses stout, at apex suddenly narrowed to an acute black spine that is surrounded by a group of setae (Fig. 51, F)' chrysocomoides 6. General coloration of body and appendages pale green (chlorophylla group) 7 General coloration of body and appendages yellow or brown, without green tinges 13 7. Male hypopygium with the gonapophyses appearing as smooth polished horns (Fig. 51, C, D, I) '. S Male hypopygium with the gonapophyses appearing as flattened blades, the outer margin more or less serrulate (Figs. 51, H; 52, C, D, H) 10 8. Both dististyles slender, gradually narrowed to acute tips (Fig. 51, D) chlorophylioides Outer dististyle expanded into a paddle-like blade ; inner style bearing a subterminal spinous point (Fig. 51, C. I) 9 9. Outer dististyle with the apex microscopically roughened ; inner style with , a small blackened spine on outer margin some distance from tip (Fig. 51^ C) chlorophylla No. 64] DIPTERA OF COXNECTTGUT : TAXONOMY 449 Outer dististyle a dusky paddle-like blade, with smooth margins; inner style short and stout, with a small recurved spinous point at extreme tip (Fig. 51, I) gaspeana 10. Inner dististyle with a long spinous point placed far before apex, to give a forked appearance to style (Figs. 51, H ; 52. D) .' 11 Inner dististyle not appearing forked at apex (Fig. 52, C. H) 12 11. Outer dististyle narrow, the extreme tip truncated and blackened; gona- pophyses slender (Fig. 51, H) furcifer Outer dististyle widened apically; gonapophyses heavily blackened, unusually broad, terminating in a spike-like point (Fig. 52, D) subfurcifer 12. Inner dististyle with a setiferous spine at right angles to extreme aju-x (Fig. 52, C) subchlorophylla Inner dististyle without evident spine, the style appearing more or less foot-shaped, with a group of setae at the "heel." (Fig. 52, H) viridula 13. General coloration of body dark brown; wings strongly tinged with brown; male hypopygium (Fig. 52, G) villosa General coloration of body light brown to pale yellow; wings yellow or only slightly infumed 14 14. Mesonotal praescutum with distinct reddish brown stripes; posterior sclerites of mesonotum and pleura pale yellow, variegated with brown or reddish brown ; male hypopygium (Fig. 52, F) .vespertina Mesonotum and pleura uniformly pale yellow or orange 15 15. General coloration orange or orange-yellow; front and restricted posterior orbits silvery; male hypopygium (Fig. 52, A) with the outer dististyle an elongate paddle-like blade ; gonapophyses appearing as long, straight, black spikes, King generally parallel to one another, jutting caudad from the genital chamber megophthalma General coloration pale yellow or whitish yellow; male hypopygiurn with both dististyles long and slender, subequal in length and size, their tips acute; gonapophyses short, bent at about a right angle into a long bl;ick- ened spine that is not directed caudad straminea The use of male genitalic characters is quite imperative in the case of many of the above species, notably those of the so-called cliloro- phylla group. Erioptera {Erioptera) chlorophylla O. S. (Fig. 51, C). 1859. Enoptera chlorophylla Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859:226. Figs.— Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 1, fig. 16 (wing) ; 1869. Alex- ander. Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 35. fig. 75 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson. Cfls. Wise. p. 192, f^g. 75 (wing) ; 1932. Type of the chlorophi/Ua group. General coloration pale green. Eyes {$) holoptic beneath, separated above. Ovipositor with long smooth cerci. Male hypopygium (Fig. 51, C). $■ L. 4-4.5 mm.; w. 5-5.5 mm. ? . L. 5-5.5 mm. ; w. about 6 mm. (July, Aug.) Ont., Que., N. S., Me., N. H.., N. Y., westw. to Ind. and Wise. southw. to N. C., Tenn. and Fla. Connecticut.-East River, July 9, 1910 (Ely); Hamden, July 12, 1932 (P.G^), July 31. 1928 (R. B.F.); Manitic Lake, Aug. 6, 1929 (C.P.A.): New Haven, Aug. 20. 1928 (G. B.). E. (Erioptera) chlorophylloides Alex. (Fig. 51.p). 1919 Erioptera cMorophyJloides Alexander; Bull. Brooklyn l^>nt. Soc, 14:106-107. Belon^Ts to the chlorophylla. group. General coloration pale green. •150 COXXECTICUT GEOL. AXD XAT. HIST. SURVEY [BllU. P2ye.s ( 6 ) unusually large, broadly h()l<)i)tic beneath. Ovij^ositor with cerci dark-colored, upcurved, the ventral margin microscopically ser- rulate. Male hypopygium (Fig. 51, D). $. L. 4.5 mm.; w. 5.8-6 mm. 9. L. 5 mm.; w. 6.8-7 mm. (June-early Aug.) Ont., Que., Me., Ct., westw. to 111., Alich. and Colo., soutlnv. to N. J. and Tenn. Connecticut. — Manitic Lake, Aug. 6, 1929 (C. P. A.); Natchaug State Forest, June 1-1, 1933 (C. P. A.); Putnam, June 15, 1933 (C. P. A.); Stafford Springs, June 14, 1933 (C. P. A.). E. {Erioptera) chrysocoma O.S. (Figs. 50, D; 51, E). 1851). Erioptera chrysocoma Osten Sacken ; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia", 1859 : ;226. Fig.— Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 35. fig. /h i v,i.,.;. ; : 1919. Mesonotum chiefly obscure yellow; pleura more infuscated. Legs cliiefly darkened; middle and hind femora yellow, the tips narrowly darkened; tibiae and tarsi infuscated. Wings (Fig. 50, D) yellow, the costal border broadly more saturated, golden-yellow, this color pro- duced ])y trichia; small but conspicuous brown dots at *S'ci, /S'cj, /?2. tip of ^1+2 and along cord; vein 2rKl A onh^ gently sinuate. Al)domen orange-yellow, with a narrow dark median line. ]SIale hypopygium (Fig. 51, E). cJ. L. 4.5-5.5 mm.; w. 5-6 mm. 9. L. 6 mm.; w. 6.5 mm. (June-early Aug.) Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., N. J., soutlnv. to Va. and N. C. Connecticut. — Hamden, lune 30, 1932 (N.T.) ; Natchaug State Forest. June 14, 1933 CC. P. A.): Riverton, June 12, 1931 (C P. A.): Saptree Run State Park. Tune 14. lUl (C. P. A.). E. {Erioptera) chrysocomoides Alex. (Fig. 51, F). ll>j!l). Erioptera {Erioptera) rhrifsoeomoides Alexandei-; Journ. X. Y. Ent. Soc, 37:50-51. Xqyx similar to chri/soco7na^ differing conspicuously in the struc- ture of the nuile hypopygium (Fig. 51. F). Anal veins more diver- gent, 2nd A shorter. Outer radial field of wing more extensively suf- fused with darker. $. L. 4-4.5 nun.: w. 4.5-5 mm. 9. L. 4.5 mm.; w. 4.5-5 mm. (June, July) Mass., southw. to Tenn. E. {Erioptera) ebenina Alex. (Fig. 51. G). 1!)'2(). Erioptera {Erioptera) ehenina Alexander; Can. Ent.. 58:237- 238. A very distinct and isolated species. I^iteral ]>retergites light yellow: ventral pleurites silvery pruinose. Head dark gray. Xinth abdominal segment {$) pale; hypopygium with the inner dististyle a short massive club (Fig. 51. G). i. L. 4-4.2 mm.: w. 5-5.5 mm. 9. L. 4.2-4.5 mm. ; w. 5-5.5 mm. (Late May. June) Out., N. Y., Ct. Connecticut.— Manitic Lake, June S. 9, 1929 (C. P. A.). No. G4] DIPTERA OF COXNEt IK I 1 : TAXONuMV 451 ^■•5 bt*-: • Figure 51. Eriopterini ; male hypopygia. . E /:. (E.) chrvsocoma O. S. A. Lipsothnx sylvia (Aiex.) • /p i (-/„-v.?ocoi«oirf« Alex. B. Erioptcra (Gonempeda) nyctopsMtx. ^, c. ( ^.y ^^^^.^.^^^ ^^^^^ C. E. (Erioptcra) chlorophylla O. b. ^ ^- < •/ . y^, Alex. D. E.(E.)ch!oroplryllo,desM..^ (e ) .a^p'eana mJ. Symbols: a, aedeag.s : f. ba.style; ^^ ^^1 .onapophys^^., ..napophy.s; /, interbase; id, umer dististyle ; od, outer distist>le, ^ pn 452 CONNECTICUT GEOL, AND NAT, HIST. SUR\'EY [BlllL E. (Erioptera) fuYcifer Alex. (Fig. 51, H). 1919. Erioptera furcifer Alexander: Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 14: 108. Belongs to the chlorophylla group. General coloration pale green. Ovipositor with the cerci long and slender, with smooth margins. Male hypopygium (Fig. 51, H). S. L. about 4.8-5 mm.; w. 5.2-5.5 mm. ? . L. about 5 mm. ; w. 5 mm. (Late June, July) Ont., Mass., N. J., westw. to Mich., southw. to Md., S. C. and Tenn. Connecticut.— Hamden, July 11-13, Aug. 1, 1932 (P. G.); Woodmont, July 9, 1904 (P.L.B.). E. {EHoptera) g3isi^^2ix\?i AIqx. (Fig. 51, 1). 1929. Erioptera {Erioptera) <7a5/>6a7ia Alexander ; Can. Ent., 61 : 250- 251. Belongs to the chlorophylla group. General coloration very pale green. Ovipositor with the cerci slender, with smooth margins. Male hypopygium (Fig. 51.1). $. L. about 5-5.5 mm.; w. 5-5.5 mm. 2. L. about 6 mm. ; w. 6.5 mm. (Late June- Aug.) Que., westw. to Mich. E. {Erioptei^a) JxvQgoi^hihaXraQ. Alex. (Fig. 52, A). 1918. Erioptera {Erioptera) Tnegophthahna Alexander; Can. Ent., 50 : 60-61. Eyes {$) very large, black. Antennal scape and pedicel dark, flagelliim pale basally, the outer segments darkened. Head yellow, the front and posterior orbits more silvery. Halteres and legs pale, the knobs of former a trifle darkened. Male hypopygium (Fig. 52, A). $ . L. 4.5-5 mm. ; w. 4.5-5.2 mm. 9 . L. 5.5 mm. ; w\ 5.5 mm. (June) Ont., Que., Me., Vt., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Mich., southw. to N. C. and Tenn. Connecticut.— Norfolk, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; W. Granby, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.). E. (^Wo;?i^er«) septemtrionis O. S. (Fig. 52, B). 1859. Erioptera septemtrionis Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859 : 226. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 35, fig. 72 (wing) ; 1919. Crampton, In- sec. Inscit. Menst., 13, pi. 3, fig. 10 (thorax) ; 1925. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 192, fig. IZ (wing) ; 1932. Trichia of wing- veins unusually short; vein 2Tnd A strongly sinu- ous. Male hypop3^gium (Fig. 52, B). 5. L. 4-4.5 mm.; w. 4.5-5.5 mm. 2 . L. 5-5.5 mm. ; w. 5-5.5 mm. (Apr.-Sept.) Ont., Que., N. B., N. S., Me., Vt., N. H., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Mich., Wise, la. and Kan., southw. to Ga., n. Fla. and Ala. Connecticut.— Hamden, July 8, Aug. 24, 1932 (N. T.), July 12, 1932 (P. G.); Kent Falls, Sept. 11, 1929 (A. J. W.); Middletown, May 26, 1929 (R. C. N.) ; Norfolk, May 31, 1916 (W. L. M.), June 9, 1929 (C. P.A.); Salisbury, Sept. 5. 1928 (G. C. C); Stamford, Mav 16, 1929 (B. T. R. L.); Tvler Lake, May 17. 1931 (C. P. A.): Union, Aug. 17-18, 1928 (C F. C). No. 64] DTITERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 453 E. {Ei^optera) straminea O. S. 1869. Erioytera straminea Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. N. Ainer., 4: 157. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 35, fig. 76 (wing) ; 1919. Eyes ( $ ) large, holoptic beneath. Ovipositor with ceiri .short, strongly upcurved, dark-colored, the ventral margins smooth. The male hypopygium is much as in chlorophyll oides, hut witli slightly different gonapophyses, $. L, 4-4.5 mm.; w. 4.5-5 mm. 9. L. 5 mm. ; w. 5.5 mm. (Late May-July) Que., Me., Vt., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Mich., Ind. and 111., south w. to S. C. Johnson's record of this species is erroneous ; see vespertma. E. {E7'ioptera) subchlorophylla Alex. (Fig. 52, C). 1919. Erloptera subchloi'ophylla Alexander: Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 14 : 107-108. Belongs to the chlorophylla group. Wings yellowish, veins green- ish yellow. Male hypopygium (Fig. 52, C). $. L. about 4 mm. ; w. 4.5 mm. (May-July) Mass. (Cape Cod), N. J., southw. to Fla. (Austral). E. (£'W(9/>z^er(2) subfurcifer Alex. (Fig. 52, D). 1929. Erloptera {Erloptera,) suhfurcifer Alexander; Joiirn. X. Y. Ent. Soc, 37 : 51. Belongs to the chlorophylla group. Thoracic stripes ferrugin- ous: wings yellowish, the veins greenish-yellow. Male hypopygium (Fig. 52, D). $. L. about 5-5.5^nm.; w. 5.5 mm. ?. L. 6-7 mm.; w. 6.5-7 mm. (June) Ct., westw. to Mich. (Canadian). Connecticut.— State Line Pond, near Stafford Springs. June 14, IS, 1933 (CP. A.); Putnam, June 15. 1933 (C. P. A.). In sphagnum bogs. E. {EHo2ytera) vMgmosB. AX^x. (Fig. 52, E). 1930. Erloptera {EHoptera) uliqinosa Alexander; Occas. Papers Bos- ton Soc. Nat. Hist., 5:277-278. Legs brown. Wings with a strong brown suffusion, more satu- rated in the costal and stigmal regions. Ovipositor with cerci long and slender, the margins smooth. Male hypopygium (Fig. 52, E). $. L. about 4.5-4.8 mm.; w. 4.5-5.3 mm. ?. L. about 5 mm.: w. a.3-o.o mm. (June) Me., Ct., westw. to Mich, and Wise, in sphagnum bogs. (Canadian). Connecticut.— Manitic Lake, June 8, 9, 1929 (CP.A.). E. iEnoptera) vespertina O. S. (Fig. 52, F). ^ ^. ^ ^ • -di -i 1859 Erloptera vespertwia- Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. JNat. b?ci. 1 liil- adelphia, 1859:226. 4,'J4 COXXECTTCUT GEO!., AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. Figure 52. Eriopterini : Erioptcra ; male hypopygia. A. Erioptcra (Erioptcra) nu-ijophthalnia Alex. B. /:. (E.) scptcintrionis O. S. C. E. (E.) suhchlorophylla Alex. D. E. (E.) siihfnrcifcr Alex. E. E. (E.) ttlic/iiiosa Alex. F. E. (E.) vcspcrtina O. S. G. E. (E.) villosa O. S. H. E. (E.) z'iridnla Alex. I. E. (Mcsocyphoiia) caloptera Say J. E. ( Psilocoiiopa) cramptonclla (Alex.) K. £. ( Hoplolahis) anna fa O. S. L. E. (Ilisia) anuillaris (). S. Symbols: a, aedeagus ; b, basistyle; g, gonapoph\-sis ; id, inner dististyle; od, outer dististyle. No. 64J DIITERA OF (OXXEC 'IK I l- : 'lAXdNdMV 45") xm"^' V od riiii s %:0^ X v^ ^R If 456 CONXECTICUT GEOL, AND NAT, HIST. SURVEY [Bull. 1921. EHoytera holoptica Dietz; Trans. Aiiier. Ent. Soc, 47:245-246. 1921. EHojJtera holoj>tica jiLScoantennata Dietz; Ihid., 47:246. Figs.— Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 4, fig. 20 (hyp.) ; 1869. Alex- ander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 35, fig. 72> (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 192. fig. 74 (wing) ; 1932. Humeral and lateral regions of praescutum broadly yellow ; median region of scutum with a capillary brown line; scutellum yellow, with a dark basal spot; postnotal mediotergite darkened; pleura yellow, var- iegated with reddish brown. Eyes ( $ ) very large. Legs yellow. Wings rather strongly suffused with brownish. Hypopygium brighter than remainder of abdomen (Fig. 52, F). S. L. 4.5-5 mm.; w. 4-5 mm. 2. L. 5-5.5 mm.; w. 5-5.5 mm. (May. July) Onl., Que., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass.. N. Y., Pa., westw. to 111., la. and Wise., southw. to S. C., Fla. and Ala. Connecticut.— Kent Falls, July 23-24, 1931 (C. P. A.); Norfolk, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.); Riverton, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.); Woodmont, July 9, 1904 (P.L. B.) deter- mined by Johnson as straminea. E. {Erio ptera) w\\\os?iO.S. (Fig. 52, G). 1850. EHoptera villosa Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 1859 : 226. Figs.— Needham, 23rd Kept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 23, fig. 1 (ven.) ; 1908. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 35, fig. 71 (wing) ; 1919. General coloration dark brown, the humeral and lateral portions of praescutum restrictedly brightened. Legs brownish yellow. Wings with a strong brown suffusion, the costal and stigmal regions more saturated ; vein 2nd A strongly sinuous. Ovipositor with cerci slender, strongly upcurved, margins smooth. Male hypopygium (Fig. 52, G) scarcely brightened. $ . L. about 5-5.5 mm. ; w. 6-6.5 mm. 2 . L. 5.5-6.5 mm. ; w. 6-6.5 mm. (June, early July) Que., Ont., N. B., N. Y., westw. to Sask., Alta., Wyo. and Utah. (Hudsonian, Canadian). E. (Erioptera) viridula Alex. (Fig. 52, H). 1929. Enoptera {Enoptera) viridvia Alexander; Can. Ent., 61:20. Belongs to the chZorophylla group. General coloration pale green throughout. Ovipositor with long slender cerci, their margins smooth. Male hypopygium (Fig. 52, H).^ $. L. 4.5-5 mm. ; w. 5-6 mm. 5. L. 5-6 mm. ; w. 6-7 mm. (June, early July) Ont., Que., N. H., Vt., Ct., N. Y. (Canadian). Connecticut.— Stafford Springs, June 14, 1933 (C.P. A.). Subgenus Mesocyphona O. S. 1869. Erioptera {Mesocyphona) Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. N". Amer , 4:161. Key to Species 1. Wings with a faint brown tinge, the cord and veins at margin with small darker spots ; size very small (w., $ , about 2.5 mm.) parva Xo. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 457 Wings with a strong brown tinge, variegated with numerous white spots and dots ; size larger (w., $ , about 3.5 mm. or more) 9 2. Femora with two brown rings; wings with about a score of large white spots, with additional smaller dots in all cells caloptera Femora with a single brown subterminal ring; wings with aljont a score of large white spots but without additional pale dots in the cells needhami Erioptera {Mesocyphona) caloptera Saj^ (Fig. 52,1). 1823. EHojJtera caliptera Say; Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Vhila(]eli)hia 3 : 17. ^ ' 1828. Einoftera caloptera Wiedemann; Aussereur. Zweifl. Ins., 1:23. Figs.— Osten S&cken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 4, fig. 15 (hyp ) • 1869 Need- ham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 23. iig. 3 (ven.) ; 1908. Alexander, Cfis. N. Y., 1, pi. 35, fig. 77 (wing) ; 1919. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise. p. 192, fig. 72 (wing); 1932. Mesonotal praescutuni light buffy gray, with two narrow dark brown stripes; pleura conspicuously striped with silvery. Femoral dark rings subequal to or narrower than interspace. Male hypopyg- ium (Fig. 52,1). $. L. 3.5-4 mm.; at. 3.5-4 mm. 9. L. 4-4.5 mm.; w. 4-4.5 mm. (May-Sept.) Ont., Que., N. B., N. S., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., R. I., N. Y., westw. to Mo. and Colo., southw. to S. C, Fla. and Ala. (Tropical America, as races). Connecticut.— Branford, June 23, Aug. 11, 1904 (H.L.V.); Granby, June 8, 1929 (C. P.A.); Hamden, July 8, Aug. 24, Sept. 2, 1932 (N.T.), Aug. 1, 1932 (P.G.); Kent Falls, June 12-13, July 23-24, 1931 (C.P.A.), Sept. 11, 1929 (A.J.W.); Meriden, July 30, 1929 (B. H.W.); New Haven, Aug. 20, 1928 (G.B.); Norfolk, June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.) ; Riverton, June 8, 1929 (C.P.A.); W. Hartford, June 23, Aug. 11, 1904 (H. L. V.) ; Winsted, Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C. C. ), June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.). E. {Mesocyphona) needhami Alex. (Fig. 50, E). 1918. Erioptera {Mesocyphona) needhami Alexander; Can. Ent., 50 : 383-384. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 35, fig. 78 (wing) ; 1919. Generally similar to caloptera. Wings with about twenty white spots, distributed along the cord and as marginal areas at ends of veins; venation (Fig. 50, E). 5. L. 3-3.5 mm.; w. 3.5-4 mm. (June, July) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Vt, Mass., N. Y., westw. to Mich., III. and Mo., southw. to S. C, Ga. and Fla. Connecticut.— Hamden, July 12, 1932 (P.G.) : Kent Falls, July 23-24, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; Saptree Run State Park, June 14, 1933 (C. P.A.). E. {Mesocyphona) parva O. S. 1859. EHoptera parva Osten Sacken: Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Philadel- phia, 1859 : 227. Fig.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 35, fig. 79 (wing) ; 1919. Legs yellow, the femora with a narrow brown subterminal >ring. $ . L. about 2.5 mm. ; w. 2.5 mm. 5 . L. about 3 mm. ; w. 3.5 mm. (June, July) Ct., N. Y., westw. to Mich., la., Mo. and Kan., southw. to Ga., Ala. and Fla. (Neotropics). Connecticut.- Hamden, June 30; 1932 (N.T.); recorded from Connecticut by C W. Johnson. 458 tOXNECTICUT GEOL. AND XAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Subgenus Psiloconopa Zetterstedt 18;^8. Psiloconopa Zetterstedt; Ins. Lapponica, Dipt., p. S-tT. A northern group, including several diverse types that do not tit well into any of the other subgeneric divisions of Erioptera. Key to Species 1. Wings with cell 1st M2 closed (Fig. 50, F) ; general coloration of body polished black, variegated with bright yellow cramptoneila Wings with cell 1st Mz open by atrophy of ;« 1 1. Wings with a brownish yellow tinge, but not otherwise patterned . . . .gaspicola Wings with a restricted brown pattern >> 3. Wings pale yellowish subhyaline, with two broad brown crossbands. one before, the other immediately beyond the cord ; wings narrow, the forks of cells beyond cord deep; vi-cu some distance before fork of M manitobensis Wings yellowish, the veins streaked longitudinally with brown ; wings broad, the forks of the cells beyond cord shallow; m-cn at fork of M painteri Erioptera {PsiJoconopa) cramptoneila (Alex.) (Figs. 50, F; 52, J). 11K31. Psiloconopa cramptoneila Alexander; Can. Ent., 63: 144-145. Abdominal segments ringed caudally with sulphur-yellow. Hal- teres light yellow. Legs black. Wings (Fig. 50, F) strongly tinged with duslvy; cell 1st M^ small. Male hypopygium (Fig. 52, J). <5. L. 3.2-3.5 mm. ; w. 3.8-4.4 mm. 9 . L. about 4 mm. ; w. 4.5-4.6 mm. (June) E. Que. (Gaspe), Prince Edward Island (Marion E. Smith). E. {Psiloconopa) gaspicola (Alex.) 1929. Psiloconopa gaspicola Alexander; Journ. X. Y. Ent. Soc, 37: 54-55. General coloration dull dark gray. Halteres pale yellow. Wings brownish 3^ellow, the base and costal region clearer yellow; veins stout. $ . L. about 5.5 mm. ; w. 5.2 mm. (June) E. Que. (Gaspe), westw. to Colo. E. {Psiloconopa) manitobensis Alex. 1929. Erioptera {ITisia) manitohensis Alexander; flourn. X. Y. Ent. Soc, 37 : 51-52. Genei'al coloration dull gray, the praescutum with four brown stripes. Antennae black throughout. Halteres yellow. Femora brown, their bases yellowish; tibiae pale brown: tarsi darker. Anal veins divergent. $ . L. about 4 mm. ; w. 5 mm. (June) Man. E. {Psiloconopa) painteri Alex. 1929. Erioptera painteri Alexander: Can. Ent.. 61 : 19-20. General coloration brownish gray, the praescutum with three brown stripes, the median stripe more or less divided medially. Hal- teres yellow. Legs brownish black. Anal veins divergent, $. L. about 5.5 mm.; w. 5 mm. (May) Ohio Xo. 64] DIPTERA OF CONXECTICl T: TA.\(.N(..M V 459 Subgenus Hoplolabis O. S. ls6i». Ei'ioptera {HopJolahi^i) Osteii Sacken : ^Moii. Dipt N" Amer 4:160. ■' The subgenus finds its near alh^ in Ilisi-a. A single local species, with a few others in western North' America and in Japan. Erioptera {Hoplolahis) armata U.S. (Figs. 50, G; 52, K). 1859. Erioptera armata Osten Sacken; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil- adelphia, 1859 : 227. Figs.— Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 1, fig. 18 (wing), pi. 4, fig. 14 (hyp.) : 1869. Needham, 23rd Rept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 23. figs. 5, 6 (ven.) ; 1908. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 35, fig. 83 (wing) ; 1919. Crampton. Insec. Inscit. Menst., 13. pi. 2, fig. 5 (thorax) ; 1925. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 193. fig. 76 (wing) ; 1932. General coloration gray, the praescutum with black setigerous punctures on the interspaces. Knobs of halteres darkened. Legs ob- scure yellow. Wings with a heav,v dark brown pattern, arranged chiefly as four or five major costal areas, with smaller spots at ends of other longitudinal veins and on crossveins and deflections: basal sec- tion of vein iI/3 angulated and spurred, the spur extending l)a.'^ad into cell 1st 3/0, .sometimes complete (Fig. 50. G). Abdomen dark brown, the segments ringed caudally with pale. Male hypopygium (Fig. 52, K). t segments darkened; gonapophyses of hypopygium bifid near apex ..pygmaea Mesonotal praescutum brownish gray; antennae dark brown to black. th( basal four segments pale; gonapophyses of hypopygium slender, simple (Fig. 54, E) nigripila 10. Wings with cell 1st Ah open bv atrophy of in. tlie cell thus opening into cell 2nd M; 1 1 Wings with cell 1st M2 open by atrophy of basal section of vein \h.. the cell opening into cell M3 ' "' 11 \'ein 2nd J sinuous, at tip bent stronglv toward 1st .1 , narrowing the cell holotricha Anal veins divergent {nigripila group) .■■■■/ ^" 12. Antennae dark brown throughout; mesonotal praescutum yellowish brown, with three dark brown stripes ; scutellum brownish yellow ; wings strongly tinged with brown, the veins conspicuous; cell Ms short, only a httlc longer than its petiole .••■•• . -Qaspensis Antennae with the basal four or five segments pale, the remamder brown, mesonotal praescutum grayish brown, with, a median, darker brown vitta ; scutellum gravish brown ; wings hyaline, the stigmal region slightly darker, the veins inconspicuous; cell I/3 elongate, approximately twice its petiole palpaiis 13. Antennae of both sexes relatively short, not exceeding the combined head and thorax (compare dentifera, fcrnahh) W i " \ Antennae ( $ ^ approximately as long as the entire body, or a little shorter (mesocera)', extending at least to midlength of the abdomen; flagellar segments more or less narrowed apically, giving a bead-like appearance ^^^ to the organ ■ • •. •. : i' ' li' ' 14. \'ein 2nd A arcuated, at its tip bent toward 1st A ; m a lew species only the extreme tip of 2nd A is so deflected ,,^ Anal veins gradually divergent .•■■;■■,■■; a'a '',\a 15. Coloration of body gray; stigma conspicuously dark brown, preceded and followed by more whitish areas {mcigcnn group) .... -. :■• Coloration of body reddish or brown ; if gray {fcrnaldi). the st.gmal region ^^^ is not conspicuously darkened • : ; ' ' ,, 16. Male hypopygium with both pairs of gonapophyses conspicuously serrate on ^_ outer and apical margins (Fig. 53. D ; 54, I) ••••■•• : • • • ; • • ■ • ■••■.■■ ' : ' Male hvpopygium with the gonapophyses only weakly if at all se rate, 111 the latter case only a single pair so toothed (Figs. 53,^ez, 1^,^54, ^^^^^ • j-^^^^jj 17. Hvpopvgium with the outer dististyle bispinous (Fig. 53, D) ■ ■■■^^1° '"^ Hypopygium with the outer dististyle bearing a single spme (Fig. M^^I) ridens 18. Hypopygium with the gonapophyses notably unequal in length, the miter or longer pair not dilated at base (tig. M, i^} ■ • •.• ■ • • ■ • ■ • • ' ' , Hvpopvgium with the gonapophyses approximately equal in ^^-^^^■^'l^J more unequal (ithacana), the longest pair strongly dilated at base (1... ^^^ 19. Gwp!nLs'appeaHng'a;';eiativeiy';h;rrblackened spikes (Fig. 53. G^)^^^. . Gonapophyses more elongate, the basal pair .^ysei^atel^ore tips .0^^ apoV.vs« s.rcgly dilated at bases pale except f<,r b ^t™ f .J^^d "n Slacke-ied tips: omer dististyle ustmlly bispi..o..s, *e sptnes n.r^.tu,^ acana nnnosite directions toward one another (Fig. 53, i) ••••••• v; "■■ '.^^.i, 20. OnTasLgle dististyle is well-developed, the outer beng reduced to a .mall _^ or vcrv small, obtusely rounded lobule (hig. b6, ^- " ' • V," \\ 7 Both dististyles well-developed, subequal m e-^gth F .g. 5^ H J) -^^^-^ ^^ 21. General coloration gray; antennae {$) lelatuen lon^. 464 COXNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SUR\^Y [Bllll. base of abdomen ; hypop\ gium with inner dististyle shaped more or less like a boomerang, about three times the length of the outer ; gonapophyses hairy (Fig. 53, F) fernaldi General coloration brown to reddish brown ; antennae short in both sexes ; hypopygium with inner dististyle a slender, sclerotized hook, the outer style so reduced in size a^ to be virtually lacking; gonapophyses glabrous (Figs. 53, H ; 54, F) '. 22 22. Inner dististyle narrowed to an acute black spinous point ; aedeagus trifid at tip (Fig. 54, F) nimbipennis Inner dististyle not narrowed into a spine, the obtuse apex bearing a long curved seta; aedeagus simple at tip^ (Fig. 53, H) ingloria 23. Mesonotal praescutum reddish brown, with a capillary dark brown median line ; male hypopygium with both dististyles and each gonapophysis bear- ing a small lateral spine, so as to appear bifid (Fig. 54. H) rubella Mesonotal praescutum reddish brown, unmarked with darker ; male hypopyg- ium with both dististyles and the gonapophyses unbranched (Fig. 54, J) townesi 24. Hypopygium with the tergal sheath profoundly divided by a median split : longest gonapophyses appearing as exceedingly lengthened, needle-like rods that jut from the genital chamber manicata Hypopygium with the tergite a simple spatulate plate ; gonapophyses not appearing as needle-like rods 25 25. Inner dististyle on outer margin before apex with a small, erect, pale lobule ; aedeagus elongate (Fig. 53, A) 26 Inner dististyle not so armed ; aedeagus short 27 26. Inner dististyle with the lateral lobe very small ; aedeagus blackened, rela- tively short and stout, some distance before apex with two subtending black spines; apex of aedeagus microscopically roughened . . . .brevicalcarata Inner dististyle with the lateral lobe elongate ; aedeagus very long and slender, jutting some distance beyond the genital chamber, pale brown in color, not roughened near apex (Fig. 53, A) adirondacensis 27. Outer dististyle a short, squat, blackened structure, bearing three or four acute, black spines ; inner style bidentate at apex, its acute lateral spine with microscopic denticulations at base (Fig. 54. G) notmani Outer dististyle not as above, either simple or at most bispinous ; inner style simple 28 28. Coloration of body brown, slightly overcast with gray ; antennae short in both sexes ; outer dististyle bispinous ; gonapophyses appearing as slender erect rods (Fig. 53, C) bilineata Coloration of body light gray ; antennae ( $ ) relatively long, if bent back- ward extending to or shortly beyond root of halteres ; both dististyles appearing as small, ear-like, simple lobes, the outer darkened, glabrous ; gonapophyses appearing as powerful blackened horns, each bearing an acute tooth or spine on the inner or concave face (Fig. 53. E) dentifera 29. Anal veins strongly divergent ; outer dististyle of hypopygium a curved blackened hook (Fig. 54, A) " .' ". megacera Anal veins slightly convergent (Fig. Z3, E) ; outer dististyle a small flattened lobe, clothed with transverse rows of blackened setae (Fig. 54. C, D) . . . . 30 30. Antennae ( $) about equal in length to entire body, the flagellar segments elongated, black, attenuated and pale at apices ; gonapophyses heavily blackened, bifid (Fig. 54, D) monticola Antennae ( $ ) shorter, if bent backward extending about to midlength of the abdomen, the flagellar segments shorter, without pale tips ; gona- pophyses pale, simple, terminating in an acute point that is directed laterad (Fig. 54, C) mesocera The groups in the above key that include more than a single species are as follows : adirondacensis group. — adirondacensis^ brevicalcarata. bilineata group. — bilineata, notmani. meigenii group. — carolinensis, frisoni, ithacana. mcigenii, serridens. nigripila group. — gaspensis, htteola, nigripila, palpalis. pygmaca. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 465 ninibipennis group — ingloria, nimbipennis, townesi. niibila group. — apicalis, crampAoniaua, innoccns, nubUa. The following names are omitted from the key, either because they are syno- nj'ms, or else are doubtful forms unknown to the present writer. abnormis Dietz=:zOxydiscus cayuga (Alex.) atriceps D\etz=apicalis Alex. divcrgens T)ietz'=megacera Alex. parallela Doane= Identity doubtful. perplexa Dietz= Identity doubtful. pilosa Dietz=pygmaea Alex. subcostata Dietz^Identity doubtful. Brief diagnoses of the doubtful species are included in order to complete the report. Onnosia aenigmatica Dietz (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 47:249; 1921), described as a variety of rubella. It was described as having a beak nearly as long as the thorax. An examination of the type specimen by Professor Rogers has disclosed the fact that the supposed "beak" is merely an artifact and the subspecies name should be placed in the synonymy of rubella. Ormosia parallela (Doane) (Ent. News, 19:202; 1908, as Rhypholophus). Thorax reddish yellow, slightly darker above. Antennae entirely pale yellow. Hal- teres yellow, the knobs at tips slightly infuscated. Abdominal tergites brownish, sternites yellow. Wings rather narrow, brownish, without distinct stigma ; cell 1st Ma open by atrophy of basal section of Ma ; Anal veins convergent. $ . L. 5 mm. ; w. 6 mm. Ithaca, N. Y. ; known only from female specimens. Ormosia perplexa Dietz (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 42:141; 1916). Thorax fus- cous, with a grayish bloom, the praescutum with a median darker brown stripe. Knob of haltere yellowish white. Wings brownish, without evident stigma; cell 1st Mz open by atrophy of basal section of ilfs; ni-cu before fork of M\ Anal veins convergent. $ . L. 3.5 mm. ; w. 3.75 mm. Waverly, N. Y. ; a single female. Ormosia subcostata Dietz {Ibid., 47:249-250; 1921). Thorax grayish, with a more whitish pruinosity, the median area of praescutum with a sordid yellow median stripe that is bordered on either side by a narrow brown vitta. Antennae of mod- erate length, light brown. Pleura reddish brown. Halteres yellow. Wings yel- lowish gray, more yellowish at base; costal region appearing infuscated. due to an increased density of pubescence; stigmal region darker; cell 1st Mi open by atrophy of basal section of M^: Anal veins convergent. Male hypopygium with the disti- styles small, blackish. $. L. 4 mm.; w. 5.5 mm. Hazleton, Pa.; Aug. 15, 1911. All of these species, with cell 1st M2 open by atrophy of i\h and the Anal veins convergent, are evidently allied, in the present key running to couplet twenty and beyond. Ormosia adirondacensis Alex. (Fig. 53, A). • ivr ^ 1919. Ormosia adirondacensk Alexander; Insec. Inscit. Menst., i : 145-146. General coloration of mesonotum reddish brown, very sparsely pruinose, the postnotiim and dorsal pleurites darker. Halteres pale throughout. Antennae ( $ ) moderately long, if bent backward extend- ing to beyond the wing-root ; flagellar segments with a dense white pubescence. Male hypopygium (Fig. 53, A). $. L. about 4-5 mm.; w. 4.5-5.8 mm. 2. L. about 5-5.5 mm.; w. 5-5.5 mm. (June) Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., N. Y., southw. to Tenn. Connecticut.-Union, June 14, 1933 (C.P.A.); Westford, June 14, 1933 (C.P.A.). I have interpreted the Anal veins as being divergent although vein 2nd A on distal quarter is deflected slightly cephalad. 466 COXXFXTICUT GEOL. AND XAT. HIST. SURVEY [BuU. O. apicalis Alex, 1911. Ormosia apicalis Alexander; Psyche, 18 : 200-tiOl. 1916. Ormosia atriceps Dietz; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 42: 136-137. Figs.— Alexander, Ibid., pi. 16, fig. 6 (wing) : 1911. Dietz, Ibid., pi. 10, figs. 1-2 (hyp., diagramm.) ; 1916. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 34, fig. 55 (wing) ; 1919. Mesonotum reddish brown, the pleura darker. Head obscure blackish. Antennae short. Knobs of halteres weakly inf nmed. Male hypopygium with a single dististyle, oval, on mesal face set with tri- angular blackened points to appear mace-like. $ . L. o-5.5 mm. ; w. 5. .5-7 mm. 9 . L. 6.5-7.5 mm. ; w. 8-8.5 mm. (June. July) N. Y., N. J., Pa., southw. to S. C. and Ga. (in nits.). O. arcuata (Doane) (Fig. 53, B). 190.S. Rhi/pholophus arcuatus Doane; Ent. News, 19: 201. Fig.— Dickinson, Cfls. Wise., p. 189, fig. 69 (wing) ; 1932. General coloration gray; pseudosutural foveae and tuberculate pits black. Antennae dark brown throughout. Knobs of halteres weakly infumed. Legs li^ht brown. Wings with m-cu shortly be- yond "fork of M. Male hypopygium^ (Fig. 53, B). 6 . L. 4.5-5 mm.r w. 5-6 nnn. 2 . L. 5-6 mm. ; w. 6.5-7 mm. (Apr. -June; Aug., Sept.) Ont., Que., N. B., Me., N. H., Mass., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Wise, and Alta.. southw. to Tenn. O. bilineata Dietz (Fig. 53, C). 1916. Onnosia Ulineata Dietz ; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 42 ; 142-143. 1929. O. huronis Alexander; Can. Ent., 61:20-21. Figs.— Dietz, Ibid., pi. 10, fig. 8 (hvp., diagramm.) ; 1916. Alexander, Can. Ent., 61 : 21, fig. 2 (hyp.) ; 1929. General coloration pale brownish gray. Antennae dark brown throughout, relatively long ( 5 ) , if bent backward extendmg nearly to wing-root. Halteres pale yellow. Male hypopygium (Fig. 53, C). The two blackish lines on praescutum indicated by the name are poorly defined or lacking. $. L. 4-5 mm.; w. 4-5.5 mm. $. L. 4.5-o.o mm. ; w. 5-5.5 mm. (Late Apr.-June) Que., N. B., N. H., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Mich, and S. D. (Black Hills), southw. to N. C. (Great Smokies). Connecticut.— Riverton, May 16, 1931 (C. P. A.). O. brevicalcarata Alex. 1927. Omios'm hrevicalcarata Alexander; Journ. X, Y. Ent. Soc, 35: 61-62. Allied to adirondacensis, Mesonotum reddish brown, the prae- scutum with a darker median line. AVings subhyaline, the stigmal re- gion darker; vein 2nd A very slightly sinuous, the distal third con- verging A-ery slightly toward 1st A. S. L. about 3.5-4 mm.; w. 3.3- 4.5 mm. 2 . L. 4-4.5 mm. ; w. 4.3-4.8 mm. (June, July) Pa., N. C. S. C, Tenn., southw. to nw. Fla. Xo. 64] DIPTERA OF CONXECTK I T : TAXONOMY 4G7 g c male liypopyyia. K. O. dentifcra Alex. Figure 53. Eriopterini : Ormos'ia, A. Onnosia adirondacensis Alex. B. O. arcuata (Doane) C. 0. bilincata Dtz. D O. carolincnsis Alex. I. O. illuicaiia Alex. Symbols: a, aedeagus ; b, basistyle : g. gonapophysis : /1 (wing): l^'l". Crampton, Insec. Inscit. Menst., 13, pi. 2, fig. 7 (thorax) ; 1925. General coloration pale brown, the praescutum with a somewhat darker median stripe and sometimes with a bluish gray |)ruiiiosity ; pleura yellow. Knobs of halteres weakly darkened. Ix'gs i)ale brown, the tarsi ])aling to light yellow or vellowish-white. Male hypopyguun 47-2 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AXD NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bul]. {Fig. 54.1)). 6. L. 3.5-5 mm.: w. 4-() mm. 9. L. 5-5.5 mm.; w. 5.5-6 mm. (Aug.-micl-Sept.) Que., Out., X. B., Ale., N. H., \'t., Mass., Ct., N. Y., Pa., westw. to Mich., .southw. to N. C. Connecticut.— Cornwall Bridge, Aug. 19. 1931 (C. P. A.); E. Hartland, Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P. A.): East River. Sept. 1910 (Elv); Kent Falls, Aug. 19, 1931 (C. P. A.) ; Norfolk, Sept. 6, 1928 (G. C. C); Salisbury, Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C. C), Sept. 12, 1928 (C. P. A.); Twin Lakes. Sept. 12, 1928 (C P. A.); W. Granby, Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P. A.) : Winsted, Sept. .S, 1928 (G. C. C). O. nigripila ( O. 8. ) ( Fig. 54. E ) . 1N()1>. /ih//p/io/o/>hus nigiip'/his ( ).st(Mi Sackeii: Mon. Dipt. X. Amer., 4: 142-14:1 Figs.— Needham, 23rd Kept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 21, f^g. 4 (ven.) : 1908. Alexander, Cfls. X. Y., 1, pi. 34, fig. 57 (wing) : 1919. General coloration dark brown, gray pruinose. Male hypopygium (P'ig. 54, E) ; gonapophyses ajipearing as slender simple rods, curved to the acute tips. i. L. 3.5-4 nun.: w. 4-5 mm. 9. L. about 4.5-5 mm.; w. 5 mm. (May. June; Sept.) Ct., Pa., D. C, \'a., westw. to Ind. and Mich., southw. to S. C. and Fla. Connecticut.— Granbv, June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.); Middletown, May 31, 1929 (R.C.N.) (at liglit) : Riverton. May 30, 1931 (C. P. A.). 0. nimbipennis Alex. (P'ig. 54, F). 1!>17. Orinosht nhnhipennis Alexander: ("an. Ent., 49 : 24-ii5. Figs.— Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 34, fig. 59 (wing) : 1919. Alexander, Can. Ent., 61:21, fig. 4 (hyp.) : 1929. ^Nle.sonotal praescutum reddish brown to dark gray; remainder of thorax gray to dark grayish brown. Halteres pale yellow. AVings with a strong tlusky tinge, the stignui .still darker. Male hypopygium (Fig. 54, F) usually brighter than remainder of abdomen. $. L. 4-5 nun. : w. 4.5-6 nun. 9 . L. 5 mm. ; w. 5-6 mm. (July-Sept.) N. B., Me., N. H., Vt., Mass., Ct., N. Y., westw. to Mich. Connecticut.— Cornwall Bridge, Aug. 19, 1931 (C. P. A.); W. Granby, Sept. 11, 1928 (C. P. A.). O. notmanl Alex. (Fig. 54, (i). l'.»2(t. Onnos'ui notinaiii Alexander: Can. Ent., 52:225. (reneral eoloration gray. Antennae relatively short, black throughout. Knobs of halteres light yellow. Wings tinged with gra}', the stigmal region more infumed: vein .ind A feebly sinuous near ex- treme tip but Anal veins decidedly divergent. Male hypopygium (Fig. 54, (j). The peculiar structure of the outer dististyle is ap- proached by O. cornnta (Doane) and O. suhcornuta Alex., of western North America. 6. L. 3.5-3.8 mm.; w. 4-4.5 mm. ?. L. 4 mm.; w. 4 mm. (May. June) Ont., Que., Mass., Ct., N. Y. Connecticut.— Riverton, May 16, 1931 (C. P. A.). No. 64] DIPTKRA OV CONNECTICUT: TAXdNOMY 473 O. nubila ((). S.) (Fig-. 50, J). is.jii. Krioptera nuhila Osteii Sackeii; Proc. Acad. Xat Sci I'hiladel- delphia, 1859 : '227. 1869. Rhypholophus mihilus iMen'^'Acki^wMuwAyxui \ Vhut 4- 141-14-2. Figs.— Osten Sacken, Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4, pi. 1, fig. 14 (wing) ; 1809. Xeed- iiam. 23rd Kept. N. Y. St. Ent. for 1907, pi. 22, fig. 3 (ven.) ; 1908. Alexander, Cfls. N. Y.. 1, pi. 34, fig. 54 (wing) ; 1919. Crampton, Insec. In.scit. Menst., 13, pi. 3. fig. 13 (thorax) ; 1925. General coloration ijray. the praescutiini with a sin«ilc (huk hrown median stripe. Antennae "brown, the basal segments paler. Halteres pale. Wings with cell 1st M-2 freqnently open by atroi)hy or pai'tial atrophy of m; i?2 shortly before origin of vein R-^ (Fig. 50. J). Ab- domen dark brown, the caudal margins of the segments restrictedly pale. (3. L. 4.5-5 nnn.; w. 5-5.8 nun. $. L. 5.5-() mm.; w. 6.5-7 mm. (Apr.-early June; Aug.. Sept.) Me.. N. H., \'t., ]Ma.ss., X. Y., Pa., westw. to O. and 111., southw. to Va., Tenn. and S. C. Connecticut.— Granby, Sept. 4, 1928 (G. C C.) ; Kent Falls, May 3. 1931 (C. P. A.); Riverton, May 16, 1931 (C.P. A.) : Salisbury, May 16, 1931, Sept. 5, 1928 (C.P. A., G. C. C.) ; Tunxis State Forest, Alav 16, 1931 (C.P. A.) : W. Granbv, Sept. 11. 1928 (C.P. A.). O. palpalis Dtz. 1916. Onnoski paJpaJis Dietz; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 42: 140. Fig.— Dietz, Ihid., pi. 10, fig. 6 (hyp.). Belongs to the nigrlpila group. General coloration grayish brown, the praescutum with a darker median line. Antennae brown, the basal four or hve segments yellowish. Wings hyaline, the stigmal region slightly darker. $ . L."8.25 mm.; w. 4.25 mm. (Sept., Oct.) Pa. O. pygmaea (Alex.) 1912. Tnriucra pyqmaea Alexander; P.syche, 19: 166. 1916. Ormosia pil'osa Dietz; Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 42: 1H9. Figs — \lexander. Ibid., 19, pi. 13, fig. 3 (wing). Dietz, Ibid., pi. 10. fig. 5 (hyp.). Alexander. Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 34 fig- 58 (wing) ; 1919. Belono-s to the nh/npihi Ln-oup. (ionapophyses (hrtVinig fiom those of nlgripila bv beinir relatively short and stout, broad, boarmg an acute spine on oiiter nuirgin just back of the simdarly acute ai)ex. S. L. 3.5-4 mm.: w. 4-5 mm. ?. L. 4.5 uuh.:w. .> mui. (Mav-early July; Aug.. Sept.) Que., N. B.. Me., N. H. Vt Mass.. Ct., N. Y.. Pa.. O., Mich.: southw. to N. C. (more northern than nignfila). Connecticut.-E. Connecticut, May 24 (C.\yj.); Norfolk, June 9, 1929, Sept. 11. 1928 (C.P. A.); W. Granby, Sept. 11, 1928 (C.P. A.). 474 CONNECTICITT GEOL. AXD NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. H Figure 54. A. B. C. D. E. Ormosia; male hypopygia. F. O. nimbipcunis Alex. 0. iwtuwni Alex. O. rubella (O. S.) O. scrridens Alex. O. totvnesi Alex. Eriopterini Ormosia mcyaccra Alex. O. meigenii (O. S.) ■ O. mcsoccra Alex. |^- O. monticola (O. S.) ^• iL. O. nigripila (O. S.) J- ,. • . i „^ Symbols: a, aedeagus; &, basistyle ; g, gonapophysis ; id, inner d.t.style; od, outer disti style ; f, tergite. No. 64] DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: TAXONOMY 47.") O. rubella (O. S.) (Fig. 54, H). Ibii'J. Rhypholophus ruhellus Osten Sacken : Mon. Dipt X Viiior 4:144. 1921. Ormosla I'lihella aemqmatica Dietz: Trans. Anicr I^iit Soc 47 : 249. Figs.— Osten Sacken, Ihid., pi. 1, fio-. 15 (wing). Williston, Man. X. Amer. Dipt., Ed. 3:84, fig. 25, sub 11 (wing) ; 1908. Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 190, fig. 70 (wing) ; 1932. Mesonotuin chiefly lifrht reddi.sh brown ; [)loura .somewhat more darkened. Halteres yellow. Terminal tarsal segments (hiskv. .Male hypopygium (Fig. 54*^, H), 5. L. 3.7-4 mm.: w. 4.2-4.:) nun." 9. L. 5 nnn.; w. 0.0 mm. (Late Aug.-Oct.) Ont., Me., N. H., \'t., Mass., Ct., X. Y., Pa., westw. to Ind., Midi, and Wise, southw. to Ga. Connecticut.— Xorfolk, Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C. C), Sept. 11. 1928 (C.P. A.); Salisbury, Sept. 5, 1928 (G. C. C.), Sept. 12, 1928 (C.P. A.): Twin Lakes. Sept. 12, 1928 (C.P. A.) : W. Granby, Sept. 11. 1928 (C.P. A.). O. serridens Alex. (Fig. 54,1). 191!>. Ormosla seriidens Alexander; Insec. Inscit. Menst., 7: 144. Belongs to the meigemi group. Most readily told by the structure of the nuile hj'popygium (Fig. 54,1). $. L. 3.S-4 nun.: w. 4.5-4.(S mm. (Apr.) Md., Va. O. townesi Alex. (Fig. 54, J). 193:3. Ormosla townesi Alexander: Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 41 : 99-l(M). Belongs to the nimblpeimis group. ]Mesonotal praescutum red- dish brown, contrasting conspicuously with the dark brown i)kMira and posterior sclerites of mesonotum. Halteres pale yellow. Male hypo- pygium (Fig. 54, J) with l)oth dististyles elongate. 6. L. 4.5 mm.: w. 5.8 mm. 9. L. about 5 mm.; w. 6 mm. (Late Aug.) N. C. (in mts.). Tasiocera Skuse 1889. Tasiocera Skuse: Proc. Linn. Soc. X. S. \V. (2) 4: 815. Subgenus Dasymolophilus Goetghl)uei- 1920. Molophllus {Dasymolophilus) Goetghbuer; Ihdl. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 2 : 132. A small grou}) of Holarctic crane-flies, now placed as a subgenus of the antipodal genus Tasiocera Sku.se. The present group is well- distinguished from Molophllus by the })resence of ti-icbia in tbe cells of the'^wings; vein ^2 in transverse alignment with /?2 + :{. ^ind bv the male hypopygium having a single dististyle of simple structure. These crane-flies are the smallest species in the local fauna, the adults occur- 4(0 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll. rin»i; in (laiicin<2: swarms near small streams. The inniiature stajies are unknown. Key to St'ccirs 1. Mesonotum pale reddish yellow, contrasting with the dark brown abdomen and halteres ; wings with anal angle lacking, vein 2ud A short ; wings dimidiate, the base paler than apex niphadias Body, including mesonotum, dark brown ; wings with anal angle slightly in- dicated, vein 2nd A longer; wings uniformly infumed, with a pale longi- tudinal streak above vein M ursina T. {DasymolopMhis) niphadias (Alex.) (Fi^-. 50, K). 19!25. MoJophf'lm (Das/, /uo/oph !/>/.'<) nipha(]i. H, J. K, L) .'. ' 7. Antennae (S) short, if bent backward not attainmg the wnig-root : male hypopygium (Fig. 55, D) forc.pulus Antennae ($) elongate, if bent backward extending to base of abdomen or beyond ■' i' '{ 8. .\ntennae ( S ) relatively short, approximately one-half tlie lengtli ot body. or extending about to base of abdomen • • -'. Antennae (S) longer, if bent backward extending approximately to mid- length of abdomen • • • i \" ',' "■ 9 Dorsal lobe of basistyle unusually long, extending caudad beyond levc ot apex of outer dististyle; vestiture of mesal lobe consisting ot smal black spines • outer dististvle conspicuously roughened, both on inner and t)Uter margins ; inner stvie with a few microscopic spinulae on concave margin before the long black apical point (Fig. 55. K) ; size small (w. S. e. ot st> . festiture of mesal iobe consisting of elongate spines or long spinous setae outer dististyle almost smooth, with relatively few microscopic P"''" ; ImZ stvle stTtooth (Fig. 55, H) ; size larger (w. 6 . aboiU 5 mm.) . '^^^'"'^ 10 rostal fringe (?) light golden-yellow, of S somewhat darker, light broxxn. ''■ ^rath;;%yglm/witl^he outer dististyle glabrous, except 'or .. ^tew^^^^ C^^i^ Cl^r ;?;\i^'^2-; maf;\ypopVgium\dth-the-outer .listi- stl pro?l^ded with abundant microscopic setulae on distal half ..r more ^^ 11. Ml^t5^pSiSn{:ith-theoute^cl^tistyle;rel^ elongate ; spines or spinous setae ot mesal tone fuHonensis conspicuous (Fig. 55. K) j-' I-' / i ' \'..';,'ipr ■ ^niiies of mesal lobe of Male hypopygium with the outer dist. style w.der^^ somes ot m ^_ 12. Si 478 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY ( Bllll. encd, broadest on fore legs ; wings narrow, with vein 2nd A short, extend- ing to opposite iii-cu or just beyond: male hypopygium (Fig. 55, J) paludicola The following doubtful forms, both members of the gracilis group, are not in- cluded in the above key because of insut^cient data. Molophilus costopunctatiis Dietz (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 47:248; 1921). Mesonotum light brown, the pronotum and lateral pretergites light yellow. Head reddish brown : antennae relatively short ; basal segments pale yellow, the outer segments light brown. Knobs of halteres fuscous. Wings tinged with yellow; a small but conspicuous costal spot between R2 and tip of i?i+2. $ . L. 2.?> mm. ; w. 4 mm. Hazleton, Pa. (Sept.). Molophilus forcipulus hctcroccrus Dietz. (Ibid., 47:247-248; 1921). Differs from the typical form in the pale yellow antennal flagellum ; scape brown; pedicel yellowish brown. The sulphur-yellow area on humeri scarcely evident. Hazleton, Pa. (Sept.). Molophilus auricomus Alex. (Fi^^ 55, B). 192G. Molophilus auricoinus Alexaiuler; Insec. Inscit, Menst., 14: 115- 117. Ik'lon^.s to the gr-acilis rooklyn Ent. Soc, 1!): 01-62. Belongs to the plagkitus grouj). (leneral coloration (hirk brown; lateral pretergites restrictedly whitish. Antennae ( $) relatively long, if bent backward extending about to root of haltieres; flagellar seg- ments elongate-oval, clothed with long white setae. Halteres yellow. Wings (Fig. 50, L) strongly tinged with brown. Male hypopygium (Fig. 55, C). i. L. 4-4.2 mm.: w. 4.S nun. 9. L. 4.5-5 mm.; w. 4.8-5.4 mm. (June) Me., N. H., \'t., Mass., N. Y., westw. to Ind. and Mich., southw. to S. C. and Tenn. Connecticut.— Hartland. June 9, 1929 (C. P. A.). M. forcipulus (O. 8.) (Fig. 55, D). 1869. Erioptera forcipula Osten Sacken : Mon. Dipt. X. Amer., 4: 163-1G4. Fig— Dickinson, Cfls. Wise, p. 196, fig. 80 (wing) ; 1932. Belongs to the gracilis group. Me.sonotum reddish brown, with a line of darker setae on praescutal interspaces: humeri and lateral pre- tergites pale yellow. Antennae Avith basal segments pale, the outer segments dai-k brown. Halteres infuscated, the apices of knobs a trifle l)rigiitened. Male hypopygium (Fig. 55, D). $. L. about 3-4 nun.: w. 3.5-5 mm. No. 64] DHTEItA OF COXXECTICUT : TAXONOMY 470 (June, July) Out., Que.. N. B., Me., N. H., Vt.. Mass., X. V. X | w.stw t.. Wise, southw. to S. C, Tenn. and Fla. ; chiefly in bogs. Connecticut — Putnam, June 15, 1933 (C. P. A.). M. fultonensis Alex. {F\s to the gnicUis jri-oup. T.arL^cr and daiUer colored than puhlpennis. Antennae, e.specially of feniah'. more eloii«rate than in the correspondintal i-eo:i(»n briohter: ti'ichia dark-colored. Abdomen dark brown. Male hypopyL'- ium (Fifr. 55, F). 5. L. 3.5-4 mm.: w. 4-4.5 mm. (June. July) Ont., Que.. N. S., Me., N. H., \U Mass., X. Y., X. J., Pa., westw. to Ind. and 111., southw. to N. C. and Tenn. Connecticut.— East River, Tulv 1910 (Elv) : Hartland. June 8, 1929 (C. P. A.) : Kc-nt Falls, June 12-13, 1931 (C. P. A.) : Manitic Lake. June 8-9. 1929 (C. P. A. ) : X..rt<.lk. June 9, 1929 (C P. A.). Eoo-ers (1942) believes that this species as well as .1/. puhipeiniix O. S. and M. soror Alex, are chiefly or entirely ])artheno,Lrenetic. M. huron Alex. (Fi(. Belonirs to the gracilis . Molophilus paludicola Alexander: Journ. X. Y. Ent. Soc, 37: 57-58. Belongs to the gracilis gi'oup, most nearly allied to luiion. (len- eral coloration of mesonotum reddish gray to dark brown, the lateral pretergites pale yellow. Abdomen black, the hypopygium brightened. Male hypopygium (Fig. 55, J), c? . L. 3-4 nun.: w. 3.5-4.5 nun. ?. L. 4.5-5 mm. ; w. 4.8-5 mm. (June-Aug.) Me., Vt., Mass., Ct. : in boggy woods and meadows. Connecticut.— Brooklyn. June 15, 1933 (C. P. A.); Hamden, June 30, 1932 (N. T.), Julv 8-13, 1932 (P. G.)'; Putnam, June 15, 1933 (C. P. A.) ; Stafford Springs, June 14, 1933 (C. P. A.). M. pollex Alex. (Fig. 55, K). 11);U. MolophiJus pollex Alexander; Can. P^nt., 63 : 146-147. Belongs to the gracilis group; most nearly allied to laridcola. (General coloration light brown. Antennae ( oc. >at. Hist., 5 : 230-231. Fig.-Alexander, Cfls. N. Y., 1, pi. 34, fig. 69 (ven.) ; 1919 (as comatus Doane). Belongs to the gracilis group. General coloration brownish gray. Antennae short, brownish black. Halteres pale. Wmgs whitish, the 484 CONNECTICUT GJ:OL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [lillll, base and costal border stroiiirly yellowish: a narrow brown seam along veins C'u, vi-cu and basal section of i)/,! + 4. ?. L. 4-5 nnn.; w. 5-0 mm. The male sex has not been discovered. See note under M. hirti- penriis. (Aug., Sept.) N. B., Ale., westw. to Mich, and Alta. 4. Subtril)e Toxokhinaria Toxorhina Loew 1S51. To.vorhina Loew; Linnaea EntomoL, 5:400. 1S61>. To.vorrhina Osten Sacken; Mon. Dipt. N. Amer., 4: 100-114. A moderate-sized group of very peculiar and isolated crane-flies, readily told by the reduced radial venation (Fig. 50, M), the elongate rostrum with mouth parts at extreme tip. and the profoundly bifid setae on legs. Other ])eculiai- features lie in the uniting of certain of the basal flagellar segments into a conical ''fusion-segment"', the pres- ence of very long setae on the outer flagellar segments, and the greatly lengthened cervical region, with the anterior portion of the praescutum l)roduced cephalad over its base. The resend)lance to Eleph'intoniyia appears to be merely superficial. The adult flies of our northern s]>e- cies, ?)iuliehris, may ])e swe))t from vegetation in boggy areas. The early stages remain undiscovered. Key to Species 1. L't'll 1st Mj. closed; body-coloration brownish yellow to brown; average size large {$ , L. 7 mm. or more ) magna Cell 1st Mj. open by the atrophy of m, closed only in abnormal specimens (Fig. 50, M) ; body-coloration gray to brownish gray; average size smaller {$ , L. 6 mm. or less) muliebris Toxorhina {Toxorhina) magna (O. S.) 1.:>-{\ iniu.: w. 4.r)-.5 mm.: rostrum. 2-2.5 mm. 5. L.. excluiliiii: lostriiin. C.-T mm.: w. 5-,-). 5 mm.: rostrum, 2-2..") mm. (Mid-Junc-early Aug.) Que., Me., Vt., Mass., R. I.. Ct., X. Y.. Pa., westw. to Ind., 111., Mich, and Wise, southw. to Md. and \'a. (Canadian, Transition). Connecticut.— East River, July 10. 1910 (Kly). Addenda The nuuiuscript on the Tii)ulidae was comj)letetl some years a^zo l)ut for various reasons the actual pulilieation has been delayed to the present moment. In the intervening years an attempt has been made to keep up to date the :hout the report. ])urin2-l!>;;: 1!I41 (Minn.) Tipula {TaDiatotlpula) succincta Alexander: Can. Ent.. (2:1.)1- l.")2: 11>40 (Ind.) Tipula {Oi'eomijza) broweri Alexander: Ent. News. .51 : s:i-.s.,: U)4(» Limonia {Lhnonia) pemetica Alexander: liuU. lii-ooklyn Ent. Soc, ;U: 95-97: 1939 (Me.) Limonia (Dicmtwmi/ia) broweriana Alexander: Ent. News. ..2: l.)3- 195: 1941 (Me.) ' , _ Limonia {Dfcro/iomym) piscataquis Alexander: (an. Kjit.. (.i:hb- s7: 1941 (Me.) ' , _ Limonia {Rhip'tdw) gaspicola Alexander: IhuL, (:'.:N(-SS: l-'-H Anioch2i {Ant ocha) biarmata Alexander: Amer. Midi. Nat.. 24:620- ('.21; 1940 (N. Y.) . , ^, , //•/).•. Pedicia {TrieypJwna) auripennis breviclava Alexander: Ih^^L, -b. 299: 1941 (Que.: Gaspe) _ Dicranota {Dicranofa) fumipennis Alexander: Can. r.nt.. (.k?.'. Limn Wla "/" W^^^'^O mcclureana .Vlexander: Bull. I'.rooklyn Ent. Soc. 33:75-76; 1938 (Man.) 4S6 COXNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bllll, Pilaria harrisoni Alexander; Occas. Pap. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 8: 291-292; 198G (X. H.) Chionea stoneana Alexander; Ent. News, 51:100-102; 1940 (111.) Rhabdomastix {Sacandaga) hansoni Alexander; Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 34:99-100; 1939 (Mass.) Erioptera {Erioptera) chlorophvUoides orthomera Alexander; Can. Ent., 72:155; 1940 (Ct.) Erioptera {Erioptera) leptostvla Alexander; Ihul.^ 72:154-155; 1940 (Mich.) Erioptera {Mesocyphona) serpentina Alexander; Amer. Midi. Nat., 20:318; 1941 (Mass.) Erioptera {Psiloconopa) churchillensis Alexander; Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc, 33:77-78; 1938 (Man.) Erioptera {Psiloconopa) lacustris Alexander; Hid.. 33:70-77; 1938 (Mich.) Ormosia {Ormosia) broweri Alexander; Ihid.. 34:100; 1939 (Me.) No. 04J DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : TAXONOMY 487 Index Part 1 - Morphology Abdomen. 11. 49, 58. 59, b\, 07. 08, 70, 72-75, 80, 103, 108, 113. 148 Abdominal appendages. 50, 56, 70, 76, 81, 91, 105, 107. 108. 111-113 sclerites, 41, 56 segment, 55, 68-81, 83-91, 93-107. 111-114, 118, 154 spiracle, 69-74, 80. 89. 97. 98. 101, 102, 104, 107, 154 sternite, 67-71, 73-75, 77, 78, 80-91, 94-107, 111, 113, 117 sternum, 68, 80 structures, posterior, 154 terminal, 150 stylus, 29, 85, 90, 91 tergite, 117, 118, 154 Acalypteratao, 117 Acanthomeridae, 116 Acanthophorites, 83 Accessory clasper. 111 forceps. 105 Acrocera globulus, 14, 25, 136 Acroceratidae. 117 Acrocerci. 112, 114 Acrophallus, 110 Acropod, 63, 65, 66 Adanal process, 48 sclerite, 58 Adanale, 58 Admiuiculum. 108. 109 Adventitious suture, 74 Aedeagal apodeme, 110 valves, 85 Aedeagus. 35, 68, 77, 7S. 85-88. 92. 93. 95, 97, 101. 108-111. 117. 118, 148. 154, 156 Ai'dcs, 92. 158_ implacahilis, 148 stimulans, 158 Air sacs, ^7 Alar frenum, 48 ossicles, 57 Alifer. 51, 53, 58 Alimentary tract, 21, 2>7 tube, 38 Alinotum, 46 Allocjnosta, 70, 75 Alula. 58, 59. 61 Aml'hineurus, 54, 87 Inacamhta j^yrrhocephaJa, 156 \nal opening, 68. 70. 7^, 79. 81. 112, 113 segment. 70, 72,. 78. 79. 83. 84, 86, 93. 106, 112, 113 veins, 58 Anapleurotergite. 49 Anastreplia, 07 Anatergitc, 49 Ancillaries, 77 Andrium. 78, 106 Anepimeral suture. 53 Anepimcron, 51. 53, 54 Anepisternal cleft. 52 suture, 51. 52 Anepisternum. 51-53. 5() Anisopodidae, 24. 20, 33, 66. 93. 116, 138 Auisopus, ^9. 33, 34, 40, 138, 144 Anophi'lcs, 34 quiidr'uiHicuhilns. 140 Anorostoma, 100, 101 uuiryiuatuiii, 162 Anteclvpeal sclerites, lO, 32 Antecl'vpeus, 13. 1(), 32. 37. 38 Antenna, 10, 13-15, 17-22, 24-30, 61, 144 Antennal fossae, 18, 22 foveae, 18 hairs, 26, 29 sclerite, 21 segment, 22, 27, 2S. 30 socket, 21. 22 style. 28-30 Antennifcr. 22 Antepronotum. 44. 45 Anterior arms, tentorium. 15. 32 legs. 02 orbits. 21 spiracle, 52 trunk, 30 vertex, 15. 20. 21 wing process. 57 Anthoni\ia, 12. 07 Antiiomvidae. 11. 67. 68. 108-110. 117, 118. 148. 162 Anthrax, 144 Antisquama. 58. 59 Antitegula. 58. 59 Anus, 76, 79. 113 Apical appendage. 91 Apioceratidae. 117 Apodemal pit. 53 Apodeme. 92, 148 aedeagal. 110 basal. 110 ejaculatory, 110 hypandrial, 107 maxillary. 33 rostral, 33. 37 sustentacular. 110 488 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Apophysis, 45, 55, 57 endosternal, 30 inferior, IIU superior, 109 Appendages, abdominal, 50, 56, 70, 76, 81, 91, 105, 107, 108, 111-113 apical, 91 Architipulidae, 116 Argvra, sp., 160 Aris'ta, 27-30 Aristal hairs, 28, 30 Aristopsyche sitpcrba, 115 Armature, interdental, 40 male, 77 Arms, coronal suture, 20 epicranial suture, 17 posterior of ninth sternite, 107 tentorium, anterior, 15, il posterior, 24, 3ii Arolium, 65, 66 Arthropoda, 15, 64 Articulation, coxa, dorsal, 42. 43, 51 wing, 61 Articulatory sclerites of wing, 57 Ascodipteroit, 41, 67 Asilidae. 10, 39, 66, 68. 94. 117, 138, 144. 150, 156 Asilinae, 83 Asiloidea, 83, 117 Asiliis. 144 Aspistcs, 66 bcrolinensis, 51 Astochia, 138, 156 Asyndulum, ?i3, 34 montanmn, 138 Atrial plates, 82 Atrium, S2 Auricles, 58 Axillary cord, 49, 58, 61 incision, 58 lobe, 57-59, 61 membrane, 58 sclerites. 48, 57, 58. 61, 148 Axillary, fourth, 58 second, 58 third, 58 Axis, 87, 91 Bands, sclerotized, 32 transverse, 97 Basal apodeme, 110 clasp segment. 91 fold of wing, 58 joint of clasper, 91 lobe of clasper, 91 plate of genital forceps, 92 segment of genital forceps, 90-92, 97, 111 of labella, 35 sclerites of labium, 36 Basalar sclerites, 53 Basanale, 58 Basicercus, 83 Basicosta, 57 Easicoxa, 64 Basilabellum, 35 Basimere, 86, 90-92, 97, 107, 111 Basipharynx, i'& Basipodite, 63 Basiproboscis. y/ Basipulvilli, 65 Basisternum, 44-46, 55, 56 Basistyles, 86, 90, 91 Basitarsus, 64, 65 Beetles, 43 Bibio, 66, 110 Bibionidae, 24, 26, 44, 86, 93, 113. 116. 160 Bibionoidea, 116 Bittacomorpha, ii, 35, 36, 86. Ill, 156 clavipes, 138 Bittacus, 29, 51, 115 Blatta. 14 Blattidae, 65 Blepharoceratidae. 115 Blepharoceratoidea, 115 Blepharoceridae, 24, 26, 32. 39, 136, 138, 140 Blowfly, 38, 44, 103, 104, 107, 108, 111 Boletina, 136 Bolitopliila, 33 Bolitophilidac, 116 Bombvliidae. 24, 66, 88, 94, 95, 116. 117, 144 Bombyloidea, 117 Borboridae, 11 Borcus. SI. 138 Brachvcera, 20, 30, 79, 80, 82-85, 88, 93-95, 116, 117 Bracon liberator, ii Braitla caeca, 148 Braulidae, 11, 26, 118, 148 Brauloidea, 118 Bridge, postalar, 49 prealar, 53 pre-coxal, 44-46 scutellar, 48 Bristles, notopleural, 47 Bruchomy'ia, 56 edivardsi, 17 Bruchomyinae, 115 Buccae, 19 Bulb, ejaculatory, 110 salivary, 31 Caddice worms, 35 Caelopa. 100 frigida, 160 Caelopidae, 11, 160 CaUiphora, 12. 16. 26, 38, 68. 88, 89. 103, 110 erythrocephala, 69 Calliphoridae, 110, 118 Callus, humeral, 44, 47 metanoti lateralis, 50 postalar, 48 No. U\ DIPTERA OF COXXECTICUT: TAXONOMY 489 prealar, 48 Calobata, 70. 75, lUO, 106 tallipcs, 156, 154 nnifitta. 156 Calobatidae, 106, 156, 164 Calotarsa calceata, 65, 150 oniatipes, 65, 150 Calypta, 60 Calypter, 56-61 Calyptera, 60 Calypteratae, 117, 118 Calyptra, 60 Calvptron, 00 Canal, food, 31, 40, 41 salivary, 39-41 Capitellum, 61, 62 Capnoptera, 20 Cardiacephala, 106 loiigipt's. 15t) Cardo, 32, 33 Carina, facial, 18 Carpopodite, 63 Cavity, oral, 17, 37 subcranial, 17, 37 supraalar, 48 Cecidomyidae, 10, 11, 116. 136, 144 Celyphus obtectus. 49, 148 Ccphaliger, 43 Cerato)iivia, 27 Ceratopogonidae, 10, 32. 39. 40, 115 Ceratostyle, 29 Cerci, 68, 70, 72. 77, 79. 81-84, 86, 87, 93. 94, 97, 102. 104. 107. 108. 111-114 Cerebrale, 23. 43 Cero plains, 29. 144 Ccrozodia, 2'i pliiinosa, 27. 144 Cervical sclerites, 43, 44 Cervicalia, 43 Cervix, 43 Chamber, genital, 81, 82 pump, 3S. 39 Channel, food. 31-33. 38-41 Chaoborus, 26 Cheek groove, 19 Cheeks, 15, 18 Chelifera, 150 Chionea, 11 Chiromyzidae, 11 Chironomidae. 11, 26. 60. 68. 115 CInronomus, 12, 31 Chitinous box, 109 Chloropidae, 11, 20 Chlorops, 70, 74 Chordotonal organs, 26 Chrysogastcr pukheUa, 82 Chrysopilus, 79 thoracicns, 152 Chrysops indus, 74 Cibarium, 38 Circumfili, 144 Claduraria. 44 Clasper, 28, 91, 108 accessory, 111 superior, 114 Claspettcs, 91, 92 Clasp filament, 91 segment, 91 Claws, 65, 66 Cleft, 47 Clusiidae, 118 Clypeites, 32 Clvpeolabral suture, lO Clypeus, 15. 16. 21 Clytocosiitus, 79. 80, 152 Coelom sacs, 112 Coleoptera, 29, 34, 85, 92, 111 Collecting cliannels, 40 Collinella, 20 Collum, 43 Columnar sclerites, 34 Composite plate, 33. 104 sclerite, 103 Compound eyes, 14, 15, 18, 21-25 Condyles, occipital, 43 Conjunctivae, 70 Conopidae, 26, 117, 156 Con ops, 34 Coiiosia, 34 Copulatoria, 77. 105 Copulatory apparatus, 77, 105 lobes, 77. 96, 97, 99, 102 processes, 106 prongs, 114 Cordyluridae, 118, 164 Cornea, 24 Coronal suture, 20 Costa, 53 Costal vein, 57 Cowl, 82 Coxa, 42-46, 51, 53-55, 63, 64 Coxal process, 45, 56 spurs, 63 Coxifer, 45, 56, 63 Coxite, 85, 90, 91, 107. Ill Coxopodite. 63, 91 Criddleria hemiptera, 11 Crumena, 35, 109 Crustacea, 64, 112 Crustacean limb, 63 Crypteria, 54 Cryptostipes. 33, 37 Cteiiacroscelis rex, 10 umbrinus, 136 Ctenidium. 14 Cubiculum, 101, 107 Cuillerons, 60 Culcx pipiens, 144 Culicidae. 26. 32. 34, .>9. <.0. 82, 80, 8/, 92, 115, 148, 158 Culicidoidea, 115 Ctdkoides, 32. 40 pu I tear is, 32 Cuterebridae, 118 Cyclopoda sykest. 142 190 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Cvclorrhapha. 11, 12, 21. li. 25. 26, 28, 31-34. 36, 39. 44. 51. 60, 66. 68, 69. 71, 12, 74-79. 83-89. 92. 94- 100, 102. 106, 108, 111. 113, 114. 116-118, 162, 164 Cylindronyia binofata, 71 Cynoniyo cadavcrina, 154 Cvphoinvia, 136 Cyrtidae, 10, 24. 66, 88, 95. 117. 13o, 140 Cyrtopogon callidipes, 65 Dactylopodite, 63, 65 Dasyllis, 88, 94 Dasymolopliiliis ursinus, 10 Dasyncura. 67 Dcsiiwmctopa, 20 Deuterophlebiidae, 115 Dexiidae, 49. 118 Dextral spiracle, 89, 96, 98-100 Diadocia, 33 Dicranoplwra furcifcra, 49, 148 Dilo pints, 96. 144. 160 Diogniitcs, 156 Diopsidae. 140 Diopsina, 13. 26 Diopsis, 13, 26 Discal sclerite, 36 Distal segment, antenna, 144 genital forceps, 86, 90. 91, 97, 110, 111 labella. 35 Disticercus, 83 Distilabellum, 35 Distimere, 8(>, 90-92, 97, 111 Distiproboscis, 37 Dististyle, 86, 90, 91. Ill Distitarsus. 64-66, 150 Dixidae. 26. 32, 33, 115 Dolichopcza (Oropcca) tridoitata. 146 Dolichopodidae, 11. 31, 32. 66, 68. 87, 88, 94, 95, 117, 148, 150, 156, 160 DolichopHs fulvipcs, 94, 156 ommvacjits, 150 Dorilaidae, 117 Dorsal articulation of coxa, 42, 43, 51 pivot of coxa, 45 valves, 81, 82 Dorsopleural suture, 48, 52 Drosophila, 42, 61 Drosophilidae, 11 Dryomvzidae. 11 Duct, ejaculatorv, 68, 72. 85, 87-89, 93, 95, 96, 98, 110, 111, 154 salivary. 31 spermathecal, 82 Edita, 86, 107. Ill Edzvardsina, 24, 34, 35. 115, 136, 138 Ejaculator, 110 Ejaculatory apodeme, 110 bulb, 110 duct. 68, 72. 85, 87-89. 93, 95, 96, 98, 110, 111, 154 hood, 109 process, 109 sac, 110 Elacliipfcra, 144 Elephant omyia, 13. 140 Empidae, 11, 64. 06, 88, 94, 150 Empididae, 117 Empididoidea. 117 Em pis clausa, 35 Empodium, 66. 67 Endomeres, 92 Endosternal apophyses, 36 Epandrium, 78, 106 Epaulet, 57 Ephydridae, 11, 64, 150 Epicephalon. 23 Epicranial suture, 15, 17 Epicranium. 21 Epigynium, 77. 80 Epimeral parapteron, 53 suture, 54 Epimeron, 42-45. 50-56. 63, 64 Epiphallus, 109 Epipharyngeal prongs, 32 Epipharvnx, 15, 16, 31, 32 Epiproct, 79. 83 Episternum, 42, 44-46, 50-57, 64 Epi stoma, 16, 17. 19 Erinnidae, 116 Eriopfcra megophthahnia, 25 Eriopteraria, 44 Eristalis, 102, 103 arbiistoruDi, 154 Eucervix, 43 Eucoxa, 63, 64 Eumcnts obliquits, 150 Eunotum. 46, 51. 58 Enrhabdus zephyrea, 11 Euionnoiria cdwardsi, 27 E.vhI siugnlaris, 11 Eve-stalks, 13, 27 Eves. 13-15, 17-21. 24, 25 compound, 14. 15, 18, 21-25 visual elements, 24 Face, 15. 16, 18. 22 Facets, 24, 25 Facial carina. 18 orbits, 18, 21 Facialia, 18 Facies, 18 Fannia canicularis. 69, 71 Feltomyiiia polymcra, 27 Femur, 62-64 Filament, clasp. 91 Filter apparatus. 38 Fissure, ptilinal. 15 Flagellum, 28 Flexor membrane, 65 Food canal, 31, 40. 41 channel, 31-33, 38-41 meatus, 38 pump, 31. 32, 38-40 No. 64J DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT: INDEX 4!)1 Foramen, magnum, 22 occipital, 22-24 Forceps, 28, 91, 111, 114 accessory, 105 genital, 68, 77, 78. 85-87. 90-94, 97, 99. 105, 108. 110, 111 primary, 105 Forcipes interiores, 111 inter iores, 108 superiores, 114 Fossae. 18. 22 Foveae, 18. 47 Frenum, akr, 48 Frons, 15-17, 19, 21 Front, 17, 19 Frontal crescent. 17 lunule. 17. 18 orbit. 19-21 pit. 15-17^. 19 suture, 15, 17 triangle, 15, 20, 21 vitta, 19. 20 Frontalia, 19, 20 Frontoclypeal suture, 16, 17, 22 Frontorbita, 19 Fulcral plate, 108 pump, 38-40 pump chamber. 39 Fulcrum, pleural, 42. 51. 53. 58 of proboscis. 16. 31, 32. 37. 38 Fungivoridae. 116 Fungivoroidea, 1 16 Funiculus, 28 Furca. 45. 53. 55. 57 labellar. 30 Furcasternum. 45, 46. 55, 56, 63 Galea. 33. 34, 37. 39, 40 Gastrophilidae. 118 Gastropliilus. 37 Genae, 18. 19 Genal orbits, 21 Genitalia. 59. 68, 77. 78. 85. 118. 148. 158 Genital chamber, 81. 82 forceps. 68. 77. 78, 85-87, 90-94. 97. 99. 105, 108, no. Ill opening, 68, 70, 77 organ, male, 1.05-108 palpi. 108 pouch, 96, 100. 101. 107 segment. 68. 70. 76-78. 84. 85. 87. 89, 102, 106. 111. 113 sternite, 106, 107 sternum, 106 styles. Ill system. 154 tract. 76 tube. 77. 92, 108. 109 Genovertical plates, 18, 19, 21 Geraiio>iiy'a, 13. 31, 35 Glans penis, 110 Glossae, 35 Glossiiia, 35, 3o. (.7. Iil7 lOM-lll 114 144 Glossinidae. 118, 144 Gly(^liidops filosiis, 142. 156 Gnathal segments, 15, 30 Gnathot^lasma infcstans. 14. 14(1 Gnophomxia Iristissima. S^ Gnoriste, 13, 142 Gonapophvses, 77. 7.S. 81, 80. 92 99 10/ 108. 154 Gonopods. Ill Gonopore, 73. 77, 80. 81 Gonoproct, 95 Gonostipes, 91 Groove, cheek, 19 supraalar, 48 Gryllotalpa, 16 Gryllus, 16 Gula, 24 Gular pits, 24 suture, 24 Gynium, 77 Gyiiot>li.^tia. 110 Haematopota. 12 Hairs, antennal, 26. 29 aristal. 28, 30 femur, 64 halter, 62 male terminalia. 89 tarsus, 65 tenent, 67 Hairv brushes of terminalia. 76 Halter, 11. 42. 43. 50. 50. 59-62 Hauutiomxia pahnii.f, 154 Harpago, "91, 92. Ill Harpagoger. 91 Harpes. 91. 92. 110, 111 HarpohittaciL^. 34. 138 HaustcUum. 37. 40. 41 Head. 11-14. 17-23. 148 capsule. 13-16. 20. 21. 30, 32. I,i6. 138, 140, 142 segments, 14 sclerites, 13-15 suture, 14 Heleidae, 115 Heliopliiliis cliali(i(>.ui, ^>8 Melius, 13_ Hclohiij. 54 Hclomyzidae. 118. 1()2. 164 Heloniyzoidea. 1 18 Hemiptera. 49 Hemitergites. 83 Hermctia, 152 Hespcrinidae. llO Hexataina, 2S,. 34 Hilara, 150 Hilarimorpha. 116 Hilarimorphidac. 116 Hindgut. 08, 72. 87-89. 95. 96. Ill Hinge of proboscis, 37 Hippohosca, 46 492 CONNECTICFT GEOL. AXD NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Eull. Hippoboscidae, 11, 26. 11, 63, 67. 136, 144. 146. 150 Hippoboscoidea, 118 Hippoboscomorpha, 118 Hxvmoneura, 74 Holometabola. 11, 85 Holoriisia grandis, 61 Housefly. 10, 24, 36, 38, 45, 51, 54, 75, 79, 84, 102. 104, 107, 109-113 Humeral callus, 44, 47 pits, 47 plate, 57 Humerus. 44 Hybos, 24 Hylemyia, 101, 103-105, 107, 111 antiqua. 71, 86. 148, 162 Hvmenoptera, 44, 47, 50, 55, 57, 60, 61, 78, 84, 85, 92, 108, 111 Hyoid sclerite, 31, 35, 10^9 Hvpandrial apodeme, 107 Hvpandrium, 78. 89, 107 Hypoderma, 67, 68, 104. 109, 113 Hvpogvnial valves. 78, 80 Hypogynium, 78. 80. 83, 84 Hypophallus, 110 Hypopharynx, 13, 31-33, 37-41 Hypopleura, 52, 54-56 Hypoproct, 79, 83 Hypopygium, 76, 77, 89 Hyposternum, 55* Hypovalvae, 78, 80 Inferior apophysis, 110 orbit, 19, 21 pleurotersiite, 49 Insula, 82 Interbasal folds, 91 Interbases, 90 Interbifid spaces, i7, 38 Intercalary segment, 42 Interclypeus, 16 Interdental armature, 40 Interfrontal strips, 20 Interfrontalia. 20 Interlorum, ii Intermediate triangle, 19 valve, 81 Internal anatomy, 154 lobes of genitalia, 108 valve of genitalia. 111 Interorbite, 19 Intersegmental membrance, 104 membranes of abdomen, 70 Intraalare, 58 Intromittent organ, 108, 109 Invaginations of tentorium, 15, 24, 2)2i Ischiopodite, 63 Isoptera. 42 Itonididae. 116 J ohannsenomyia, 46 Johnston's organ. 26 Joint of antenna, 28 Jowls, 18. 19 Juxta, 109 Karschomyia 7'iburni, 144 Katapleurotergite, 49 Katatergite, 49 Katepimeron, 51. 54 Katepisternum, 51, 53, 56 Labella, 13, 35-41 Labellar furca, 36 lobes, 35, 40 processes, 35 sclerites, 36, 37 Labial gutter, 37, 40, 41 palpi, 13, 34-36 sclerites, 34 segment, 43 stipites, 34 Labium, 13. 30. 31, 34-37. 39, 40, 59, 109, 142 Labral hooks, 31 Labrum, 13, 15. 16. 30-33, 37-41 -epipharynx, 16, 31 Lacinia, 18, 33 Lamellae, 83, 105, 113, 114 Lamina basalis, 106 genitale, 114 Laminae "superiores", 105 Lamproniyia, 83 Laphria, 88. 94 Larvaevoridae. 118 Larvaevoroidea. 118 Lasia, 31, 140 Lasioptcra pcrarticulata, 17 Lateralia, 19 Lateral lobes. 113 suture. 74 Laterocervicalia, 43 Lauxaniidae, 148 Legs, 41, 42, 45, 62-65, 67. 150 anterior. 62 fore, 148, 150 hind, 150 posterior, 62 Lepidoptera, 35, 60 Leptidae, 24, 39, 66, 80, ^3, 86, 93. 116, 144. 152. 160 Lcptogastcr, 83 Lcptoptcromyia, 83 Lcria, 74 Lianculiis hvdrophihts, 94 Limbs. 15. 30. 63 Liiniioplnla. 46 (Rora'mwniyia) pcrjiioiisfrata, 11 Lunonia, 12, 67 cinctipcs, 138 (Geranomyia) ritfcsccns, 142 Lip. 16, 30 Liriopidae, 115 Lobes, axillary. 57-59, 61 basal, 91 copulatory, 77, 96. 97. 99. 102 No. 04 J DiriKKA OF CONNECTICLT: IMiKX 49a fifth segment, 105 genital segment, 85, 91 internal, 108 labellar, 35, 40 lateral, 113 maxillary, 18 oral, 35-37 posterior, 58, 105 pregenital. 105 tentli segment, 8f) terminalia, 76 Lobulus, 58 Lonclioptcni, 11 Lonchopteridae, 88. 95, 117 Loops of pseudotracheae, 3(), \-M Loxoccra cyliiidricaj 144 Lucidota corrnsca, 85 Lunule, frontal, 17, 18 Macrocem, 17, 82, 90 Macrochile, 12, 82, 90 Macromastix costalis, 27 Malae, 18 Male armature, 77 genitalia, 78, 118, 148, 158 Mallopliora scopifer, 150 Malpighia anqustipenyiis, 144 Mandibles, 30-32, 39, 40 Marginal rim, 38 sclerites, ZZ Alaxilla, 18, 30, 32-34, 37, 40, 59 Maxillary apodeme, 2>i galea, 34, 39, 40 lobes, 18 palpi, i2,, 34, 2,7, 39, 40 stipes, 32, a tendon, 2>?> Meatus, food, 38 Mecoptera. 32, 35, 42, 44, 46, 51, 78, 82. 83.85, 87, 112, 113, 115, 136. 138 Mediale, 58 Medialia, 58 Median ocellus. 15. 17, 26 sclerite, 23. 48 segment, 50, 55 Medianae, 19 Mediotergite, 49,^50 Mediproboscis. 37, 38 Mcyistoccra filipcs, 27 Megistopoda, 14 Melanderia mandibulata. 148 Mclophagus oviniis, 144, 146 Melusinidae, 115 Membrane of abdomen, 70 axillary, 58 flexor, 65 pleural, 70 subalar, 53 Mentum. 33-35, 37 Meron. 53. 54. 57. 63, 64 Meropleural sclerite, 57 Meropleurite, 53-56 Meropleurun, 54 Meropodite, t»3 Mesembrius, 150 Mesocerci, 112, 114 Mesochria, 24 Mesofacial plate, 18 Mesograpta, 98 inargiuata, lOO Mesolobes, 114 Mesonotum, 44-40, 50-52, 61 Alesophragma. 50 Mesopleuron. 51, 52, 55 Mesopostscutellum, 56 Mesoscutclium. 50 Mesosome. 93. 108 Mesostenuim, 53-55, 57, o4 Mesostyli, 111 Mesotboracic epimeron, 50 episternum, 45 mediotergite, 50 meron, 53, 57 meropleurite, 54-56 postphragma. 50 postscutellum. 50, 56 spiracle, 42, 45 sternum, 46 subscutellum, 50 wing-buds. 61 wings, 42 Mesothorax, 42. 45-47, 51, 53, 35, 5(i, 62, 63, 73 Metaceplialon, 23 MctalivDiophila maorica, 148 Metanotum, 43. 46, 50, 56, 61 Metapleuron. 42, 50, 52, 55, 56 Metascutellum, 50 Metasternum. 54, 56. 57, 64 Metatarsus. 64 Metathoracic coxa, 43 episternum. 50. 55 spiracle. 42, 56 sternum, 57 wing cases, 61 wings, 42, 61 Metathorax, 42, 46. 50. 53-57. 61 -o3. 73, 80, 103 Metopiidae, 118. 148, 156, 162. 164 Microinastix, S7 Micropeza, 100. 164 Micropezidae. 11. dS. 164 Midbalter. 61 Mixocordyhira, 19 Mole crickets. 16 Molophilus. 54. 87 Monocera, 14 Mosquitoes, 25, 35. 40. 44. 87. 152 female, 12, 13, 2b, 27, 33. 39, 67, 7i-. 82 87, 93. 112. 140. 142 male. 26, 27, 32, 68. 90-93. 95. 112. 144 Mouth parts. 12. 13. 15. 17. 11. 3(i, 31. 34. 37-40. 138. 142 Mucous gland, 82 401 CONNECTICUT GEOL, AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Musca, 12. 2,2, b7, 68 crassirostris, 36 doiiicstica. 138, 142, 146, 152, 156, 162 iMuscidae, 68, 105, 118, 138, 146, 156, 162 Muscles, 31, 36-38, 42-45, 47, 49, 51, 54. 57, 61. 62, 80, 89 Muscoidca, 40, 80. 84, 117, 118 Mnscomorpha, 118 Musidoridae, 117 Mycetobia, lu Mycetobiidae, 116 Mvcctopbila, 36 Mvcetophilidae, 26, 44, 63, 66, 90, 93, 113, 116, 136, 138, 142, 144, 14f) AIvco)iiyia niaxinia, 63 MVdaidae, 10, 26, U6, 117 Mydas, 10, 34. 46 Myopa I'csiciilosa. 74 Nainiocliorista, 32, 34. 115 diptcroidcs, 136, 138 Neck, 43 plates, 43, 44 Nematocera, 11, 12. 20-27, 29-31, 33-35, 39, 42, 51, 52, 62, 66, 73, 75, 79, 80, 82, 84, 8()-90, 92-94, 112, 115, 116 Nemestrinidae, 24, 117 Nemopalpiis, 56 Ncmoptcra, 51 Nemopteridae, 46, 51 Ncocurupira, 140 Ncolcria, 100 crassipcs, 162 NcoVnnnophila, 54 Neriidae, 142, 156 Nervous system. 22 Neuroptera, 42 Notale, 57 Notaulices. 47 Notopleural bristles, 47 suture, 48, 52 Notopterale, 57, 58 Notum. 46, 47, 49, S2. 53. 57 Nycteribiidae, 11, 26, 40, 118, 142 Nyinphouiyia. 12 alba, il Nymphomyiidae, 1 1 5 Occcniya, 156 Occipital condyles. 43 foramen. 22-24 orbits. 21 Occiput. 21-23 Occular sclerite, 21 Ocellar plate, 20 prominence. 20 triaiisle. 20 Ocellarium. 20 Ocelli, 14, 20. 24-20. lU, Ocellus, median. 15, 17. 26 Oesophageal pimip. 39. 40 Oestridae, 118 (Olfactory organs, 26 Ommatidia. 24 Omphralidae. 117 One odes, 26, 37, 70 gibbosiis, 14, 25, 136 Opomyzidae. 118 Optica frontis, 19 Oral aperture, 36-38, 40 cavity, 17, 37 cone, 32, 37 disk, 38 lobes, 35-37 margin, 16-18, 22, 37 pit, 36 surfaces, 38 Orbites superiores, 19 Orbits. 21 anterior. 21 facial, 18, 21 frontal, 19-21 genal, 21 inferior. 19. 21 occipital. 21 posterior, 21 superior, 21 vertical, 21 Ormosia. 54 Oriiirlioetnita. 136. 146. 150 Orphnepliilidae. 24. 26, 115 Ortalidae, 117 Ortaloidea, 117 Orthorrhaplia, 34, 71 Brachycera, 12, 22, 25. 26. 32. 39, 51 Oscinidae, 144 Ossicles, alar, 57 Otitidae. 156 Ovicauda, 81, 84 Oviduct. 77, 82 Ovipositor, 29, 81, 84, 92, 99 Oviscapt, 81, 84 Pachyneuridae, 116 PacJiyrhina. 75 Pallnptera terminalis, 110 Palpal segments, 33, 34 Palpi, 34. 35. 59 genital, 108 genitalium, 108 labial, 13. 34-36 maxillarv. 33, 34. 37, 39, 40 Palpi fer. 33, 34 Palpigers. 34 Paiigoiiia longirostris, 31-33. 35 Pantophthalmidae, 10, 24, 116 Paraceplialic plate, 23 Paracephalon, 23 Parafacial plate. 19, 21 sclerites. 18 Parafacialia. 18 Parafacials. 18. 19 Parafrontal sclerites. 18. 19 Paratrontalia. 19 No. (34 1 DirrEKA OF C<>NNF.( Tl( I 1 : 1 M)i:\ 495 Parafrontals, 18. 19 Paraglossae, 35 Paras^ular sclerites, 23 Paragus, 98-101. 103 hicolor, 99. 102 Parallclowma, 102, 118. 164 Paralobes. Ill Paramercs. 7>^, 85, 86. 90-92. 107. 108. Ill Paraphallus. 109. 110 Parapodial plates. 79. 81. 93. 112. 113 Parapostgenae. 23 Paraprocts, 79. 81. 93. 112. 113 Paraptera. 53 Parascutellum. 48 Parategula. 57 Paratergite. 47 Paratrichoptera. 115 Parietalia, 21 Parocciput. 23 Parydra, 74 Pedes anteriores. 62 antici, 62 medii, 62 posteriores. 62 postici. 62 Pedicel, 26. 28, 29. 61 Pediciini. 25 Penis. 85. 93. 108. 109 sheath, 109 valves, 85 Periatrial sclerites. 82 Pcnnflucyomywa, 13. 90 Pcriplancta, 112^ Peristoma, 16, 17 Petauristidae. 115. 116 Petiole, halter, 61 wing, 11 Phallic spine, 109 Phallophore. 109, 110 Phallosome, 93. 108-110. 154 Phallus. 109. 110 Pharyngeal skeleton. 31 Phas'iidae. 118 ?Krn:i:t67.88.9,ii7 ^''^;C;.!"?6l!%2. 105. 109. no. 148. ^ 154. 156. 162. 164 Phoroidea, 117 Phragma, 46, 47, 49 Phryneidae. 116 Phryneoidea. 116 Phrxneomorpha, 116 Phyllaristoniyia fichruii. 144 Phytabiiodes. 14 Pialea. 26 Piercing organs. 39 Pipunculidae. 24. 117. 160 ■ Pipunculus, 160 Pivotal points, 48 Planta, 64 I'late of abdonun, 70. 75. ^2. 100, 104, 107 atrial, 82 basal, 92 bipartite, 81. 93 composite, S3, 104 dorsal, 46, 83 fulcra!, 108 genovertical, 18. 19, 21 humeral, 57 meso facial, 18 neck, 43, 44 ocellar. 20 paracepliahc. 23 parafacial. 19, 21 parapodial, 79. 81. 93. 112. 113 postgenital. 79. JS2, 83 pregenital. 71. 72 sternal, 96 stipital, 33. 34 subalar, 53 subanal. 79, 83 supra-anal, 79, 83 suranal, 79 unguitractor, 65. 66 ventral, 113 wing, 58 wing-bearing. 46. 48. 51. 58 Platypcza. 74 _ pallipcs. 65 Platvpczidae. 24. 117. 15(1 Pkcia, 75. 116 Plecoptera, 42 Pleural fulcrum. 42. 51. 53. 58 membranes, 70 process, 63 sclerites, 63 suture. 42, 43. 45. 47. 51 -."^.v .-'.. 6.. Pleurites, 70 Pleuron, 42, 43, 46,49, M, 91 Pleurotergitc. 49. 55 Pleurotrocliantin. 53. 57 Plumule. 54 Pnxxia, 11 Pollcnia. 103. 104. 1 1 1 rudis. 101. 106. H-^'- 1""* Poiitomvid, 12, 67 Postabdomen. 69. 73-7/, 80. 8.vS_:>. 88. 94. 96. 97. 102-l(b, 108. L-^4 Postalar arches. 49 bridges. 49 callus. 48 Postatrial scleritc^ 82 Postclypeus. 16. 17. 19. — Postcranium. 23 Postentorial pits. 24 ,, -- Posterior arms of teiUornuu. -4. .v> incision, 99 labellar sclerite. 36 legs, 62 lobe. 58. 105 orbits. 21 trunk. 36 49 G CONNECTICUT GEO!.. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. vertex, 15, 20, 21 wing process, 58 Posterodorsal angle, 48 Postgenae, 23, 24 Postgenitai piate, 79, 82, 83 segments, 77, 78, 80 Postfrons, 15, 17 Postgonites, 92, 99 Postnotum, 46, 49 Postocciput, Z3 Postpedicel, 28-30 Postpharynx, 39 Postphragma, 47, 49, 50 Postpronotum, 44, 45, 47 Postscutellnm, 46, 47, 49-51, 56 Poststernellum, 45 Posttarsus, 65 Pouch, genital, 96, 100. 101, 107 Praetarsus, 65 Preabdomen, 75, 76, 96, 105 Prealar bridge, 53 callus, 48 Preatrial sclerite, 82 Pre-coxal bridge, 44-46 Precranium, 23 Prefrons, 15, 17 Pregenital composite sclerite, 103 lobes, 105 plate, 71, 72 segments, 78, 106 Pregonites, 92, 99 Prelabrum, 16 Prementum, 13, 31, 34, 35, 37, 109 Prephragma, 47 Prescutal pits, 47 suture, 47 Prescutum, 46-48, 50 Presternum, 44, 45, 55 Prestomal teeth, 36, 38-40 Prestomum, 3S Presutural depression, 47 Pretarsus, 63, 65, '66 Pretentorial pits, 15 Primary forceps, 105 sclerites, 15 sutures, 15 Proboscis, 13, 14, 17, 32, 33. 35-38, 40, 41, 142 Process, adanal, 48 copulatory, 106 coxal, 45, 56 ejaculatory, 109 labellar, 35 pleural, 63 wing, 48, 57, 58 Proctacanthus, 83 Proctiger, 73, 76. 78. 79. 83, 84, 80-88, 90, 91, 93-95, 112-114 Progenital segment, 106, 111 sternum, 106 Pronotum, 42, 44, 45, 56 Propleuron, 44, 45 Propygium, 76 Prosternum, 45 Prostomium, 15 Protandrium, 78, 106 Prothoracic coxa, 43 epimeron, 45 sternum, 4.1 Prothorax, 42-45, 52, 62, 73, 148 Protoplasa, 12, 35, 50, 56, 67 fitchii, 87 Pseudogula, 24 Pseudoprescutum, 47 Pseudosutural foveae, 47 Pseudosuture, 47 Pseudotracheae, 36-38, 40, 142 Pseudotracheal branches, 36 trunks, 36 Psilidae, 144 Psorophora, 25 Psychoda, b6, 144 Psychodidae, 26. 32, 39, 42, 56, 90, 115 Psychodoidea, 115 Psychodoiiiorplia. 115 PtccticHS, 80, 97, 99, 160 Pteralia, 57 Ptcrcllipsis, 14 Pteropleura, 51, 53 Ptilinal fissure, 15 suture, 15, 17, 18, 22 Ptilinum, 15, 18 Ptiloccra quadridcntata, 144 Ptvchoptendae, 26, 66, 86, 115, 138, 156 Pulvilli, 65-67 Pump, food, 31, 32, 38-40 fulcral, 38-40 oesophageal, 39, 40 sperm, 110 Pump cnamber, 38, 39 Pupa, 56 Pupipara, 118 Pyryola iindata, \(A) Pyrgotidae, 54, 117, 160 Rachiceridae, 144 Rachiccrns, 30, 144 ivatual muscles of labrum, 31 vein, 58 Rav'uiia, 12 Rectum. 154 Retineriae, 67 Khabdophagns, 31 Rhachiceratidae, 116 Rhagio vertebratus, 160 Rhagiomorpha, 116 Rhagionidae, 80, 93, 116 Rhagionoidea, 116 Rhagoletis, 67 Rhamphoniyia. 74, 75 fumosa. 150 Rh'mgia nasica, 136, 142 Rhbiocladius longirostris, 13, 35 Ricliardia telcscopica, 13, 27 Richardiidae. 117 Richardiinae, 140 No. 64J DirTKKA or CONXKC Tl( LT : l.NDKX 497 Roach, 14 Rostral apodemes, 33, 37 Rostrum, 13, 25, 37 Rump, 7b Sac, air, 37 coelom, 112 ejaculatory, 110 eversible, 15, 94 scent, 94 Salivary bulb, 31 canal, 39-41 duct, 31 syringe, 31 Sarcophaga, b7 jaculata, 1U2, l04 Sarcophagidae, 68, 7%, 1U4, lOO, 1U7, 114, 118 Sargus, 144 Scabellum, 61, 62 Scale insects, 35 Scape, 26, 28, 29 Scatophaga, 19 Scatophagidae, 118 Scatopsidae, 11, 116 Scelhis vemistus, 94, 156 Scenopinidae, 24, 117 Sccnopinus, 74 Schizophora, 17, 19, 106 Sciapus, 83 Sciara, bb, 75, 146 Sciaridae, 116 Sclerite, abdominal, 41, 56 adanal, 58 anteclypeal, 16, 32 antennal, 21 articulatory, 57 axillary, 48, 57, 58, 61, 148 bacilliform, 107 basal, 36 basalar, 53 cervical, 43, 44 columnar, 34 composite, 103 discal, 36 external, 32 head, 13-15 hvoid, 31. 35, 109 labellar, 36, 37 labial, 34 marginal, 23 median, 23, 48 meropleural, 57 occular, 21 parafacial, 18 parafrontal. 18, 19 paragular, 23 periatrial. 82 pleural, 63 postatrial, 82 preatrial. 82 primary, 15 sperm pump, 110 spiracle bearing, 69, 71. 72 sternal, 44-46 suralar, 48 thoracic, 41, 42, 52, 115 Scutellar bridge, 48 Scuteilum, 4(), 48-51 Scutum, 40-48, 50 Segment, abdominal, 55, 68-81, 83-91, 93-107, 111-114, 118, 154 anal, 70, 73, 78. 79, 83, 84, 86, 93, 106, 112, 113 antennal, 22, 26-30 basal of genital forceps, 90-92, 97, 111 of labella, 35 of maxilla, 32 of surstvli, 107 clasp, 91 distal of antenna, 144 of genital forceps. 86. 90, 91, 97, 110, 111 of labella, 35 genital, 68, 70. 76-78, 84, 85. 87, 89, 102, 106, 111, 113 gnathal. 15, 30 head, 14 intercalarv, 42 labial, 43" median, 50, 55 palpal, 33, 34 postgenital. 77, 78. 80 pregenital, 7'^. 10'> progenital, 106, 111 terminal, 30 of thorax, 42 vestigial, 33 Segmental complex. 106, 112 Sense organ of maxillary palpus, 34 Sepcdou, 64 armipes, 150 Sepsidae, 68 Sepsis, 110 Scrkomyia, 98. 101 chrysotoxoides, 160 Setae, eyes, 25 sensory of cerci, 113 of gonapophyses, 108 Sheep tick, 44, 45. 49. 52. 56 Sialidae. 42 Side piece, 91 Simuliidae. 24, 26, 32, 33, 39. 40. o5. 66. 68, 115 Simiilium, 32, 33, 75, 144 liirtipes, 32 Socii, 86 Sockets, antennal. 21, 22 Sperm pump, 110 sclerite, 110 Spermathecal duct, 82 .Sphyroccphala, 13, 26 Spina, 45 Spinasternum, 45, 46 41>« CUNNKCTICUT GEOL. AXD KAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Spines, eighth abdominal segment, 76 ninth abdominal segment, 83 phaUic, 109 scutellum, 49 Spinus titillatorius, 109 Spiracles, abdominal, 69-74. 80. 89, 97. 98, 101, 102, 104, 107, 154 anterior, 52 dextral, 89, 96, 98-100 mesothoracic, 42, 45 metathoracic. 42, 50 sclerotized, 107 sinistral, 101. 102 Spurs, 64 coxal, 63 Squama, 58-60 halterum, 59 interior, 58, 60 superior, 58, 60 Squamal fringe, 58 Squamula, 58, 59 alaris, 58 thoracalis, 58 Stable flv, 35, 39, 40 Stag-flies, 14 Stemmata, 20 Stenochthcra, 150 Sternal articulation of coxae. 63 plates, 96 process, 92, 106 sclerite of prothorax, 44-46 valve, 81 Sternellum, 45, M) Sternites, abdominal, 67-71, 73-75, 77, 78, 80-91. 94-107, 111, 113, 117 genital, 10(), 107 Sternopleura, 51, 53 Sternopleural suture, 52 Sternum, abdominal, 68, 80 genital, 106 mesothoracic, 46 metathoracic, 57 progenital, 106 prothoracic, 45 Stipes, 32,, 34 labial. 34 maxillary, .i2, oi Stipital plate. iZ, 34 Stomoxxs. 35, 3(), 67. 68, 75 Stratiomvidae, 24, 44, 49, 66, 108, 116, "136, 144, 148, 152, 160 Stratiomyoidea, 116 Strehla vcspertilionls, 148 StrebHdae, 11, 26, 41. 148 Style, antennal, 28-30 genital. 111 ovipositor, 29, 84 Stylus, abdominal, 29, 85, 90, 91 Styringomyia, 87 Subalar membrane, 53 plate. 53 suture. 53 Subanal plate. 79. 83 Subaxillary winglets, 58 Subcostal vein, 57 Subcoxa, 63 Subcranial cavity, 17, 2)7 margin, 37 Subscutellar winglets, 58 Subscutellum, 49, 50 Suillia, 20, 100 liinbata, 164 Superior apophysis, 109 claspers, 114 orbits, 21 pleurotergite, 49 Supraalar cavity, 48 groove, 48 Supra-anal plate, 79, 83 Suralar sclerite, 48 Suranal plate. 79 Surstvli, 77, 86,li7, 94, 97, 102, 104, 107, 108, 111, 113 Sustentacular apodeme, 110 Sutural depression, 47 Suture, adventitious, 74 anepimeral, 53 anepisternal, 51, 52 clypeolabral, 16 coronal, 20 dorsopleural, 48, 52 epicranial, 15, 17 epimeral, 54 frontal, 15, 17 frontoclvpeal. 16. 17. Z2 gular, 24 head, 14 lateral, 74 notopleural, 48, 52 pleural, 42, 43, 45, 47, 51-53, 56, 63 prementum. 34 prescutal, 47 primarv, l5 ptilinaK 15, 17, 18, 22 sagittal, 20 sternopleural, 52 subalar, 53 transscutal, 47 transverse, 43, 45, 47, 48, 55, 74, 75 Svniplwrontvio, 39, 144 Svnsternite,"74, 78, 90, 98-104 Syntergite, 69, 73, 74 Syiitennes, 16 Synurite, 74 Svringe, 31, 110 Svrphidae, 10, 24, 49, 68. 75. 86, 98, 102, 103. 105. 109, 111, 117, 136. 142, 150, 160, 162, 104 Syrphoidea, 117 Syrf^lwijwrplia. 117 Syrpluis rcctiiSj 8(), lC)4 Sysfropiis, 24 Tabanidae. 10, 20, 24, 26, 32, 33, 39, 40. 44, 57. 60, 66, 116. 136, 144; 148, 150 Xo. O-tJ Dll'TEHA OF CONNECTICUT: IN HEX 4W Tabanoidea, 116 Tabanus, 12, 5Z. 33, 3(>, 40, 4(i, 67, ()8, 110, 144 atratus, 20, 148, 150 fuscopiinctatns, 136 Tachinidae, 49, 67, 68, 118, 144 Tachinoidea, 118 Talarocera nigripcnnis, 27, 144 Tanyderidae, 25, 26, 86, 115, 138 Tanydcrus, 33, 34 forcipatus, 90, 138 Tanypremna, 1 1 Tarsomeres, 64, 65 Tarsus, 62, 64, 65, 150 Teeth of labella, 41 prestomal, 36, 38-40 Tegula, 57-61 Tclcopsis, 13, 140 Telson, 73, 79, 83, 86, 93, 112, 113 Temples, 21 Tempora, 21 Tendipedidae, 115 Tendon, maxillary, 33 unguitractor, 65 Tenent hairs, 67 Tension receptors, 26 Tentorium, 15, 24, 32. 33 Tephritis, 19, 152 Terebra, 84 Tergal valves, 81 Terlites 69-75, 78, 80, 82-84, 86-89, 91, 94.98, 100-107, 111, 113, 117, 118, 154 abdominal, 117, 118, 154 Tergo-sternum, ninth, 106 Tergum, 42, 46, 70 Terminal clasp segment, 91 segment, 30 _ ^^ Terminalia, 76, 77, 80, 82, 87-89 103- 105 111. 115, 118, 148, 156. 158, 160, 162, 164 Termites, 16 Termitoxenidae, 11 Tetanoceridae, 150 Tetauops aldrichi, 103 Tcthina, 20 Thaumaleidae, 115 Thaumatoxenidae, 11, 117 Theca. 31. 35. 93, 106, 109 Thclaira. 70 Therevidae:V4^66, 93, 99. 108.116, 117 Therevoidea, 117 Thercvomorpha, 117 Thoracic nerve, 61 ^^ _ ,,- sclerites, 41, 42, 52-55. 115 segments, 42 structures, 11 ,, ,„ p-, r, ^^ Thorax, 11, 14. 22, 36. 41-43. 52-54, .6, 58, 59, 73, 94, 146, 148 Tibia, 62-64 Tipxda, 12. 33, 36, 51, 6/, 90 borealis, 156 Tipulidac, 21. 26, 33, 47, 49, 51, 63-68, 76, 78, 86. 87, 89, 90. 92, 115, 116, 136, 138, 140, 142, 144, 146, 148, 152, 156 Tipuloidea, 116 ripuloniorpha, 116 Tormae, 16, 32 Tortoise beetles, 49 To.rorhina, 13 Toxotrxpiiiica lun'icaiida, 84 Tracheae, 36, 68, 69, 89, 96 Tracheal system, 61 trunks, 38 Transscutal suture, 47 Transverse suture, 43, 45, 47, 48, 55, 74, 75 Triangle, frontal, 15, 20, 21 intermediate, 19 ocellar, 20 vertical, 15, 20, 21 Trkhoccra, 29, 31, J36, 144 Trichoceratidae. 115, 116 Trichoceridae, 26, 33. 65, 66, 86, 89, 90, 136 Trichopoda, 12, 67 pcnnipes, 64, 72 Trichoptera, 78. 85 Trigonapopliyses. 92 Trioinniata, 25 Truopsis. 25 olcac. 136 Trochanter, 63. 64 Trunk, pseudotracheal, 36 tracheal, 38 Trupaneidae, 152 Trypaneidae, 117 Tr'vpetidae. 117 Tsetse fly. 30. 39. 40 Tube, alimentarv. 38 egg-laving, 80, 84 genital 77. 92. 108, 109 Tuberculate pits, 47 Unci, 92 Ungues, 65 Unguifer, 65, 66 Unguitractor. 65, 66 plate. 65. 66 tendon, 65 Urite, 70, 102 Uromeres. 70 Urosterna. 70 Uroterga. 70 Valvae inferiores 81 \"alve, aedeagal. 85 dorsal, 81. ii2 external. 111_ hypogynial. 78. 80 intermediate, 81 internal, 111 ^ ovipositor, 81. 9_ peniH 85 500 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Sternal, 81 tergal, 81 ventral, 81 Valvulae internae, 114 laterales. 111 mediales, 114 Vas deferens, 68, 154 Vein, 57 anal, 58 costal, 57 radial, 58 subcostal, 57 wing, 41, 42, 48, 52, 57 Venation, 42, 52, 57, 01, 148 Ventral plate, 113 process, 45 valve, 81 Vertex. 15, 21 anterior, 15, 20, 21 posterior, 15, 20, 21 Vertical orbits, 21 triangle, 15, 20. 21 Vesiculum, 107 \'estigial segment, 33 Vestiture. 13 Vibrissal angles, 18 ridges, 18 Vinculum, 106-108 Visceral segments, 78 Vitta, frontal, 19, 20 Vohicclla, 12, 67 Warble flv. 104. 113 Wing, 48. 49, 53. 57-59, 60-62 attacbment, 42 bud, 61 case, 56, 61 metatboracic, 61 expanse, 10 hind, 56 mesotboracic, 42 metatboracic. 42. b\ modifications, 11 plate, 58 pleural fulcrum, 51, 53 process, 48 anterior, 57 posterior, 58 veins, 41, 42, 48, 52, 57 Wing-bearing plate, 46. 48. 51, 58 Winglets. 58, 59 Xyela, 85 Xylomyiidae, 116 Xylophagidae, 116 Zygapopbyses. Ill Zygostipes. i2> No. 64J DIPTEKA OF CONNECTICUT : INDEX 501 Part II - Taxonomy abbreviata, 224 abdominalis, 241 abnor}ius, 367, 463 Acalypteratae, 179 aciculifera, 441 Acyphona, 459 Adelphomyaria, 342 Adelphomyia, 366 adirondacensis, 311, 312, 314, 4()4, 465, 466, 467 ad JH 11 eta, 396, 404 adjusta, 379, 394, 396. i^)7, 402 adustoides, 394, 396, 397 Aedes, 170 aenigmatica, 465, 475 Aeschnasoma, 220 affilicta, 264 Agromyza, 172 Agromyzidae, 172, 180 alberta, 417, 418 albilata, 241 albipes, 211, 366, 379, 3S. 397 auripcnnis breviclava, 485 australina, 374 australis, 279, 281, 2^2. 283 Austrolimnophila, 366, M)ii, 372, 376, 388 autumnali-s, 348, 350 avis, 361, 362 Axymyia, 192, 194 .\xyinyinae, 192, 194 badia, 300. 309. 319 balioptera. 243, 244. 246 beaulieui. 281. 283 bi'lla, 253 besselsi, 244, 246 bcutoninucllcri. 223. 225 biarniata. 485 Bibionidae, 177 biconiis 208. 236. 276, 277. 279 bidcntata, 427. 433. 437, 43^, 440 biliiieata, 464, 466, 467 bimacula, 189 biterminata, 380 Bittacomorpba, 185, 186. 187 Bittacomorphella, 185, 186 Bittacomorphinae, 184, 186 bivittata. 469 blanda, 427, 436, 437. 438 Rlepliaricera. 170 Blephariceridae, 170, 177 Bombyliidae, 170. 178 Borboridae, 170. 182 502 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. borealis. 259. 263, 264, 265 Brachvcera, 167, 168 brachycera. 416, 417. 419 Brachvpremna, 208. 216 Braulidae, 181 brevicalcarata. 464. 466 brevifurca, 379. 383. 405. 406 breviorcornis, 224, 225. 226. ZSCi brevioricornis, 383. 415. 417. 418, 419 brevivena, 311. 312. 314. 315, 316, 324 brevivenula, 312. 313 brittoni, 427. 442 broweri, 485, 486 broweriana. 485 briimalis, 191 brunnea, 313 bryanti, 326, 327. 331 calcar, 347, 348. 349. 350 calinota, 223, 226, 227. 231 calipti-ra, 457 Calobatidae, 180 caloptera, 248, 250, 252, 454, 457 calopteroides, 248, 250 cak'a, 291 Calvpteratae, 179 cana, 427, 443, 444 Canaceidae, 180 canadensis, 243, 244, 246, 302, 330, 331 carbonaria, 379 carolinensis, 432, 463, 464, 467, 468 caroliniana. 242. 243 carolus. 210, 211. 212. 213. 215 catawba. 2^2. 284 Catocha, 170 caudata, 442. 443 caudifera, 394. 396. 397. 398 cayuga, 249. 250. 252. 256. 347, 360, 361, 362. 364. 365. 366. 367. 376. 465 Cecidomyidae, 170. 177. 182 centralis. 242, 243 Ceratopogonidae, 177 Cliaetupsis. 172 Chamaemyidae, 181 Cheilotrichia, 446 Chionea, 197, 207. 424. 428. 486 Chironomidae, 170, 177. 182 chloroplivlla. 448, 449. 451 452 453 456 chlorophylloides. 448. 449, 453 chlorophvlloides orthomera, 486 Chloropidae, 174, 180 Chlorupisca, 174 chrysocoma, 447, 448, 450. 451 chrysocomoides. 448. 450. 451 ChrysoDilus, 170 chiirchillensis, 486 Chyromyidae, 180 rincta, 253 cinctipes, 29^). 300, 302, 304, 309 cmctocornis, 285 Cinctotipula. 237. 23R cinerea, 417, 419 cinj;ulata, 224, 226 Cladolipes, 415 Cladura, 365, 424, 426, 427 Claduraria, 424, 426 clandestina, 224, 226 clavipes, 186, 187 Clusiidae, 180 Coelopidae, 180 Coenomyidae, 178 cognatella. 433, 438, 439, 440, 441 collaris, 239 coniiiiiniis, 330 complexa, 427, 431, 432 ciHiiplcxa iiiniiaailata. 432 concava, 248, 251, 252 confusa, 359, 362 congenita, 409 Conopidae, 172, 179, 180 consimilis, 394, 396, 398, 400, 401, 402, 403 conspicua, 248, 251 contempta, 374, 375 contermina, 345 cornifera, 22i, 226 cornuta, 472 casta, 258 cost a lis, 255 costomaculata, 232 costflinarghuita, 233 costopunctatus, 478 cramptonella, 447. 454. 458 cramptoni. 314, 447. 477. 478, 480, 482 cramptoniana, 312, 314, 316, 462, 465, 468 Cryptochaetidae, 175, 179 Cryptolabis, 425, 447, 461 Ctciwccria, 185 Ctenophora, 196. 208. 209. 218 Ctenophoraria. 208 ciibitalis. 369, 370 Culicidae, 170, 178 cuncvans, 258, 259 currani, 350. 357, 358. 437, 439, 440 Cuterebridae, 181 Cvlindrotoma, 292, 294, 295 Cvlindrotominae, 207, 292, 295 Cyrtidae, 178 Dactvlolabaria, 366, 369 Dactvlolabis, 366, 369, 376, 485 Dasvmolophilus, 425, 447, 475, 480 decora, 269, 270, 311, 314 defitiicta. 307 dejecta, 249, 251, 252 delicatula, 426 dentifera, 463, 464, 467, 468 (i;i Dicranoplirasnia. 376. 378, 381 Dicranoptyclia, 197, 297, 334. 336, 340 Dicranoptvcliaria, 297, '334. 336. 340 Dicranota, 197, 200, 342, 343, 346. 347, 350, 354, 355. 356. 357, 485 dietziana, 279, 281, 2^2, 284 dimidiata, 209, 219 Dioginites, 170 Diopsidae, 181 Diotrepha. 297, 334, 342 Discobola, 298, 309/ 331 discolor, 272. 274 disjuncta, 276, 279, 281, 284 dispellens, 208, 216 distans, 312, 313, 315, 316 distincta, 330 divaricata, 350, 357, 358 divergens, 195, 465. 470 diversa, 315, 330, 331, i?>2 dlvcrsipcs, 194 divei'soides, 313 divisa, 311, 313, 315, 316 Dixidae, 178 Dolichopeza, 197, 208, 209, 210, 485 I )olicliopezaria, 208 Dolichopodidae, 170, 175, 179 Dulichopus, 170, 175 domestica, i27 . 328, 331 dorsalis, 211, 212, 213, 219 dorsalis rogersi, 212 dorsimacula, 2i7 . 27b. 279. 281, 283, 284, 285 Drosophila, 172 Drosophilidae, 172, 180, 182 Dryomyzidae.. 181 'luplcx, 27'\ 2S2. 285 ebenina, 448, 450. 451 edwardi, 411 edwardsi. 441 Elaeophila, 376, 37>^. 384 electa, 219 elegans, 343 Fllepliantomvaria, 365. 423 Elephantomvia, 196, 297, 365. 383, 398. 422, 423, 484 Elliptera. 297, 298, 334. 335 EUipteraria, 298, 334, 335 Elocophila. 384 elsa. 337, 340 eluta, 248, 251 einmelina. 376, 387 Empeda, 445, 446. 447 Empidae, 172. 178, 179, 182 Empis, 172 cntoiiiophthorae, 270, 27 ^ Hrhrlia. 3S4 Ephydridae, 179 Epiphragma, 197, 198, 365, 368, 376 Epiphragmaria, 365. 368 eriensis, 279. 281, 285 Eriocera, 207, 380, 383, 415, 416 l-.riopuia, 425, 426, 443, 444 445 447 448. 451, 454, 486 l'"rioptcraria, 425. 442 i:riopteriiii. 19(), 2o(), 207. 297, 365 424 427. 451, 454, 467. 474, 480 ' crythrot^lirys. 224 eucera, 224. 227, 347, 356 euceroides, 224, 227 Eiidicrauota, 200, 347, 354, 355 luilimnophiUi. 410 luitonia, 376, ,]7i<. 390 evasa, 223, 227 exculpta, 295, 296 fallax, 300, 301, 309 fciscidta, 262 lasciolata, 376, 384 tascipeimis, 198, 276, 368, 376 tenestralis, 193, 194 lernaldi, 189, 190, 463. 464. 467. 468 ferruginca. 208. 222. 223. 224 225 227 233. 379. 394 festiiia, 223. 228. 233 fidelis, 327, 328, 331 plifcs, 289 fitchii, 183 I'labcllifcni, 218 flava, 442, 443 flaveola, 347. 359. 362 flavesccns, 260, 312. 313 llavibasis. 256. 281. 286 flavicaiis, 260 Havipes, 333, 334 riavoterruginea. 426. 427 flavoumbrosa, 2^2. 286. 288 florens. 433, 441 rtoridaiia, 311, 312, 315 forceps, 361, 362 forcipulus, 477, 478, 480 forcipuhis lieterocerus. 478 tragi lis, 259. 263. 2()6. 267 frateriia, 248. 251, 252 fratria. 394, 395. 3^ 8. 400 Iriendi. 259, 261. 262, 263 frii/ida. 237 trisoni. 463, 464, 467, 468 frontalis, 209, 217, 218 fuliginosa, 276, 279, 280, 417. 420. 421 fiiltonensis, 242, 244, 245. 417, 420, 477, 479, 480 fulvoiiervosa, 394 fumidicosta. 3^M. 3'^''5. 390. 400 fumipeniiis. 217. 485 fiDiiosa. 251 furca, 248. 252. 253 furcata, 195 furcifer, 44>'. 451. 452 ftisca, 2)9. 301. 302. MV fiiscipennis, 208. 21". 220 fnscovaria, 376, 382 gaigei, 436, 437. 438 garVetti, 189, 190 504 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT, HIST. SURVEY [Bull. gaspeana, 449, 451, 452 gaspensis, 264, 265. 416, 417, 420, 463, 464, 468 gaspicnla, 458, 485 Gasterophilidae, 179 Gasterophilus, 179 georgiana, 282, 284, 286, 288 Geraiiomvia, 196, 298, 299, 302, 329, 331 germana, 336, 337, 340 gibbosa, 417, 420 gibsoni, 312, 313, 315, 316, 318 gladiator, 311, 316, 318 globithorax, 299. 302, 304, 309 gloincrata, 243 Gnophomvia, 425, 427, 430 Gonempeda, 445. 446. 447, 451 Goiiioiiiyia, 433 Gonomvaria, 424, 425, 430 Gonomyia, 297, 335, 365, 425, 427, 431, 432, 434, 437, 438, 445 gracilicornis, 223, 228, 233 gracilis, 191, 313, 428, 476, 477, 478, 479, 482, 483 graphica, 459, 460 grata, 259, 264, 265 grenfelli, 249, 2:,2. 253 guerini, 357 haeretica, 312, 315, 316, 318 halterata, 312, 318, 325 liansoni, 486 harperi, 373, 388 harrisoni, 486 hazlctonoisis, 367 hcbcs, 265 helderbergensis, 259, 264, 265 Heliaria, 297. 332, 334 Melius, 297, 332, 334 Helohia. 443 Helomyzidae. 180. 182 hcira, 313 hermannia, 259, 261, 262. 263 Hexatoma, 365, 380, 383, 414, 415 Hexatomaria, 365, 414, Hexatomini, 196, 200, 297, 342, 343, 365, 369, 376, 379, 383. 388, 398. 422. 424 hicmalis. I'll Jiiitci. 24? Hippoboscidae, 181 hirMita. 281. 287, 28,S hirsutula. 223. 228 Iiirtipennis, 477, 479, 480, 482, 483, 484 Iwloptica, 456 Jiolopfica fiiscoaiifciinata. 456 liolotricha, 462, 463, 469 Hoplolabis, 445, 447, 454, 459 hubbelli, 463, 469 hudsonica. 2W, 304. 309, 360. 370. 442. 443 humidicola. 300. 311. 316. 319 huntsmaniana. 270. 271 Huron, 270, 271, 273, 477. 479. 480, 482 huronis, 466 hybrida, 443, 444 hyperborea, 346 idei, 236, 261, 263 Idiocera, 427, 434, 436 Idiolimnophila, 376, 378, 387 Idioplasta, 183 Idioptera, 376, 37H. 384, 485 ignobilis, 259, 267, 380 ignota, 272 I'lisia, 445, 447. 454, 459 illini, 334, 336 illinoiensis, 269, 271, 213 illusfris, 220 imbecilla, 410, 411 imbecilla illinoiensis, 410, 411 imbecilla imbecilla, 410, 411 immaculata, 432 immatura, 299, 304. 309 imincmor, 320 immodesta, 311. 316, 319 imperfecta, 283 inclusa, 264, 266 inconstans, 347. 349, 350, 352 incurva, 222, 229, 232 indianensis, 459, 460 indigena, 300, 302, 304, 309 hidh'isa, 426 incrniis, 290 infuscata, 258 ingloria, 464, 465, 467, 469 innocens, 462, 465, 469 inornata, 198, 200, 374, 375 insignifica, 259, 266, 267 iowa, 356 iowensis, 311, 316, 319, 394, 396, 401 irene, 385, 388 iroquois, 236, 247, 248, 249, 252, 253 irrorata, 379, 388, 405, 406 isabellina, 313 Ischnotlirix, 422 ithacana, 463, 464, 467, 470 jacobus, 198, 249, 252, 254, 289 jejuna, 261 johnsonella, 211, 212, 213 johnsoni, 347, 350, 352, 384, 385, 386, 388 johnsoniana, 276, 277, 279 jonesi, 186 kansensis, 433, 439, 440 katahdin, 347, 348, 352, 353 kennicotti, 249, 252, 254, 257 hibradorica, 245 lacroixi, 311, 316, 320, 326 lacustris, 486 laevis, 447, 460 lagganensis, 365, 485 No. 64J DIPTERA OF CONNECTICUT : INDEX 505 laricicola, 379, 388, 405, 407, 477, 480, 482 Lasiomastix, 365, 37b, 37^, 380 lateralis, 247 latipennis, 259, 264, 266 Lauxania, 172 Lauxaniidae, 172, 181 Lcipoiiciira, 434 lenta, 383, 409 leuta gaspeaiia, 409 leptostyla, 486 liberta, 312, 320, 321 Limnobia, 298, 436 Limnophila, 207, 365, 366, 368, 371, 374, 376, 378, 379, 380, 3^3, 390, 398, 405, _409, 410, -/29, 485 Lininophilaria, 365, 366, 378 Limouia, 196, 197, 200, 207, 209, 297, 298, 299, 302, 309, 415. 485 Limoniaria, 297, 298 Limouiinae, 207, 297, 365 Limoniini, 196, 197, 200, 207, 292, 297, 334, 340, 365 Liogma, 292, 295 Lipophleps, 335, 427, 433, 434, 437 Lipsothrix, 425, 427, 431, 451 Liriopc, 185 Idcwiana, 281, 287 Lonchaeidae, 180, 181 Li)Uchoptera, 170 Lonchopteridae, 170, 178 longiconiis, 343, 344, 383, 416, 417, 421 longipennis, 310, 320, 322, 325 longitarsis, 356 longiventris, 197, 209, 242, 243, 245 Loiigurio, 197, 208, 209, 220, 221 lucida, 432 luctuosa, 430 lugens, 222. 225, 229 Lunatipula, 208, 236, 237, 275, 279, 288 lutea, 379, 394, 395, 398, 401 luteipennis, 374, 375, 376 luteola, 394, 395, 396, 401, 463, 464, 470 macateei, 299, 305, 348, 352, 353 macrocera, 376, 379, 380 macrocera atrocera, 223, 230 macrocera dietziella, 223, 230 macrocera gnata, 223, 230 macrocera macrocera, 223, 22H, 229, 230 macrolabis, 276, 278, 279 macrolaboides, 278 maculata, 326, 327^ 328, 331 rnaculatipennis, 237 maculicosta, 300, 305, 309 maculipennis,^ 189, 190, 192, 237 magdalena, 392 magna, 484 maineiisis, 282, 287, 288, 333, 334, 437, 439, 440 mallochi, 281, 289 manahatta, 248, 252, 254 manca, 434, 435. 437 manicata, 462, 4()4, 470 manitobensis, 458 marchandi, 390 margarita, 269, 271. 273, 345, 346, 347 niaryinalis, 193 margiuatus, 193, 194 mantima, 258, 260 mariiKjrata, 266 matlicsoni, 433, 43(>, 437, 438 mcclureana, 485 megacera, 383, 415, 416. 4(.4. 4()5 470 474 Megamerinidae, 181 megaplialkis, 336, 337, 340 megaura, 276, 277, 279 megophthalma, 449, 452, 454 meigenii, 463, 464, 468, 470, 471, 474, 475 mesocera, 463, 464, 471, 474 Alesocyphotia, 445, 447, 454, 456, 486 Aletacosinus, 170 Motaiimnobia, 309 Metopiidae, 181 niicr(.ct'ra, 3S3. 416 Micropezidae, 180 ;;;/;/(/ii'(', 285 minima, 337, 338, 340 niinimus, 221 minulus, 366, 367 mirabilis, 334, 342 modesta, 347, 359, 360, 362 Alolophilus, 425, 447, 475, 476, 480 monilitormis, 313 Monorhipidia, 327 montana, 191, 369. 370, 371, 376 monticola. 200, 282, 2S^, 289. 325. 464. 471, 474 morio, 321, 325 morioides, 311, 321, 322 morrisoni, 276, 277. 278, 279 muliebris, 447, 480, 484 munda, 378, 379, 391, 392 niundoides, 379, 391, 392 Musca, 174 Muscidae, 174, 181 .Musc.jjdea, 179 Mycetobia, 195 Mycetobiinae, 192, 195 Mycetoica, 195 Mvci-topliila. 195 Mycetophilidae, 177, 182, 195 Mydaidae, 170. 178 Mydas, 170 Nasiterna, 346 Xasiternella, 342. 344. 346 neadiista, 394, 395, 396, 398. 402 nebulipennis, 259, 266, 267, 268 needhami. 447, 457 Nemestrinidae, l68, 178 Xeocladnra, 426 Neolimnopliiia, 365, 424, 427. 429 neoxena, 292. 293, 295 50G CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT. HIST. SURVEY [Bull. Nephrotoma. 208, 209, 222, 236, 239, 240 neptun, 269, Hi. 274 Neriidae, 180 ncxUxs. 232 niyricola, 430 nigripes, 337. 338 nigripila, 462, 463. 464, 469, 470, 472, 473, 474 )iiyriplciira, 375 nigroclavata, 309, 310 nigrogeniculata, 394, 395, 402 nimbipennis, 464. 465, 469, 472, 474, 475 niphadias, 447, 476 Nippotipula, 236, 241 Nitidotipula, 222. 236, 240 niveitarsis, 379, 388, 405, 407 nobilis, 209, 23"). 240 Nobilotipula, 222. 236, 239, 240 noctivagans, 446 nodicornis Haveola, 295, 296 nodicornis nodicornis, 295 iiodulicornis, 243 notabilis, 347, 355 notmani, 357, 358, 464, 472, 474 nova-caesariensis, 477, 480, 482 novae-angliae, 299, 320, 305, 309, 379, 394, 395, 398, 402, 404, 407 noveboracensis, 248, 252, 255, 350, 357, 358, 374, 376, 378, 427, 428, 433. 439, 441 nnbfcula, 218, 219 nubila, 447. 462, 465. 468. 473 Nycteribiidae, 181 nvctcris. 311, 321, 322 nyctops, 447, 448, 451 obliterata, 224. 230 obscura, 211. 212. 213. 214, 215 obscura polita. 214 obtusa. 334, 340 occipitalis, 223. 230 ochracca. 313 Odoiitotipula, 237 , 23% Oestridae, 181 olcracca, 236. 237. 258 opacivittata, 223, 231 opalizans. 334. 335, 340 Opomyzidae, 180 Oreiimvza. 236. 237. 259. 263. 273. 485 (3rimarga, 297. 334. 342 Orimargaria. 334. 342 Ormosia. 197. 200. 425. 447, 462. 467, 474, 486 Oropeza. 208. 209, 210, 485 oropezoides. 238 osborni. 410. 411. 412 Otitidae, 172. 176. 181 otiawacnsis, 266 Oxydiscaria, 365, 366 Oxydiscus, 365, 366, 376, 465 Paclnneuridae, 194 pachyrliinoides, 240 Pachxrrh'uia, 222 packardi, 267. 268 painteri. 458 Pales, 222 pallida, 200, 272, 337. 338, 339. 340, 355 Pallopteridae, 181 palpalis, 463, 464, 473 paludicola, 348, 350. 352, 353, 478, 479, 480, 482 paludosa. 258. 260 Pantophthalmidae, 178 Paradicranota, 347. 350, 354, 355 paradoxa, 447. 461 parallcla. 465 parietina, 300, 302, 306, 309 parshleyi, 276. 277, 278, 279 parva, 456, 457 parvemarc/iiiatti. 234 paupera, 343, 344 paz'oiiiiia, 368 Pedicaria. 342. 344 Pedicia. 207. 342, 343. 344. 345, 346, 347, 350, 485 Pediciini, 196. 197. 200, 207, 297, 342, 343, 347, 350. 354, 362. 365, 366 pedunculata, 222. 231 pellucidiguttata. 307 pemetica, 369. 485 penicillata. 281. 288, 289 pennsylvanica, 313 penobscot, 269, 272, 273 Pcnthoptera. 415. 416 penumbra, 223, 231 perdita, 222. 231 pcrfitht. 22S Periscellidae, 180 perlongipes, 254. 282, 288, 289 perparvula, 266, 268 pcrplcxa, 465 perretti, 242. 244, 245 pcrsicac, 195 persimilis, 361, 362, 364, 394, 396, 403 Pctaiinsta, 189 petiolata, 359, 360, 362 Phalacrocera, 292. 295 Phoridae, 172. 178. 182 Plwrocteiiia, 218 phoroctenia. 266. 267. 268 Phr\nc. 192 Phvlidorea, 379, 391, 394, 398, 407, 409 Phvllolabis. 365, 485 Phyllomyzidae, 180 Pbysocepliala. 172 picticornis. 383. 422. 423 pictipennis, 379 Pilaria, 366, 383, 409. 410. 414. 486 piliceps, 246, 247 pilipcnnis, 301 pilipes, 444 pilipes anomala. 444, 447 pilosa. 465, 473 pilosella, 383, 414 No. 64J DiPTEKA OF Connecticut: index :.oi Piophilidae, 180 Pipunculidae, 179 piscataquis, 485 plagiatus, 476, 478, 479, 482, 483 platymera, 242, 245 Platypezidae, 172. 179 Platvpczoides, 172 platvphallus, 391, 394, 395, 398. 402, 403, 404 Plectromvia, 347, 354. 350. 359. 362 pleuralis. 367. 434, 435 poetica, 380, 383. 388. 405, 408 polita, 211, 213, 214 pollex. 477, 480. 482 polymera, 224, 232 pratoniin. 237 pratti, 485 primitiva, 428. 429 Prionocera, 208, 209. 219 Prionolabis, 379, 383, 388, 391 procteriana, 345, 485 productella, 259. 266, 268 profunda. 312. 321, i22 Prolimnophila. 366. 371, 376 Protenthes, 170 Protoplasa, 166, 170. 183 Pseudolimnophila. 198, 200, 366, 374, 410 Pseudolinmophilaria, 366, 371. i76 Psilidae, 180. 181 Psilocepliala. 172 Psilocoiiopa. 445, 446, 454. 458. 486 Psychodidae, 177, 182 Ptecticus, 174 Ptilostcna. 436 Ptychoptera. 185. 186. 1S7 Ptychopteridae, 177. 184 Ptvchopterinae, 184 pubipeniiis, 301, 477. 479. 480. 483 pudica, 311, 313, 322. 324 pudicoides, 311, 322. 324 puer, 427. 434. 435 pumila, 347, 348, 353 punctatiis, 194 pitiictipeniiis. 444 puiictum, 225. 232 pygmaea, 463. 464. 465. 473 Pyrgotidae, 181 quadrata. 383, 410, 411. 412 qumirifasciata, 185, 186 qiiadrispinusus. 477. 480, 483 Rachiceridae, 178 rara 299. 302. 306, 309 recondita, 366. 410. 412 reflexa. 433, 439. 441 regelationis, 189. 191 replicata, 292 rt'siirc/cus, 266 reforta, 237 Rhabdomastix, 425, 427. 442. 486 Rhagionidae, 169. 170. 178 Rhagoletis, 172 Rhamphidia, 332 Rhaphidohibina, 35S Rhaphidolabis, 347, 354. 356. 35''. 360 362 rhicnoptiloides, 369, 371 Rbipidia, 196, 298. 2^h). 326. 331. 485 Khxpholophus, 462 Rhyphus, 192. 1Q3. m rivertoiieiisis. 220 rivularis, 350, 35(), 357 robu.sta, 356 rogersella, 414 rogersi, 212, 356 rogersiana, 360, 362. 364 Ropalomeridae, 17'' rostrala. 32^K 331. 332 rostrifcra, 311. 324 rubella, 464, 465. 474. 475 rubesceiis, 360. 3U2. 364 rufibasis, 379, 383. 388. 391, 392, 393 rufocincta, 185, 186 .sabriua. 384. 385. 386, 388 Sacandaga, 427. 442. 486 sacandaga, 433, 434. 435 sackeniana, 24'''. 255 salmani, 189. 191 saltator, 189. 191 saxicola, 334, 335, 340 savi, 211, 213. 214, 215, 216, 249. 252, 255 Scatopsidae, 177. 182 Scenopinidae, 170. 178 Scfiiopiiius, 170 Scluminiflia. 236. 259. 261 Sciaridae, 177, 182 .u-itii, 429 .u-ntcllata, 191 Seminole, 282, 288, 290 senega, 269, 271. 272. 273 senilis, 367 Sepsidae, 17'^ septemtrionis. 334. 3.M. 338. 340. 448, 452. 454 scptciitrioiiiilis. 245 serotinella. 385. 386. 388 serpentina, 486 serridens, 463. 464, 468. 474. 475 serrulata, 242. 246 serta, 269, 272. 273. 274 shannoni, 327, 329, 331 Shannonomvia. 366. 383. 408 similis. 208. 211, 213, 214, 3'M. 3'b. 3')6. 3^>7. 3')8. 400. 401. 402, 403 siinilissiiiui, 2/0 .implex, 379. 388. 391. y)2. 393 smiulans. 299. 302. 307, 30" simtilata. 275 Simuliidae, 170. 177 Simulium, 170 siouana. 37^). 394, 39o. o'JS, 404 508 CONNECTICUT GEOL. AND NAT, HIST. SURVEY [Bull. sobrina, 336, 33S. 339, 340 sociabilis, 299, 300, 307, 309 sodalis, 223, 22i^, 230, 232 solatrix, 368. 369 solitaria, 300, 304, 307, 309 solstitialis, 385, 386, 388 sordida, 195, 219, 220 soror, 477, 479, 483 sororciila, 339 speciosa, 280 Sphaeconophihis, 428 sphagnicola, 222, 232, 312, 313, 322, 324 spinifera, 312. 322, 324 spinosa, 416, 417, 421 stanwoodae, 410. 411, 413 stigmatica, 224, 233, 446, 447 stoneana. 486 straminae, 449, 453, 456 Stratiomyidae, 174, 178 Streblidae, 181. 182 strepens, 248. 250, 255 stulta, 312, 313, 322, 325 Stvgeropisj 219 stylifera, 269, 270, 274 subalbipes, 210, 211, 213. 215 subarctica, 427, 442. 443 subchlorophvlla, 449. 453, 454 subcinerea, 437, 439, 440, 441 subcornuta, 472 subcostata, 394. 395, 398, 404. 465 subeluta, 249. 256 subfasciata, 269. 274 subfurcifer, 449, 453, 454 submaculata, 281, 288, 289, 290, 291 subscrta, 274 subsinuata, 188 subtenuicornis, 365, 376, 380, 381 subunicolores, 281 succedens, 218 succincta, 485 sulphurea, 249, 252, 256 sulphurella, 427, 433, 434. 436 supernumeraria, 369, 371 suspccta, 264, 267 sutnralis, 224, 233 svlvia, 427, 431, 451 Svmpleota. 425, 427, 443, 445 Syrphidae, 172, 178 Syrphus, 172 Tabanidae, 169, 174, 178 Tabanus, 167, 174 Tachinidae, 181 Tanyderidae, 168, 170, 177, 183 Tanypezidae, 180 Tanyptera, 196, 209, 216, 218 tarsalis, 294, 295 Tasiocera, 425, 447, 475, 480 taughannock, 284 temeraria, 223, 233 tennessa, 258, 259, 260, 334, 336 tenuicornis, 380, 381 tenuipes, 347, 361, 362, 364, 383, 410, 411, 413 tenuis hamata, 223, 234 tenuis nigroantennata, 223, 234 tenuis tenuis, 223, 233, 234 Tephritidae, 176 tephrocephala. 247. 249, 250. 256 terebrans, 391, 393 ternaria 269, 273, 275 terrae-novae, 314, 394, 395, 403, 404 tcsselata, 245 tfstaceus, 208, 221 Tetanoceridae, 181 Teucholabis, 297, 365, 425, 427, 431 Thaumeliidae, 177 Therevidae, 172, 178 tigrma, 337, 339, 340 Tipula, 187, 191, 194, 197, 198, 200, 208, 209, 222, 235, 236, 237, 257, 259, 292, 298, 390, 485 Tipularia, 208 Tipulidae, 177, 182, 188, 196, 197, 198, 200, 203, 207, 297, 298, 309, 342, 368, 433 Tipulidae, abbreviations, 207 Connecticut collections, 206 iigures, 206 geographical limits, 204 immature stages, 203 morphological references, 197, 202, 203 regional lists, 204 seasonal limits, 205 tipulina, 293, 295, 326 Tipulinae, 196, 197, 200, 207, 292, 344 Tipuloidea, 167 Togotipula, 220 topazina, 217 townesi, 464, 465, 474, 475 toxoneura, 372, 373, 374, 376 Toxorhina, 196, 365, 424, 447, 480, 484 Toxorhinaria, 424, 484 Toxorrhina, 484 translucida, 282, 288, 290 Trichocera, 188, 189, 191 Trichoceridae, 177, 188, 365 Trichocerodes, 189 Trichoptera, 188 Trichotipula, 236, 237, 238 tricolor, 200, 247, 249, 255, 256, 257 Tricyphona, 342, 344, 346, 347, 350, 485 tridenticulata, 211, 213, 215 Trimicra, 426, 444, 445, 447 triocellata, 200, 299, 302, 308, 309 Triogma, 292, 295, 296 triplex, 281, 282, 286, 288, 289, 290 , tristigma, 300, 307, 308, 309 tristis, 416, 417, 420, 422 tristissima, 427, 430 triton, 282, 288, 291 trivittata, 263, 264, 269, 270, 275 Trochobola, 309 Trupaneidae, 172, 176, 179 Xo. (54 J DIFPERA OF CONNKCTK 1;t: INDKX 509 Trypetidae, 1/6 turpis. 301. 304 Uiscarora. 2^2. 288, 291 Ula, 197, 342, 343, 347 Ularia, 342 ulieinosa. 312. 322, 325, 448, 453, 454 Ulomorpha, 197, 365, 383, 414 ultima, Zi7, 258, 259. 260, 427, 430 umbrosa, 291 unca, 264 unica. c>7Z, 373, 376. 383 unifasciata, 238, 239 unimaculata. 238, 239 uniseriata. 327 ursina, 476 valga, 428, 429 valida, 236. 281, 287. 288. 291 varipcs, 305 venation, Alexander, 167 Comstock-Needham. 166, 168. 169 Loew, 167, 168, 169 Shannon and Bromlev, 167 Tillvard, 167, 168, 169 wing, 166-169 venosa, 189, 191. 211, 213. 215 venusta, 459. 461 vermontana. 410. 414 vernalis, 346, 348, 354 vernata. 385. 387. 388 versicolor, 271 vespertina, 449. 453. 454 Vestiplex, 236. 241, 242. 244 246 vicina, 248, 257 villosa, 448, 449. 454, 456 virescens, 222, 234 i-irgata, 230 viridula, 449, 454, 456 vitrea, 249, 257 \'ittatae, 248 vittula, 22?,, 234 wallevi, 211, 213. 216, 311. i22. 325, 379, 388, 3'n, 394 waughi, 428, 429 westwoodi, 383, 398, 423 westwoodi adir(indacen>i>, 424 whartoni, 302. 329 wiLsonii, 416. 417. 422 winnemana, 277, 336, 337, 339, 340 w\alusingensis, 224, 235 xanthostigma, 224, 22i). 230. 235 xiphura, 216 Yamatotipula, 198. 200. 236. 2:u, 247, 252, 485 voungi, 278, 279. 280 Plate I. Diptera 1. Nephrotoma ferruginea Fabr, (Tipiilidae). x 1 2. Bihh cdhiperinis Say (Bibionidae), male, female, and larva, x 4 3. AsUus sericeus Say (Asilidae). x 2 4. \\\\\\) Hy. Mcrodon equestns Fabr. (Syrphidae). X 2 ."). Microdon tristis Loew (Syrphidae), x 1 G. A[)[)le maggot fly. Rluigoleth pomonella Walsh (Triipaneidae). x 2 PLATK I h J^.v- '•/. - --^i 5 Plate II. Diptera 1. House^y, Musca do mesfica Liinn. (Miiscidae). x 5 9 Parasitic fly, Tachina mella Walk. (Tacliinidae). x 2 3. Parasitic fly, WintheTnia quadripvstulafa Fabr. (Tacliinidae). x 2 4. Stable ^}\ Mvscina sfabulaus FixU. (]\liiscidae). x2 5. Cabbage insiggot, Phorbici brassicae Bouche (Muscidae), x 2 G. Green bottle Hj. Luciiiu !iC7'icata\le'igen (Metopiidae). x 1. Killed by funjrus, on niaa^iiin'>n a